Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
Gift of
Joseph atufSeCma
^reenSerg
STANFORD UNiVERSm' LIBRARIES
e
61n^^^
icspii 11 sissa
*. • '
A HANDBOOK
OF THZ
SWAHILI LANGUAGE,
AS SPOKEN AT
ZANZIBAR.
EDITED FOR THE UNIVERSITIES* MISSION TO
CENTRAL AFRICA^
BY
The late EDWARD STEERE, LL.D.,
MISSIONARY BISHOP FOR CBNTRAX. AFRICA.
THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED Br
A C MADAN, M.A,
SENIOR STUOBNT AND VORMBRLY TUTOR OF CK. CU. OXFORIIL
LONDON:
SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, CHARING CROSS, W.C.
BRIGHTON : 135, north street.
1890.
^PBEFACE TO THE FIBST EDITION.
-•o»-
There is probably no African language so widely known
as the Swahili. It is understood along the coasts of
Madagascar and Arabia, it is spoken by the Seedees in
India, and is the trade language of a very large part of
Central or Intertropical Africa. Zanzibar traders pene-
trate sometimes even to the western side of the conti-
nent, and they are in the constant habit of traversing
more than half of it with their supplies of Indian and
European goods. Throughout this immense district
any one really familiar with the Swahili language will
generally be able to find some one who can understand
him, and serve as an interpreter.
This consideration makes it a point of the greatest
importance to our Central African Mission that Swahili
should be thoroughly examined and well learnt. For
if the members of the Mission can go forth from Zan-
zibar, or, still better, can leave England already well
acquainted with this language, and provided with
books and translations adapted to their wants, they
will carry with them a key that can unlock the secrets
of an immense variety of strange dialects, whose veiy
names are as yet unknown to us. For they will not
*■:.■ a 2
iv FSEFACE.
only be able at once to communicate witb new tribes,
but in mastering this really simple and far from
difficult language they wiU have learnt how to set
about learning and writing all others of the same class,
since they agree with Swahili in all the chief respects
in which it differs from our European tongues.
The work, then, which is here begun is not to be
regarded as though its ntility were confined to the
islands and the narrow strip of coast of which this
language is the yernacuhu:, but much rather as the.
broad foundation on which our labours in the far inte-
rior must for many years be built up. As there is no
way by which those inner lands are so ordinarily or can
be so easily reached as from Zanzibar and the coast
dependent on it, so neither is there any way by which
we can make ourselves so readily intelligible, or by
which the Gospel can be preached so soon or so well as
by means of the language of Zanzibar and its dependien-
cies, to which this work is intended as an introduction
— ^a language which, through its Arabic relations, has
a hold on revealed religion, and even 'on European
thought, while, through its negro structure, it is
exactly fitted to serve as an interpreter of that re-
ligion and those thoughts to men who have not yet
even heard of their existence.
When Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at the end of
August 1864, the only guides we had to the language
were the grammar and vocabulary of Dr. Krapf , and his
translation of part of the Book of Common Prayer.
During Bishop Tozer's visit to Mombas in November,
he made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging to
TREFACE. ▼
ihe Eev. J. Eebmann. However, although one cannot
estimate too highly the diligence and linguistic ability
displayed by Dr. Krapf and the patient sagacity of Mr.
Bebmann, we soon found that, owing partly to the fact
of their collections having been made in the dialect of
Mombas, and stiU more to the confused and inexact
style of spelling adopted unfortunately by both, their
works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner.
I soon after procured cojpies of the manuscript voca-
bularies collected by Mr. Witt and Mr. Schultz, then
representing the &rm of O'Swald and Co. in Zanzibar,
and with such help as I could procure from any quarter,
I began in July 1865 to print the first pages of my col-
lections for a "Handbook of Swahili as Spoken in
Zanzibar." When I had proceeded as far as page 33, I
made the acquaintance of Hamis wa Tani and of his
son Mohammed, both of them well acquainted with
English and French, and of pure Swahili extraction.
To the disinterested kindness of Mohammed, who,
while confined to h^ house by sickness, allowed me to
spend every Saturday morning in questioning him
about his language, I owe all that is best in my know-
ledge of African tongues. With his help and revision I
completed ihe list of substantives, and found my way
through the intricacies of the adjectives and pronouns.
Of how much importance an accurate guide in these
matters would be may be seen from the " Table of
Concords," first printed in Zanzibar, in a form sug-
gested by Bishop Tozer, and now reprinted as part
of this volume.
Mohammed's sickness increasing about the time that'
vi PREFACE.
I had begun to print tlie conjugation of liie verb, I wa&
unable to continue my visits, and completed the " Col-
lections " from Dr. Krapf, with the help of the voca-
bulary collected by the late Baron von der Deckon
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Eev.
Thomas "Wakefield of the United Methodist Free
Churches' Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed
to copy..
After Mohammed's partial recovery I continued my
visits to him, and went through the verbs, making first
a list of useful English verbs from a dictionary, and
entering all the words contained in the collections of
which X had copies. I thus checked and supplemented
what others had already done, and obtained a tolerably
complete insight into that branch of the vocabulary.
Before I could get much beyond this, Mohammed was
so far recovered as to be able to sail for Bombay. I
have always much pleasure in acknowledging how
much I owe to him.
Meanwhile I had begun my collection .of short tales
in SwahiH, the first of which were printed in Zanzibar
with an interlinear version, imder the title of " Speci-
mens of Swahili," in March 1866, and reprinted in
an early number of " Mission Life." I also began to
use my Swahili to a practical purpose by making the
collections for a handbook of the Shambala language,
the first draft of which was completed in May 1866.
These collections were made with a view to the mission
since commenced in that country by the Eev. C. A.
Alington; they were revised by the help of another
teacher, and printed in Zanzibar in the year 1867.
PREFACE, vti
Finding the Swahili tales most valuable as well to
myself as to those who were studying with me, I pro-
ceeded to print a further collection, with the title
" Hadiihi za Kiunguja" in Swahili only. For the tales
then printed I was mainly indebted to Hamis wa Kayi,
a very intelligent young Swahili, who always compre-
hended better what a foreigner wanted to know, and
explained more clearly what was difficult, than any one
else I met with while in Zanzibar.
At the same period I had begun and carried on from
time to time the investigation of the Yao or Aohowa
language, one peculiarly interesting to us, as that of
nearly all the released slaves under Bishop Mackenzie's
charge, and as having now supplanted the Mang'anja
in the country where our Mission was originally settled.
From this study I first gained a definite notion of the
wonderful effect the letter n has in African languages,
and so came to understand the origin of several appa-
rent irregularities in Swahili.
I had begun even before Mohammed bin ELhamis left
Zanzibar to make some essays in translation, the best of
which are embodied in a pamphlet printed in 2ianzibar,
with the title " Translations in Swahili : ** it was com-
pleted in January 1867.
I was then getting help from many quarters, and on
explaining to some of our native friends our wish to
make a complete translation of the Bible into their
language, one of them. Sheikh 'Abd al *Aziz, kindly
volunteered to translate for me the Arabic Psalter into
the best and purest Swahili. I found, before long, that
not only did his numerous avocations prevent any rapid
?iii FBEFAVE.
progress, bnt that Ms language was too learned to suit
exactly our purpose in making the version ; it did not
therefore proceed further than the Sixteenth Psalm. I
printed l^ese as at once a memorial of his kindness
and a specimen of what one of the most learned men
in Zanzibar considers the most classical form of his
language*
I cannot but mention at the same time the name of
Sheikh Mohammed bin Ali, a man of the greatest
research, to whose kindness I was indebted for a copy,
made by his own hand, of some very famous SwahiU
poetry, with an interlinear Arabic version; he also
revised for me a paraphrase of it in modem language,
for which I was chiefly indebted (as for much other
help) to Hassan bin Yusuf, whose interest in our doc-
trines and teachings has always been most marked.
The verses and translation are both printed m the
" Swahili Tales."
At the end of 1867 I printed a translation of Bishop
Forbes' little primary catechism, chosen as being the
shortest and clearest I could And to begin upon.
Though very imperfect, I am glad to think that it
has been found of use.
When I had completed the Yao collections, I went on
to the Nyamwezi language, as being that of the largest
and most central tribe with which there is constant and
tolerably safe communication.
In November 1867 I lost, by the sadly sudden deaths
of the Rev. G. E. Drayton and his wife, most useful
helpers, who were beginning to be able to give me sub-
stantial assistance. Their places were, however, well
. PREFACE. ix
supplied by the Eev. W. and Mrs. Lea, who arrived
opportunely just before the time of our bereavement.
I was then engaged in preparing the translations of
St. Matthew's Gospel and of the Psalms, as well as in
beginning to put in order the materials for the present
work. To Mr. Lea I was indebted, amongst other,
things, for the first version of Ihe 119th Psalm, and to
Mrs. Lea for the arrangement of the Swahili-English
Yocabulary. The last thing I printed in Zanzibar was
a translation of the Easter ^and Advent Hymns, and of
Adeste Fideles, which I had the pleasure of hearing
the girls of the Mission Orphanage dng most sweetly
to the old tunes just before I left.
I ought also to mention that, having been often under
great obligations to the French Eomanist Mission, I
had the pleasure of printing for them a Catechism in
Frenoh and Swahili, which was indirectly valuable to
me as showing how the great truths we have in
common were r^idered by a perfectly independent
student of the language. I know not how sufficiently
to regret that the excellent compiler, P^re Etienne
Baur, should have been content to use the jargon (for
it is nothing better) commonly employed by Indians
and Europeans, and should have adopted an ortho-
graphy adapted only to a French pronunciation.
Only three weeks before leaving i had the advan-
tage of consulting two large manuscript dictionaries
compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by
the Eev. B. L. Pennell. I was able to examine about
half the Swahili-English volume, with the assistance
of Hands wa Kayi, enough to enrich materially m^
X FREFACE.
previous collections^ and to show how far even now ^
I fall short of my first predecessor in the work of
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern
Afriea. There remains for some future time or other
hand the examination of the rest of Dr. Ejrapf's
dictionary, as weU aa the coUation of what will no
doubt deserve to be the standard SwahiLi lexicon, on
which the Bev. John Bebmann has been for nearly a
quarter of a century labouring unweariedly. Even
then there will remain many dialectic variations, and
many old and poetical words and inflections, so that
for many years one who loves such studies might find
employment in this one language.
Since my arrival in England, at the end of November .
1868, 1 have been able to superintend the printiug of
the Gospel of St. Matthew in Swahili, liberally under-
taken by the Bible Society, <rf translations of the
Church Catechism and of their Scriptural Beading
Lessons out of the Old Testament, kindly undertaken
by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
For the Central African Mission I have carried through
the press this work and the collection of Swahili
Stories with an English version, published by Messrs*
Bell and Sons, of which those previously printed at
Zanzibar form a small part, and besides these a number
of small pamphlets, including translations of the Books
of Buth and Jonah, and some slight specimens of the
Gindo, Zaramo, and Ngazidja languages. There remain
the Psalms, which the Bible Society has promised to
print for us, and the collections in the Yao and Nyam-
wezi languages, all which I should like to get through
FREFACK xr
the press -in the course of this year. I wish there were
a chance of the Kev. John Eebmann's Swahili version
of St. Luke's Gospel, of which I have seen a large part,
being printed <«,t the ssune time.
This handbook ia arranged on the principle of sup-
plying with each poirtion of it such rules as are re-
quired for the practical use of that portion. In the
first part, after some introductory observations. Sub-
stantives, Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs have each
a separate section, containing first the rules which
govern their inflectioa and employment, and then aa
alphabetical list of the Swahili equivalents of our
English words belonging to each part of speech. For
the mere finding of words one general alphabet would
perhaps have been more convenient ; but as the object
of this work is not merely to tell what the Swahili
words are, but also how to emptoy them correctly, it
seems better so to group them as to bring the rules of
grammar and the words which they control into a»
elose a connectioii with one another as possible. The
Editor has done what most readers would have had to
do — sort out first the word and then the grammatical
rules which must be observed in using it. The minor
parts of speech are indexed together to avoid a multi-
plicity of alphabets, except the Interjections, which
cannot be said to have exact eqtdvalents in any other
language. The part ends with a section on thfe forma-
tion of words, which may be of use where the other
alphabets fail to give a satisfactory rendering, and
may also be useful as a guide in turning Swahili into
* English, in the case of the many words which igno-
xu PREFACE.
ranee or Bome oversiglit in preparing tlie seeond part
may have caused to be omitted. The rales and hints
prefixed to the second part are intended to enable any-
one who sees or hears a Swahili word to ascertain the
material part of it, so as to be able to use the dictionary
which follows. It is evident that there must be great
difBculties at first in either using or arranging an
alphabetical list of words which may begin with, in
some cases, nine or ten different letters, according to
the grammatical position they hold in each case.
However, the difficulty is greater in appearance than
in practice.
The Appendices contain some curious or useful
matter which could not well find a place in the body
of the work. The first contains a specimen of a curious
kind of enigmatical way of writing >and speaking called
Kinyume. The second ^ves a specimen of the forms
used in letter-writing, both in prose and verse. The
third is part of a Swahili tale, with all the prefixes
separated and the grammatical forms explained, in-
tended as a guide and introduction to the art of
reading, and through that of writing the language.
The fourth Appendix consists of a small collection of
phrases, some of them such as are wanted in ordinary
conversation, some of them useful in illustrating the
idiom or peculiar constructions used by natives. This
collection might have been very much increased had
it not been carefully confined to phrases actually met
with in conversation with persons reputed to speak
correctly.
FBEFACK ' xiii
The name of the language — Swahili — i& beyond all
doubt a modified form of the Arabic Sawdhil, the plural
of Sahilj a coast. The natives themselves jestingly
derive it from Sawa hila, which a Zanzibar interpreter
would explain bs " All same cheat."
TAtUe Stee^ng, May 1870.
( XT )
ADVERTISEMENT TO SECOND EDITION.
-•o*-
The First Edition having 'been at the last sold out
with unexpected rapidity, I have not been able to add
so much as I shoxdd have wished to this. The chief
novelty is the omission of what I called the second
class of Substantives, which proved to be only the most
common instance of the general rule, that Substantives
of any and every form denoting animate beings are
constructed with Adjectives and Pronouns in the forms
proper to the first class. Some words have been added
to the Vocabularies and a few mistakes corrected.
During the last four years the work of translation
and collection has been going steadily forward, Swahili
preaching has been going on, and some Elementary
School-books printed in Zanzibar for our vernacular
schools. The great work of evangelizing Africa seems
to grow in magnitude the more one understands what
is required for it ; but our hopes still grow with the
growth of our knowledge.
Edwabd St£ER&
XoncTon, January 1875.
( xvii )
ADVEETISEMENT TO THIRD EDITION.
This Edition may be taken to represent substantially
the final form which the Handbook assumed in the
hands of its compiler, the late Bishop Steere. No
estimate can be attempted here of his services to
philology in general, and the student of African
languages in particular, still less of their bearing on
the spread of Christianity in Central Africa. What-
ever the relative purity of the dialects of Mombasa and
Zanzibar, and however great the debt Bishop Steere
undoubtedly owed to his distinguished predecessor in
their study. Dr. Krapf, the broad fact remains that
Bishop Steere took the language as he found it spoken
in the capital city of the East Coast, reduced its rules
to so lucid and popidar a form as not only to make it
accessible, but easy to all students, and finally made a
great advance towards stereotyping its forms and ex-
tending its use by embodying it in copious writings
and translations.
Some of the last hours of his life were apparently
spent in preparing this Handbook for a new edition.
Those who were familiar with the many cares and
anxieties then pressing on him, will not be surprised
that there were signs of haste and pressure m l;iA&
b
xviii PBEFAOK
revision. With Part I., however, he seems to have
been satisfied. The corrections of the text were few
and unimportant, and though the Lists of Words might
have been largely added to, he seems to have preferred
leaving them as they were, in view of the strictly
practical purpose of the whole book.
With Part II. (the Swahili-English Vocabulary, &c.)
the case is rather different. With the aid of various
members of the Mission, the Bishop had made some-
what large collections in order to expand and complete
it. Probably from the pressure of work before alluded
to, he had only prepared a selection of them for this
Edition. It has been thought better, however, to in-
corporate all the words found in his notes and added
with his approval. But it must be remembered that
the Bishop never regarded Part II. as ranking as a
Dictionary, even in embryo, but rather as a tolerably
full list of words to serve as a useful companion, to
Part I. Even with this reservation, there remain
many traces of imperfection in arrangement, spelling,
and interpretation of words, which would doubtless
have been. removed if he had been allowed time to pass
the whole list under revision finally.
This final revision no one is in a position adequately
to supply. Minor corrections and additions have been
cautiously and sparingly made. One Appendix (No. V.),
likely to subserve the practical aim of the whole, has
been added, with the Yen. Archdeacon Hodgson's ap-
proval. There still remain among the Bishop's notes
some miscellaneous specimens of Swahili verses, pro-
verbs, riddles, &c., which might have formed another.
PREFACK xix
It is thought best, however, to reserve them, and leave
the whole book, as far as possible, as the Bishop left it.
Subsequent editors may find something to add. They
probably will not find much to alter.
A. 0. M.
P.S. — ^Dr. Krapf s great Dictionary of the Swahili
Language, in its printed form, was in the Bishop's
hands too short a time to allow of his making any use
of it for this Edition of the Handbook.
Zanzihar, ChristnKM, 18S2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PART I.
• •• •■• ••• •••
••• •• •
lotrodnction
The Alphabet
Sabstantiyes : —
Qrammatical rules
List of Substantives
Adjectives : —
Qiammatical rules
Irregular Adjectives
Comparison of Adjectives
Numerals
List of Adjectives ...
Pronouns : —
Personal Pronouns
Possessive Pronouns
Beflective Pronouns
Demonstrative Pronouns ...
Belative Pronouns
Interrogatives, &c.
Verbs:—
Ck)njugation
Irregular Verbs
Auxiliary Verbs
Derivative Verbs
List of Verbs
I • • • • •
PAOB
• •• • •• ••• -L
• • • • • • o
••• ••• ••• t'f
... 24
• • • • • t
• •• ••• ••• •••
• • • • • •
« • • •••
• •• ••• ••• •••
■ • • • • •
• • • • • •
• •• ••• ••• •••
• • • • • •
• •• ••• •«• •••
• •• ••• ••• •••
83
80
87
89
1)4
102
109
... 112
... 113
... 117
... 122
• •• ••• ••• 4** •••
• ■• ••• «•• ••• •■•
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • ft %••
125
149
155
157
Kxn
TABLK OF f:0!<iTEiiTb.
F<>rm»tiQu <if W<«cUj
/i<
'1*
f'AGE
212
221
226
234
235
I'AliT il.
>#> ' >*•
f«» #>• (•* •••
... 239
... 245
I. H^iueiu^jiii* uf KuyiiDiH ... 425
U. Hji)ticii))£UH of Hwahili (Jorrcspondeiico 427
flf. i^art of fi Hwahill Tulo, with tho Prefixes marked
liUd (iKpIuiiiml 431
IV- Ifaijfwl uud Jilloiuutlc IMuurtox v... 443
V, Uu Huufcty, WuigUtH uud muu»urcd iu Zunzibur m>'^5
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
PAET I.
The Swahili language is spoken by the mixed race
of Arabs and Negroes who inhabit the Eastern Coast
of Africa, especially in that part which lies between
Lamoo and the neighbouring towns on the north, and
Cape Delgado on the south.
It is classified by Dr. Bleek as one of the Zangian
genus of the middle branch of the Bantu languages.
That is to say, it belongs to one of the subdivisions of
that great family of Negro languages, which carries on
the work of grammatical inflexion by means of changes
at the beginning of the word, similar to that whereby
in Kafir, umuntu^ a man, becomes in the plural ahantu^
people. All these languages divide their nouns into a
number of classes, which are distinguished by theii
first syllable, and bring their adjectives, pronouns, and
verbs into relation with substantives by the use o!
corresponding changes in their first syllables. None
of these classes denote sex in any way. Dr. Bleek, in
his comparative grammar of South African languages,
enumerates eighteen prefixes which are found in one
or other of the languages of this family ; but it must
B
1
2 8WAEILI HANDBOOK
be remembered that he reckons by tbe form of the
prefix only, so that the singular and plural forms of
most words count as two, while the same form will
sometimes answer to two or more forms in the other
number. Dr. Bleek's arrangement is the most conve-
nient for his purpose, which is the comparison of the
formatives used in diflferent languages ; but I have not
followed it in this work, because I think that for practical
purposes such a classification should be used as will
enable the learner who sees or hears the noun in the
singular at once to put it into the pluraL Prefixes
may be counted up separately ; but in practice we have
to do with nouns, not with prefixes, and a noun cannot
be put into a diflferent class when it becomes plural
or singular without great risk of confusion. Thus in
Fredoux' Sechuana grammar, 4 and 6 are the plurals
of 3, 10 and 6 are the plurals of 11, and 6 alone is the
plural of 5 and 14. Can this be a jlear arrangement ?
I have very little doubt that Dr. Bleek is right in
regarding these classes as substantially the same with
the genders in most of the European languages, which
are even now only sex-denoting to a very limited
extent. There is a distinction in Swahili as to words
which denote living heingsj called by Dr. Krapf, not
very happily, a masculine gender, though it has no
relation to aex, but to life only.
It is very puzzling to a beginner, accustomed to
languages which change at the end, to find the be-
ginnings of words so very uncertain. Thus he hears
that ngema means good ; but when he begins to apply
INTRODUCTION. 3
his knowledge he finds that natives use for the English
word good, not only ngema, btit mwema, wema, mema,
njema, jema, pema, chema, vyema, and kwema. Again,
yangu means my, but he will hear also, wangu, zangu,
changu, vyangu, langu, pangu, kwangu, and mtoangu. It is
necessary therefore to get at the very first a firm hold
of the fact that in Swahili it is the end, and not the be-
ginning of a word, which is its substantial and unchang-
ing part. The beginning of the word when taken to
pieces denotes its number, time, and agreements.
The " Table of Concords " prefixed to the section on
Adjectives, shows at one view the variables of the
language ; and when that has been mastered, the diffi-
culties for an English student will be over. The
Tarioufl forms will be explained, and the nicer distinc-
tions mentioned in the grammatical parts of the book.
In the preliminary observations prefixed to the second
part will be found an account of all the changes which
may occur at the end of a word, changes which in
practice are very soon mastered, relating as they chiefly
do to a few points in the conjugation of the verb.
There is a broken kind of Swahili in use among
foreigners, Indian as well as European, which serves
for very many purposes, though it is of course utterly
useless when one has to speak with exactness, or on
subjects not immediately connected with the ordinary
affairs of life and commerce. Its rules may be briefly
laid down as follows : — If you are in doubt about how
to make a plural, prefix ma, or use nyingi, %,e. many.
In conjugating the verb, always put the subject
B 2
4 8WAHJLI HANDBOOK.
before and the object after it, for the present tense
prefix na-^ for the past wo-, for the future ta-. For no
or not^ use hakuna. It is wonderful how intelligible
you can make yourself by these few rules ; but it is
just as wonderful what absurd broken stuff can be
made to do duty for English.
Let any one, however, who really wishes to speak
the language get the Table of Concords well into his
head, by any means he finds best for the purpose, and
he will have no need to resort to broken and incorrect
ways of talking.
Swahili, like all languages of the same family, is
very rich in Verbs, and poor in Adjectives and Prepo-
sitions. There is nothing corresponding to the English
Article, the word when standing alone implying the
indefinite article, while the definite article can in many
cases be expressed by the use and arrangement of the
Pronouns, but still must often be left unexpressed.
Though the Verb is etymologically the most important
part of speech, it is the Substantive which determines
the form of all the variable syllables. The Substan-
tive will therefore be first considered, and next the
Adjective, which very closely resembles it. The Pro-
nouns will come next, as it is by their help that the
Verb is conjugated, then the Verb itself, and after that
the minor parts of speech, Adverbs, Prepositions, Con-
junctions, and, last of all, the Interjections. A sketch
of the grammar of each part of speech, which aims at
being sufficient for ordinary and practical purposes, is
first given, and after that a list of words belonging to
INTRODUCTION. 5
that part of speech, thus forming a combined grammar
and English-Swahili dictionary. The second part con-
sists of a Swahili-English vocabulary, and so completes
the work.
The Swahili language has been hitherto but litcle*
written by those who speak it, and they know and use
only the purely Arabic alphabet. There are copies of
religious and secular verses, and possibly other works,
composed in the old or poetical dialect, which is not
now, and I believe never was, thoroughly understood
by the mass of the people. The modem dialect is used
in letters; but they have always a string of Arabic
compliments at the beginning, and Arabic words and
phrases freely interspersed throughout.
Any one who tries to read a letter or a poem written
in Arabic characters, will at once see why it is impos-
sible to adopt them as the standard Swahili alphabet.
It is absolutely necessary to have a good idea of what
you are to read before you can read at all. The reason
is that Swahili has five vowels, Arabic only three, and
of Swahili consonants the Arabic supplies no means of
writing ch, g, jp, or t?, nor can consecutive consonants be
written without shocking Arabic notions of propriety.
Thus the Swahili are driven to write the ha for p and
for 7nb as well as for h ; the ghain for ^, ng, and ng\ as
well as for gh ; the fa for v and mt?, as well as for f ;
the ya for ny as well as for y ; the aMn for ch as well as
for ah ; and to omit altogether the n before d, y, y, and z.
Initial vowels and consecutive vowels are only to be
expressed by hemzas or ^ains. Is. the first piece of
6 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
written Swahili I ever possessed (the Story of the Ox
and the Ass) the words n^ombe and j^vmda were written
q}mhe and hvida. It will be easily seen how imperfect
and ambiguous a means of writing Swahili the Arabic
character must be. An instance occurred while I was
in Zanzibar of a letter written from Kilwa with the
account of a fight, in which it was said that one of
the principal men, aineknfa^ had died, or amemka^ had
got away, and which it was no one could certainly
iell ; the last two consonants were fa and qaf with
three dots over them. If two of the dots belonged
to the first letter, the man was dead ; if two belonged
to the next letter, he was alive : but the dots were
so equally placed that no one could tell how to divide
them. If the Arabic had possessed a v, there could
have been no mistake. It would no doubt be possible
to express Swahili sounds by using letters with addi-
tional dots and affixing arbitrary sounds to the letters
of prolongation, as is done in Persian and Hindi, but
the result would puzzle a genuine Swahili and could
never be quite satisfactory in any respect.
There seems to be no difficulty in writing Swahili
in Roman characters, there being no sound which does
not so nearly occur in some European language that
the proper way of writing it can readily be fixed upon,
and illustrated by an example. When this is the case
there is no need to look for anything further. I think
those who try to settle the alphabets of new languages
are too apt to forget how essential simplicity is to a
really good alphabet. If the Eoman alphabet can be
INTRODUCTION. 7
made to distinguish all the sounds used in that lan-
guage, it does all for it that it does for any. To at-
tempt to distinguish the sounds used in that language,
from the sounds used in another, or to mark all the
varieties of tone which occur in speaking, is always
useless and embarrassing, and not one man in a thou-
sand has sufficient accuracy of ear to do it properly.
It is practically easier to learn to attach a new
sound to a known letter, than to learn a new sound
and a new letter too, especially when the new letter
has to be printed and written, and the learner is en-
tangled in a maze of italics and letters with a point
below and a point above, or a line through them, or
some Greek letter which has not the sound one gives it
in Greek, or some new invention which will fit well
neither into printing nor writing, and looks at its ease
neither as a capital nor a small letter. It generally
happens that the sounds of a language, though not
identical with those of another, correspond with them
sufficiently to make the corresponding letters appro-
priate symbols. Thus an English and a French t are
not identical; but which nation would or ought to
submit always to put a dot somewhere about its t to
show that it is not the t which it never will want to
use, and never did, and could not pronounce, if it met
with it ? Or, to take a stronger instance, ought Ger-
mans, Englishmen, and Spaniards always to cross the
tails of their y's, or print them in italics, or deform their
books with new symbols, merely because they do not
pronounce their /s as Frenchmen do theirs?
8 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
THE ALPHABET.
The Vowels are to be pronounced as in Italian, the
Consonants as in English.
A = a in father.
B = 6 in hare.
Ch= chin, cherry, Italian c before i or e.
D s= (2 in (2o. J) occurs very frequently in the Mombas dialect
where j is used in that of Zanzibar.
E = at in chair,
F = fin fine, German v,
Q = g ia gate, never soft as in genius,
H = ^ in hat,
I = 66 in feet,
J =s j in. joy. Sometimes more like dy or di in cordial, French
di, German dj, Italian gi.
K = A; in kalendar,
L = 2 in long, L and r are generally treated as the same letter.
M = m in man.
N = n in no.
O = in hoy, more like au than the common English o,
P = |) in paint.
B = r in raise. An English, not a Scotch, Irish, German, or
French r. See L.
S = a in sun, German ss. It is never pronounced like a 2 or
the English s in arise. 8 and sh are commonly used for
one another indiscriminately.
T = t in ten. T frequently occurs in the dialect of Mombas
wheire §h is used in that of Zanzibar.
THE ALPHABET. 9
IT = 00 in tool,
V = t? in very, German w,
W = to in tm'n. French oia. It is merely a u pronounced oa a
consonant.
Y = 1^ in yonde/r, Germany. It is merely an i pronounced as a
consonant. Y is frequently used in the Lamoo dialect
where/ occurs in that of Zanzibar.
Z = s in zany, German s, Z frequently occurs in the dialect of
Lamoo where v is used in that of Zanzibar.
There are several sounds intrcMiiiced from the Arabic
which do not occur in purely African words.
Gh = the Arabic ghain ; it is a guttural ^, resembling
the Dutch g. It may be obtained by pro-
nouncing a g (as nearly as it can be done)
with the mouth wide open. Most Europeans
imagine, the first time they hear it, that
there is an r sound after the g, but this is a
mistake.
Kh = the Arabic Icha ; it is a very rough form of the
German c^, the Spanish j, or the Scotch ch in
loch. It resembles the sound made in trying
to raise something in the throat. It may
always be replaced in Swahili by a simple ^,
but never by a h,
Th = the four Arabic letters tha^ thai, thod, and thah.
The first of these is the English th in think,
the second that in they. The third and fourth
are thicker varieties of the second sound. In
Swahili they may all be replaced by a z. No
attempt is ever made to distinguish the last
three letters; but as the first is generally
10 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
marked in pronunciation, it is in the first
part of this handbook marked by printing
the th in italics wherever it is to be pro-
nounced as in the English word think. The
sound of the English th in (hat occurs in
some Swahili as a dialectic variation for z.
In vulgar Swahili z is not merely put for
the Arabic th, but th is also put for the
Arabic z, as wathiri for waziri, a vizir.
There are several compound consonantal sounds
which require notice.
Ch, a very common sound, representing what is
sometimes a t and sometimes ki — in other
dialects. C is not required for any other
sound, as it can be always represented by k
when hard, and by 8 when soft. It would
probably be an improvement always to write
the ch sound by a simple e.
Gn, see ng'.
Kw represents the sound of qu in queer.
M frequently stands for mu, in which cases it is pro-
nounced with a half-suppressed « sound
before it, and is even capable of bearing the
accent of the word, as in mtu, a person, where
the stress of voice is on the m, which has a
dull nasal semivowel sound, not quite urn.
Where m occurs before any consonant except
h or Wj it must hare this semivowel sound.
TEE ALPHABET. 11
My standing for mu, has generally its semi-
vowel sound before «. Before a or 6 it
becomes wiir, and before o it frequently loses
the tt altogether, and is pronounced as a
simple m.
N has frequently a nasal semivowel sound, a half-
suppressed t being suggested by it. N has
always this semivowel sound where it is
immediately followed by cA, /, h, t», n, or «.
Ky has the sound of the Spanish w, the French and
Italian gn^ the Portuguese nh, and the English
ni in comjpanion, only a little thicker and
more nasal.
Ng' is a peculiar African sound, much resembling
the -ng which occurs at the end of many
English words. If we could divide longing
thus, lo-nging, without at all altering the
pronunciation, it would come very near
the African sound, which is never a final,
because all Swahili syllables must end in a
vowel. Some prefer to write this sound gn-,
as it resembles the sound given by Germans
and others to those letters when they occur
as initial letters in Greek. This sound must
be distinguished from the common sound of
ng-, in which the g distinctly passes on to
the following vowel, as in the English word
engage; in wgr'- both sounds are heard, but
neither passes on to the vowel.
Sh is the Arabic shin, the English ah, the French cA»
12 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
the German sck, Sh and 8 are commonly
treated as identical.
P, T, K, and possibly some other letters, have occa-
sionally an explosive or aspirated sound,
such as an Irishman will often give them.
This explosive sound makes no change in
the letter, but is an addition to it, probably
always marking a suppressed n. Thus upepo
is a mnd, with both jp's smooth as in English ;
but the plural, which should regularly be
np^, is jp'epo, with a strong explosive sound
attached to the first letter. This explosive
sound may be marked by an apostrophe ; it
is, however, very seldom necessary to the
sense of a word, and is noticeably smoothed
down or omitted by the more refined and
Arabized Swahili.
There are other niceties of pronunciation which a
fine ear may distinguish; but as they are
by no means essential, and are seldom noticed
by the natives themselves, it is not worth
while here to examine them particularly.
As a rule, the vowels are all pronounced distinctly,
and do not form diphthongs. When, however, a for-
mative particle ending in -a is placed before a word
beginning with e- or t-, the two letters coalesce into a
long e sound. It is not, however, even in such a case
as this, always incorrect to pronounce the two vowels
distinctly, though it is not usually done. The instances
TEE ALPEABET. 13
of and rules for this union of sound will be found
where the several prefixes which give occasion to it
are dealt with.
When two vowels come together at the end of a
word, they are often to the ear one syllable, and have
the sound of a diphthong ; they are really, however,
two syllables of which the former bears the accent.
This is at once apparent in the Merima dialect, in
which an 2 is put between the vowels. Thus Icufaa^ to
be of use, which sounds as if written hufd, is in the
Merima dialect hufala. The shifting of the accent
sometimes shows that the vowels are really separate.
Thus a common fruit tree is called mzambarau, in which
word the last two vowels apparently unite into a
sound like that in the English word how ; but when -ni
is added, making Mzambaraunij at the zamhardu tree —
the name of one of the quarters of Zanzibar — the u is
quite separated from the a, and the last two syllables
are pronounced like the English -oony.
It may be assumed in all cases in which two vowels
come together that an I has been omitted between
them, and will appear in some modification of the word
or in its derivatives.
The shifting of the accent above referred to takes
place in obedience to the universal rule in Swahili,
that the main accent of the word is always put upon
the last syllable but one, a rule which often changes
the sound of a word so materially as to baffle a beginner
in his endeavour to seize and retain it. The syllable
-nt is the chief disturber of accents ; and words which
14 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
end in it may be always suspected of being plural
imperatives if they are verbs, or of being in what is
known as the locative case if they are nouns. There
are only a very few words which end in -»» in their
simple forms.
The formation or division of syllables is so closely
connected with the powers of the letters, that this ^yill
be a proper place to mention it. The rule is that all
Swahili syllables end in a vowel, and that the vowel
must be preceded only by a single consonant, or by
one preceded by n or i», or followed by to or y.
There are a few half-assimilated Arabic words in
which double consonants occur ; but there is a strong
tendency in all such cases to drop one of the consonants
and attach the other to the vowel which follows them.
W can be placed after all the other consonants,
simple and compound, except perhaps F
and V.
Y can follow F, N, and V.
These two letters are used in the formation of Verbs,
-W' being the sign of the passive, and -y- being used to
give a transitive meaning. In several cases -fy- stands
for 'py- ; -py- occurs in one word only, ^mpya, new.
N can be placed before D, G, J, Y, and Z.
M can be placed before B, and perhaps Ch and V.
M in these instances represents an n- used as a sub-
stantival and adjectival prefix. Used in this way, n
before h becomes m ; before I or r it changes the Z or r
into d, making ^d- instead of nl- or wr-; before w it
changes into m, and the w becomes h, making m6-
THE ALPHABET. 15
instead of nw-. It is curioiis that w can be made to
follow » without any change, but that n cannot be put
before t^. Before A;, p, and t, the n is dropped, and
they become h\ p\ and <' ; before the other letters cA,
/, A, w, n, and «, it is merely dropped.
The resulting syllables are not always easy of pro-
nunciation to a European, as, for instance, nywa in hu-
nywa, to drink, nor is it very easy to pronounce ngu oi
nda ; but to a native such sounds present no difficulty,
whilst he can scarcely pronounce such a word as hlack.
Instances of the division of syllables will be found
in the specimen of Kinyume, which forms Appendix I.
Kinyume is made by taking the last syllable from the
end of a word and putting it at the beginning, so that
each instance is a specimen of the native idea as to
what letters belong to the final syllable. Some Swahili
are very ready at understanding and speaking this
enigmatical dialect.
At the head of each letter in the second part will
be found some observations on its use and pronun-
ciation.
16 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
SUBSTANTIVES.
Swahili nouns have two numbers, singular and plural,
isrhich are distinguished by their initial letters. Upon
the forms of the Substantives depend the forms of all
Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs governing or governed
by them. It is, therefore, necessary to divide them
into so many classes as there are different forms either
of Substantives or of dependent words, in order to be
able to lay down rules for the correct formation of
sentences. For this purpose Swahili Substantives may
be conveniently divided into eight classes.
I. Those beginning with Jf-, 'JIf-, Jlftt-, or Mw-, in
the singular, and which denote living beings. They
make their plural by changing Jf- &c. into War.
Mtu, a man ; watu, people.
The singular prefix represents in all its forms the
syllable Mvr, which is itself very rarely heard. Before
a consonant it is almost always pronounced as a semi-
vowel m, with the u sound before rather than after it.
Before a and e the u becomes a consonant, and the
prefix appears as mto-. Before o and u the u is very
SUBSTANTIVES. 17
frequently dropped, and the m alone is heard. The
prefix is treated as a distinct syllable when followed
by a consonant, but very rarely so when followed by
a vowel.
Mchavoi^ ft Trizard ; wachawi, wizards.
Mjwi, a lizard ; wajuai, lizards.
Mwana, a son ; wciana, sons.
Mwogct, or mogct, a coward ; waoga^ cowards.
Muumishi, or mumishi, a cupper ; waumUhty cuppers.
When the plural prefix wa- is placed before a word
beginning with a-, the two a's run together, and are
seldom distinguishable by the ear alone. When tro- is
placed before a word beginning with e- or t-, the -a
flows into the other vowel and produces a long e sound.
«
Mtffenzi, a companion ; wenzi, companions.
Mmvij a thief; toevi, thieves.
II. Substantives beginning with M-, ^M-, Jtft*-, or
Mw', which do not denote living or animate beings.
They make their plural by changing M- &g, into Mi-.
Mti, a tree ; miti, tiees.
The same observations apply to the singular prefix
in this class as in Class I.
Mfupa, a bone ; mifupa, bones.
Mwanzo, a beginning ; mianzOy beginnings.
Mwenibe, a mango tree ; miembe, mango trees.
Mvnba, a thorn ; miiba, or miba, thorns.
Moto, a fire ; mioto, fires.
The names of trees belong to this class.
III. Those which do not change to form the plural.
Nyumba, a house ; nyumha, houses.
18 8WAEILI HASDBOOK.
The simple deaciiptkn of nemxm ai dik dass is that
they begin with m, foBurwed hy aome other cooscmMnt,
It is piobal4e that Si- is the ground iofntt ai the prefix
of this dasB, since it always appeals as i^ before a
ToweL The sjngwlar powezs and antipathjes of the
letter u- veiy mndi affect the distinctnesB of this class
of noons. As ■ mnst be dropped before tk,f^k,k,p^M^
or i, noons beginning with those letters ma j belong to
this dass;* and as s becomes m before fr, r, and ir,
noons beginning with mharmg may belong to it. There
is a farther oos^plication in Swahili, arising firom the
fact that foreign words, except only foreign names of
persons and offices, whatever their first letters, are
correctly placed in this dass. The popnlar instinct^
however, refuses this rule, and in the vulgar dialect
classes foreign words according to their initial letters,
regarding the first syllable as a mere prefix, and treat-
ing it accordingly (see also p. 20). In some cases words
are handled in this way even in polite Swahili ; thus the
Arabic EUabu^ a book, is very often made plural by
treating the 2:^ as a prefix, and saying VitdbvL, for books.
Kamba, a rope ; kamba, ropes.
Mbeguj a seed ; vibegvL, seeds.
NtfumbOj a hoiue ; nyumba, houses.
Meza, a table ; meza, tables.
Bunduki, a gun ; hunduki, gonsL
Ndizi, a banana ; ndizi, bananas.
Njia, a road ; njia, roads.
♦ There is nothing to show whether noons beginning ¥rith these
letters belong to this class or to the fifth ; but it is always safest in
cases of doubt to treat them as belonging to this class, unless some
Mpecial largeness is intended to be intimated concerning them.
SUBSTANTIVES. 19
rV. Those which begin with Ki- before a consonant
or Ch- before a vowel. They form their plural by
changing Ki- into Vi- and Ch- into Yy-,
Kitu, a thing ; vitu, things.
ChombOy a vessel ; vyanibo, vessels.
Substantives are made diminutives by being brought
into this class.
Mlima, a mountain ; KUimcL, a hill.
Bweta, a box ; kibtoeta, a little box.
If the word stripped of all prefixes is a monosyllable,
/i- must first be prefixed.
MH, a tree ; kiJUi, a shrub.
MmkOf a spoon ; kijikoj a little spoon.
Words beginning with Ki- may be turned into
diminutives by inserting -ji- after the prefix.
Kitwct, a head ; kijitwa, a little head.
Kiboko, a hippopotamus ; kijibokoj a little hippopotamus.
In regard to animals, the use of the diminutive has
a depreciating effect.
Mbuzi, a goat ; Mbuzi, a poor little goat.
V. Those which make their plural by prefixing ma-.
Kasha, a chest ; mdka^ha, chests.
Nouns are generally brought into this class by re-
jecting all prefix in the singular. If, however, the
word itself begins with a vowel, j- is prefixed ; if it be
a monosyllable, ji- is prefixed. Thej- oiji- is regularly
2
20 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
omitted in the plural, but may be retained to avoid
ambiguity, where tbe regular word would have re-
sembled one formed from another root.
JamhOy an affair ; Tnamho, affairs.
Jicho, an eye ; macho, eyes.
Jombo, A large vessel ; majombo, large vessels.
If the word btgin with t- or e-, the -a of the plural
prefix coalesces with it and forms a long -e-; this
distinguishes dissyllables with j- prefixed from mono-
syUables withyi- prefixed.
JinOf a tooth ; meno (not mano), teeth.
Foreign names of persons and offices belong to this
class.
Wazirif a vizir ; maioaziriy vizirs.
In the vulgar dialect of Zanzibar all foreign words
which have a first syllable that cannot be treated as a
prefix, are made to belong to this class, and ma- is
prefixed to form the plural (see p. 18).
Anything which is to be marked as peculiarly large
or important is so described by bringing the word into
this class.
MJuko, a bag ; fuJco, a very large bag.
MtUy a man ; jitu, a very large man.
Nyumba, a house ; jumha, a large house.
If a word is already in 'this class, it may be described
as larger by prefixing yi-.
Matangat sails ; majitanga, great sails.
SUBSTANTIVES. 21
Maji, water, Mafuta, oil, and other nouns in that
form are treated as plurals of this class.
VI. Those which begin with U- m the singular.
They make their plural by changing U" into Ny- before
a vowel, or N- before a consonant.
Uirnbo, a song; nyiniboj songs.
UdevUf a hair of the beard ; ndevu, hairs of the beard.
This class is not a large one ; but the formation of
its plural is full of apparent irregularities produced by
the letter n.
1. All nouns of this class, which are in the singular
dissyllables only, retain the m- in the plural, and are
treated as beginning with a vowel.
Ufaf a crack ; nyufa, cracks.
Uso, a- face ; nyitsoy faces.
2. Words in which the U- is followed by d, g, j, or z,
take N- in place of U-.
3. Words in which the U- is followed by I or r, take
N-, but change the Z or r into d.
Ulimij a tongue ; ndimiy tongues.
4. Words in which the U- is followed by 5, v, or Wy
take n-, but change it into m-, and their first letter is
always h.
UbaUf a plank ; mhau, planks.
UunngUf a heaven ; mhingu^ the heavens.
5. Words in which the U- is followed, by A;, p, or <,
22 8WAHILI HANDBOOK,
drop the CT-, and give an explosive sound to the first
letter.
Upepe, a wind ; p^epe, winds.
6. Words in which the U- is followed by ch, /, h, n,
or «, merely drop the U-,
UfunguOf a key ; funguo, keys.
Nouns of this class are so few im Swahili that it is
scarcely worth while to notice these distinctions ; they
are, however, important as explaining what would
otherwise seem anomalies, and represent influences
which have a much larger field in other African
languages.
Abstract nouns generally belong to this class.
VII. The one word Mdhali, place or places, which
requires special forms in aU adjectives and pronouns.
VIII. The Infinitives of Verbs used as Substantives.
All Infinitives may be so used, and answer to the
English Verbal Substantives in -ing.
Kufoy to die = dying.
Kwiba, to steal = stealing.
All Substantives of both numbers may be put into
what may be called the locative case by adding -nu
This case has three great varieties of meaning, which
are marked by differences in all dependent pronouns.
1. In, within, to or from within.
'2. At, by, near.
8. To, firom, at (of places far off).
SUBSTANTIVES. 23
Nyumbani mwangu, in my house.
Nyumhani pangu, near my house.
Nyumbani hwangu, to my house.
Mtoni, by the river.
Njiani, on the road.
Vyomboni, in the vesseU.
Kitwani, on the head.
Mbingunit in heaven.
Kuangukani, in falling.
The poBsessive case is expressed by the use of the
Preposition -a, which see. The objective or accusative
is the same as the subjective or nominative.
In the following list of Substantives the plural form
is given in all cases in which, if commonly used, it is
not the same as the singular.
24
8WAEJLI HANDBOOK.
LIST OF SUBSTANTIVES
The letters in parentheses denote the several dialects : (A.) Eiamu, that of
Lamoo; (M.) Kimyita,that of Mombas; (Mer.) Eimerima, that of the main>
land opposite Zanzibar ; (N.) Kingozi, the poetical dialect ; (Ar.) Arabic.
A whcU-is-it, a ihing the name of
which you do not know or can-
not recaU, dude, pi. madude.
Such-a-one^ a person whose name is
not known or is immaterial,
fullanl.
A.
AhasemenU unenyekeo.
Abhorrence, machukio.
AhUUy, nwezo.
Abridgment, muhtasari.
Abscess, tumbasi, nasur.
Abundance, wingl, uogi (M.), mari-
thawa.
Abyssinian, Habeshia, pi, Muha-
beshia.
Acceptance, ukiibalL
Accident, tukio, pi. matukio.
Accounts, hesabu.
Account book, daftari.
Accusation, matuvumu.
Accusation (before a judge), mshta-
ka, pi. mishtaka.
Ache, maumivu, uchungu.
Action, kitendo, pi. vitendo, unali.
iition {in arithmetie)y jum
ua.
Address (of a letter), anwani.
Adornment, kipambo, pi. vipambo,
pambo, pi, mapambo.
Adultery, zani, uzini, uzinzL
Advantage (profit), fayida.
Adversity, mateso, shidda.
Advice, shauri, pi. mashauri.
Adze, sboka la bapa, sezo.
Affair, jambo.
Affairs, mambo, shughuli, uli-
mwengu.
Affection^ mapenzi, mapendo.
Mutual affection, mapendana
Affliction, teso, pi. mateso.
Age, umri.
Old age, uzee.
Extreme old age, ukongwe.
Equal in age, hirimu moja.
Former a^es, zamani za kale.
Agent, wakili, pi, mawakili.
Agreem,ent, maagano, makatibu,
mwafaka, mapatano, sharti.
Aim, shabaha.
Air, bawa, hewa, upepo.
For change ef air, kubadili hawa.
Almond, lozi, pi. malozi.
AlTns, sadaka.
8UB8TANTIVH8.
25
Aloes, snbiri, shibiri.
Aloes wood, nudi.
Altar, mathbah, mathabahu.
Alum, shabbu.
Ambergris, ambari.
Amtdet, talasimu, pL matalasimu.
Amusement, mazumgumzo, mao-
ngezi.
Ancestors, babu, wazee.
Anchor, nanga, baura.
Ancle (see Anklets), kiwlko eha
mgnn, ito la guu (A.)..
Angel, malaika.
Anger, hasira, ghathabu.
Angle, pembe.
Angoxa, Ngoje.
Animal, nyama.
Tlie young of a domestic animal,
ndama.
A young she-animal that has not
yet home, mi&mh&, pi, mitamba.
Native animals. See under their
several names : —
Buku, a very large hind of ra^
Toi, a hind of wild goat,
Buga (?).
Ndezi (?).
Njiri (?).
Anklets {see Ancle), mtali, pi. mitali,
faranga, ph mafurungu.
Answer, majibu, jawabu.
Antelopes. See Gazelle.
Bara, Heledbagus arundinaceue.
Dondoro, Dyker^s antelope,
Koru, water buck.
Knguni, haartebeest
Mpofa, pi. Wapofu, eland.
Nyumbo, wUdeheest,
Parahara.
Kulungiu
Antimony, wanja wa manga.
2bit8,chimgu,tui}^u (M,),8iaimtzi (?), ,
Siafu, a large iroum hind.
Maji a moto, a yeUow kind which
lives in treesk
White ants, mchwa.
Ants in their flying sta^ kumbi^
kiimbi.
Anthill, kisngnlu, pi, yisugulu.
Anus, mkunda, fupa.
Anvil, foawe.
Ape, nyani.
ApoeUe, m.tiime,.pl. mitume.
Appearance, umbo, pi. maumbOi
Arab, Mwarabu. pi. Waarabu.
Arab from Sheher, Mshihiri, pi,
WashibirL
Arab from the Persian Gulf, Mshe-
mali, pi. Wasbjemali, Tende
halua.
Arabia, Arabuni, Manga.
Arable, Kiarabu.
Arbitrator, mpatanishi.
Arch, tao, pi, matao.
Areca nut, popoo. See Betel,
Arithmetic, hesabu.
Addition, jumla.
Subtraction, baki.
Multiplication, thamba.
Division, mkasama.
Proportion, or division of profits.
Arm, mkono, pi, mikono. [uirari.
Under the arm, kwapani
Armpit, kwapa, pi. makwapa.
Perspiration of the armpit,
kikwapa.
Arrangements, madaraka.
Arrival, kifiko, kikomo.
Arrogance, ghururi.
Arrow, mshale, pi. mishale, cliembe,
pi. vyembe (N.).
Arrovjroot, nwanga, kanji.
Artery^ vein or nerv^ vx^Vd^^ "jil.
mkhipa.
26
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Artifice^ kitunbi, ph vitimbi.
Ascriptums of praise, tasbiih.
Ashes, jifu, pi, majifa, ivu, pL
maivu (M.).
Ass, pimda.
AssafcBtida, mviije.
Assembly, jamaa, jumaa, makutano,
makusanyiko.
Place of assembly, makusanyiko.
Asthma, pmnu.
Astonishmient, mataajabtt, msangao.
Astrologer, mnajimu, pi. wanajimu.
Astronomy, falaki, falak.
Attachment, wambiso.
Atustion, mnada, pi. minada.
Auctioneer, dalali.
Aunt, shangazi, pi. mashangazi.
Authority, nguvu, mamlaka, hu-
kumiL
Avarice, choyo, bakhili, tamaa
Awl, uma, pi. nyuma.
Awning, chandalua.
Axe, shoka, pL mashoka.
B.
Baby, mtoto mchanga, kitoto
kichanga, mcdaika.
Baxik, mauDgo, mgongo.
Back of the head and neck, ki-
shoga
Baclcboney vM wa maungo.
Badness, ubaya, uovu.
Ba^, mfuko, pi. mifuko, fuko, pL.
mafuko, kifuko, pi. vifiiko.
Mkoba, pi. mikoba, o scrip.
KibogoBhi, pi. vibogoshi, a small
bag made of skin.
Matting bags.
Kikapu or Ghikapu, pi. vikapu.
Kapu, pi. makapu, very large.
Kanda, pi. makanda, long and
narrow, broadest at l^e bottom.
Junia, used for riee, Ac, gunia.
Eagmuii, used for dates, sugar,
&c.
Eifombo, pi. vifombo, very large,
used for cloves.
Baggage, vyombo.
BaU, lazima.
Bait, chambo, pi. vyambo.
Baking place for pottery, <feo., joko.
Balances, mizani.
Baldness, upaa.
A shaved phice on the head, kipaa,
pi. vipaa.
Ball, tiife.
Indiorrubber baU, mpira, pi,
mipira.
Any small round thing, donge, pi.
madonge.
BaXtast, fanimi.
Bamboo, 'mwanzi, pL miwanzi.
Bananas, ndizi.
Banana tree, mgomba, pi. mi-
gomba.
Burichlets of fruit, tana, pi.
matana.
Tfee fruit stalk, mkungo, pi. mi-
kungu.
Band (stripe), utepe, pi. tepe.
Bajid (of soldiers, &c.), kikosi, pL
vikosi.
Bandage, utambaa, pi. tambaa.
Bangles. See Anklets,
Bank (of earth, sand, dtc), fungu,
pL mafungu.
Bank of a river, kando.
The opposite bank, ng^ambo.
Baobab. See Calabash.
Barber, kinyozi, pi. vinyozi.
Bargain, mwafaka, maafikano.
Bargaining, ubazazi.
Bark of a tree, gome (hard), ganda
(soft).
BUBSTANTIVES.
27
BarUy^ shairi (Ar.).
Barque (a «&tp), merikebu ya mili-
ngote miwili na nuss.
Barrel, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Banh, bakuli, pi, mabakuli.
A smaU basing kibaba.
A broM basin, tasa, pL matasa.
See BowL
Basket See Bag.
Ghikapn, pi, vikapn.
Pakacha, pi, mapakaoha, made
of cocoa-nut leaves plaited to-
gether,
Dohani, a very tall narrow basket
made of slips of wood supple-
mented by cocoa-nut leaves,
Tiinga, a round open basket.
Ungo, pi. maiingo, or uteo, pi.
teo (M.), a round flat ba,sket
used for sifting,
Kiteo, pi. viteo, a very smaU one.
Kunguto, pi, makunguto, a
basket used as a colander.
Jaxa&nda., pi, majamanda, a round
basket of thick work, with a
raised lid,
Bai, popo.
Baichelor, msijana (T),
Bath, birika, ch£ikoge8k
Bath room, choo, pL vyoo. See
Privy,
Public baths, hamamL
BatUe, mapigano.
Battlements, menomeno.
Bay, ghubba.
Beojch, pwani, mpwa (M.)*
Beads, iishanga, ph shangsk
Kondavi, pi, makondavi, a large
kind worn by women,
(rosary), tasbiih.
Beak, mdomo wa ndege.
A parrots beak, mbanga
Beam, mti, pZ. miti, boriti, mhimili,
pi. mihimili.
Beans, kuunde.
Ghooko, a very smaU green kind,
Fiwe, grow on a cUmMng plant
with a white flower,
Baazi, grow on a btuh something
like a laburnum.
Beard, ndevu, madevn.
One hair of the beard, udevu.
The imperial, the tuft of hair on
the lower lip, kinwa mchuzi,
kionda mtuzi (M.).
Beast, nyama.
Beauty, uzuri.
A beauty, kizuri, pi, vizuri, haiba.
Bed (for planting sweet potatoes),
tuta, pi, matuta.
Bedding, matandiko.
Bedstead, Mtanda, pi, vitanda.
The legs, tendegu, pi, matendegn.
The side pieces, mfumbati, pi,
mifumbati.
The end pieces, kitakizo, pi. yita-
kizo.
The head, mchago.
Ths spoAse underneath, mvungu
kitanda.
Bee, nyuki.
Beehive (a hollow piece of wood),
mzinga, pi. mizinga.
Beggar, mwombaji, pi, waombajL
Begging, maomvi.
Beginning, mwanzo, pi, mianzo.
Start in speaking or doing, fell,
pi, mafeli.
Behaviour, mwenendo.
Good behaviour, kutenda yema.
Ill behaviour, kutenda vibaya.
Bell, kengele.
Njuga, a small beU worn as an
ornament, a dog beO..
28
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Bellowing^ Hynmi, vumi.
BeUowSt mifao, mivukuto.
BeUy, matombo.
Bendi pmdo.
Tfee arm stiffened in or hentform,
kigosho cha mkono.
Bembatoohahay, Mjanga.
Betel leaf, tambuu. It is chewed
with areca nut, lime, and to-
hacco folded up in it, and gives
its name to the whole.
Beverage, kinywajii^jjZ. vinywaji.
BJiang, bangi>.
Biceps muscle, tafu ya mkono.
Bier, jeneza, jenaiza.
Bifurcation, pandas
Bile, nyongo.
Biliousness, safara (Ar.), marungu
(M.).
Bin. See Beah
(account), hesabu, baraa;
BiU of sale, ankra.
{chopper), mundu, pi, miundu;
upamba, pi. pamba.
Bird, ndege, nyuni (M.).
Young of birds, kiuda, pi. ma-
kinda.
Birds of the air, ndege za anga.
Bird of ill omen, korofi, mkorofi.
Native birds,
Pugi, a very smaU kind of dove.
Korongo, crane.
Mbango, a bird with a hooked
beak.
Ninga, a green dove.
Zawaridi, a Java sparrow.
Mbayuwayu, a swallow.
Bundi, an owl.
Luanga — pungu — tendawala (?).
Birth, uzazi, uvyazi, kizazi, kivyazi.
Biscuit, biskwiti.
A very thin hind, kaki.
Bishop, askafa (Ar.).
A chess bishop, khami.
Bit (a horse* s), lijamu.
Bitterness, uchungn, nkalL
Blabber of secrets, payo,.jjL mapayo.
Blacksmith, mfoa chuma, pi. wafua
chuma, mkunzi (Mer.), pi.
wahunzi.
Blackwood, sesemi.
Bladder, kibofa, pi. vibofu.
Blade, kengea.
Blade of grass, uchipuka, pi, cbi-
puka.
Blame, matnvumm
Blanket, buskuti.
Blemish, ila, kipungnot
Blessing, baraka, mbaraka, pi. mi-
baraka^
Blindness, upofu Qoss of sighfy
chongo Qoss of one eye).
Blinders (used for camels when
grinding in mills), jamanda (of
basket work)^ kidoto (of cloth).
Blister, lengelenge, pi, malenge-
lenge.
A vesicular eruption of Hhe skin.
Block. See Pulley. [uwati.
A block to dry skuU caps upon,
faroma.
Blood, damn.
Blood-vessel, mshipa, pi. mishipo.
Blotch, waa, pi. mawaa.
Blowing and belloicing noise (often
made with a drum), yuim.
Blue vitriol, mnitutu.
Board, ubau, pi, mbau.
Piece of board, kibau, pi. vibau.
Boat, mashua.
Body, mwili, pL miili.
The human trunk, kiwiliwili.
A dead body, mayitl.
The body of soldiers, dkc, jamiL
SUBSTANTIVES.
29
Boil, jipii, pL majipn.
Bomb, kombora.
Bombay, Mombee.
Bone, mfupa, pi. mifupa, fapa, ph
mafupa (vtry large).
Book, chuo, pi. vyuo, kitabu, pi.
yitabu.
A sacred book, msaliafu, pL misa-
hafa.
An account book, daftan.
Booty, mateka, nyara.
Border (boundary), mpaka, pi. ml-
paka.
An edging woven on to a piece of
cloth, taraza.
Bother, uthia, huja.
Bottle, chupa, pi. machupa, tupa
(M.), pi. matupa.
A long-necked bottle for sprinkling
scents, mrashi, pi. mirashi
AUtHs bottle, a phial, kitupa, j}Z.
vitupa.
Bottom, chioi.
Bough, Mtawi, pi. vitawi.
Boundary, mpaka, pi. mipaka.
Bow, upindi, pi. pindi, uta, pi.
•mata, or cyuta.
Bowl (wooden), fua. See Basin,
Bowsprit, mlingote wa maji.
Box, bweta, pi. mabweta, ndusi,
kisanduku, pi. visanduku.
Small, kibweta, pi. vibweta.
Large, kasha, pL makasha, san-
duku.
Small metal box, kijaluba, pi.
vijaluba.
Small, long-shaped metal box, often
used to keep betel in, kijamanda,
pi. yijamanda.
Small paper box, kibumba, pi,
vibtimba.
Boy, kijana^^L vijanA,
Bracelet, kekee (flat).
Kikuku, pi. vikuku (round).
Kingaja, pi, vingaja (of beads).
'Ba,ua.g}ii(omamented wiOi points).
Timbi.
Braid, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
Brains, bongo, mabongo.
Bran, cbachu, makapi.
Husks of rice, kumvL
Branch, tawi, pi. matawi, utanzu,
pi. tanzu.
Brand (apiece of wood partly bumt\
kinga, pL vinga.
Brass, shaba, nuhds (Ar.).
Brass wire, mazoka (?).
Bravery, ushujaa, ut/iabitL
Brawler, mgomvi, pi. wagomvi
Bread (loaf or cake), mkate.
Breadth, upana.
Break. See Crack, Notch.
Breakfast, chakula cba subui,
kifungua kanwa, cha'msha
kanwa.
Breaking wind (upvjard), kiungulia,
pi. viungulia.
(downward), jamhsk, pi. majamba,
mashuzi.
Breast, kifua, kidari, mtimsk
Breasts, maziwa, sing. ziwa.
Breath, pumzi, nafusi, roho.
Bribe, rushwa.
Bride, bibi harusi.
Bridegroom, bwana harusi.
Bridle, hatamu (halter, reins, <ke,),
lijamu (bit).
Brink, ukingo, mzingo.
Brook, kijito, pi. vijito.
Broom, ufagio, pi, fagio.
Brother, ndugu, ndugu mume,
kaka (Kihadimu).
Foster brother, ndugu kuuyoiv^Qw
Brother'in'lavOy eliemog^
30
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Hu8band^8 brother, mwamua.
Wife's hroiher, wifi.
Brow, kikomo cha uso, kipaji.
Bruise, vilio la damu, alama ya
pigo.
Brush (see Broom), burushi.
Brushwood, koko, makoko.
Bubble, povTi, pi. mapovu.
Bucket, ndoo.
BucJder, ngao.
Buffalo, nyati.
Bug, kunguni.
Building, jengo, pi. majengo.
Building materials, majengo.
Firm and good building, mtomo.
Bull, fahali,j>2. mafabali, ng'ombe
mume or ndume.
Bullet, poopoo, risasi ya bunduki.
Bullock, maksai.
Bunch, tawi, pi. matawi, kitawi, pi.
vitawi, kichala, pi. vichala.
The bunch is said to be of the
tree and not of the fruit.
Tawi la mtende, a bunch of dates.
Kichala cha mzabibu, a bunch of
grapes. See Bananas.
Bundle, peto, pi. mapeto, mzlgo, pi.
mizigo.
In a cloth, biado, forushi, ki-
furushi.
Of straw, mwenge, pi. mienge.
Of sticks, titi, pi. matitL
Buoy, chilezo, pi. vilezo, mlezo, pi.
milezo.
Burden, mzigo, pi. mizigo.
Burial-place, mazishi, maziko.
Burier (i.e. a special friend), mzishi,
pi. wazishi.
Bush, kijiti, pi. vijiti.
Bushes, koko, pi. makoko.
Business, shughuli, kazi.
Urgent business, am£ira.
A complicaied business, visa
vingi.
Sis business, amri yake.
I have no btisiness, dec, sina amri,
&c.
Butter, siagi.
Clarified butter (ghee), samlL
Btdtermilk, mtindi.
Butterfly, kipepeo, pi. vipepeo.
Buttocks, tako, pi. matako.
Button, Mfungo, pi. vifungo.
Button loop, Mtanzi, pi. vitanzi
Button by which the wooden clogs
are held on, msuruake, pi. mi-
Buruake.
Buyer, mnunuzi, pi. wanunuzi.
0.
Cabin (side), kipenu.
Cable, amara.
Caffre corn, mtama.
Cage, kizimbi, pi. vizimbi, tundu,
pi. matundu.
Cake, mkate, pi. mikate.
Cake of mtama meal, mkate wa
mofu.
Cake of tobacco, mkate wa tu-
mbako.
Bummida, pi. mabumunda, a sort
of dumpling or soft cake.
Kitumbua, pi. vitumbua, a cake
made lilce a fritter.
Ladu, a round ball made of
semsem seed, spice, and sugar.
Kinyunya, pi. vinyunya, a little
cake made to try the quality of
the flour.
Calabash, buyu, pi. mabuyu.
Inner part of the calabash fruit,
ubuyu.
Calabash used to draw water,
kibuyu, vibuyiL
BUB8TANTIVE8.
31
Calabash tree or baobab, mbuyu,
pi. mibuyu.
A ptrnipMn shell used to hold
liquids, dundu, pi. madundu.
Calamity,msijaaihvL, msiba,pL misiba.
Calico, See Cloih.
Fine, bafta.
Calf, ndama, ndama wa ng'ombe.
CaU (calling), mwito, pL miito.
(a cry), ukelele, nkemi
Kikorombwe, a signal cry.
Calm, shwali.
Calumba root, kaomwa.
Camel, ngamia.
CaTnelopard, twiga.
Camphor, karafiimayiti, kafuri.
Candle, tawafa, meshmaa.
Candlestick, kinara, pi, yinara.
Cannabis Indica, bangi.
Cannon, mzinga, pi. mizinga.
Canoe, galawa (with outriggers^,
mtumbwi, pi, mitumbwi (toith-
out outriggers), hori, pi, mahoii
(toith raised head and stem).
Canter, mghad (of a horse),
Thelth (of an ass).
Cap, kofia.
A cap block, faroma.
A gun-cap, fataki.
Capacity, kadri.
Cape (headland), rasi.
Captain, nakhotha, naoza, kapitani.
Caravan, msafara, pi. misafara.
Caravan porter, mpagazi, pi. wa-
pagazi.
Carcase, mzoga, pi. mizoga.
Cards (playing), karata.
Cardam,oms, iliki.
Care, tunza, pi. matunza.
(^caution), hathari.
Cargo, shehena.
Carpenter, sermala, pi, mtaermala.
Carpet, zulia.
Carriage, gari, pi, magari
A gun carriage, gurudumo la
mzinga.
Cartridge, kiass cha bonduki
Carving, nakah, nakishL
Case or paper box, kibamba, pi.
vibumba.
Cashew nut, korosho,|)Z. makorosho
Immaiure nut, dunge.
Cashew apple, bibo, pi. mabibo,
kanju (M.), pi. makanju.
Cashew nut tree, mbibo, pi. mibibo,
mkanju (M.), pi. mikanju.
Cask, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Casket, kijamanda, pi. yijamanda.
Cassava, muhogo.
Apiece of the dried root, kopa, pi.
makopa.
CasHe, gereza, ngome.
A chess castle, fil (Ar. elephant).
Castor oil, mafuta ya mbarika,
mafuta ya nyonyo (?), mafuta
ya mbono (?).
Castor oil plant, mbarika, pi. mi-
barika, mbono (?), pi. mibono.
Cat, paka.
Catamite, haniti, hawa, hawara,
shoga (A.).
CatUe, ng'ombe, nyama.
Cattle fold, zizi, pi, mazizi.
Caudle made on the occasion of a
birth, of rice, sugar, and spice,
and given to visitors, fuka.
Caulking, khalfati.
Cause, sababu, kisa, asili, maana.
Cautery and the marks of it, pisho,
Caution, hathari. [pL mapisho.
Cave, paango, pi. mapaango.
Censer, a small vessel to burn incense
in, chetezo, pi. vyetezo, mkebe^
pi. mikebe.
32
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Centipede, taandu.
Certainty^ yakini, Mte.
Chaff, kapi, pi. makapi
{of rice), kumvi.
(bran and crushed grains), wishwek
Chain, mkufu, pL mikufu, mnyo-
Toro, pi. minyororo, Bile&ile,
Door chain, riza.
Chair, kiti, pi. vitL
Chalk, chaki.
Chameleon, kinyonga, pi. vinyonga.
Chance, nasibu. Qumbwi (?).
Chandelier, thurea.
Change or changing, geuzi, pi.
mageuzi.
Chapter, sura, bab.
Character, sifa.
Characters, henifn.
Charcoal, makaa ya tnitL
Charm (talisman), talasimu, pi. ma-
talasimu.
Chatter, upiizi.
Chatterer, mpuzi, pi, wapuzi.
Chea^, ayari, mjanja, pi. wajanja.
A great cheat, patiala.
Cheeh (the part over the cheek-hone)^
kitefate, pi. vitefute.
(The part over the teeth), chafu,
pi. machafa, tayu (A.), pi.
Cheese, jibini. [matavu.
Cheis^ sataranji.
Chest {of men), kifua, pi. vifua.
(of animals or men), kidaii.
(a large box), kasba, pi. makasha,
fianduku.
Chicken, faranga, pi. mafaranga,
kifarauga, pi. yifaraoga.
Chief, mfalme, pi. wafalme, jumbe)
pL majumbe, munyL
CJhi^tainshipf ujumbe.
Child, mtoto, pi. watoto, kitoto, pi,
vitoto, mwana, pL waana.
A child which cuts its upper teeth
first, and is therefore considered
unlucky, kigego, pL vigego.
Childhood, utoto.
Chimney, dohaan.
Chin, kidevu, pL videvu, kievu
(A.), pi. vievu.
Omavfient hanging from the veil
below the Mn, jebu, pL ma-
jebu.
Chisel, patasi, chembeu.
Juba, a mortice chisel,
XJma, a small chiseL
Choice, hiari, hiyari, ikbtiari, na-
thari.
Your choice, upendavyo (as you
like).
(Jholera, tauni, wabba, kipindu-
pinda.
Church, kanisa, pi. makaoisa.
Cinders, makaa.
Cinnabar, zangefaii.
Cinnamon, mdalasini.
Cipher (figure of nought), sifuru,
zifuri.
Circle of a man** affairs, &c., uli-
mwengu wake.
Circuvfidsion, tohara, kumbi
(Mer.) (?).
Circumference, kivimba, mzingo.
Circumstances, mambo.
A circumstance, jainbo.
Cistern, birika.
Citron, balungi, pi. mabalungi.
Civet, zabadi.
Civet cat, fungo, ngawa (a larga
animal than the fongo).
Civilization, iingwana.
Civilized people, wangwana.
Clamp for Imrning lime, tanun.
Clap of thunder, radi.
Claret, divai.
SUBSTANTIVES.
33
CloBsfor study, darasa.
Claw,, nkuoha, pi, kucha.
(of a crah\ gando, pi. magando.
Clay (?), ndongo.
Clearness, weupe.
Clerk, karani.
Clergyman, padre or padiri, pi, ma-
padiri, khatibu.
Cleverness, hekiina.
Climate, tabia.
Clock, aa&.
What o'clock is it f Saa ngapi ?
According to the native reckon-
ing, noon and midnight are at
ihe sixth hour, saa a sita; six
o'clock is saa a ^^nashara.
Clod, pumba, pi, mapumba.
Cloth {wooUen'), joho.
{Cotton), nguo.
(American sheeting), amerikano.
(Blue calico), kaniki.
Cloth of gold, zari.
A loin cloth of about tioo yards,
shuka, dotL
A loin doth with a coloured border,
kikoi, pi, vikoi.
A turban doth, kitambi, pi. vi-
tambi
A wo7nan*s doth, kisuto, pi. yi-
suto.
A doth twisted into a kind of rope
used as a girdle, and to make
the turbans worn by the Hindis,
ukumbuu, pi, kumbuu.
(Jlothes, nguo, miguo, mavazi, mavao.
Cloud, wiugn, pi. mawingn.
Main cloud, ghubari,j!>2. maghu-
bari.
Broken scattered clouds, mavn-
ndevunde.
(Jloves, garofau, karof uu.
Fruit-stalks, 'kikGDjo,pl. yikonyo.
(Jlub, TungiL
Coals, makaa.
Coast, pwani.
Coat, joho (a long open coat of
broaddoth worn by the Arabs).
(Job of Indian com, gunzi, pi. ma-
gunzi.
Cock, jogoo j)Z. majogoo, jogoi, jimbi.
A young coekerd, not yet able to
crow, pora.
A cock's comb, npanga.
A cock's wattles, ndefu.
Cockles, kombe za pwani (?).
Cockroach, mende, makalalao (INIa-
lagazy).
Cocoa-nut, nazi.
Cocoa-nut tree, mnazi, pi. minazi.
Seart of the growing shoot, used as
salad, &c., kichilema, shaha.
Cloth-like envelope of young leaves^
kilifu.
Leaf, kuti, pi. makuti.
Midrib of leaf, uchukuti, pi.
chukuti.
Leaflets, ukuti, pi. kuti.
Leaf plaited for making fences,
makuti ya kumba.
Half leaf plaited together, makuti
ya pande.
Leaflets made up' for thatching,
makuti ya viungo.
Fart of a^leaf plaited into a
basket, pakacha, pi. raapakacha.
Woody flower sheath, karara.
Bunch of nuts, tawi la mnazi.
Flower and first forming of nuts,
upunga, pi. punga.
Small nuts, kidaka, pi, vidaka.
Half -grown nut, Mtale, pi. vitale.
Full-grown nut before the nutty
part is formed^ dafu, pi.
madafu. In this stage the %heU
34
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
18 perfectly full of the milk or
juice (maji), and the nvis are
often gathered for drinking.
Half -ripe nut, when the nutty part
is formed and the mUk begins to
'vcahUe in the shell, koroma, pi,
makoroma.
Ripe nut, Dazi.
A nut which has grown fttU of a
white spongy substance without
any hollow or milk, joya, pi.
majoya.
A nut which has dried in the shell
so as to rattle in it without
being spoilt, mbata.
The fibrous case of the nut, cocoa-
nut fibre, makumbi.
Cocoa-nutfihre thoroughly cleaned,
usomba.
A stick stuck in the ground to rip
off the fibre, kifuo, pi, vifuo.
The shell, kifuii, pi, vifuu, ki-
fufu (M.).
Instrument for scraping the fresh
nut for cooking, mbuzi ya ku-
kunia nazi.
Oily juice squeezed out of the
scraped cocoa-nut, tui.
A small bag to squeeze out the tui
in, kifiimbu, pi, vifombu.
The scraped nut after the tui has
been pressed out, chicha.
Copra,the nut dried and ready to be
pressed in the oil mill, nazi kavu.
Cocoa-nut oil, mafuta ya nazi.
Coffee, kahawa, (plant) mbuni.
Coffee berries, buni.
Coffee pot, mdila, pi, midila.
Coin (a coin), sarafu. See Dollar,
Rupee, &c.
Colander (in basket work), kunguto,
pi. makunguto.
Cold, baridl.
Baridi and upepo are often ueed
to mean wind or cold ind^er-
ently.
Cold in the head, mafua.
I have a cold in the hettd^ Aweaa
kamasL
Collur-bone, mtulinga,|)Z. mitnlinga.
Colour, raugi.
Colours are generally desoribed by
reference to some known sub-
stance : rangi ya kahawa, eqffee
colour, brown ; raugi ya majani,
leaf colour, green; rangi ya
makuti, colour of the dry eooo€t-
nut leaves, grey.
Comb, kitaua, pi. vitana, shanan,
pi, mashanuu (a large toooden
comb),
A cock*s comb, upanga.
Comfort, faraja.
Comforter, infariji, pi. wafariji.
Coming (arrival), kifiko, pi, vifiko.
{Mode of coming), majiiio.
Coming down or out from, inBhoko,
pi, misbuko.
Command, amri.
Commander, iemsudein, pi, majema-
dari, mkuu wa asikarL
Second in commund, akida.
Commission, agizo, pi, maagizo.
Comoro Islands, Mnsiwa.
Great Comoro, Ngazidja.
Comoro men, Wangazidja.
Johanna, Anzwani.
Mayotte, Maotwe.
MohUla, Moalli.
Companion, mwenzi, pi. wenzi.
Company, jamaa.
Compass (mariner's), dira.
Completeness, uzima, ukamilifn,
utimilifu.
SUBSTANTIVES.
35
Compliments^ salaamtL
Composition (of a word), raidbytieo.
Composition for a murder, money
paid to save one*s life, dia.
Concealment^ maficho.
Conclusian, mwisho, hatima.
Concubine, suria, pi. masuria.
Bom of a concubine, snriyama.
Condition (state), hal|, jawabu.
(A thing necessarily implied)^
kannni.
Confidence, matnmaini.
Confidential servant, msiri, j3{.wa8iri.
Conscience, thamiri, moyo.
Conspiracy, mapatano, mwafaka.
Constipation, kufunga choo.
ConsUtuition, tabia.
Contentment, iirathi
Continent, merima.
Continuance, maisha.
Contract, maagano, eharti.
(Jonversation, mazumgnmzo, mao-
ngezi, Tisemi.
Convert, mwongofu, pi. waongofu.
Cook, mpuhi, pi. wapishi.
Coohed grain, especially rice, wall.
(Poking pot (metal), Bufuria, pi.
masufuria, kisufaria, pi. visu-
faria.
{earthen), njangn, chongu, pi.
vyungu. mknngu, pi. mikungu.
(a pot to cook meat in toith fat, to
braze meat in), kaango, pi. ma-
kaango, nkaango, kikaango, pi.
yikaango.
A pot lid, mkanga wa kufunikia.
Three stones to set a pot on over
the fire, mafiga, sing, figa,
mafya, sing, jifya.
Cross pieces put in to keep the
meal from touching the "bottom of
the pot and burning, nyalio.
Coolie, hamali, pi. mahamali
Copal, sandarusi.
Copper, shaba, sufuria.
Coral (red), marijani ya fethaluka
(marijani alone does not always
mean the true red coral).
Fresh coral for building, cut from
bdow high-water mark, matu
mbawi.
Cord, ugwe, ukambaa (M.), pi.
kambaa, kigwe, pL vigwe.
Cork, kizibo, pi. vizibo.
Com, nafaka (formerly used as
money).
Mnbindi, Indian com.
Mtama, millet (the most common
grain).
Mwere, very tmaU grains growing
in an upright head something
like the flower of the bulru4sh.
Wimbi.
Eliinanga.
Comer, pembe.
Comer of a cloth, tamvua, nta-
mvua.
Corpse, mzoga, pi. mizoga, mayiti.
Corpulence, unene.
Corruption, howl, kioza.
Cosmetics.
Dalia, a yellow composition,
Yasi, a yellow powder from India.
Liwa, a fragrant wood front
Madagascar.
Kipaji.
Cotton, pamba.
Couch, kitanda, pi. vitanda.
Cough, kikohozi.
Council, baraza, diwani.
Councillor, diwani, pi. madiwani.
Counsel, sbaiiri.
Countenance, uso, pi. nyuso.
Country, inchi, nli (M..y T>ie i\amt%
36
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
of countries are made from the
name of the people by means of
the prefix U-.
Uuyika, the country of the Wa*
. nyika.
Ugala, the country of the Wagala.
UzuDgu, the country of the Wa-
zuQgu, Europe,
In the country^ mashamba.
A country dialect^ lugha ya ki-
mashamba.
Courage, u^hujaa, ufAabit, moyo.
Course (of a ship), mljira.
Courtesy, jamala, adabu.
Courtyard (enclosure)^ ua, piL nyna,
uanda or uanja.
Court within a house, behewa^ati.
Cousin, mjukuu, pi. wajukuu.
Covenant, maagano, sharti.
Cover (a lid), kifuiiiko.
A dish cover made of straw and
often profusely ornamented^
kawa«
A hook cover, jalada.
Covetousness, tamaa, bakhilL
Cow, ng'ombe mke, pi, ng'ombe
wake.
Cotoard, mwoga, piL waoga.
Cowardice, uoga.
Cowry, kauri, ket&
Crab. k>ia.
Crack, ufa, pi. nyufa.
Cramp, kiharusi.
A cramp, gango, pi, magango.
Crayfish, kamba.
Cream, siagL
Creed, imani.
Creek, hori.
Crest, shuDgi (used also for a way
of dressing the hair in two large
masses).
Crew, baharia.
Crime, taksiri.
Crocodile, mamba, mbolu (?).
Crook, kota.
Crookedness, kombo.
A crooked thing, kikombo.
Gross, msalaba, j^ misalaba.
Cross roads, njia panda.
Crossing place, kivnko, pH, yivuko.
Crow, kuDgoru.
Crowbar, mtaimbo, pi, mitaimbo.
Crowd, kundi, pi, makundi, ma-
kutano, matang^amano, umaatL
Crown, taji.
Crown of (he head, npaa, ntosL
Crumbs, vidogo, sing, kidogo.
Crutch for oars, kilete, pi. vilete.
Cry, kilio, pi. vilio, ukelele, pL
kelele, ukemL
(for help), yowe.
(of joy), hoihoi, kigelegele.
Cucumber, tango, pi, matango.
Cubit (from ifie tip of the middle
finger to the point of (he elbow),
thiraa, mkono, pi, mikono.
(from the point of (he elbow to (he
knuckles when (he fist is dosed),
thiraa konde.
Cultivation, kilimo.
Cultivator, mkulima, pi, wakulima.
Cunning, cherevu, werevu.
Gup, kikombe, pi. vikombe.
Cupboard, saoduku.
Cupper, mumishi, pL waumishi
Cupping horn, chuku.
Curiosity (rarity), kioja, pi. vioja,
hedaya, tunu.
Curlew, sululu, kipila.
Current, nikondo wa majL
Curry, mchnzi, mtuzi (M.).
A smaU seed used in making U,
bizari.
An acid thing put into it, kinngo.
SUBSTANTIVES.
37
Curse, laana, pi. malaana.
Curtainy pazia, pL mapazia.
Curve, kizingo.
Cushwn, mto, pi. mito.
A large cushion, takia, pL ma-
takia.
Custard apple, topetope, mstofole,
konokono, matomoko.
Custom, desturi, mathehebii, ada.
Gutiom-house, fortha.
Customt^ duties, ashur.
Cut, a short cut, njia ya kukata.
Cutting {breaking off), kato, pi.
makato.
CutUe-fish, pweza.
Arms of the cutUe-fish, nmyiriri,
pL minyiriri.
CutunUer of a dhow, hanamiL
Cypher. See Cipher.
Cymbals, matoazi, sing. toazL
D.
Dagger, jambia (the curved dagger
generoMy toom),
Damascus, Sham.
Dance, mchezo, pi. michezo.
Names of dances, gnngu, msapata,
hanzua, kitanga cha pepo,
soma.
Dandy, malidadi.
MtoDgozi, pi. watongoz], a man
who druses himself up to attract
women.
Danger, hatari, khofa, kicho.
Darkness, Mza, giza {these are only
two ways of pronouncing the
same loord, hut the first is some-
times treated as though the ki-
were a prefix and it belonged to
the fourth class, while the second
is taken as belonging to the fifth ;
U i$ probably, however^ most
correct to refer them both to the
fourth).
Dark saying, fumbo, pi. mafumbo,
maneno ya fuitiba.
Darling, kipendi, pi. vipendL
Da£es, tende.
Date-tree, mtende, pi. mitende.
Daughter, binti, mtoto mke, mwaua,
kijana.
Dau,ghter-in-law, mkwe, pi. w&-
kwe.
Dawn, alfajiri, kucha.
Day (of twenty-four hours, reckoned
from sunset to sunset), siku.
(time of daylight), mchana, mtana
(M.).
All day, mchana kutwa.
Day labourer, kibama, pi. vibarua
(so called from the ticket given
to workpeople, which they give
up again when paid).
Daylight, mchana, mtana (M.).
Dazzle, kiwi.
Deal (wood), sunobari.
Death, kufa (dying), mauti, ufu,
mafu.
Debt, deni.
Deceit, hila, madanganya, udanga-
nifu, hadaa, uwongo.
Deck, sitaha, dari.
Deep water, kilindi, pi. vilindi.
Great depths. Undo, pi. malindo.
Defect, upungufu, ila, kombo, ki-
punguo, pi. vipungno.
Deficiency, kipunguo, upungufu.
Defilement, ujusi.
Deliverance, wokovu.
Demxind in marriage, poso, pi.
mapoBO.
Dependant, mfuasi, pi. wafuasi.
Depth, kwenda, chini,uketo.
Derision^ mzaha» thWitibksb.
38
SWAHILl HANDBOOK.
Design, kusudi, pZ. maknsudi, nia.
Descent, mahuko, pi. inishuko.
Desert, wuiigwo, jongwa, jiL ma-
jang\*'a.
Desolation, ukiwa.
Destruction, kuliaribika, kupotea.
Destrtictiveness, uharibivu, upotevu.
Detachment {of soldiers, Ac), kikosi,
pi. vlkodi.
Device, liila, shaurl, pit. maskauri.
Devil, shetuni, pi. Diashetaiii.
Devotee, mtaowa, pL wataow&
Dew, umande.
DliMo {native craft), cUombo, pi.
vyombo; when very iargie, jombo,
pi. majombo.
Kinds of ditoios : —
Dau, ^ madau, a smaU open
vessel sharp ai the stem,vnih a square
matting saiL They belong to the
originaZ inhabitants of Zanzibar,
and are chiefly employed in bringing
firewood to the toicn.
]\ltepe, pi. mitepe, a large open
vessel sharp at the stern, with a large
square mailing sail; the prow is
made to resemble a camel's head, and
is ornamented with painting and
little streamers. The planks are
sewn together. There is always a
white pennon at (lie masthead. Tliese
vessels belong chiefly to Lamoo, and
the country near it.
Betela, the common dhow of Zan-
zibar : it has a square stem, with a
low poop and a head mu^h like those
of European boats.
Bagala, ph mabdgala, large dJiows
with very high square stems and tall
poops, and long projecting prows.
Tfte Indian dhows are mostly of this
class; tliey have very often a small
second mast rising from U^e poop
(mlingote wa kalmi).
Ghangi, they reseiMe the Bi-
galas except in not being so hi^ in
the poop or so long in the prow.
Batili, a low vessel with a long
projecting prow, a sJiarp sterti, and
high rudder-head. They have often
a flying poop and a second masL
They belong to the piratieal Arabs
from the Persian Chdf.
Bedeni, a dhow with a sharp stem
and high rudder'head, and a per"
pendicular cutwater; there is often a
piece of board atta,ched to tt, making
a hind of head ; when this is absent
the vessel is a/n Aweds. Bedens
may easily be distinguished among
other dhows by their masts being
upright ; in aU other dhows the masts
incline forward. They belong to the
coast of Arabia, especially that on the
Indian Ocean,
Dhow sail, duumi.
Prow, gubctL
Poop, shetri.
Quarter galleries, makanadili.
Joists of deck, dammetL
Chunamfor bottom, deliem.
Place for stowing things likdy to
be soon wanted, feulL
Dialect, maneno, lugha.
Dialects and languages are usually
expressed by prefldng ki- to the
name of the place or people.
Kiungnja {for Maneno ya Kiu-
nguja), the dialect of Zanzibar
(Unguja).
Kioivita, the dialect of Momban
(Mvita,).
Eiamu, the dialect of Lamoo
(Amu).
SUBSTANTIVES.
89
Eignnya, the dialect of Sim, &e.
Kiarabu, Arabic.
Kigala, the GaUa language.
Eimashamba, a country dialect.
Eishenzi, the talk of some uncivil'
ized nation,
Kiungwana, a civilized language.
KizuDgu, (he languages sjpoken hy
Ewropeane.
Diamond, almasi.
Diarrhasa, tnmbo la knenenda.
Diet, maaknli.
Difference, tofautd, sivimoja.
Difficulty, shidda, ugumu, mashaka.
Dinner (tnid^day), chakula cha
mchana.
Direction (bidding), fundisho, pi.
mafundisho, agizo, pi. maagizo.
Dirt, f aka.
Disease, marathi, nweli, ugonjwa.
Disfigurement, lemaa.
Disgrace, tabu, ari, fetheha^
Disgust, machiikio.
Dish, sahani, kombe, pi. makombe,
mkunga wa kulia, buugu,
kitunga, pi. vitunga (the first
is the usual word for European
dishes).
An earthen dish to hake cakes on,
wava.
Disorder (confusion), fdjo. See
Disease.
Display, wonyesho.
Disposal, amri.
To put at his disposal, kumwamrla.
Dispute, masbiudano, tofauti.
Disquiet, fathaa.
Dissipation, asherati, wasberati,
usbeiatL
Distortion (hy disease), lemaa.
Distress, sbidda, tholli, uthia, msiba,
masbaka*
District of a toum, mta, pi. mita.
For the districts of Zanzibar see
Part IL, p. 330.
Disturhance (riot), fitina.
(trouble), kero.
Ditch, haudaki, sbimo, pi. masbimo.
Divine service, ibada ya Muungu.
Division (arithmetical), mkasama.
Divorce, talaka.
Dock for ships, gudi.
Doctrine, elimu,alm, matbhab.
Document, kbati.
Dog, mbwa.
Very large, jibwa, pi. majibwa*
Bize, a wild hunting dog.
Mbwa wa koko, the houseless dogs
outside Zanzibar.
Doll, mtoto wa bandia. .
Dollar, leale, rea.
Spanish Pillar dollar, reale ya
mizinga.
Black dollars, reale ya Sbam.
American 20'dollar piece, reale ya
tbababu.
French silver S-fra/ne piece, reale
ya ki&ansa.
For the parts of a doUar see in the
section on Adjectives under
Numerals— fra^ions, p. 93.
Dome, zege.
Dominion, mamlaka, bukumu.
Donkey, punda.
Donkey from the maiidand, kio-
ngwe, pi. viongwe.
Door, m\Ango, pi. milango (vulgarly^
mwango, pi. miango).
Leaf of door, ubau, pi, mbau.
Centre piece, mfaa.
Door-keeper, mgoja miango.
Door chain, riza.
Doorframe, top and bottom pieces,
klzingiti, pi. \\z\xig|i\i.
40
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Side pieeeSj mwimo, miimo.
Outer heading, upapi.
Dotage, mapiswa.
DoM, sliaka, pi. masbaka, tasbwi-
shi, waswas.
Dove, hua. See Pigeon & Birds.
Dowry, paid by the huuiband to the
loife's friends, mahari.
Dragon-fly, kering'ende.
Dragon*s blood, maziwa (or macho),
ya watu wawili.
Dream, ndoto.
Dregs, chembe.
Dress, nguo, mavazi, mavao, uvao.
Slaves and very poor men wear
generally an nguo only, that is, a
loin doth of white or blue calico.
Women wear a kisrato, or long doth
of blue, or printed, or coloured calico
wrapped tightly round the body
immediately urider the arms, and on
the head an ukaya, a piece of blue
calico with tuoo long ends ; U has a
string passing under the chin, to which
a silver ornament, jebu, is attached.
WeU-dressed men wear a loin cloth
with a coloured border, kikoi, a long
shirt-like garment in white calico,
kanzu, a shawl^ amazu, twisted
round the waist, a waistcoat, kisibao,
and a long loose coat, jobo. On their
heads tfiey wear a red or white skull-
cap^ kofia, &rtd tvjisted round it a
turban, kilemba. TTieir feet are
slipped into sandals, viatu.
Women wear trousers, soruali, a
kanzu of coloured materials and a
kofia (cap) adorned with gold and
spangles, or more commonly a silk
handkerchief, dusamali, folded and
fastened on the head so as to hide the
hair. They also wear sometimes a
kisibao (embroidered waisteoai)^ and
nearly always a mask, barakoa
When they go otU they throw over all
a large square of black siUc, lebwani.
On their feet tliey carry wooden dogs
hdd by a button (msuruake) grasped
between the toes.
Dressing of calico, dondo.
Drill, keke. The iron is called
kekee ; the wood it is fixed in,
msukano ; the handle in which it
turns, JLVTi ; and the bow, uta.
Drink, kinwa (or kiny wa), pi. yinwa,
kinwaji, ph vinwaji.
Drinker, mnywa, pL wanywa
Dripping (fat cooked oul of meat\
uto wa nyama.
Drop, tone, j»2. matone, kitone, pL
vitone.
Droppings (dung)^ mayi.
Dropsy, istiska.
Drowsimss, leppe, leppe za uzingizi.
Drum, ngoma.
Cbapuo, a small drum.
Kumbwaya, a drum upon feet.
Msondo, a very tall drum^ bealen
on special occasions.
The skin of a drum, or anything
stretched like it very tightly ^ ki-
wambo, pi. viwambo.
Drunkard, mlevi, pi. walevi.
Duck, bata, pi. mabata.
Duryan, finessi la kizungu.
Dust, vumbi, pi. (much dust) ma-
yumbi.
Dust and sand on a road, tifiiti^
Duties. See Oustoms.
Duties of one*s position, kiwango,
pi. viwango.
Dwarf, kibeti, pi. vibeti.
Dwelling, makao, makazi, makani,
Dye, langL [masikaui.
SUBSTANTIVES.
41
Mkasiri, a tree who»e hark i$ used
to dye JUMng-neU and lines
Hack,
Ungamo, a yeUow dye used to dye
maUing.
Dysentery^ tumbo la kuhara damu.
E.
Eagerness (excessive haste), pupa.
Eagle (?) koho, firkomba, tai, pu-
ngn, kipanga (aU these words
seem to denote some large bird of
prey).
Ear, sikio, pil. masikio.
Hole pierced in the lower lobe of
the ear, ndewe.
Ear ornaments, a large round
ornament in the loioer lobe,
jassi, pi, majassi.
Ornaments in the upper part of
the ear, if dangling, kipoli, pi.
vlpTili; if shaped like a stud,
kipini, pL Tipini.
Ear-ring, pete ya masikio.
Ear of com, suke, ph masnke.
See Bumih, Cob.
Earnest money, arabuni, stakabathi.
Earth, inchi, udongo.
The earth, inchi, ulimwengu,
Ease, raha. [dunia.
After pain, faraja.
Ecut wind, matlaa.
Eaves, mchilizi, pi. michilizi.
Eavesdropper, dukizi (or duzi), pi,
madukizL
Efxmy, mpingo.
Echo, mwangwL
Edge (of a precipice), ukingo.
(Of a piece of cloth), pindo, pi,
mapindo.
Edging woven into a piece of doth,
tuaza.
Effort, juhudi, bidii.
Effusion {of blood), vilio (la damn),
pL mavilio.
Egg, yayi, pi. mayayi.
White of egg, ute wa yayi.
Tolk of an egg, kiini cha yayi.
EggsheU, ganda la yayL
Empty eggshell, kaka..
Egypt, Misri, Masri, Massara.
Elbow, kisigino, pi. visigino, kiyi,
pi, vivi.
Elder, mzee, pi. wazee, sheki, pi.
masheki.
Elegance, janiala.
Elephant, tembo, ndovu.
Elephantiasis (leprosy), jetbama.
{Barbadoes leg), teende.
Embarrassment, matata, uthia, ma-
sbaka.
Embroidery, almaria.
(stitching), darizi.
(piping), kigwe, pi, vigwe.
Embroilment, matata.
Emetic, tapisbo, j^L matapisho, dawa
la kutapika.
Employment, kazi, utumwa.
Emulation, bidii.
Encampment (of a caravan), kitiio,
pi. vituo.
Enclosure, iianja, ua, pi, nyua.
Enclosure made by a fence of
cocoornut leaves, ua wa ma-
kuti.
Enclosure made by a fence of
mtama stalks, ua wa mabua.
Enclosure with a stone fence,
kitalu, pi. vitalu.
End, mwisho. pi. miisbo (finishing),
hatima, kikomo, pi, vikomo
(leaving off),
of a journey y kifiko, pi. vifiko,
of a piece of clotK, "aA^\^\xwu
42
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
End or comers of a turban doth, Ac,
tamvua, kishungi, ^l. visbungi.
Enemy, adui, pi. adui or raaaciui.
Engagement, shnghuli, ntumwti.
Enigma, kitendawili, pL vitenda-
wilL
Enmity, wadni, adawa, khnauma.
Entrails, matiimbo.
Entrance, kningia, pakuingilia,
mlango.
Envy, hasidi, kijicho, kijito (M.).
Epilepsy, kifafa.
Equal {in age), hirimu, marikak
Equivalent, badala^
Error, kosa, makosa.
Eructation, kiiingulia, pZ. viungiilia.
Escape, wokoYU» kuokoka.
(other course), buddi.
Esteem, mapendo, maafikano.
Estimate, maafikano.
Eternity, milele.
Eunuch, tawashi, maksai.
Euphorbia, mtnpa, pL mitnpa.
Europe, Ulaya, Wilaya, Uzuno^.
European (or any one wearing a
European dress), Mzungu, pi.
Wazungu.
Eve, Hawa.
Evening, jioni.
Event (startling), shani.
Evil, uovu.
Exaltation, ntuknfu, athama.
Example, nifaiio, pi. mifauo.
Excrement, mavi.
Expense, gharama.
Extinguisher, mzima (a person), pi.
wazima, kizima (a thing), pi.
yizima.
Eye, jicho, piL macho, jito (M.), pi.
mate.
IjOss of an eye, chongo.
Eyebrow, nyushi, nshi (A.).
Eyekuih or Eyelid, kope.
A stye in the eyej obochea.
F.
Fahle, ngano.
Face, 1180, pt njuao.
Fasces, mavi
Faggot, tita, pL matita.
Faith, imam.
Fall, maaognko.
Falsehood, nwongo.
Familiarity, mazoezo.
Family, jamaa, ndug^.
Famine, njaa, ndaa (M.).
Fan, upepeo pi. pepeo, pepeo. pi.
mapepeo, kipepeo, pL vipepeo.
Fare, nanli.
Fast, fuDga.
Fasting month, RamathanL
Fat. shahamu, mafuta.
A piece cf fat, kipande kilicho-
nona.
Fat cooked out of meat, nto wa
nyama.
Fate, ajali.
Father, baba.
In speaking of on^s own father it
is polite to caU him bwana.
Stepfather, baba wa kambo.
Father-in-law, mkwe. pi. wakwe.
Fathom, pima, pi. mapima.
Fatigue, utufu, ulegevn.
Fatting, kinono, pi. vinono.
FauU, hatiya, kosa, pi. makosa.
Favour, upendeleo.
A favour, fathili.
Favourite, kipendi, pi. vipendi,
mpenzi, pi. wapenzi.
Fear, khofu, uoga, kitisho, pi.
vitisho, kiolio, pi. viclio.
Feast, karamu.
Fea^t day, siku kuo.
SUBSTANTIVES.
43
FeaXkopy nnyoa, pZ. njoa, nyoa {w
nyoya), 'pL manyoya.
A %oing feoUher, abawa,|)2. mbawa.
Feeder^ mlishi, pi. walishi.
Fellow-servant, mjoli, pi, wajoli.
Fence, ua, pi, nyiia.
Stone fence, kitali],|>Z. yitalcb
Fenugreek, watu.
Ferry, kivuko, p\, yiynko.
Fettere, pingu.
Fever, homa.
SvoeUing of the glands of the groin
followed hy fever, mtoki.
Dengue femer, kidinga popo.
Field, koonde, pi makoonde, mgih
nda (Yao).
Field labourer, mkulima^^ waku-
lima.
Fierceness, ukaU.
Fig, tini.
Fig-tree, mtini, pi. mitini.
Fight, mapigano.
Figure of speech, mfano wa maneno;
Filagree work, temsi
File, tnpa.
Fillet, ntepe, pi. tepe.
FiUh, uchayn, janaba.
Fin, pezi, pL mapezi.
Fine for a murder, dia.
Fineness, nzuri.
Finger, kidole, pi. vidole, kidole cha
mkono, chanda (M.),pil. yyanda.
Fire, moto, pi. mioto.
Piece» of wood to get fire hy twist-
ing, upekecho.
Firewood, kuni, one piece, iikuni.
A half-burnt piece of firewood,
kinga^^ yinga.
The act of pushing the toood further
into the fire, or an instrument for
doing M>^ohocheo,kitoteo (M.)>
Fireplace, jiko> pL meko,. meko, |
pi. mieko, hence kitchen, jikoni,
mekoni.
Three stones to set a pot over the
fire upon, jifya, pi. luafya, figa,
pi. mafiga. Jifya is the word
most used in the town, figa that
used in the country.
Firefly, kimnrimuri, pi. Timnrimnri,
kimetimeti, pL vimetimeti.
Firmament, anga (?).
Firmness, usimeme, u^biti, (in
buHdingy mtomo.
Fish, samaki.
Dagaa, very smaU, small fry.
Njombo, barred with Uacik and
yellow.
Taa, a very large flat fish.
Pono, a fish said to be nearly
always asleep.
Other hinds, Chafi, Changn,
Chewa, Kungu, Mchumbulura,
Mkizo, Mwewe, Mzia, Nguni,
Nguva, Panzi, Pungu. Tlie
varieties of fish are exceedingly
numerous.
Chinnsi, a hind of fish or evil
spirit never seen, but which is
supposed to seize men and held
them undev water until they are
drowned.
Fish-trap, d^ma^ lema, cma.
Fish poison from a species of
Euphorbia, utupa.
Fisherman, mvuvi, pL wavuvi.
Fist, konde, pi. makoDd>e.
Fits, kifafa.
Flag, bandma.
Flat (of a sword, Ac.), bapa.
Flatterer, msifu, pi. wasifu, msifu-
mno.
Self-flatterer, mwajisifuni.
Flattery, koBifo.
44
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Flavour^ lutkthfl, tnmu.
T%ax, katani, kitanL
JFYea, kiroboto, pj. viioboto.
Fleshy nyama.
Fleshiness, mnofn.
Flint gun, bunduki ya gumegume.
Flood, gharika.
Floor, chini.
Chunammed floor, sakafu.
Upper floor or roof, dari.
Flovoer, ua, pL maua.
Flue, Yumbi, pL {mucK) mavumbi.
A flue, dohaan.
Flute^ filimbi, ph mafilimbL
Fly, inzi, pL mainzi.
Foam, povu.
Fog, nmande, kungu, shemali.
Fold {of cloth), upindo.
CattU'fold, zizi, pL mazizi.
Foliage, majani.
FoUoioer, mfuasi, pi. wafuasi, cho-
kora, ph raachokora (a hanger-
on).
FoUy, upumbafu.
Fondness, mahaba.
Food, chakula, makuli (Ar.), kaDde
(Mer.).
Food saved from an evening meal
to he eaten in the morning, wall
wa mwikuTi, bariyo (A.).
Bokoboko, a dish made of wheat
and meat.
Bumbwi, rice flour pourided up
with cocoornuf,
Pilao, an Indian piUaw,
Birinzi.
Fool, mpiimbafu, pi. wapumbafu.
Foot, mguu, pi. miguu, guu, pi.
magun, mjiguu, pi. mijiguu
{large), kijiguu, ph vijiguu
. (small).
Footprint, uayo, pi. nyayo.
Footing — to make him pay his foot'
ing, kumshika hakali.
Forbidden thing, haramu, maraftiku.
Force, nguvu.
Ford, kivuko, pi. vivuko.
Forehead, paji la uso.
Brow, kikomo cha uso.
Foreigner, mgeni, pL wageni, mja
na maji, pL waja na maji {from
over seas).
Forelock, panja.
Foreskin, govi mbo.
Forest, mwitu, msitu.
Fork, kiuma, pi. viiima.
Forking of a road, tree, dtc, panda.
Form (outward shape), umbo, pi.
maumbo.
Fort, gereza, ngome, hosuni.
Fortune, bahati, nasibu.
Fortune'teller(by m.eans of diagrams),
mpiga ramli, pi. waplga ramli.
Foster brother or sister, ndugu
kunyonya.
Foundation, msingi or msinji, piL
misingi.
Fowls, k'uku.
Fox, mbweha.
Fraud, hadaa, madanganya.
Freedom (from, slavery) burn, (per^
mission) ruksa, ruhusa.
Freight, nauli.
Friday, Jumaa.
Friend, rafiki,j72. rafiki or marafiki,
sahibu, pi. as'habu, shoga
(amongst women, and in Zanzi"
bar only. See Oatamite).
Fright, khofu, woga.
(a start), kituko.
Fringe, matamvaa.
Frog, chula, pi. vyula.
Fruit, tunda, pi, matunda, zao, pL
mazaa
BUBSTANJ'l VE8:
45
Biingtr, pi, mabmiga, about the
tize of a medlar^ with a thick
rfisset skin,
Mazu, a kind of hancma.
Zambarau, like a large damson.
Ghokochoko, a red prickly skin,
a large kernel, and white pulp.
Kunazi, something like a sloe.
Kitoria, pL yitoria. — ^Koma, pi.
makoma. — Fun, pi. mafau.
— Mtofaa.
Fruit which drops prematurely,
pooza, pi. mapooza.
Fruit-stalk, (of cloves') kikonyo,
pi. vikonyo, {of bananas) mku-
ngn, pi miknngu.
Frying-pan, (metal) tawa, pi.
matawa, (earthen) kaango, pi.
makaango.
Fugitive, mkimbizi, pL wakimbizi.
Fume, azma, fukizo.
Fun, mchezo, mzaba.
Funeral, kuzikaui.
Furnace (for melting metaZ), kalibu.
Furniture, pambo la nyuiuba,
vyombo.
G.
Gain, fayida.
Gait, mwendo.
Galago, komba.
GaJbanum, ubanL
GuU, saf ura.
GdHa, Mgala, pi. Wagala.
Game, ( produce of hunting) mawi-
ndo, (amusement) mchezo, ma-
chezo.
"Beuo, played on a hoard with thirty-
two holes in it.
Maliyandimu, a game in which
one holds down his head, some
other knocks it, and he guesses
who struck him.
Tiabn, played by throwing up
sticks, Ac, and watching their
faH
Dama, played on a hoard like
chess.
Tasa, a game of touch.
Tmge,a game consisting in follow-
ing the movements of a leader.
Garden, bustani, shamba.
Gate, mlango, pi. mllango.
Gate of Paradise, kilango cha
jaha.
GazeUe, paa.
General^ jemadari, pi. majemadari.
Generation, kizazi, pi. yizazi.
Generosity, ukarimu.
GeniuSt Jini, pi. Majini.
Gentleman,mugwaji&, |)Z. wangwana.
Gentleness, upole.
Georgian woman, Jorjiya.
Gettings, pato, pi. mapato.
Ghee, samli.
Ghost, kivuli, pi. vivnli.
Ghoul^ zimwi, pi. mazimwi.
Giddiness, masua, mbesua, kiza-
nguzungu.
(xift, zawudi (a keepsake), tunn (a
choice thing), bashishi (Jiargess),
ada (customary gift), kilemba
(gift on the completion of a work
or to the bride* 8 father) f wapo.
Ginger, tangaWizi.
Giraffe, twiga.
Girder, mhimili, pi. mihimili.
Girdle, mshipi, pi. mishipi, masombo
(of cloth), maazamu (a shawl),
kibobwe, pi. vibobwe (o piece
of doth tied round the body
during hard work).
Girl, kijana, pi. vijana.
Slave girl, kijakazi, pi, yijakazi.
Girth, kivimba.
46
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Gizzard, firigisi.
Gladness, furaha.
Glance, nathiri.
Glare, anga.
Glass, kioo.
Jjoohing-glass, kioo, pi. vioa
Drinking -ghiss, bilauri.
Glitter, kimeta.
Glory, sifa, fakhari, utukufu.
Gltie (or gum), embwe.
Glutton, mlafi, pL walafi.
Goat, mbiizi.
A strong he-goat, bebera (Ar.).
GoAtetween, kijumbe,pZ. vijumbe.
GOD, MUUNGU, pL miungu.
Goitre, tezi.
Gold, thahabu.
Goldsmith, mfua thahabu, pi, wafua
thahubu.
Good luck, ghanima, jaba.
Goodness, wema.
Goods, mall (possessions'), yyombo
(utensils), bithaa (merchandise).
Goose, bata la Bukini, piL mabata
ya Bukini.
Gonorrhoea, kisunono.
Gourd. See Pumpkin.
Gout^ jongo.
(Governor, wall, liwali, pL maliwali.
Government, serkali, daulati.
An official, mtu wa sericali.
Chrain. See Com.
Cleaned grain, mchele.
Cooked grain, wali.
Chrains of com, ponje, chembe.
Grandchild, mjukuu, pi. wajukuu.
Great-grandchild, kijukuu, ph
vijukuu, kltukuu, pi. vitukuu,
kilembwe, pi. vilembwe.
(jhreat'great-grandchild,'k\mTi^Ti9k.
pL viningina.
Grandfather, babo.
Cfrandmother, bibi.
Crreat-grandmother, mzaa bibL
Grammar, sdruf.
Grapes, zabibu.
Chraiitvde, shukrani.
Chrass, nyasi, majani, nyika.
gra^s etU for fodder, ukoka.
Grasshopper, panzi, pL mapanzL
(jhrave, kaburi, pL makaburi.
In the grave, after death, ahera,
kuzimu.
Greatness, ukubwa, uknn, utnknfa.
Chreediness, choyo, roho, tamaa.
Crrey hairs, mvi.
Ghridiron, uma wa kuokea nyama,
pi. nyuma za kuokea nyaina.
Chrief, sikitiko, kasarani, msiba,
huzuni, hamu, simanzL
(for a loss), majonzi.
Chime (on a pot), mabizL
Grit (small stones), cliangarawL
Groom, mchunga, pi. wachunga,
mtunga (M.), pi, watunga.
Growid, chilli, inchi.
Ground nuts, mjugu nyasa, (a liard
round kind) mjugu mawe.
Chrudging person, hiana.
(xruel, uji.
(hmrd, mlinzi, pi. walinzL
(hmva, mpera, pi. mapera.
Guava-tree, mpera, pi. mipera.
Guest, mgeni, pi. wageiiL
Guide, rubani, kiongozi,|>2. Yion.gozi,
mkuu genzi.
Guitar, kinanda, pL viaanda
Chiineafowl, kanga.
(a crested kind), korora
Gum (hirdlime, (fee), ulimbo.
Crum {of the teeth), ufizi, pi. fizi.
Gum Arabic, haba, sumugh.
Gum Amini or Copal, sandarusi.
Gun, bunduki.
SUBSTANTIVES.
47
Flint ^un,biindxiki ya gumegume.
Gun4)arrel, kasiba.
Nipple, kifa, pi, vifa*
Gun-fiapy fataki.
Gun-lock, mtambo, pi. mitambo.
(cannon), mzinga, pi. mizinga.
Giin-carricLge^ gurudumo la
mzinga.
Crunpowder, baruti.
Gvi, tumbo, jp2. matumba
H. The guUural Arabic h, ha ngoe.
The softer Arabic h, he mdawari.
Habits, mazoezo, mathehebu.
Haemorrhoids, bawasir.
Haft, mpini, pt, mipini, kipini, pi.
vipinL
Hair, nyele {or nwele), sing, unyele.
(pf the heard\ ndevu, sing, udevu.
(of the body, especially of the
pubes), mavuzi, sing, yozl
(of (he eyebrow), nyuahi, sing.
onynshi.
(of the eyelash), kope, sing, nkope.
(of the hand and arm), malaika,
sing, laika.
(of an animal), siDga.
Straight hair, nyele za singa.
Woolly hair, nyele za kipillpili.
Half, nusu.
A half orange, cocoa-nut, d:c. .kizio,
pi. vizio.
Halyards, henza.
Ropes passing through the pulley
of the halyards, jarari.
Hammer, nyundo.
Hand (or arm and hand), mkono,
pL mikono.
Palm of the hand, kitanga olia
mkono, pi. vitanga vya mikono.
Front of the hand, kofi, pi. makofi.
Inside of (he fingers, kikofi, pi.
vikofi.
Handful {that will lie on the handX
ukufi, pi. kufi.
(that which vnU lie on the two
hands), chopa, pi. machopa.
(that can be grasped in the hand),
koDzi, pi. makonzl
Handkerchief, leso.
Poclcet handkerchief, leso ya ku-
futia kamasi.
Handle (like a knife-handle), mpini,
pi. mipini, kipini, pi. vipini.
(prcjeciing like that of a sauce-
pan), kono, mkono, pi. mxkono.
(J)owed like that of a bucket),
utambo, pi. tambo.
Handwriting, khati, mwandiko.
Hanger-on, chokora, ph machokora.
Happiness, furaha, fiirahani, raha.
Harbour, bandari, bundari.
Hardness, ugnmu.
Hare. See Babbit,
Harm, mathara.
Harnesst matandiko.
Harp, kinnbi, pL vinubi.
Harpoon, ohusa, pi. vyusa.
Harvest, mavuno.
Haste, haraka, hima.
Hat, chapea
Hatchet, kishoka, pi. vishoka, kitoka
(M.), pi. vitoka, upamba, pi.
pamba.
Hatred, macbnkio, buothu.
Hawk, mwewe.
Hawker, dalali.
Head, kitwa (or kichwa), pL
vitwa.
A little head, kijitwa, pi. vijitwa.
Head of a ship, omo.
Head winds, pepo za omo.
Head doth worn 6t| \!}omeTi)\xk&^^
48
SWABILI HANDBOOK.
(of blue ealico), dusamall (0/
silk).
Headship^ ujumbe.
Healing ihingSy mapoza.
Healthy uziiua, afia, hali {stated
Heap, fungu, pL mafungu,
chnngu.
of stones, boma, pi. maboma.
of wood and sticks, biwi, pi.
mabiwi, kichaka, pi. yichaka.
of earth, kisngulu, pi, visngulu.
(a raised bed), tuta, pi. matuta.
Heart, moyo, pi. mioyo, or nyoyo,
mtiiua, pi. mitima.
Heat, moto, hari (sweat), harara
(prickly heat).
Heaven, mbingu, sing, nwingu,
samawati (Ar.).
Heaviness (weight), uzito.
(sorrow), hamu. -
Hedge, ua, pi. nyna.
Hedge made in the sea for taking
fish, uzio, pi. nyuzio.
Hed, kifundo (or kisigiiio) cha
mgua.
Heifer, lutamba^ pi. mitamba.
Heir, miithi, pi. wari^^L
Help, msaada.
Hem, upindo.
Hemp. See Cannabis Indica.
Hempen rope, kamba ulayiti.
Hen, k'uku.
Laying hen, koo, pi. makoo.
Hen, fuU groton, but that has not
yet laid, t embe.
Henna, hina.
Herd, kundi, pi. makundi.
Herdsman, mchunga, pi. wacbunga,
mtanga (M.), pi. watunga.
Hero, shnjaa, pi. mashujaa, fabali,
pi. mafahali.
Teroism, ushigaa.
Hesitation, msangao.
(in speaking), knbabaika.
Hickup, kwikwe.
Hidden thing, fumbo, pi. mafumba
Hide, ngozi.
HiU, kilima, pi. vilima.
A rocky hUl, jabali, pi. maja-
ball.
HiU, kipini, pi. vipini.
Hindrance, kiznizo, kiznio, kizuizi.
It is said that Dr. Krapf, being
on one occasion delayed from
day to day, in obedience to
superior orders, said to those
who delayed him: — Kesho oa
keslio ni madanganya, ao ni
niakatazanya. ^ To-morrow
and to-morrow is deceiving or
forbidding ;** to which they re-
plied: — Si madanganya wala
si makatazanya, ni mazuiza-
nya. ** It is not deceiving, and
it is not forbidding, it is delay'
ing.*'
Hinge, patta, bawaba.
Hip, nyonga (?), tokono (A.).
Hippopotamus, kiboko, pi. yiboko,
tomondo.
Hire, taja, ijara, ujira.
History, hadithi.
Hoarseness, kiipwewa na saull.
Hoe, jembe (or gembe), pi, ma-
jembe.
Hoeing-up time, mapalilo.
Held (of a ship), ngama.
Hole, tundu, pi. matundu.
(through anything), kipenyo, pi,
vipenyo.
(dibbled for seeds or plants), ko-
rongo, pi. makorongo.
Hole to give light and air, mwa-
ngaza, pi. miangaza.
SUB8TANT1VEB
49
Sole in the lower lobe oj the ear,
ndewe.
Holiness, ntakatifa, matakatiftu
HoUow (of a tree), mTimgxL
HoUoumess, uyiinmga.
Home, kwanga, kwako, kwake,
kwetu, kwenu, kwao, according
to the person whose home it is.
1 have some ai home, iko kwango.
Honey, asali y a nynkL
Honour, heBhima, ukarimu, ntu-
knfo.
Hoof, ukwato, pi, kwato, kwata.
Hook {fish'hooh), doana.
(used to steady work with),
kolabo.
Hope, matmnainL
Hordeolum, oliokea.
Horn, pembe, pi, pembe or ma-
pembe.
An antelopes horn used as a
trumpet, baragamu. See
Musical Instruments,
Horse, farasi, fras.
Host (army or mvUitude), jeahi, pi,
majeehi
Host (entertainer), mwenyeji, pi.
wenyeji
Hostility, wadni, adawa.
Hour, saa.
House, nynmba.
(large), jumba, pi. majumba.
{small), kiJTimba, pi. vijumba.
Household of slaves, kijoU.
Hum, mavamL
Eumility, unenyekea
Hump (of an ox), nnndo.
{of a humpback), kigongo.
Hunger, njaa, ndaa (M.).
Handred, mia.
Tioo hundred, uui&ea.
HuiUer, mwinda, pi. wawinda.
Hurry, haraka.
Husband, mume, pi: wanme.
Husk, ganda, pL maganda.
Husk and bran of rice, kumvi.
Husk of the cocoa-nut, makumbi.
Hutj kibanda^ pL vibanda.
Hyssna, fisi, pisL
Spotted hyxna, kingubwa.
Hydrocele, Dushipa, pumbo, kito-
nga(?)
Hypocrite^ mnafiki, pi, wanafiki.
Ibo, Wibo.
Idiot, hayawani
Idleness, uyItu.
Idolater, kafiri. pi. makafiri.
Ignorance, ujinga.
Ima^e, sanamu.
Imperial. See Beard.
ImpreecUion, apizo, pi. maapizo.
Imprisonment, kifango.
Incense, buhuri, ubani, uynmba,
uudL See Censer,
Income, pato.
Independence, npweke.
Indian (heathen), Banyani, pi. Ma-
banyani.
Indian {MahommedanX Mubindi,
pi. Wahiadi
Indian rubber, mpira.
Indian com, muhindi. See Maize.
Infection, kuambukiza.
Infidel, kafiri, pi. xnakafirL
Infirmity, uthaifu.
Information, babari.
Ingenuity, uyuzi, nmabeli
Inheritance, UTithi.
Inheritor, miithi, pi. xrKiithL
Ink, wino.
Inkstand, kidau cba wino.
Inlaid worh^ nixmixu
\
50
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Innovation, mzuzi, pi. mizuzi.
Innovatory mzuslii, pi. wazushi
Insect, mdudu, pi. wadudu.
Paange, gadfly.
Manyiga, hornet
Dudu vule, a boring hornet.
Buuzi, pi. mabunzi, a stinging
fly-
Vunja jiingo, a mantis.
Borosboa, a long-shaped hlach
insect found in dust-heaps.
Insolence (self-sufficiency), kinaya.
Instruction, mafundisho.
Instruments (nautical), vipande Tya
kupimia.
Insult, tukano, pi. matukano.
Intellect, akili {generally treated as
a plural noun of Class III.).
Intention, nia, kasidL
Interpretation, tafsiri.
Interpreter, mkalimani, pi. wakali-
mani, posoro.
Intestines, matumbo.
Small intestines, cbango.
Interruption, kizuizo, pi. vizuizo.
Intoxicating thing, kileo, pi. vileo.
Intoxication, kileo, kulewa.
Intri^r, kizusbi, pi. yizusbi, fisadi
(one who enters a house without
lawful purpose).
Invalid, mgonjwa, pi. wagonjwa.
Iron, cbuma.
A piece of iron, cbuma, pi. vyuma.
Iron bar, mtaimbo, pi. mitaimbo.
Island, kisiwa, pi. yisiwa.
Itch, upele, pele.
Itching, mnyeo.
Ivory, pembe.
a large tusk, buri.
J.
Jackal, mbwa wa mwitu.
Ja^ikfruii, fined, pi. roafinesi.
Jaxikfruit tret, mfinesi, pi. mi-
finesi.
Jar {for carrying iD(Uer\ intungi,
pi. mitungi.
Jar (large), kasikL
Jasmine, jasminL
Jaw, taya.
Jealousy, uwivu.
Jealous anger, gbeiii.
To weep for jealousy, kulia ngoa.
Jewel, jobari.
Jin, jini, pi. majinL
Johanna, Anzwani.
Joint, kiungo, pi. viungo.
(in a cane), fundo, pi. mafundo.
(piece between tioo Joints in a
cane), pingllL
Joist, boritL
Joke, ubisbu
Journey, safari, mwendo.
Two days* journey, mwendo wa
siku mbili.
Joy, furaba.
Judge, katbi, pi. makatbi, mwa-
muzi, pi. waamuzi, mwamua,
pi. waamua.
Judgment, buknmn, maamuri.
Jug, kopo, pi. makopo.
Juice, maji.
Justice, bakL
K.
Kiel, mknka, ntako (Mer.).
Kernel, kisa, pi. visa.
Kettle, kanderinya.
Key, ufunguo, pi. fungua
Kick, teke, pi. mateke.
Kidney, nso, figo (M.).
Kind, namna, ginsi, aina.
Kind, sort or style is expressed by
ki. prefixed to (he place, thing^
SUBSTANTIVES.
61
cr people. Kihindi, fke Indian
tort, Kizunga, the European
sort.
Tiatu yya Kihindi, shoes Uke
those worn by the Indians.
Viazi yya Kizungu, sioeet potatoes
ofiheEuropean sort,te. potatoes.
Havazi ya kifaume, robes of the
kingly sort, royal robes.
Kindness, wema.
Eoery kindness^ killa jambo la
wema.
A kindness, fatbili.
Kindred, ndagu, jamaa.
XJtani, the belonging to a kindred
r<Me,
Htani, pi. watani, a person of a
kindred race.
King, mfalme, pi. wafalme, malki,
maliM.
Chess king, shah.
Kingdom, ufalme, ufaloine, ufaume,
Tnilki, miilki
Kinsman, ndugn, jamaa. See
Kindred.
Kiss, busu.
Kitchen, jikoni, mekoni
Kite (bird), mwewe.
(toy), tiara.
Knee, gote, pi. magote, ondo, pi.
maondo (A.).
Knife, kisu, pi. visa.
(large), jlsu, pi. majisu.
Kotama, a curved knife used in
getting palm wine.
Shembea, a kind of curved knife.
Knight (chess), frasi.
Knot, fundo, pi. mafundo.
Knowingness, njuvi, njnzi, werevu.
Knowledge, maarifa, elimu, bekima.
Koran, korani, furakanu, msabafu.
It is divided into thirty juzuu,
which together make a khitima
nzima.
Labour, kazL
Labour pains, ntungu.
Lac (100,000), lakki
Ladder, ngazi.
Ladle made out of a eocoa-nu<, kata,
pi. makata (deep, used to dip
up water with); upawa, pi.
pawa (shaUow, used for gravy,
curry, &c.).
Lady, bibi, mwana mke wa kin-
ngwana.
Lady of the house, mwana.
Ladylove, mchumba.
Lake, ziwa la maji, pi. maziwa.
Lamoo, Amu.
Lamp, taa.
Lampstand, a piece of wood with
two flat pieces projecting at
right angles on which the lamp
is placed, mwango, pi. miango.
Lampwick, utambi, pi. tambi.
Land, incbl, nti (M.).
Landing-place, diko, pi. madiko,
liko, pi. maliko.
Language, lugha, maneno. The
language of a place or nation
is expressed by the use of the
prefix ki-. Maneno ya Kin-
nguja or Kiungnja,<^e language
of Zanzibar. Kinyamwezi, Uie
language of the Nyamwezi
tribe. See Dialect.
Filthy and insulting language,
matukano.
Languor, ntepeteya.
Lantern, fanusi, kandili, pi. ma-
kaudili.
Lappet, kishtnig^, pi. Ni^xxw^.
Y.1
52
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Largess, takarima, bashishi.
Lathe, keezo.
Laugh, cheko, pL maoheko, kicUeko,
pi. vioheko.
Law, sheria, htiknmiL
Lead, risasi, rusasL
(Jor sounding), bildL
Leader, klongozi, pi. yiongozi.
Leaf {of a tree), jani, pi, majanL
(of a cocoa-nut tree), kuti, pi.
makuti.
Leaf (of a hook), ukurasa, pi.
kurasa.
Lean^o, kipenu, piL Tipenu.
Learning, elimu.
A man of learning, mwana wa
ckuoni.
Leather, ngozi, ngoyL
Leave, niksa, ruhnsa.
To tahe leave, kuaga.
Leaven, chachu, hamira.
Lee side, Bpande wa chini.
Leech, mruba, pL miruba, mdudu
afyonzaye damn.
Lefthandedness, shoto.
Leg (or foot), mguu, pi. miguu.
(of a native bedstead), tendegu,
pi. matendegn.
Loss of the use of the legs, kitewe»
kiwete.
Leg ring. See AnhleL
Legend, badithi.
L«umre (private time), fiaragba,
makini.
Lemon, limao, pi. malimao.
Xen^, urefii.
Leo^rd, chai, tui (M.).
Leprosy, ukoma, balanga, jetbamu,
matana.
Letter, waraka, pL nyaraka, barua,
kbati.
Letter (of the alphabet), herufu.
I Lever, myukato, plL mifukuto.
Liair, mwongo, piL wawonga
Liberality, ukarimu.
Licentiousness, waaheratL
Licorice, bus.
Lid, kifiiniko>j>t. yiftiniko, kibia,p(.
Tibia, mkuDgu wa kafanikia.
Lie, wongo, uwango.
Life, uzima (heaUh\ maiaha (ooii-
tinuance), robo (soul).
Light, nam, weupe, mwanga^ pL
mianga, anga, pL maanga
(glare).
Lighthole, m?raDgaza, jpL mia*
ngaza.
Lights (of an animal), yavnyaTiL
Lightning, nmeme.
Like (similar thing), ki&oi, pL
vifanL
Likeness, mfano, pi. mifano, kifieuio
pi. vifano, sanamu, sura.
Lime, chokaa.
Lime (fruit), dimn.
Sweet lime, dimn tamu.
Limit, mpaka, pL mipaka (houn*
dary), Mnga (block), npoo
(what cannot be surpassed).
Line, mstari, pL mistari (drawn),
safu (row), ngwe (cord), shairi
(line of verse).
Linen, kitani.
Lining of a kaozu round the throat,
kaba.
Lion, slmba.
Lip, mdomo, mlomo, or mwomo, pi.
midomo, milomo, or miomo.
Lip-ring, ndonya.
Liquid, maji, kiowevu.
Lisp, kitembe.
Litter (carried by four men),
macbera.
Little pieces, vidogo, sing, kidogo.
SUBSTANTIVES.
53
JAver^ ini, pL maini
Lizard^ mjuai, pL wajusL
Large vmter lizard^ kenge.
Kind» of Uzard$, mgoraguni, pL
wagnragnm — gOTong'ondwa —
kiuma mbnzi^mjumbakaka —
mjisikafiri.
Loady mzigo, pL mizigo.
Xoa/, mkate, pL mikate.
Zoofi, maaziiQO, karatha.
Loekj kitasa, pL vitasa Q>ox lock%
komeo or gomeo (a iiative
wooden loch), knfuli, piL maku-
full {padloek).
Locust, mzige, pi. wazige, nzige.
i<V» gogo» P^ magogo.
(nautical), batli
Loin cloth, nguo, doti, kikoi, pi,
yikoi (with a striped border).
Loins, kiuno, piL yiimo.
Longing, uchu, tamaa, hawa.
Look, nathari.
Loohing^lass, kioo, pi. vioo.
XiOop, kitanzi, pi. vitanzi.
Loops to haul up a hoot by,
kishwara.
Loss, basara.
Lots, kura.
Louse, chawa, tawa.
Love, shauko, mapenzi, habba,
mahabn, pendo, mapendo.
Luck, bahati, nasibu.
Messenger of iU luck, korofi.
Lukewarmness, nvngavugo.
Lumbrici, chango.
Lump, fungo, piL mafiingo, fomba,
pi, maftimba.
Lump {as in ^our), kidonge, pi.
TidoQge, Ytimbti, pi, mayombu.
Lunyp (of meat), cbinyango.
Lunacy, kiohaa, soda.
Lunatic, mwenji IdchatL
Lungs, paft^ pnmn, yaTuyayxi (of
anamnuU),
Lu8t,ha,wtL,
M.
Mace (spice), basbasL*
Machine, samani, mtambo, pL mi-
tambo.
Madagascar, Buki, Bukini.
Madness, wazimo, mahoka (country
dialect).
Magadoxa, Mknobyo.
Magic, uchawi (black magic),
uganga (white magic).
Maggot (funza).
Magnesia (sulphate of), cbumvi ya
haliili
Maiden, mwana mwali
Maize (plant), muhindi.
haZf-grovm, matindi.
(corn), mahindi.
(com cob), gunzi, pi. magonzi
(young cob), ngara.
(part^ied com), mbisi.
Majesty, enzi, ezi.
Malice, tiovn.
Man (person), mtn, pi. wata.
(male), mwanamume, pL waa*
naume.
(human being), mwana Adamn,
bin Adamn (Ar.).
A very large man, jitn, pi. majitn.
A young man whose beard is
beginning to appear, mTulana,
pi. wavulana.
Man of the world, mtn rawerevu.
Mango, embe, embe (M.), pi» ma-
embe. Embe za dodo, large
mangoes.
Mango-tree, mwembe,|>2. miembe.
Mangouste, mohiro^ pL wachira
Mangrove^ mkdko, j^X. mVkoYo.
54
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Manner^ ginsL
An elegant \nannery madaha.
Manners^ desturi, mathehebu.
Good manners^ adabu, tasfida.
Mantis^ vunja jungo.
Manure, samadL
ManuteripU mwandiko, pi, mia-
ndiko.
Mark, alama.
Marks made hy dragging anything
along, mkokoto, pi, mikokoto.
Tribal mark, nemba. See Spot,
Blotch,
Market, Bcko,pl. masoko.
Marriage, ndoa, mikaba.
(the ceremony), barusL
{intermarriage), kuoana.
Marrow, bongo.
Martyr, shabidi, pi, masbabidi.
Mask, barakoa.
Mason, mwasbi, pi. waasbL
Mason^t trowel, mwiko, pi, miiko.
Mass, the mass of, jamii ya.
Mast, mlingotc, pi, milingote,
xngoto, pi, migote.
SmaU mizen-mast, mlingote wa
kalmi or galmL
Master {of a hotue^ or of slaves),
bwana.
Master {of a school), mwalimu, pi.
waalimu.
Master*s son, bwana mdogo.
Master workman, fundi.
One*s own master, 'mweza mwe-
nyewe.
Mat (coarse matting), jamvi, pL
majamvi.
Sleeping mat, mkeka, pi. mikeka.
Sleeping mat made like a hag with
one side open, f umba.
Oval prayer mat, musala, pt mi-
salo.
Bound mat on which food is laid
out, kitanga, piL vitanga.
Strips of palm leaf for pkuHng
fine mats, myaa, pL miyaa.
Strips of palm leaf for plaiting
coarse mats, mwaa, pL miwaa.
Narrow strips ready to he §ew»
together to make ooaree maJtSj
BbupatUy pL masbupatn.
Strips for making fiine viatM^
tikirifpZ. kin.
The thick edge of itripe of
matting, ng'ong^o.
Busati, a sort of matting hroughl
from Muscat,
Matchmaker, kijumbe, pL yijumbe.
Matches, viberitL
Matter (pus), usaha.
A matter, jambo, jawabiL
What is the matter i Eunanini?
What is the matter with youl
Una ninL
Mattress, godoro, pi, magodorow
Mayotte, Maotwe.
Meal (food), cbakula.
First meal after a fast, fatari.
Meal (flour), unga.
Meaning, maana.
Meanness, unyongew
Means, njia.
Measles, oburuwa.
Measure, kadri, kiasi, cheo, kipiino.
A measure, kipimo, pL vipimo.
Measuring rod, line, Ae,, ohenezo,
pL vyenezo.
See Cubit, Fathom, Span, WeighL
The weights are used as measures
for such a capacity as would
contain that weight of millet
Meal, nyama. [ (mtama).
SmaU pieces cooked on a skewer^
msbakiki, pL misbakiki.
SUBSTANTIVES.
55
Pieces cooked on ttoo paraUel
gticksj subaoa.
Meaiiness, mnofa.
Meddler^ pingamizi.
MedicUor {pea^e-maker), mselebisba,
J9Z. waselehisha, msuluhisba,
pL wasuluhisha, xnpatanishi,
pi. wapatanishL
Medicine^ dawa, pL dawa or mada wa.
(medical knowledge^ utabibu,
ugaaga.
Medicine man^ mganga, pL wa-
ganga.
MeeknesSf upole.
Melancholy, bnznni, hamo.
Memorandum (written), khatL
Memorial, kumbukumbu, uku-
mbusbo.
Memory, ukumbnka, ufabamu.
Menstruation, betb.
Mention, kumbukumbu.
Merchandise, bitbaa.
Merchant, mfanyi biashara, ph wa-
fanyi biashara, tajiri, pi. ma-
tajiri (a rich m^n), iSLthhhi,
bazazi Qiuckster),
Mercury, zebakb.
Mercy, rebema, bunima.
Merit, ajara.
Merka, Marika.
Message, maneno, babari.
ISessenger, mjumbe, pi. wajumbc,
mtume, pi. watume, tume.
Metal, moAim.
Middle, kati
Middle of a piece of doth, mjL
Midge, usnbi.
Midnight, nsikxi saa a sita, kati ya
UBikn, nsiku wa manane.
Midwife, mzalisba, pi. wazalisba.
MUdew, kawa.
MiUc, maziwa.
Chirdled mitk, maziwa mabiviL
Buttermilk, mtindi.
Mill, diuu, pi. viniu
Steam mill, kinu cba mosbL
Oil mill, kinu cba knsbindikia.
Hand mill, mawe ya kusagia
{this last only is used for grind-
ing com. Kinu is properly a
wooden mortar, and the common
oil mills consist of a lever turned
in a mortar by camels),
MiUipede, jongoo.
Millet, mtama.
fully formed hut unripe, mtama
tete.
MiUet stalks, mabua, sing. bua.
kinds of millet, kibaknli, kipaje.
Mind, moyo (heart), akili (wits\
Mine, madini [nia (intention).
Mint (Jierh), nana, fidina (?).
Minute, dakika.
Miracle, mwujiza,jpZ. miujiza, ajabu.
Miscarriage, kubaribu mimba.
Mischief, matbara, ubarabu*
Miser, bakbili, cboya
Misery, sbidda, thullL
Misfortune, msiba, pi. misiba, taabu.
Missile, kimwondo, pi. zimwondo
{used to mean shooting stars,
because said to he cast at the
Jins hy the angels).
Missionary, mpeekwa, pt wa-
peekwa.
Mist, kunga, umande, sbemali
Mistake, kosa, makosa.
Mistress (of slaves), bibL
{of the house), mwana. It is
reckoned good manners in
Zanzibar to speak of one*s own
mother as mwana.
Mistress (kept ujoman), kinyumba.
Mistress {sweelheart)^ mcbnmba.
56
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Mizen-mast, mlingote wa kalmi or
galmi.
Mockery, usimanga.
Moderation, kadri, kiosL
Modesty, haya.
Mohilla, Moalli.
Mole, fuko (?).
Mombas, Mvita.
Monday, Juma a tattL
Money, fetba.
Monfid, Mafya.
Monkey, kima.
Tumbili, a small light'Coloured
monkey,
Ngedere, a small hlack monkey.
Mbega, pL wabega, a hlack
mmkey with long white hair on
the shoulders.
Monsoon {northerly winds), musimi.
Month, mwezi, pi. miezi.
TJie months of the Arab year are
determined by (he sight of the
moon, or by the lapse of thirty
full days. The months practi-
cally begin from the end of the
fasting month, and are called
Mfunguo wa mosi, — wa pili, —
wa tatu, — wa'nne, — wa tano, —
wa Bita, — wa saba, — ^wa nane,
— ^wa kenda, Eajabu, Shaabani,
Ramathani. See Time.
A month of less than thirty da^ys,
mwezi mpungnfa.
A month of thirty full days, mwe-
zi mwangamu.
Monthly pay, mshaara.
Moon, mwezi.
MooMindness, kiwi.
Moonlight, bala mwezi.
Morning, subui, assubm, nssubui.
Morning air, mnande*
Moroeco, Magharihi.
Morsel, kidogo, pi Tidogo.
Mortar for pounding and tXeaning
grain, Ac, kinu, piL yinn.
Mortar for throwing theiU^ ko*
mbora.
Builder's mortar, chokaa.
Platters used as mortar hoards,
chano, pi. yyano.
Mosque, mesMti, mofikiti, meejid.
Mosquito, imbu.
Moth, Doondo.
Mother, mama. It i$ polite in Za/i^
zibar to speak of one^s own
mother as mwana.
Step-mother, mama wa kambo.
Mother-in-law, mkwe, piL wakwe.
Mould, kalibu.
(mouldir^ess), ukmign, kawa^
Mound (of earth), kisngalu, pi vi-
sogulii.
Mound {of stones), boma, pL ma-
boma.
Mountain, mlima, pi. milima.
Mourning (grief), msiba.
To make a formal mourning^
kukaa matanga.
To finish a formal mourmng^
kuondoa matanga.
To live very privately during
mourning for a hw^nd, ku-
kalia eda.
The feast with which a m/ouming
concludes, hitimu.
Moustache, muomo, pi. miomo.
Mouth, kinwa, pi. yinwa, kanwa, pi
makanwa.
Mucus {from the nose), kamasi.
(from the vagina), utoko.
Mud, tope ; much mud, matope.
Muddiness in water, vumbL
Mule, nymnbu, bdghala. [mba.
Multiplication (arithmetical), ^hi'
SUBSTANTIVES.
57
MuUbUude^ makntano^ kandi, jA,
makundi, jeahi, pi, majeshi,
ninaati
Mwnmff mumyani.
Mungooie, moMro, pL wadiiro.
I Murderer, mnuwaji, jrf. wauwaji.
JtfiMele, tafd.
Mushroom^ Moga, pL yioga.
JfuMc, ngoma.
Mtuicdl Instruments. See Drum,
Barag^iniTi, a spiral tvntetopes
horn used cls a trumpet
Kayamba, a sort of rattle,
Kinanda, pL vinanda, a stringed
instrument^ used of European
instruments generaUy.
Kinnbi, a harp.
Matoazi, sing, toazi, eymhals.
Mbui, a buffaloes horn played by
heating.
Paanda, a trumpet,
Upato, a plate of copper sounded
hy beaiing.
Yugo, a large horn sounded by
beating.
Zeze, a three-stringed lute.
Zomari, a sort of clarionet,
Muskf mesiki, meskL
Mussel (jiheUfish), kijogoo, pi Tijo-
goo, kome, piL makome.
JIftMtord, kharadali
Myri(kd, kikwi, piL vikwi or zikwi.
\ Myrrhf manemane.
N.
Natl (finger), nkueba, pi kucha.
(iron), mBOidaii, pL misomari.
Name^ jina, pt majina.
Whai is your name f Jina lako
nani?
Namesake, aomo, pi masomo.
Nape of the neck, vkoB^ kikofii
Napkin^ kitambaa, pL Titambaa.
Table napkin, kitambaa oba
meza.
Narcotic, Mleo, pi vileo.
Nation, taifa, pi niataifa.
Native, mzalia, pi wazalia, kizao,
pi yizao, kiyyao, pH vivyao.
Nature^ asili, tabia.
Nautical instruments, yipande vya
kupimia.
Navel, kitovu, pi vitovu.
Necessaries (espeeiaUy as supplied
by God^s providenee), riziki,
ziriki (M.).
(useful things), vifaa.
Necessity, farathi, lazima, nkwasefu.
Neck, shingo, pi mashinga See
Ba^k, Nape.
Need, iihtaji, kntaka, matakwa.
Needle, fliDdano.
Neighbour, jirani.
Neighbourhood, upande wa^ ki-
yambo (?).
Nest, tnnda, pi matnndn.
(a laying place), Mota, pi yiota.
Net, mshipi, pi mishipi.
used to take gazelles, &c, wavu,
pi nyavii, ohavu, pi vyavu.
Stake net, hedge made in the sea,
iizlo, pH nyuzio.
Round casting net, kimia, pL
yimia.
Seine made of European cordage,
jarifa (or jarife), pi majarifa.
Seine made of cocoa-nut fibre,
juya, pi majuya.
Fish trap made of basket work,
dema.
Nettle, kiwavi, pi yiwavi (used also
News, habari. [of sechnettles).
Night, usiku.
I AU nighty uaVkci kofiYiSu
58
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Four whole nigJUs, aiku nne tisika
kucha.
Four days arid nights^ oka nne
mchana na usiku.
Nightmare^ jinamisi
Nipple, chnchu ya ziwa, till,
bubn (A.).
of a gun, kifa, pt yiio.
Nobody, si mtu.
There is nobody, bapana (or
bakuna) mtu.
Noise, BantL
of voices, kelele, pi, makelele,
uthia.
See Bellow, Roar, Hum, Cry,
NoTisense, npuzi, pno.
Noon, atbuuri, jua kitwani.
Noose, tanzi, pi. matanzL
North, kibula, kaskazini.
Northerly voinds, kaskazL
Nose, pua, yl. pua or mapua.
Nose ornament shaped like a stud,
kipini, pL vipinL
Nose ring, azama.
Nostril, tondu ya pna, 'mwanzi wa
pua (?).
Notch, a place tohere a triangular
piece is broken out, pengo.
Note^ boma, kbati.
Number, beflabu, kiwango.
Nurse, yaya (dry nurse), 'mlezi, pi.
"wslezi (of a child), mugnzi, pi.
wanguzi (of a sick person).
Nutf kokwa, piL makokwa. See
Ground, Cashew, dte,
Smtmegf knngumanga.
O.
\u&A,pl makBBifk
JUnpOf pL nyapo, kiapo, pi.
po^yamini.
Objections, makindano, makatan.
Occupation, sbngbolL
(Esophagus, umio.
Offering, sadaka (gift), thabihv
(sacrifice), kafara (a saerifiee to
avert calamity ; U is buried or
thrown away).
Officer, akida, mkuu wa aedkari.
OJUciousness, futbnli, iifiithiill«
Offspring, mzao, pL wazao. [njnvL
OH, mafuta.
Castor-oil, mafuta ya mbarika*
Semsem-oil, mafuta ya uta.
Ointm£nt, marbamu.
Old age, uzee, ukongwe (extreme).
Old person, mzee, pL wazee, ki-
koDgwe, piL vikongwe (ese-
tremely old).
Omelette, kiwanda, kimanda.
Omen, falL
Omnipresence, eneo la Muonga (the
spread of God).
Onion, kitunguu, pi. yituDguu.
Open place, kiwanja» pL viwanja,
wangwa, wanda.
piece of waste ground in a town,
uga.
Opinion, wasia.
Opium, afyuDL
Opportunity, nafasi.
Ophthalmia, well wa macbo.
Orange, cbungwa, pi. macbungwa,
cbungwa la kizungu, danzi la
kizimgu.
Bitter or wild oranges, danzi, pi,
madanzL
Matidarin oranges, kangaja.
(a larger sort), cbenza, obenza za
kidjjemL
Order. See Command,
(regularity, or a regular order\
taratibu.
BUBSTANTIVEa.
69
Ordeal, kiapo, pL viapa
Origin, asili, ohimbuko^ mwanzo.
Omamemi, pambo, pL mapambo,
Mpambo, pL Tipambo.
Dalia, a yeCUno eoemetie,
Kdonya, lip-ring toom by the
Nyana women,
8an^ a mndU gold plate toom
on the forehead.
Shangwi, an ornament worn
"between the shoulders,
Uiembo, Uack lines painted upon
the face,
Uznri, eoemetie applications,
Yidani, edUars of gold or stiver.
See Anklets, Bracelets, Ear, Nose,
Orp^km, yatima.
Os eoccygis, kiftindagii.
Ostrich, hmn.
Otto of roses, hal w^uradL
Outlet, pskaioke^
Outrigger (of canoes^ matengo.
Outskirts of a town, kiunga.
Oven, tanuu, tannru.
Over-looker, mBimaTnizi, pi, wasi-
mamiziy mwangaUzi, pi, waa-
ugalizi.
Owl, bnndl.
Owner, mwesnyewe.
Oz, ng^ombe or gnombe, maksaL
Oyster, oheza, kome (?), pL ma-
kome, kambe za pwani.
P.
Pace, mwendo.
Package, packet, or parcel, Tobota»
gora (of doOi), peto, pi, ma-
peto«
BmaU packet, kipeto, pi, yipeto.
Pad of grass, Ac, used to carry a
load on Oie Aeod upon,generdtty
twisted into a ring, katob
Pad used as a saddle for donkeys,
khorj.
Paddle, kafi, pL makafl.
Padlock, kufoli.
Pail, ndoo.
Pain, maumiYii, uchungn, kauma.
Paint, rangL
Pair, jozi, jura, jenzi, jauzL
Palace, jamba.
Palanquin, machera.
Palate, kaaka, kaa la kinwa.
Palisading, zizi, kizizi.
Palm of the hand, kitanga cba
mkono, pi, yitanga yya mikono.
A San-maker's palm, dofxa, pi.
mado&a.
Palm-tree. See CJoooa-nut, Date,
Leaf-stem of a palm-tree, npongoe,
pi. poDgoe.
Mkoche, has an edible fruiL
Mlala, hyphame, branching palm,
M^uma, borassus palm,
Palm-oU tree, mchikichi, pi. michi-
kichL
its fruit, chikicbi, pi. machikichi.
the small nuts contained in the
fruit, kichikichiy pL YiohiMchi.
Palm-wine, tembo.
Spirit made from palm-wine,
zarambo.
Palm-wine syrup, asali ya tembo.
Palmar abscess, kaka.
Palpitation of the heart, kiherebere
cba moyo.
Panniers, sboi, shogi.
Pap, ubabwa.
Papaw, papayi, pi. mapapayL
Papaw-tree, mpapayi, ^ mipa-
Paper, karatasi. [payi.
Parable, metbili, metbali, mfano,
pi. mifano.
Paradise^ pepooL
60
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Oate of paradisSf kilango cha
jaha.
Paralysis, kipooza, tiwo (?).
ParalytiOy mwenyl kupooza.
Parched maize, mbisi.
Pardon, arathi, musama, masameho,
hisa.
Parent, mzaa, pi. wazaa, mzazi, pL
wazazi, mzoe, pi. wazee.
Part, fongu, ph mafungu, sehemu,
upande, pi, pande, kisma.
Partner, msharifaB, pi. washarika.
Partnership, usharika.
Partridge, kwale (?).
Kering'ende, the red-legged par-
tridge.
Party (faction), aria.
Pass, or passport, cheti, pi. vyetL
Passage (by), pito, pi. kipito.
(through), kipenyo, pi. vipenyo.
A very narrow passage, kicho*
choro, pi. vichochoro.
Patch (in cloth), kiraka, pi. viraka.
(in planking), hasho.
Pa4h, njia, pito, pi. mapito.
Patience, saburi, snbiri, nvnmilivu,
ntulinu
Pattern, namna.
(to work from) kielezo,jpL vielezo.
Pauper, kibapara, pi. ylbapara (an
insuUing epithet).
Pavm (chess), kitunda, pi. yitunda.
Pay, ijara, njia, faritha, mshahara
(monthly).
Pea, dengu {they are not grown in
Zanzibar, hut are brought dry
from India).
A smdU pea-like bean, ohooko,
chiroko.
Peace, arnani, salamu.
Peaee-^maher, mpataniahi, msele-
hisha, msnluhisba.
Peacock, tausi.
Peak, kilele, pL yildei
Pearl, lulu.
Pebble (very amaU), mbwe.
(or small pieoe of rione), kokobs
pL makokota
Peel, ganda, pi. maganda.
Peg, chango, piL vyanga
Pelvis, tokont
Pen, kalamu.
Beed pen, kalamii ya 'mwanzL
Penis, mbo.
People, watu.
People of this world, walimwengn.
Other people's, -a watu.
People like us, kina easL
Abdallah^s people, kina Abdallab.
Pepper, piHpili manga.
Bed pepper, pilipili hoho.
Percussion cap, fettakL
Perfection, ukamilifu, utimiliyii.
Perfumes, maniikato.
Period {or point of time), kipindi,
pi. vipindi.
Perjury, aziir, znli.
Permission, ruksa, rnlrnsa.
Persia, Ajjemi
Persian <hilf, Bahari il 'alt
Person, mtu.
A grovm person, mtu mzima. See
Old, &c.
Perspiration, ban, jasho.
Pestilence, tauni, wabba.
Pestle, mchi (or mti), pL micbi,
mtwango, pi. mitwango.
Phantom, kivuli, pi. yiviili.
Phlegm, belghamu.
Phthisis, nkohozi.
Physic, dawa, pi. dawa or madawa.
Physician, tabibu, mtebibn, pL
watabibu, mganga. pL wa«
ganga.
8VB8TANTIVE8.
61
Fice^ pesa, pL pesa or mapesa.
FiMe, achari.
Picbwre^ taswira, sura, sanamii.
Pieee, kipande, pi, yipande.
Pteae of Mddagaaoar gr<u$ doth,
ramba, pL maramba.
Piece let inhy way of patch (in
planking), hasho. See Firewood.
Pig, ngnmwe, ngunwe.
Jixo, a wild hog.
Pigeon, njiwa, ndiwa (M.).
Tame pigeon, njiwa manga.
Wild pigeon, njiwa wa mwitn.
PHe of stidks, dte.,for burning, biwi,
pi. mabiwi.
Piles (hssmorrhoids), bawasir.
Pilgrimage, haj.
PiU, kidonge, pL yidonge.
PiUar, ngnzo.
PiUow, mio, pi. mito.
Wooden head rest, msamilo, pi.
misamilo.
Pilot, rabonL
Pimple, kipele, pi. yipele, npele, pi.
pele (farge), kiwe,|>Z. viwe (a
tmaUkind),
Pinoer8, koleo.
Pine-apple, nanasi, pi. mananasL
Pinna (ehettrfish), kaya,|}Z. makaya,
panga, pi. mapanga.
Pipe (water), nelli.
(darionet), zomari.
(toba^xo), Mko, pi. viko. TJie
native pipe consists of a howl
(bora), a stem (digali) leading
from the howl into a small vessd
of water, which last is properly
the kiko ; the stemfro^n the kiko
to the mouth is the Bhilamn.
The bubbling of the water when
it is being smdked is the malio
yakiko.
Piping, kigwe,|>2. vigwe.
Pirate, haramla.
Pistol, bastola.
Pit, shimo, pi. mashimo.
Pitch or Tar, lami
Pity, hurnma.
Place, mabali, pahalL
PUiee may often be expressed by
the prefix pa-.
Panyamayu, a quiet place.
Pakutokea, a place to go out at,
Panginepo, dsewhere,
or by the use of penyi.
Penyi mti« the place where the
tree is, or was.
An open place^ kiwanja, pi.
yiwanja.
A clear sparse in a to¥m, uga.
A place where offerings are made
to propitiate spirits supposed to
haunt it, mzimu, pi, miximu.
Plague, tanni
Plain, uwanda.
Plan, shauri, pi, mashauri.
Plane, randa.
Plank, nban, pi. mbaa.
Planking, mbau.
A plank laid over the body before
the earth is filled in, kiunza, pi.
Plant, mbegu, mbeyu. [viunza.
A young plant, mohe, pi. miche,
chipukizi, pi. yipukizi
Upnpn, cowitch.
Mbaruti, a thistle-like plant toith
a yellow flower,
Nyinyoro, a bulbous plant throw-
ing up a head of red flowers.
Yungiyungi, the blue water-lily,
Afu, the wild jasmine,
Kirukia, a parasite on fruit trees.
Mpnogati, a kind of cactus.
Plantains, ndlzi
62
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Plantation, sliamba, pi. mashamba.
Plate, kisabani, pi. visabanL
A plate of metal, bamba, pL xna-
bamba.
Platter of wood, cbano, pi. vyana
Pleasure, anasa, furaba.
Pleasing things, mapendczi.
Pledge, rabani, amani, kabatbL
Pleiades, kilimia.
Plenty, wingi, ungi (M.), mari-
tbawa.
Plumb-line (a stone hung by a strip
of banana leaf), timazi.
Plug, nguruzi, zibo, pi. mazibo.
Plummet, cbubwi.
Pocket, mfuko, pi. mifuko.
PocJcet-handkerchief, leso.
Poem, masbairi, uteiizi (religious).
Poet, mtunga masbairi, pi watuDga
masbairi.
Poetry , masbairi.
One line of poetry, sbairL
Point, ncba.
Poison, suma, ucbungtu
Fish poison, utupa.
Pole, mti, pi. miti.
for carrying burdens on, mpiko,
pi. mipiko.
for propelling a canoe, npondo^pZ.
pondo.
Politeness, adabu.
Pomegranate, kamamanga.
Pomehe, furungu, pi mafurungu.
Pond, ziwa, pi. maziwa.
Pool, ziwa, pi. maziwa.
Pool left by the retiring tide,
kidimbwi, pi, vidimbwi.
Poop, shetri.
Poor free man, maskini ya Muu-
ngn.
Porcupine, nungu,
PoreSf nweleo, matokeo ya hari.
Porpoise, pomboo.
Porridge, ngali, nji, fokai basida.
Porter, See Doorkeeper,
(carrier), bamali, pi. mahamalL
(in a caravan), mpagazi, pi. wa*
pagazi
Port Dumford, Burikao.
Position in the world, oheo, kiwa-
iigo.
Possessions, mali, milM.
Possessor, mwenyewe.
Possessor of, &o,, mwenyi, &o., pi,
wenyi, &c.
Post, mti, pi mitL
Bearing post, mbimili, pL mihi-
mili.
Posterity, wazao.
Pot. See Cooking-pot, Censer,
A lobster-pot, dema.
Potash (nitrate of), sbura.
Potatoes, viazi vya kizungu.
Sweet potatoes, Tiazi, sing, kiazi.
Raised beds for planting yiazi,
tuta, 2?^ matuta.
Potsherd (broken piece of pottery or
glass), kigai, pi vigai, gai, pi
magai (a large piece), kige*
renyenza, pi vigerenyenza (a
very small piece, a spiUnter).
Potter, mfinangi, pi wafinangi, mfi-
nyanzi, wafinyanzi.
A place to bake potter's work, joko.
Poultry, k'uku.
Poverty, umasiMnL
Powder, unga.
Gunpowder, bamtL
Power, uwezo, nguyn, mamlaka, enzi.
Practice, mtaala, mazoezo.
Praise, sifa, bamdL
Prattle, vijineno.
Prayer (worship), ibada.
(entreaty), kuomba.
SUBSTANTIVES.
63
(fhe prescribed forms), sala. The
regular MoJiammedan times of
prayer are, Magaribi, directly
after sunset; Esba, an hour cr
two later; Alfajiri, before sun-
rise ; Athuuri, at noon ; Alasiri,
about half-way between noon
and sunset
Preacher, mwenyi kukhutubu, or
kuayithi.
Freest, mafundisbo.
Pregnancy, mimba.
Present (see Gift), zawadi.
Customary present^ ada, kilemba.
Ckuiomary presents at a wedding ;
to the bride's father, mahari,
kilemba ; to the brides mother,
mkaja, nbeleko ; to the bride* s
kungu, kiosba miguu, kifunua
mlango; to the bride herself,
}dp& mkono.
Press or Pressure, sbinikizo.
Prey, mawindo.
Price, kima, ^J^amani.
PricMy heat, yipele vya babara.
A medicament for it, liwa.
Pride, kibarL
Priest, kahini, pL makabini (used
in the sense of soothsayer),
(Christian), kasisi, padre or pa-
diri, jpZ. mapadiri.
Prison, kifungo, gereza.
Privacy, faragba.
Privy, cboo.
Proceeds, pato, pi. mapato.
Produce (fruit, seed, dc), zao, pi.
mazao.
Profit, fayida, ghanima.
Progeny, mzao, pi, wazao.
Progress, kiendeleo.
Prohibition, makatazo.
Promise, abadi, wahadi.
Promissory note, awala.
Pronun'iiation, mata'mko.
Prop, mbimili, pL miiiimili, mate-
gemeo.
A prop to heep a vessel upright
when left by the tide, gadL
Property, mali, milki.
Prophet, nabii, mtume, pi. mitiima
Prosecution, mstaki, pi. mistaki
Proselyte, mwongofu, pi. waongofu.
Prostitute, kababa, pi. makababa.
Protection, bami, Iiamaya.
Under British protection, fi ha-
mayat al Ingrez (Ar.).
Proverb, mfano wa maneno.
Provision, madaraka.
Provisions, vyakula.
Provocation, ekerabL
Prow, gubeti.
of a small vessel, kikono, pL
vikono.
(head), omo.
Prudence, busara, fikira.
Pulley, kapi, pi. makapi, gofia.
Pulpit, mimbara.
Pump, bomba.
Pumpkin, boga, pi. maboga.
plant, mboga, pi. miboga.
sheU used to carry liquids in
dundu, pi. madundu.
Mumunye, pi. mamumuiiye,
sort of vegetable marrow.
Tango, pi. matango, eaten raw
like cucumber.
Kitoma, pi. yitoma, a sma
round sort.
Tikiti, pi. matikiti, a round k 'nd
of water-melon.
Punch, keke.
Purchaser, mnunuzi, pi. wanunuzi.
Purgative, dawa la kubara.
Purity, masafi, utakatlfo.
64
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Purpose, knsndi, pL xnaknsudi,
kasidi, nia.
Purse, kifnko cha kntilia fetha.
Push in the cheek, mdukuo.
Putridity, kioza.
Putty, chaki.
Python, ohatu.
Q.
Quail, tombo, tomboroko.
Quality, tabia, ginsi, jifd, aina.
Quantity, kiasi, kadiri, cheo
(measurement).
Quarrel, mateto, tofauti, nazar,
ugomvi
Quarrelsomeness, ngomvi.
Quarter, robo.
Three-quarters of a dollar, kassa
robo.
Quarter of a toum, mta, pi. mita.
Queen, malkia.
(chess), kishi.
Question, maulizo, swali
Quieting thing, kitulizo^pZ. yitulizo.
Quietness, utulivu, makini, kimya.
Quiver, podo.
B.
Babbit, sungura, kisungura, pi.
yisungura, kitnngule, pi. vitu-
ngale, kititL
Baee, mashindano.
Bafter, boriti (for a stone roof),
kombamoyo, pi. makomba-
moyo (for a thatched roof),
pao, ph map£U) (very thin).
Bag, kitambaa, pi. vitambaa,
utambaa, pi. tambaa.
Bain, myua.
Bain eloud, ghubari, ph maghu-
Bainy season, masika. [bari.
Lesser rains, mvua ya mwaka.
Bainbow, npindi wa mvua, IdsOA
cha myua, (M.).
Bammerfor heating roofs, Mpwide^
pL yipande.
Bampart, boma, sera.
Bank, daraja, obea
Bansom, kombozi, piL makomboasi,
ukomboo, ukombosi, fidi%
ufidiwa, ukombolewa.
Barity, Vvluvl, hedaya.
Bash (small pimples), yipele.
Bal, panya.
a very large hind, bnko.
Bations, posho.
Bavmess (of meat, &e.\ ubichL
(dulness), njinga.
Bazor, wembe.
Beason, maaua, sababu, hnja, akili.
Beasoning, huja.
BebeUion, maasi
Becess, kidaka, pi. vidaka, kishit-
baka, pi. yishubaka (a pigeon*
hole).
Wall at the ba>ck of a recess, raC
Becommendation, maagizo.
Bectitude, adili
Bed coral, marijani ya fetbalnka.
Red Sea, Babari ya Sham.
Bedeemer, mkombozi, pi, wako-
mbozi.
Beed, unyasi, jp2. nyasi, *mwanzi, |)l.
miwanzi.
Reference, marogeo.
Refuge, makimbilio.
Regret, majutio.
Regularity, kaida.
Reign, ezi, enzi.
Rein, kigwe, pi. vigwe.
R^oicing, faraha, shangwi.
Relations (relatives), akraba, ndagn,
jamaa.
A near relative, karibo.
SUBSTANTIVES.
65
Eelaxation (loosening), ulege?ii.
BeHgioUj dini, dua.
Belish (something to he eaten with
rice or porridge'), kitoweo.
Bemainder, msazo, masazo, mabakla.
Remedy, dawa, mapoza. [baki.
Reminder, TLkumbusho.
Remission (of sins), maghofira, ma-
ondoleo.
Remnant, mabakia.
Rent, ijara.
Repentance, toba, majuto.
Representative, wakili.
Reproaches, matayo.
Reprobate, baa, pi, mabaa.
Reptile (?).
KeDge, a monitor (7), a very large
slender lizard,
P'ili, a large snake.
Ghatn, a python.
See Snake, Orocodtle, dec.
Request, haja, matakwa..
Residue. See Remainder.
A little left in ajar, &c., kishinda.
pL vishinda.
Resin, nlimbo.
Respiration, kutanafosi, kushuslia
Rett, raha, pnmziko. [pumzi.
Resting-place, pumzikio, kituo, pi,
zituo or yituo.
ResUessness, fathaa.
Resurrection, ufufuo, nfufulio, ki-
yama (the general resurrection).
Resuscitation, (a/stivehj) kufafua,
kohmsha, (neuter) kufufuka,
kuhtdka.
Retainer, mfaasi, pi, wafuasi.
Retaliation kasasi, kisasi.
Return, maregeo, xnarejeo kuja
zaOf &o.
Revenge majilipa.
Reverence, nnenyekeo.
Reviling, mashntumn, mashutumio,
matayo.
Revivat, See Resuscitation,
Reward, ijara, ujira, majazo, thsk^
wabu (especially from God),
Reward for finding a lost thing,
kiokosi, pi. viokosi.
Rheumatism, baridiyabis, uweli wa
viungo.
Rhinoceros, Mfarn, pi, yifarn, pea.
Rib, ubanu, pi, mbayu, kiwavu
chana (A.).
Rice, growing, or yet in the husk,
mpunga.
cleaned from the husk, mchele.
cooked, wall.
watery, and imperfectly cooked
masbendea.
cooked so that the grains are
dry and separate, pukute ya
wali.
scorched in the cooking ukoko,
ntandu (A.).
left from overnight to be eaten in
the morning, wali wa mwikuu.
Kinds of rice, sena, bungala,
Bbindaoo, garofau, kapwai, ki-
fuDgo, made?u, mwanga, sifara,
uchukwi.
Riches, mali, utajM, nkwasi.
Rich man, tajiri, pi. matajiri, mwe-
nyi mali, mkwasi, pi. wakwasi.
Ridicule, mzaba, tbihaka.
Right, haki, wajib, adill.
Righteousness, baki.
Rind, ganda, pi, maganda.
Rind of a lemon, &c., after the
inside lias been squeezed or
extracted, kaka.
Bing^ pete, pi, pete or mapete.
Rings on the scabbard of a sword,
&o, ukoa, pi, koa.
66
SWAEILI EANDBOOK
Bing where ike Hade enters the
haft, noleo, pi. mauoleo.
Ear-ring, pete ya masikio.
Ring-worm, choa.
Ripple, yiwimbi.
Risk, in trading, jiiku.
River, mU), pi, mito.
Road, njia.
Roar, ngurnmo, vumi
Robber, mnyang'anyi, pL wanya-
ng'anyi, hai-amia.
People who wander aboiU at night,
robbing and committing violenee^
mrungura, mpakacha.
Rock, mwaniba, pi. miamba.
A small rock, kijamba, pt vi-
jamba.
in the sea, kipwa, pL yipwa.
BoUing of a ship, mramma.
Roof, dari, sakafa (stone roof or
floor), paa, pi. mapaa (thatched
roof). The (hatched roofs con-
sist generally of a fnmt and
hack slope, kipaa cha mbele and
kipaa oha nyama, and hips for
the ends, which are carried up
under and within the main
slopes; these hips are called
yisusi, sing, kisusi.
A lean-to, kipenu, pi, vipenn.
The roof over a watching-place in
the fields, dungu, ph madungu.
Rook (chessy, fil.
Room (sparse), nafasi.
(apartment), chumba, pi, vynmba.
Ukumbi, haU or porch ; itis toithin
a sione house, bat outside an
earthen one,
S^ule or Bebiila, parlour, recep-
tion room,
Orfa, drofa, or ghdrofa, an upper
room.
Gbala, a dark room on the grounds
floor, a store-room, *
Root, shina, pi. mashina.
RfoUets, mizizi, mizi (M.).
Rope, kamba, ngole (Mer.).
Hempen rope, kamba, idayiti
Rosary (Mohammedan heads), 1a0-
biih.
Rose, waradi, waridL
Otto of roses, hal wAnulL
Rose-water, marashi mafwaridi.
Rose apple, darabi, pi, madambi.
Roundness, mviringo.
Row (line), safu.
Row (noise), uthia» kero.
Royalty, kifaume, iifaumeu
Riibbish (from old buHdingsyf fusi,
kifusi.
(small articles), takatalca.
Rudder, shikio, sakani, mBukani, pi,
mlsukaTii, ti8ukani,;p{. snkaDi
Ruddle, used by carpenters to mark
out their work, ngeo.
Rudeness, safihi
Ruin or Ruins, maangiika
Runaway (from a master, home, ^y,
mtoro, pt watoro.
(from a fight, Ac), mkimbizi, pL
wakimbizi.
Rupee, Tupia.
Rupia or any similar shin di9&a$9,
bnba.
Rust, kutu.
Rustling, miakaso.
S.
Sabre, kitara, pL vitara.
8a>crifice, sadaka (an offering), fldia
(giving up), thabihn {saerifie*
ing), mathabuha (the vietim),
kafara (an 'aniTnal or Ihing
offered but not eaten)*
SUBBTANTWEa.
67
SadcBe, kiti oha firauri, maiandiko,
seruji (an Arab 9addUi)t khorj
(the pad luedfor a dotihey).
SadnesB (see Grief), rammii.
Safely, salamii, saUuna.
Saffron, zafaram.
SaU, tanga, pL matangiw
Dhouhsail, duumi*
Stt£MM,}diah.
Sailor, baharuw
SairA, walU.
Sake, ajili, hiija» maana.
For my eake, imipeiidaTyo (a» you
love me).
Sale (auction), mnada.
Salesman, dalalL
SaHfM, msie.
SaU, chnmTi, mnnyo (A.)>
SaUpehre, shuia.
SahUe (fired), mizinga ya salamii.
(saiutation), salamu.
Scdffotion, wokovu, Biiudi, njema.
Salver, sinia, pi. masinia.
SaneUon, ithini.
Sand, mchanga, mtanga (M.).
Sandals, yiatu, sing, kiatn, viatu
yyangosd.
strap of a sandal, gidanu
Sandalwood, liwa (?).
iSaii4%, QsubL
Sap, maji.
SaUtrday, Jnma a moeL
Saucepan, suf aria.
/Saviour, mwokozi, pL waokozi.
Savour, luththa, tamu.
Scab, kigaga, pi, vigaga.
Scabbard, ala, pi. nyala.
The metal rings on a 9eahbard,
nkoa, pL koa.
Scaffold (for building), jukwari.
Scales (of a fish), magamba, mamba
CM.).
Scales (balmneee), misanL
Sccde pans, ^itanga vya mizani
Scar, kovu, pL makoTU.
Scarf (often vfom round the waist),
deuli
Scent, harnfti, manuka, nnkato, pi.
manukato, meaki, BMoashi (a
scent for sprinkling).
Tibu, a kind of soent.
See Bose, Ambergris, Aloes wood.
School, ohnoni.
Scissors, makasi.
Scoop See Ladle.
Score (20), koija.
Scorn, tharao, thibaka.
Scorpion, nge.
Scraps left after eating, makombo,
sing, kombo.
Scrape (slide), para.
Scratch, mtai, pi. mitai.
Scream, kiowe, pi. Tiowe (cry for
help), kigelegele, pi. Tigelegele
(a trilling scream raieed a$ a
cry of Joy).
Screw, parafujo.
Scrip, mkoba, pL mikoba.
Scrofulous and gangrenous soreSt
mti.
Scrotum, pnmbo, mapumbu.
Scull, kitwa, pL yitwa, fdvu or
bupiiru la kitwa.
Scum, povu, mapOYTL
Sea, bahari.
A sea, mawimbi, wimbi.
A seaman, mwana maji
One from beyond seas, mja Da
maji.
Seaweed, mwani.
Seal, muhuri
Seam, mshono, pi. nishono, band
(tacked), upindo (a hem).
Season, irakati.
68
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The principal seasons in Zanzibar
are: — Musimi, the time of the
northerly winds (kazkazi), that
iSf December^ January, and
February, For March, April,
arid May, the rainy season,
masika; after that, the cold
time, kipupwe ; then, about the
end of August, demani, or
mwaka. The southerly winds
(kusi) begin to drop in October,
and in the intervals between
them and the northerly winds
come the times of easterly and
westerly winds, malelezi or tanga
mbili.
Seasoning. See Belish.
Seat, kikao, makazi.
The stone or earth seat near a
door, baraza, kibaraza.
Secrecy, siri, faragha.
Secrets, mambo ya siri.
Secretary, mwandishiyjpZ. waandishi,
khatibu, karaoi.
Secretary of State, waziri, ph
mawaziri.
Sect, mathbdb, mathehebu.
Sediment, masbapo.
Seed, mbegn, mbeyu.
Seedling, xnobe, pi. miohe.
Self, moyo, nafsi, nafusL
Sdf-content, kinaya.
S&nen, shabawa, manni
Semsem, nfuta.
Semsem oil, mafuta ya uta.
What is left after the oU has been
pressed out, shudu.
Senna, sanamaki.
Sense, akili.
Sentinel, mngoja, pi. wangoja.
Servant, xntumishi, pL watumishi,
mtumwa, pi. lyalumwa, noker.
One who serves at table, mwa-
ndikaji, pL waandikajL
In a shamba there are generally
three chief servants, 1. lisi-
mamizi, generally a free man.
2. Nokoa, the chief slave. 8.
Kadamu, the second hecul slave.
Service, utumwa, hudumu, Mdima.
Setting-out, things set out or the pkuse
for them, maandiko.
Shaddock, fiirungu, pi. mafaranga.
Shade, uvuli, ynliy myuli, mvili,
kivuli, kitua.
Shadow, kivTili, pi. vivtdi.
Shame (jdisgra/se^ aibu.
(jnodesty), haya.
(a thing causing eonfusion), ari,
fetheba, hezaya.
having no shame, mjanja, pi.
wajanja.
Shape, kiasi, ka]ibii,namna.
Share, fungu, pi. mafungu, Bemehn,
kisma.
Sharing, usbarika.
SJiarh, papa.
Sharpness, ukali
Shaving (of wood), usafi.
SJiawl, sbali.
worn round the waist, mahazamu.
Sheaf, or bundle of cut rice, mganda,
pi. miganda.
Sheath, uo, pi. maiio, ala, pi nyala.
Sheave (of a pulley), roda, koradani.
SJied, banda, pi mabanda, kibanda,
pi. vibanda.
Sheep, kondoo.
Sheet, sbiika.
of a sail, demani.
of a book, gombcs pi. magombo.
of paper, ukurasa, pi. kurasa.
Shelf, kibau, pi. vibau.
in a recess, rufiif.
SUBSTANTIVES.
(59
Stiso, pi. masoso, a hind of hang-
ing sheilf.
ShtU (sea 8hell8)fihelLe,pl. mashelle.
(Jiwik), ganda, pL maganda.
Qnnpty aheU), fayn, ph mafavu,
bapnm, pi, mabupnru, kaka.
Shepherd, mlishi, pi. wali&hi, mchu-
nga, pL waohunga.
Sherd, See Potsherd,
Shield, ngao.
Shin^ mmmdi wa gau (A.).
Ship, merikebn, marikabu, jahasi.
Man-of-war, manowari, merikebu
ya miziDga.
Merchant ship, merikequ ya taja,
Steam ship, merikebu ya dohaaD>
merikebu ya moshi.
Ship belonging to the government,
merikebu ya serkali.
FvXl-rigged ship, merikebu ya
milingote mitatu.
Barque, merikebu y^ milingote
miwili na nuss.
Native craft, chombo, pi. vyombo.
Shirt, kanzu.
Shivering, kitapo, kutetema, ku-
tetemeka.
Shoal (bank), fungu, pi. mafuDgu.
Shock, shindo.
Shoe, kiatu cha kizungu or cha
kihindi, pi. yiatu yya kizungu.
Shoemaker, mshoni yiatu, pi. wa-
shoni yiatu.
Shoot, cbipukizi, ucbipuka, pi.
cbipuka.
A pointed shoot like that contain-
ing a spike of flower, kilele, pi.
yilele.
Shop, duka, pi. maduka.
Shops with warerooms, bokhari.
Shot (smaU), marisaa.
Shot-belt, heiL
Shoulder, bega, pi, mabega, fuzi, pi
mafuzi (A.).
Shoulder-blade, kombe la mkono.
Shout, ukelele, pL kelele, kelele, pi
makelele.
Shower, manyunyo.
Showing, wonyesho.
Shrewdness, wereyu.
Shroud, s£ianda.
Shrub, kijiti, pi. yijiti.
See Thorn.
•Mwango, pi miwango (?).
Sick person, mgonjwa, pZ. magonjwa,
mweH, pi waweli.
Sickness, ugonjwa, uweli, marathi.
Side, upande, pi pande.
Side of the body, mbayu, mata-
mbayu.
The other side of a river, &t.,
ng^ambo.
Siege, mazingiwa.
Siene, kiyamba.
Siftings of rice after- pounding,
wlshwa.
Sighing, kuugua.
Sign, dalili.
Signal, ishara.
Ukonyezo, pi konyezo, a sign
made by raising the eyebrows.
Kikorombwe, a kind of signal cry.
Silence, nyamayu, kimya
Silk, hariri.
Silliness, mapiswa, puo.
Silly talk, upuzi.
Silver, fetha.
Silversmith, mfua fetha, pi wafua
fetha.
Simpleton, mjinga,pZ. wajinga.
Svn, thambi, pi. thambi or ma-
thambi, makosa, taksiri.
Singleness, upweke.
I -Sip, fonda (?).
70
aWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Hir! Bwan*!
SUter, umbn, pL mftombii, ndngn,
nduga mice.
A$ a term of endearmml, dada.
Fatier-suter, ndngn knnyonya.
8i9Ur-in4avfj ahemegi
Sitter, mkask,pL wakaa.
Sitting, Idkao, pL Tikao, kiti^, pL
Titako.
Sixe, nkaQ, ukabwa, kiasi, kadizi,
cheo.
8keleUm,m%og8k(J)
SkU/fU workmtmj mstadi, pL wa-
stadL
Skilled or madeT-wcrhman, fundi
Skin, ngozL
Sky, uwingo.
Stackneu, nlegeyn.
Slander, maflingizio, fitioa (towing
of discord).
Slaughter-hmte, matindo.
Slave, mtumwa, pi. watumwa, mn-
hadimn^pl. wahadimn, mtwana,
pi. watwana.
A slave hoy, kitwana, pi. yitwana.
A slave girl, kijakazi, pL vijakazi.
A slave woman, mjakazi, pi. wa-
jakazi
A coneMne slave, suria, pi. ma-
A slave bom in the house or
country, mzalia, pit. wazalia.
A runaufay tlave, mtoro, pi. wa-
toro.
A fettow slave, mjoli, pi. wajoli.
A household of slaves, kijoll, pi.
vijoll.
Piece of land allotted to a slave
for his otjsn use, koonde, pi.
makoonde.
Slavery, utumwa.
Sleep, tizingizi, zlngizi.
Things to sleep upon, malasi.
^Zeeve, mkooo, jriL nukoDO.
Sling, kombeo, pL makombea
Slip of a tree, Ae^ mehe, pL miehe.
A slip uihith has put foHh havee,
mche nlioohanua.
One tehieh has made a IMW aJboof,
mche ulioohipuka.
Slipperiness, utelezL
Sloth, uvivn.
Slovenliness, fnjofdja
SmaUnees, udogo.
SmaU-pox, ndni
SmeU, harofo, maniika, axma.
Smith (worker in metal), mfoa, pi,
wafna. See Bku^csmith, Ae.
Smoke, moshi, pi. miosM.
Snail, koa, pi. makoa, konokono.
Snake, nyoka, joka, pL majoka
(large).
Chata, python.
Fiii, col/ra (?).
Snare, shabuka.
Sneezing, chafya.
Snoring, kukoroma.
Snuff, tumbako ya kanuka, or
kmmsa.
Snuff-box, tabakelo.
Soap, Babuiii.
Soda, magadi.
Solder, lihamu.
Soldier, asikari.
Sole (of the foot), uayo, pi, nyao.
Solitude, iipekee, ukiwa.
Somauli Coast, Banada.
Somebody, mtu.
Some one else's, -a mwenyewe.
(Jhild of somebody, i.e., of respect'
able parents, mtoto wa watu,-
mwana wa watu.
Somersault, kitwangomba.
SUBSTANTIVES.
71
Son, mwana, pi. waana, kijana,
mtoto mmne.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed's
ton.
Bin AbdaUah (Ar.), AhdaUah*8
son,
Hamisi wa Tani, Hamisi the son
of Tani {Othman)*
Son-in4aw, mkwe, pL wakwe.
JBong, nimbo, pi. nyimbo.
Sootf kaa moahi, makaa ya moshi.
Soothing ihtng, kitulizo, pi. vituUzo.
SooOhsayeTf kahini, pL makahini.
Sore, donda, ph madonda, kidonda,
pi. vidonda, jeraha.
Sores in the kg, nyongimyuDgu,
mti.
Sorrow, kasarani, huzuni, sikitiko,
matukio.
Sorrow for a loss, majonzi .
Sorrow for something done, ma-
jutia
Recessive sorrow, jitimaL ' '
Sort (kind), gum, namna, aina.
The sort is often expressed by
the prefix Id-. Kizimgu, tlie
European sort, ki£ftimie, the
kingly sort
Soul, roho.
Sound, santL
Soundness, nzima.
Source, asili, chimbnko.
South, knsini, sahelL
Southerly toind, knsi.
Sovereign, mwenyi ezi, mwenyi
inohi, mwenyi mji
(coin), lobo IngrezL
Sovereignty, ezi, enzL
Space, "DAiB^
(of time), miida.
(open space), uwanda, nga.
Spade, jeiube la kizimga.
Span, futuri, shibiri, Bhibri.
Spangles, puluki.
Spark, chechi, pi. macheohi
Sparkle, kimeta.
Speaker, mneni, pL waneni, msemi,
pL wasemi, msemaji, pi. wa-
semaji.
Speaking, knsema, kunema.
A dark obscure way of speaking,
kilinge cba maneno.
An enigmatical way of speaking,
in which the last syllable is
taken from the end, and made
to begin the word, kinyume,
kinyuma. (See Appendix I.)
Spear, fiuuo, pi. mafumo (flat-
Uaded) mkuke, pi. mikuke,
(three-edged) BageA,pl. masagai.
Spectacles, miwani
Speech (speaking), kunena.
{(^ration), mataguso, mUtimbe.
Spider, buibui.
Spinal column, uti wa matmgo.
Spirits, mvinyo.
Evil spirit, pepo.
Kinds of spirits, jini, pi. majini,
milboi, mahoka, dungumaro,
kitamiri, kiziiu, Mzuka, koikoi,
mwana maiia, &o.
Spit,\nnsk, pi. nyuma.
Spittle, mate.
Spoil, mateka.
Spleen, wengo.
Splint, gango, pi. magango, bauzi,
pi. OAbanzi.
Splinter (of toood), kibanzi, pi.
yibanzi.
(of glass or earthenware), kige-
renyenza, pi. vigerenyenza.
Spoon, mwiko, pi. miiko, kijiko, pi.
yijiko [a tea-spoon), mkamshe,
pi. mikamahd (a v)oodeTv %]^tvi^«
72
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Sport, mchezo. mzaha.
Spot, wna, pi, mawaa, kipaku, pi.
vipaku.
Spout (^from a roof\ kopo la
nyumba, marizabu.
Sprain, kuteuka.
Spread, eneo.
Spreading a meal, maandiko.
Spring, mtambo, pi. mitainbo.
of water, cliemchem, jicho la maji.
Sprinkle, manyunyo.
Sprinkler (for scents), mrashi, pi.
mirashL
Spur of a cock, kipi, kipia, pi. vipia.
'Spy, mpelelezi, pi. wapelelezi,
mtumbuizi (A.).
Square, mrabba.
Squint, makengeza.
Stable, banda la frasi, faja la frasi.
Staff, gongo, pi. magougo, mkongo-
jo, pL mikongojo.
Stagnation, vilio, pi. mavilio.
Stain, waa, pi. mawaa.
Stairs, daraja, ngazi.
Upstairs, juu, darinL
Down-stairs, cbini.
Stalks, of mtama, bua, pi. mabua.
of a kind of miUet chewed like
sugar-cane, kota, pL makota.
of cloves, d:c., Mkonyo, pL vikonyo.
StaU keeper, mohuruzi, pi. wa-
churuzi
Stammering, kigugmnizi.
Stamp, xnuhnri, chapa.
Staple, pete, pi. mapete, tumbuu.
^ar, nyota.
Falling stars, nyota zikishuka.
Shooting stars, kimwondo, pi.
vimwcndo.
Starch, kanji, dondo.
Start {fright), kLtuko.
{beginning), fell, pi. mafeli.
Startling thing, mzxmgivu pL mi-
ZUDglL
A thing to frighten people, Mnya-
go, pi, ylnyago.
Staie, hali
Statue, sanamo.
Stealing, kwiba.
Steam, mvuke.
A steamship, merikebu ya moshi.
Steel, feleji, pua.
Steelyard, mizani.
Steersman, mshiki 8hik](0.
Stem of a tree, shina, pi, mashina.
of mtama, bua, pi. mabua.
Step {stepping), batua.
{of stone, &c.), daraja.
Step-father, baba wa kambo.
Step-moiher, mama wa kambo.
Steward, msimamizi, pi. wammami zi.
Stick, fimbo, ufito, ph fito (thin),
bakora (a walking-jstick with a
handle bent at right angles).
A short heavy stick, kibarango,
pi. Tibarango, mpweke, pL mi-
pweke.
A staff, gongo, pi magongo,
mkongojo, pi. mikongojo (an
old man* 8 staff).
Stillness, kimya.
Stirrup, kikuku cha kupandia frasi.
Stocks (for the feet), mkatale.
Stomach, tumbo.
Pit of the stomach, chembe clia
moyo (A.).
Stone, jiwe, pt mawe or majiwe.
A stone house, nyumba ya mawe.
Small stones or pieces of stone,
kokoto, pi. makokoto.
Very small stones, not larger than
an egg, mbwe.
Very srnaU grit, oliangarawL
Fresh coral, matumbawL
BUB8TANTIVE8.
73
PreeiouB stones^ kiio, pi, vito,
johari.
StoneB of fruit, kokwa, ph ma-
kokwa.
Stooping^ kiinamizL
Stop (end), kikomo, Mnga.
(stopping}, kizuizo, kizuizi, kizuio.
Stoppage in the nose or wind-pipe,
mafaa.
(stagnation), Tilio, piL mavilio.
Stopper, zibo, pi, mazibo, kizibo, pi.
vizibo.
Store (put hy), akiba.
Store-room, ghala.
Storm, fbdraba, tufaoTi.
Story, hadithi, habarL See Tcde,
Stoutness, anene.
Strainer, kanguto, pL makmigiito
(of fHuket-iDorlc),
Straits (distress), shidda.
(narrow seas), kilango oba bahari.
Strands of a cord, meno, ncha.
Stranger, mgeni, pi, wageni
Strap, ukanda.
Stratagem, hUsk.
Stream, mto, ph mito, kijito, pi.
▼yito.
Strength, ngayu.
String, ngwe, nzi, katani
String of beads, kigwe, pi. yigwe.
String-course, usM.
Strip, See Mat,
Stripe (line), uzi, pi, nyuzi, mfuo,
pt mifao, utepe, ph tepe.
Study, mtaala.
Stumikle, kwao, pi. xnakwao.
Stufiibling-bloek, kwao, pi. makwao.
Stump, Bhina, pi. mashina.
Stupor, kumkwa na akili
Stye in (he eye, chokea.
Style (of writing), dibaji, a good
style*
Subject, rayia.
Substance, asill
Subtlety, bnsara, wereyn.
Subtraction (arithmeticdC), bakl
Suburbs, kiiiiiga.
Sugar, sukari.
Sugar-cane, mua, pi. miwa.
Suit of clothes, kisna.
Sulphate of copper, mratuto.
of magnesia, chumyi ya haluli.
Sulphur, kiberitL
Stdtanship, usnltanL
Sum, jmnla.
Summary, muhtasarL
Summit, kilele, pi. vilele (used of
any sharp-pointed top or peak,
of the centre shoot of a cocoa-
nut tree as well as of the peak
of a mountatJi).
Sun, jua, pi. majua.
The coming out of the sun after
rain, klanga.
Sunday, Juma a pilL
Sundries, takataka.
Sunset, magharibi, mangaribL
Supercargo, karauL
Superciliousness, kitongotongo.
Superintendent, mwaDgalizi, pi. wa-
aDgalizi, msimamizi, pt wasi-
mamizL
Supper, chakula cha jioni.
Suppuration, kutunga.
Surety, mthamini, th&miii, thamana,
lazima.
Surf, mawimbi
SwaUow (bird), barawai, mbili-
wili (?), mbayuwayu (A.).
Sweat, bari, jasho, viikuto.
Sweetheart, mcbumba.
Sweet lime, dimu tamo.
Sweetness, tamu.
Sweet potatoes, mii, sing. '^i&aX.
74
BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Swindler^ thaliron.
Swing, pembi a.
Swine, ngnmwe, ng^nwe.
Switch, uiito, pL fito.
Sword, iipanga, pi, panga.
curved 8word, kitara, pL vitara.
etraight two-edged eword wiUwvi
any guard, ui»aDga wa felejL
with a tmaU oron hiU, upanga
wa imaiiL
Syphilis, sekeneko, kijaraha cha
mboni, tego (a virulent kind
supposed to he the renUi of a
charm).
Syria, Sham.
Syrup, aeali
T.
Table, meza.
Tahle-doth, ngao ya meza.
Table - napkin, kitambaa oha
meza.
Tack of a sail, goshi
Tacking {sewing), band!
Tail, mkia, pL mikia.
Tailor, mshoni, pi, washoni.
Taking away, maondolea
Tale, hadithi, kisa, ngana
Tal&^bearer^ mzuzL
Talipes^ kapinda na rngao.
Talk, usemi,
SiUy talk, npuzL
TaUeer^ msemaji, pi waiemaji
Tanuirind, ukwaju.
Tamarind tree, mkwaju, ph mi-
Tangle, matata. [kwaju.
Tap, bUida.
Tape, ntepe, pIL tepe.
Tor, lami.
'^«»ter on (he teeth, nkoga.
<» tamo, tamu, lathtba, nyonda,
idi,maoiiji
Tader, mwnnja, pL waonja, miro-
nda (M.), pi waonda, kionja,
pi Tiouja, kionda ^H-), pL
Tionda.
Tea, cliayi, oha.
Teacher, mwalimo, pi waaliimi,
mkafanzi, pi wakuftinxL
Teaching, mafandisho, eUmo.
Teak, msaji
Teapot, bull, pH. mabali
Tear, chozi, pH. maohosi, tod (M.)i
pi. matozi.
Teazing, thihaka.
Tediousness, ucliovQ.
Telescope, durabini.
Temper, tabia.
Temperance, tawasgaf, kadiri.
Temple, hekala (a great thing, the
temple at Jerusalem), baoija
(a huUding, the temple at
Mecca),
Temptation, mnjaribn, nyonda.
Ten, knmi, pi. makumi.
a decade, mwongo, pi mionga
Tent, khcma, hema.
Testicles, mapumbu, tamboa.
Testimony, iLshahidi. .
Thanks, sbukuni, ushuknm, flalanra,
ahsanta, marababa.
Hiatch, makuti (of cocoa-nut leaves).
Thin sticks used to tie the maknti
to, upaii, pi. pan
See CoeocMiitt,
Theft, uizi.
Thicket, kichaka, pi, ?ichaka, koko,
pi. makoko.
Thickness, unene.
Thief, mwivi, pi, wevi, mwibaji, pi
webajL
Thieving, kwiba, uizi, wibaji.
Thigh, upcga, pi, paja, paja, pi ma-
paja.
BUSaTANTIVEa.
76
ThiiMB^ sabaiuk
SaUmdkei^B palm^ do&a, pL ma-
dofra.
Thing, kitu, pi. yitn (a thing of the
aenaes), neno, jambo, mambo
(ihinga of ihe intellect;).
I heme done nothing, sikufanya
neaao.
I tee nothing, doQi Idto.
A hind thing, jambo la wema.
Strange things, mambo mageni
Third (a Mrd part), thelui^u
Thirst, kin.
Thorn, mwiba, pi. miiba or miba.
Mchongoma, pL michongoma, a
thorny ehrub need for hedges,
Hkwamba, pi. mlkwamba, a
thorny shrt^
Thought, wazo, pL mawazo, fikara,
thamiri, nia.
Thousand, elfa, pi. elfu or alafii.
a thousand or myriad, kikwi, pi.
zikwiorvikwi
« hundred thousand, lakkL
Threcul, uzi, pi. nynzi, katani.
ThrefU, wogofya, tisho.
Throat, koo, plL makoo.
Thumb, kidole cha gomba.
Thunder, radi (near), ngonimo
(distant).
Thursday, AlhamisL
Ticket, kLbarna, pH. vibama.
Tickling or tingUng, mnyeo, kinye-
nyefo.
Tichs, papasi (fn houses), kupe (on
cattle).
Tide, maji kujaa na kapwa.
Spring tides, bamyna.
Neap tides, maji mafd.
TiJUer, kana, gana.
2VZfer ropes, mijiari, eing. n^jiari.
Timber, mlti, mibao.
Time, wakati, wakti, migira.
{sufficient), nafasi.
[hour), saa.
{Jteisure), faragha.
{first, &c.\ mara.
(fixed term), mohnlla.
Times (age), zamanL
Space of time, muda.
Period of time, kipindi
A short time, kitambo.
Times, in multiplication, fi.
Siz times eight, sita fi the-
manya.
Divisions of Timb.
There are two years in use in
Zanzibar ; that which is most com-
monly heard of is the Arab year of
twelve lunar months. It cannot be
more than about 355 days long, and
has therefore no correspondence to
the seasons The months are de-
termined by the sight of the new
moon, or by the expiration of thirty
days since the beginning of the
previous month. It happens some-
times that some of the coast towns
will begin their months a day before
or after what was taken as its Qrst
day in Zanzibar. A gun is usually
fired firom one of the ships when
the month begins. Practically the
Bamathan is treated as the first
month, and the rest are reckoned
from it; the word by which they
are denoted seems to mean not
fasting^ as though the Bamathan
being the month ol fasting, the rest
were the first, second, third, &c.,
of not fasting, until the months of
Bajah and Shaaban, which have
both a special leUglowa c\u^i^\.^x
76
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
The following are tho names of the
Arah months, with their Bwahili
equivalents :
SWAHILI.
Mfanguo a 'nne.
Mfunguo a tano.
Mfunguo a sita.
Mfunguo a saba.
MfuDguo a nane.
Mfunguo a kenda.
Bajabu.
Shaabanl.
Kamathanl.
Mfunguo a moei.
Mfunguo a pili.
Mfunguo a tatu.
Moharraxn.
Safr.
Kabia al aowal.
Babia al akhr.
Jemad al aowal.
Jemad al akhr.
Bajab.
Shaaban.
Kamathan.
Shaowal.
Th'U ka'ada.
Th'il hi^ah.
The two great Mohammedan
feasts are held on the first of
ShcuAJoaly when every one gives pre-
sents, and on the tenth of TKil
hajjah, when every one is supposed
to slaughter some animal and fea&t
the poor.
The other year in use among the
Swahili is the Nautical and Agri-
cultural year ; it is roughly a solar
year, having 365 days. It is
reoikoned to begin from the 8tku a
mwaJea (answering to the Persian
Nairuz), which now occurs towards
the end of August. The last day
of the old year is called Kigunzi,
and the days are reckoned by
decades, called miongo, sing, ttmoo-
ngo. Thus — Mwongo wa mia con-
sists of the days between 90 And
100. Mwongo wanyapii asks which
decade it is. The Siku a mwaha is
kept as a great day, and formerly
had a number of special observances
connected with it In the night or
early in the morning every one lued
to bathe in the sea ; the women aie
particularly careful to do bo. They
afterwards fill a large pot with
grain and pulse, and cook them.
About noon they serve out to all
friends who come ; all the fires are
extinguished with water and Ughted
again by rubbing wood. Formerly
no inquiry was made as to any one
killed or hurt on this day, and it is
still the custom to go armed and
to be on the guard against private
enemies. It used to be a favourite
amusement to throw any Indians
that could be caught into the sea,
and otherwise ill-nse them, until
the British Government interfered
for their protection. The year is
called after the day of the week on
which it began ; thus, in 1865 it
began on Thursday and was
Mwaka Alhamisi; in 1866 on
Friday, and was Mwaka Juma, and
so on.
The seasons will be found briefly
mentioned under that word.
The week has been reconstructed
on the Arab week, retaining only
the Arab names of two days, Alha-
mist and Juma (Thursday and
Friday), which answer to our Satur-
day and Sunday for Mohammedan
religious purposes, and are the days
which slaves in the country are
generally allowed for their own
recreation or profit. Juma is so
named from the assembly held on
that day for public worship; the
Arab names of the rest are merely
those used by English Quakers,
first, second, third, &c.
SUBSTANTIVES.
77
Eholzbr.
ABAHa
SWAHILI.
Sunday.
Al^Qiad.
Jama a plU.
Monday.
Ath tAeneen.
Juma a tato.
Taeeday.
Ath theluth.
Juma a 'nne.
Wednesday.
Ar robua*.
Juma a tano.
Thareday.
Al khamJB.
AlhamiBi.
Friday.
Juma'.
Jmna.
Saturday.
Aasabt
Jama a mosL
The day begins at sunset ; to-night
therefore in the mouth of a Swahili
means what an Englishman would
call last night. As the days are of
a very nearly imiform length there
is little practical incorrectness in
taking sonset as six o'clock in the
evening and reckoning the night
first and then the day from it, hour
by hour. Thus, seven, eight, and
nine are the first, second, and third
of the night (saa a hwanza^ a piliy
a UUu ya'tuiku). Midnight is the
sixth hour, saa a Hta. Five in the
morning is the eleventh hour of the
night, gaa a edJuuihara. Nine
o'clock in the morning is the third
hour of the day, saa a tatu. Twelve
at noon is the sixth hour, saa a sita,
and four and five the tenth and
eleventh hours, saa a Jcumi, saa a
edhashara. Sunset is determined
by observation, and a gun is fired,
and tha Sultan's flag hauled down
to mark it. During the Bamathan a
gun is fired at half-past two in the
morning to warn every one of the
approach of morniDg, that they may
get their cooking and eating over
before dawn. This gun-fire is called
daakuu.
There is another way of marking
the time by reference chiefly to the
hours of prayer (see Prayer); the
following are the chief points
Magaribi, sunseL
Msbuko wa magaribi (ecnning out
from sunset prayers), about
half -past six,
Esha or Isha, from hUf-past six
to eight,
Mshuko wa esha, about half-an-
hour later,
Nuss ya usiku, midnighL
Karibu na alfajiri, between three
and four in the morning,
Alfajiri mkuiL rising of the mom-
ing star, about four,
Alfajiri mdogo, daum.
Assubui, the morning, i.e., after
sunrise,
Mchana, the day from assubui to
jioni.
Mafungulia ng*ombe (letting out
of cattle), about 8 a.m.
Mafungulia ng'ombe makuu, is
earlier, mafungulia ng'ombe
madogo, is later than eight
o*clock,
Jua kitwani, noon,
Athuuri or Azuuri, nooTi, and
thence tiU three o^dock,
Awali athuuri, between twelve and
one,
Alasiri, about half-past three, or
from three to five,
Alasiri kasiri, alxmt five, or thence
to half-pasL
Jioui, evening, from dbouJt five ot
half -past tiU sunset.
Tin, bati
Tiv ncha, nta (IVI.),
TitJies, zaka.
Tobacco, tumbako.
To-day, leo.
78
BWABILI HANDBOOK.
Toe^ kidole, ph vidole, kidole oha
mguu.
Token, dalili, bunibani
Tomb, kabuii, pi, makaburi.
To-morrow, kesha
the day after, kesbo kutwa.
the day after thai, mtondo.
after that, mtoDdo goa
ToTigs, koleo, pL makoleo.
Tongtte, ulimi, pH ndimi
A piece of doth, due., to lie under
an opening, lisani
Tool, samanl
Carpenter* 8 tool for marking lines,
mahati.
Tooth, jiQO, pi. mena
cuspids, ohonge.
Dirt on the teeth, ukoga.
Se has lost a front tooth, ana
penga
Tooth stick or brush, xnsuaki, pi
misuakL
Top, juu.
{the toy), pia.
Torpor, utepetefu.
Tortoise, koho.
Total, jumla.
Towel, kitambaa cba kafntia uao, &c.
Tower, mnara, pL minora.
Toion, mji, pL mijL
Trace, dalili
Tra^k, nyajo.
Trade, biashara.
Trader, mfanyi biashara.
Traitor, khainL
Trap, mtego, pi. mitego.
(with a spring), mtambo, pL mi-
tambo.
Traveller, msafiii, pi. wasafiri
Tray, sinia, pi. maslQia.
Trea4:le, asali ya mua.
Treasure, hasdna, kanzi, khazana.
Treatment, mwamale*
Tree, mti, pi. miti.
Mkadi, Pandanus.
Mtomondo, Barringtonia.
Mtondoo,C^2qp%Utti» ino]^yUum^
Trench, handaM.
T}rench for laying in foundational
msinji, msingi
Trial, majaribo.
Tribe, kabila, taifa, pL mataifa.
(taifa is larger than kabila).
Of whai tribe are you f Mtu gani
wee?
Trick, Mia, cherevxi, madanganya.
Trot, mashindo (of a horse), matiti
(of an ass).
Trouble, taabu, utbia.
Trousers, sorualL
Trowel (mason*s), mwiko, pi. miiko.
Trumpet, paanda.
Trwnk, shina, pi, mashina, jiti, pU
majiti.
(cut down), gogo, pi. magogo.
(the huT^an trunk), Mwiliwili.
Truth, kweli
A truth tetter, msemi kweli.
Trying, maonji, majaribu.
Tub, pipa, pi. mapipa.
Tuesday, Juma a nne.
Turhan, kilemba,|>2. vilomba.
A twhan cloth, utambi, pL tambL
ends of turban doth, utamyua, pL
tamvna, kishungL
Turkey, bata la mzinga, pL mabata
yamzinga.
Turmeric, manjano.
Turn, zamu, ph mazamiL
By turns, kwa zamu.
Turner, mkereza, pL wakereza.
Turnery, zikerezwazo.
Turtle, kasa.
Hawkshead turtle, from which
SUBSTANTIVES.
79
tmioiiesheO, ia obtained^ ngV
mba, gDambfti
Turtle dove, hna^
Ttmn, pacha.
Tvn$ty pindi, pL mapindi.
Type ifor printing j, chapa, pi, ma-
chapa.
U,
Udder, kiwele.
Ulcera, donda ndugn.
Umbrella, mwavuli, pi. miaTTiU.
Native umbreUa, dapo, pH mAr
dapo.
UneleaimesM, janaba, nohavii.
Unde, mjomba, pi. wajomba, baba
mdogo (mother's brother), amu
if other' 8 brother}.
Undergrowth, magngn.
Understanding, akili (pi).
Undenoood, makoko.
Unity, nmqja.
Universe, ulimwengiL
Uproar, fajo,kelele, makelele, ntbia,
kero.
Urine, mkojo.
Use, kutumia, knfaa.
(habit), mazoezo.
Useful things, vifaa.
Usurer, mlariba, pi. walariba.
]7«tiry, iriba.
UtensUs, yyombo.
Uterus, mji.
Uvula, kimio.
V.
Vagabond, hana kwao (homeless).
Vagina, kiima.
Vdiley, boonde, pi, boonde or ma-
boonde.
Vahie, kima, ^^raani, kadiri, kiasi,
upataji) nthani.
What is it wwth ? Ohapataje ?
Vapour, mvuke, fukizo.
Vapour hath^ mvuke.
Vault, or vaulted place, kuba, kubba.
Vegetables, mboga.
Dcdoki, pi. madodoki, a long
many-angled seed pod.
Fijili or iigili, a large white
radish.
Jimbi, pi, xnajimbi, a root very
much like a hya>cinth root.
Vegetable marrow, mumunye, pL
mammuunye.
Veil, utaji, shela.
Vengeance, kasasi.
Verses, madbairi.
Utenzi, religious verses,
Utumbuizo, verses sung at a dance.
Vesicular eruption on the skin,
uwati.
Vial, kitupa, pi. vitupa.
Vice, uovu, uiisadi, uiiski
(the tool), jiiiwa, pi, majiUwa,
iriwa.
Vicegerent, kalma, ph makaimn,
nayibii, kalife.
Victim, matbabuha.
Victuals, vyakula.
Vigil, kesba, pi. makesba.
Village, mji, pi miji, kijiji, pi. vyiji.
Vine, mzabibu, pi. mizabibn.
Vinegar, aiki.
Violence, jeuli, ngnvu.
Kwa nguvu, by violence.
Ana jeuri, he aiia/cks people wan'
tonly.
Virgin, bikiri, kizinda.
Viscera, matumbo.
Vizir, waziri, pi. mawaziii.
Vizirship, uwaziii.
Voice, sauti.
Vow, nathiri, naziri
80
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Voyage, safarL
Vulture, tai.
W.
Wedges, ujira.
monthly, msbahara.
sailors*, halasa.
Wailing, maombolezo.
Waistcoat, kisibau, pi. visibau.
sleeved, oba mkono.
sleeveless, kisiobo mkono or cba
vikapa.
Walk, mwendo.
A walk, matcmbezi.
to go for a walk, kwenda tembea.
Wall, ukuta, pi. kuta, kikuta, pi.
vlkuta, kitalu, pi. vitalu {of an
enclosure), kiyambaza (mud
and stud).
Wad-plate, mbati, mwamba, pt. mi-
amba.
Walnut, jozi.
Wandering about, mznnguko, pi,
miznnguko.
Want, ubtaji, npungufa, kipunguo.
(poverty), sbidda, umaBikini.
War, vita, kondo (Mer.).
Wareroom, ghala.
Warehouse and shop, bokbari,
bobari.
Warmth moto, nbarara.
Lukewarmness, uvuguvugu.
Wart, chunjua.
Washerman, dobi.
Waste, upotevn, nbaribivn.
Waster, mpotevn, pi, wapotevu,
mnbaribivu, j9Z. wabaribiyn.
Watch, saa.
(vigil), kesba, pt makesba.
(time or place of watching), ki-
ugojo, pi. vingojo.
(watching-plaee), linda
Water, maji.
Fresh waier, maji matamo, majl
yapepo.
Water-closet, choo, cbiro.
Water cooler (earthen hottle\
guduwia, gudulia, kuzi (a
larger kind with handles and
spout).
Water jar, mttrngi, pi. mitungL
Water melon, battikh. See
Pumpkin.
Water skin, kiriba.
Wave, wimbi, ph mawimbi.
Way, njia.
the shortest way, njia ya kukata.
Weakness, ntbaifo.
Weaith, mail mengi, ntajiri, nkwasi.
Weapon, selaba, mata (weapons, t.e.,
bows and arrows).
Weather, wakatL
Weather side, npande gosbini,
npande wa jun.
Weaver, mfuma, pL wafuma.
Wedding, barusi.
Wedge, kabari.
Wednesday, Juma a tano.
Weeds, magugu.
Kinds of weeds, kitawi, mdagoy
gugu mwitu, mbaruti.
Week, jmnaa.
Weight (see Measure), utbani.
How much does it weigh ? Yapata
kassi gani utbani wake ?
Native Weights :
Wakia, the weight of a stiver
doUar^ about one ounce.
Kattel, sixteen wakia, about one
pound,
Eibaba, pi, yibaba, one rattel and
a half,
Mani, wo rattel and threo^
quarters.
SUBSTANTWEa.
81
VuAA^fomr yibaba, or tix rattel.
Frasila, (hiriy-five rattel, or twelve
mani.
Farm ya mti, seventy-two rattel,
or twelve pishi.
ITeS, kiBima, pL yisima.
Weeping, kilio.
We^ maghribL
West windy umande.
Wet, rataba, maji.
Whale, nyamgumi, ngumL
Wheat, ngano.
Wheel, gorudumii, pL magnni-
dnmn.
Wheeled oarriage, gari, pL ma-
garL
Whetstone, kinoo, pL vinoo.
Whip, mjeledi, pL mljeledi
A plaited thong carried hy over-
lookers and schoolmasters, ka-
mbaa, kikoto (M.).
Whirlvoind, kisusuli, pepo za cha-
mchela.
Whistling, msonyo, minnsL
White ants, mcbwa.
White of egg, nte wa yayL
Whiteness, weupe.
Whitening, chaki.
WhiUow, mdudo.
Wick of a lamp, ntambi, pi,
tambi. :
of a candle, kope, pi. makope.
Widow, mjani, mjaaiii, mke aliofl-
wa na mtimewe.
Width, npana.
Wife, mke, pi, wake, mtuinke, pL
watnwake, mwanamke, pL wa-
anaake.
WHdemess, bara, nyika, imyika.
Wild people, wasbenzi.
WHd animals, nyama za mwitu,
nyama mbwayi, nyama wakali.
Will (mind), moyo, nia, kusudi.
{testament)^ wasio.
Wind, upepo, much wind, pepo.
See Cold, Whirlunnd, Storm, East
West
Northerly Winds, which blow from
December to March, kaskazi.
Southerly winds, which blow from
April to November, kusi.
Head winds, pepo za omo (also
stem winds).
Wind on the beam, matanga kati.
Winding, kizin^o, pi. vizingo.
of a stream, maghuba.
Windlass, duara. [dirisha.
Window, dirisha, pi, dlrisba or ma-
Wine, mvinyo (strong wine), divai
Wing, bawa, pi. mabawa. [(daret).
A uoing feather, ubawa, pi mbawa.
Wink, kupepesa.
Wire, masango, uzi wa madini.
Wire-drawer^s plate, cbamburo.
Wisdom, h^ima, busara, akili.
Wit, ujuvi (?).
WUch, mcbawi, pi. wachawL
Witchcraft, uchawi
One who uses witchcraft against
another, wanga.
Witness, shahidi, pi. masbabidi.
(testimony), usbahidi.
Wits, akili.
Wizard, mcbawi, pi. waebawi
Woe, msiba. See Grief.
Woman, mwanamke, pi. waanaake
or waanawake.
A young vjoman, kijana, ;?{. vijana.
A young woman who Jms not yet
left Jierfathet's house, one whose
breasts are not yet flattened,
mwanamwalL
A slave woman, mjakazi, pi. wa-
See Person, Old, Slave, [jtikazi.
82
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Wovnlbj tumbo, matumbo, mjL
Wonder^ ajabn.
% Wondergy mataajabu.
Wood^ mti. See Firewood^ Timber,
A woody msitu wa miti.
A piece of wood, kijiti, pi. yijitl.
Kinds of wood.
Finessi, the wood of the Jaek-fruit
tree ; it has a yellow colour.
Mohe, a reddish wood much used
in Zanzibar.
Mkumavi, a red toood.
Msaji, teah.
Mtobwe, the toood of which the
best bakora are made.
Sesemi, Indian hladk toood.
Simbati, a kind of toood brouglit
from near Cape Delgado.
Sunobari, deal.
Wooden clogs, viatu vya mti.
The button which is grasped by
the toes, msuruaki, j^. misu-
raaki
Woollen cloth, joho (broaddoth).
Thick toooUen fabrics, blanketing,
bushuti.
Word, neno, pi. maneno.
Bad words, matukano.
Work, kazi.
Wwkman, mtenda kazi.
(skilled), fundi.
(skilful, a good hand)i mstadi, pL
wastadi.
Workshop, kiwanda, pi. viwanda,
kiwanja,jpZ. viwaiija.
Worlds nllmwengn, dunia.
People of this world, walixnwengn.
Worldly affairs, maliinwengn.
Worm, nangonango, ohaDgo,
miiio(?).
Worth, kima. Bee Vahte.
Wound, jeraha, dondai pL madonda.
kionda, pi, yionda, kidonda, pL
vidonda.
Wraih, ghathabo.
Wriggle, pindi, pi. mapindL
Wrist, kiwiko cha mkono, kilimbilL
Writer, mwandishi, pi. waandishi,
akatabao, pi. wakatabao (teriter
of a letier).
Writings, jnaandiko, maandisbi.
Writing-desk, dawati.
Wrong, thulumu, flivyo.
y.
Yam, kiazi kikuu, pi. viazi vikun.
A kind of yam like a hyacinth
root, jimbi, pi. majimbi.
Yard (of a ship), foramali.
(an enclosure), uanda, iianja, ua,
Yaum, miayo. [pL nyua.
Year (see Time), mwaka, pi, miaka.
La^t year, mwaka jana.
The year before last, mwaka juzi.
Yesterday, jaoa.
TJie day before yesterday, juzi.
Yolk of an egg, kiini cba yayi.
Young of birds, kinda, pi. makinda.
See Chicken, &c.
Youth, ujana, udogo.
A youth, kijana, pi. vijaua.
Z.
Zanzibar, Unguja.
The language or dialect of Zanzi-
bar, Kiunguja. In Zanzibar,
Kiswahili is understood to mean
diiefly the language used on the
coast north of Monibas,
The original inJicibitants of Zanzi'
bar, Muhadimu,p2. Wabadimu.
Their wUan is the Muujd
Zeal (effort), jubudi. [mkuiL
(jealousy), uwivu.
Zs&ro, ptinda miliat
( 83 )
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS.
Adjectives.
Adjectives always follow the Substantives they
agree with.
Miu mwema, a good man.
EegxQar Swahili Adjectives are made to agree with
the Substantives they qualify by prefixing to them the
initial syllables proper to the class of their Substan-
tives, in the singular or plural, as the case may be.
The minor rules laid down in regard to the prefixes of
Substantives are applicable to Adjectives and their
prefixes. The following instances will illustrate the
ordinary application of these rules :
Class I. M-tti 'f»-&aya, a bad man.
Wortu toa-haya, bad men.
M'tu mto-eupei a white man.
Wct-tu w-ewpe, white men.
Substantives of whatever class denoting living beings
may have their Adjectives in the forms proper to the
first class.
Mbuzi rn'Mbwch a large goat.
Mhuzi wa-hubwa ^IskTge goats
Mbuzi mw-ekundu, a red goat.
Mbuzi u)-ekundUf red goats.
84 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Waziri mwemct, a good vizir.
Mawaziri wema, good yizira.
Kijana mwema, a good youth.
Vijana toema, good youths.
Glass II. M-ti m-zuri, a fine tree.
Mi-ti mi-zuri, fine trees.
M-ti mtp-emoy a good tree.
Mi4i mi-emay or m-emay good trees.
Class III. Ny^umba n-zuri, a fine house.
Ny-umba n-zuri, fine houses.
Ny-mnha ny-eupe^ a white house.
Ny-uniba ny-eupe^ white houses.
Class IV. Ki-tu hi-refu, a long thing.
Vi-tu vi-refu, long things.
Ki-tu ch-epesif a light thing.
Vi-tu vy-epesiy light things.
Class Y. Kasha zito, a heavy chest.
Ma-kasha ma-zito, heavy chests.
KoAha j-ekundu, a red chest.
Ma-koAha m-ekundu, red chests.
Class VI. U-imho m-zuri, a beautiful song.
Ny-imbo n-zuri, beautiful songs.
U-bau m-refu, a long plank.
M-hau n-de/Uy long planks.
Class YII. MahaXi pa-pana^ a broad place, or broad places.
Mahali p-eusi^ a black place, or black places.
Class VIII. Ku-fa ku-zuri, a fine death.
Ku-fa kw-emot a good death.
It will be seen at once from the above examples how
to make the Adjective agree with its Substantive in
ordinary cases. The following rules must be remem-
bered in order to avoid mistakes : —
1. Adjectives beginning with a vowel require pre-
fixes which end in a consonant, wherever possible, as
in the above instan<3es, mweupe, mwekundu, mwema^
chepesiy Jcwema.
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS.
85
2. Adjectives beginning with a vowel must have j-
prefbced when they are made to agree with nouns like
tccuiha^ as in the instance given above of haaha jekunduy
a red chest. Monosyllabic adjectives prefix /i, as in
hashajipya, a new chest.
3. Prefixes ending in -a, when they are put before
adjectives beginning with c-, merge the a into the
first letter of the adjective, as in the instances, toeupe,
toehtmduj mekunduy peusi. This suppression of the a is
more noticeable in Adjectives than in Substantives,
and occurs even in the few Adjectives which begin
with 'O- ; -a before i- coalesces with it and forms e.
WeuH = wa-euai.
Fema = pa-ema.
Wengi= wa-ingi.
Meupe = ma-eupe.
Mororo = ma-ororo.
4. Adjectives beginning with a consonant are subject
to the same rules when n is to be prefixed as Substan-
tives of the third class and plurals of the sixth. The
rules are given at length under Class VI. of Substan-
•
tives. The following instances will show their appli-
cation to Adjectives :
n prefixed.
Nyurnba ( ndogo, little
Mhau \ ngem, strange
Nyimbo ( nzurit fine
ndefut long — r becomes d,
mbomi, rotten — n becomes m,
mbUif two— ^10 becomes mb,
kubwciy great
nenej thick
pana, broad
tamu, sweet
ehache, few
fupi, short
fi suppressed.
86 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Besides the many apparent irregularities in these
n formations, there are two or three really irregular
forms. These are ngema or njema (not nyema)j good,
and *mpya (not pya)^ new.
Adjectives beginning with a vowel are, like the cor-
responding Substantives, regularly formed by prefixing
ny-, as in the instance given, nyeupe, from -eupe, white..
Instances are given in the list of Adjectives where
there is likely to be any practical difficulty in knowing
what form to use.
-Ote, all, and -enyiy or -tnyt, having or with, are not
treated as Adjectives, but as Pronouns. Instances
illustrating their changes will be found under each.
On the other hand -ngapi, how many ? is treated as an
Adjective.
Irregular Adjectives.
Although Swahili is rich in Adjectives when com-
pared with other African languages of the same family,
it is very poor in comparison with English. The place
of the English Adjective is supplied —
1. By Arabic words which are used as Adjectives
but do not vary.
Rahisi, cheap. Laini, smooth.
2. By a verb expressing generally in the present
imperfect to became, and in the present perfect to he,
possessed of the quality denoted.
Fimbo imenyokot the stick is straight.
Fimbo iliyonyohaj a straight stick.
Fiwho tmepotoka, the stick is crooked.
Firnbo iliyopotokaj a crooked stick.
Mtungi urnqftuif the jar is fiilL
Mtungi vltf^aoy a fall jdr.
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 87
3. By a Substantive connected with the thing quali-
fied by the particle -a, of;
Mtu wa chcyOy a greedy person.
Mtu vm akUi, a man of understanding, a wise man.
If it is wished to predicate the quality of any person
or thing, the verb huwa na^ to have, must be used.
Ana choyOt he is greedy.
Kina talca, it is dirty.
4. By the use of the word -enyi or -inyi, which may
be translated by having or toith.
Mtu mwenyi afia, a healthy person.
Kitu chenyi mviringo, a round thing.
Kamba zenyi nguvu, strong ropes.
Embe yenyi maji, a juicy mango.
When -enyi is followed by a Verb in the Infinitive,
it answers to our participle in -ing,
Mwenyi kupenda, loving.
5. By the use of Adjectival Substantives which
change only to form the plural.
Kipofu, blind, or a blind person, pi. Vipofu^ blind, or blind people
Where in English a special stress is laid upon the
Adjective, in Swahili the relative is inserted.
Jitoe kubwaf a large stone.
Jiwe lililo kubwa, a large stone, literally, a stone that is large.
Mtu wa hahi, a just man.
Mtu aJdye wa haki, Ajuat man.
The Comparison op Adjectives.
There are not, properly speaking, any degrees of
comparison in Swahili.
88 SWAEILI HANDBQOK.
The CoMPARATTVE degree as it exists in English is
represented in several ways.
1. By the use of kulikoj where there is, the idea being
that when the two things are brought together one of
them is marked by the possession of the quality men-
tioned, whence it follows that it must possess it in a
more eminent degree than the other.
8aa hit njema Jculiko iUy this watch is good (or t?i€ best) where
that is, 2.6., this watch is better than that.
Tamu huliho asali, sweeter than honey.
2. By the use of zayidi ya, more than, or of j^nde, a
little more.
Unguja mji mhubwa zayidi ya Mvita, Zanzibar is a large town
more than Mombas, ».e., Zanzibar is a larger town than
Mombas.
Kitu kirefu pundcy something a little longer.
3. By the use of kwpita, to pass or surpass.
Salimu ampita Ahdallahy Salim is better than Abdallah.
Ndiyo tamu yapita asalif it is sweet, it passes honey, i.e., it is
sweeter than honey.
4. Comparison of one time with another may be ex-
pressed by the use of the Verbs huzidi, to increase,
kuj^ngua, to diminish.
Mti umezidi kuzaa, the tree has borne more fruit than it did
previously.
The Superlative may be denoted by the use of the
Adjective in its simple form, in an absolute sense.
Manarum mema ya wapii Where are the best pines?
Ndiyo memat these are the best.
Ni yupi alio mvoema ? Who is the best of them ?
When this form is used of two only, it is more
ADJE0TIVE8 AND NUMERALS.
89
correctly Englished by the Comparative than by the
SuperlatiTe. So conversely where the Comparative
forms are so used as to apply to many or all, they
must be translated by Superlatives.
8aa hit njema kullko zote, this watch is the best of all.
Alt awapUa wote. All surpasses them all, or, is the best of all.
Numerals.
There are two sets of numerals in use in Zanzibar ;
one is properly Swahili, the other Arabic, but in a
Swahiliized form.
The numbers from one to ten are as follows :
English.
One
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
Seyen
Eight
Nine
Ten
Swahili.
Mosi
Pili
Tatu
'Nne
Tano
Sita
Saba
Nane
Kenda
Kumi
Arabic.
Wahid
Theneen
TheUttha
*Ar6ba
Hamti
Sita
Saba
Themanya
Tiata or Tissia
'Ashara
It will be seen that for six and seven there are only
the Arabic names. The other Arabic numbers under
ten are not very commonly used, but for numbers above
ten the Arabic are more used than the purer Swahili.
ENGLISn.
Eleven
Twelve
Thirteen
Fourteen
Fifteen
Sixteen
Seventeeii
SWAHILL
Kumi na moja
Kumi na mbili
Kumi na tatu
Kwni na *nne
Kumi na tano
Kumi na aita
Kwni na aaha
Arabic.
Edatihara
Thencw^ara
The/athatos/mra
Arobatashara
Samstathara
Sitashara
Sabatcuihara
90
BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
EyoLiflH.
SWAHTLL
ARABia
Eighteen
Kumi na nane
Themanyatcukara
Nineteen
Kumi na kenda
Tissatadtara
Twenty
Makumi maioili
Asharini op Khrin
Tiiirty
Jiakumi matatu
Thdathini
Forty
Makumi manne
Arc^ini
Fifty
Makumi matano
RamHni
Sixty
Makumi sita
Settini
Seventy
Makumi saha
Sabunni
Eighty
Makumi manane
Themanini
Ninety
Makumi kenda
Tissaini
The intermediate numbers are expressed in the pure
Swahili by adding na moja^ na mhilij &c. Thus forty-
one is makumi manne na moja ; forty-five is mahami manne
na tano, and so on. In the Arabic, the smaller number
precedes the larger. Twenty-one is wdhid u ishrin, forty-
five is hhdmai u arohain. The mode of counting most
usual in Zanzibar is to employ the Arabic names for
the larger numbers, but to follow the Swahili order,
thus —
Twenty-one
Twenty-two
Twenty-three
Tweniy-four
Twenty-five
Twenty-six
Twenty -seven
Twenty-eight
Twenty-nine
Thirty-one
AsTiarini na moja
Aitharini na mhili
Asharini na taJtu
Asharini na *nne
Asharini na tano
Asharini na sita
Asharini na saha
Asharini na nane
Asharini na kenda
TbeZathini na moja
&c. &c.
There is no negro word in use for a hundred ; the
Arabic mia is universally employed, and for several
hundreds the numeral follows it, as mia tatu^ three
hundred. If the Arabic numerals are used they pre-
cede the word mia, thelatha mia = three hundred. The
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 91
Arabic dual miteen is very commonly used to express
two hundred.
There is a Swahili word for a thousand, Tcikwi^ but it
is very rarely used except in poetry. The common
word is the Arabic elfu. This is used in the same way
as mia ; thus, elfu tatu is three thousand, elfu tano, five
thousand, &c. The Arabic dual elfeen, two thousand,
is more common than elfu tnbili. If the Arabic nu-
merals are employed the small number comes first, the
plural form aldf is employed, .and the final of the small
number is heard, thus theldthat aldf is three thousand,
Tchdmset Mf five thousand, and so on.
Ldkhi is used for ten thousand, and the word milyon
is known, but is rarely employed, and perhaps never
with exactitude.
Fungate occurs for seven, as denoting the days spent by
the bridegroom in his bride's company after marriage.
Mwongo, plur. miongo, occurs for a fen or a decade, in
reckoning the nautical year.
Both these words occur in cognate African languages
as cardinal numbers.
When used in enumerating actual things, and not
in mere arithmetical computation, six of the Swahili
numbers are treated as regular Adjectives, the other
four remaining unchanged. The following table will
show the forms proper to each class of Substantives.
Mtu
Mti
Ntumba
KiTU
1. mmoja
mmoja
moja
kimoja
Watu
Mtti
Ntumba
VlTU
2. wawili
mi will
mbili
viwili
8. wafatu
mitatu
tatu
Yitatu
92
SWAHILI HAHmBOOK.
Watu
Min
Ntumba
Vrru
4. wanne
mimie
'nne
vmne
5. watano
mitano
tano
vitano
6. sita
sita
sita
sita
7. saba
saba
saba
saba
8. wanane
minane
nane
yinane
9. kenda
kenda
kenda
kenda
10 kumi
kumi
kumi
kumi
Kasha
UlMBO
Mahali
KUFA
1. moja
romoja
pamoja
kumoja
Makasha
Nyimbo
Mahali
EVFA
2. mawili
nibili
pawili
kuwili
3. matatu
tatu
patatu
kutatu
4. maTine
*nne
panne
knnne
5. matano
tano
patano
kutano
6. sita
sita
sita
sita
7. saba
saba
saba
saba
8. manane
nane
panane
kunane
9. kenda
kenda
kenda
kenda
10. kumi
kumi
kumi
kumi
The number always follows the Substantive.
One man, mtu mmqja.
If an adjective is employed, the numeral follows the
adjective, thus exactly reversing the English order.
Two good men, toaiu wema wawili.
The Ordinal numbers are expressed by the use of the
%ariable particle -a. (See Prepositions.)
The third man, mtu wa tatu.
The fourth house, nyumba ya *nne.
The fifth chair, hiti cha taru).
The Ordinal numbers are :
First, -a mosij or more com-
monly -a kwanza.
Second, -apUi,
Third, -a tatu.
Fourth, -a *rme.
Fifth, -a tano.
ADJECTIVES AND NUMERALS. 93
Sixth, -a nta. Tenth, -a kumi.
Seventh, -a sabcu &o, &c
Eighth, -a nane^ . Last, -a mwuho.
Ninth, -a kendo.
Once, twice, &c., are denoted by the use of marram or
mara^ a time.
Once, mara moja.
The first time, mara ya kwanza.
Twice, mara mhili.
The second time, mara ya pilL
How many times ? Mara ngapi i
Often, mara nyingi.
Fractions may be expressed by the use offungu, a
part, as
Fungu la Hhelathini, a thirtieth.
The only fractions in common use are the parts of a
dollar, which are thus expressed in forms borrowed
from the Arabic :
One-sixteenth — Nu8$ ya themuni.
One-eighth — Themuni, or Themm, or Ze*mn%,
Three-sixteenths — ^Themuni na ntMs ya ihemunL
One-fifth — Zerenge,
One-qnarter — Bdbo.
Five-sixteenths — Robo na nuss ya themunu
Three-eighths — Bdbo na themuni.
Seven-sixteenths — Bobo na themuni na nuss ya themuni.
One-half— ^u«8.
Nine-sixteenths — Nuss na nuss ya themuni.
Five-eighths — Nuss na themuni.
Eleven-sixteenths — Nuss na themuni na nuss ya themuni.
Three-quarters — Kassa robo [i.e., a dollar less by a quarter],
Thirteen-sixteentliS" XoMa robo na nuss ya themuni.
Seven-eighths — Kassa themuni.
Fifteen-sixteenths — Kassa nuss ya themuni.
Numbers treated as Substantives make their plurals
by prefixing ma- :
Jtfa^mi matriZi, two tens, i.e., twenty.
Mamoja pia, all ones, i.e., all the same.
94
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
LIST OF ADJECTIVES.
Those words to which no hyphen is prefixed do not take any yariable syllable.
A quality for which one cannot find
a wordf a sort of a, -nyangd-
lika.
Kitu kinydngdlika gani? What
$ort of a kind of thing is this ?
A.
Ahle, having ahility for, or power
over, mweza.
Abortive (fruity &c.), -pooza.
Active, -tendaji.
Adjacent
Mpaka mmoja, having a common
boundary,
Kutangamana, to adjoin.
Alike, sawasawa, -moja.
Alivefhekji,
AU, -ote, or -ot'e, varying as a pos-
sessive pronoun and not as an
adjective.
Class i. wot©.
„ n. dng. mote, pi. yote.
»>
in.
>»
yote, „ zote.
»>
IV.
»»
(rhote, „ vyote.
f>
V.
>»
lote, „ yote.
ft
TI.
»»
wote, „ zote.
n
VII.
♦»
pote.
»
vm.
»
kwote.
-ote has special forms after the
particles of time and place*
po pote, whensoever.
ko kote, whiGiersoever.
mo mote, whereinsoever.
Also after the first and second
persons plural.
sisi Bote, we aJL
ninyi nyote, you all,
Sote has the meaning of together.
tu sote, we are together.
Wote has the meaning of both.
sisi wote, both of us.
2. Pia, the whole, all of it or
them,
3. Jamii.
Jamli wa asikari, all the soldiers.
Almighty, mweza vyote.
Alternate, moja bado wa moja.
Ancient, -a kale, -a zamani, -a
kwanza.
Angular.
Eiiwa na pembepembe, to have
comers.
Antique, -a kikale, of the eld style.
Artful, -a vitimbi.
Aioake, macho.
Se is awake, yu macho.
LIST OF ADJECTIVES.
95
B.
Bad, -baya, making mbaya' voitli
nouns Uke nyuinba or nyimbo.'
•ovn or -boi^n, making mboyu
with nowM like nymnba or
nyimbo. ^rr^ exprL, raCher
corruptness than mere badness.
Utterly had, baa, pi. mabaa.
Good for very litUe, thaifa.
Bare, -tapu, making tapu with nouns
Uke nymnba or nyimbo.
Bareheaded, kitwa kiwazi.
Barren, of land, kame.
of animcds, tasa.
of persons, si mzazi.
BeaiMffd, -znri.
Bent, of persons, kibiongo, pL vibi-
ongo.
Best, bora (pre-eminent).
Bitter, -chnn^ ( -tnngu (M.)),
making nchnngu with nouns
like nyumba, nyimbo, or kasha.
Pawa acbungn, bitter medicine.
Tunda nohnngo, hitter fruit.
Black, -eusi. Sometimes forms occur
as if from -usi, stich as wausi
/or WGUsi, mausi /or mens!, and
vinsi for vyeusi or veusi. It
makes nyeusi toith nouns like
nymnba or nyimbo, and jeusi
with nouns like kasha.
Blind, kipofo, pi. yipofo.
Blue, samawi (sky ixlour).
Maji a bahaii (sea-toater colour).
Blunt, -yiyn (see Idle).
Kisu bakipati, the knife is blunt.
Bold, -jasiri, shnjaa, ph maslmjaa.
Breeding (of animals), koo.
Koo la mbnzi, a breeding goat.
Broad, -pana, making pana toith
nouns like nymnba or nyimbo.
a
Careless, -zembe.
Castrated, maksau
Certain, yakini.
A certain man, mtu mmoja.
Cheap, rakhisi, rahisi.
Checkered, marakaraka.
Chief bora, -knn. See Great.
Choice, -teule, aali.
A choice thing, bedaja, tunu,
hikaya.
Civilized, -ngwana, -a kiungwana
(of the civilized sort).
Clear, safi, fasibi, -enpe (see White).
Clear, kweu, mbayani, thahiri
(manifest), -wazi (see Open).
-eupe (see White).
Clever, hodari, mahiri, -a akilL
Clumsy, -zito (see Heavy).
Coloured, -enyi rangi.
Of one uniform colour, -takatifo.
Comic, -chekeshaji, -testeshi.
Common, vivi hivi, zizi hizi, &c.,
yee kwa yee, &c. (see Pronouns),
A common thing, jazi.
Complete, kamili, -kamilifu, -timi*
livn.
Confident, -tmnainL
Confidential, -aii.
Consecrated, wakf.
Cool, wovisi.
Correct, sahihi, fasibi.
Countrified, -a kimashamba.
Covetous, bakhili, -enyi choyo, -enyi
tamaa.
Crafty, -a hila, -erevu.
Crazy, mafun.
Credible, mntaabir, -tabari.
Crooked, kombokombo, mshitharL
Cross, -kali (see Fierce).
Cross roads, njia panda.
Owming^ -erevn, -a hila.
96
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
D.
Damp, kimaji.
Daring^ -jasiri.
Darkt -a giza (of darkness), -ensi
(see Blaok),
Dead, -fu.
One whose mother is dead, Mtu
aliofiwa na mamaye.
Deaf, Mziwi, pi, viziwi.
Dear, ghali.
Deceased, marehemu.
Deformed, kilema, pi, vilema.
Destrtictive, -harabn, -haribivu.
Devout, -taowa.
Different -ingine (see Other), mba-
limbali, ihtilafa.
DifficiiU, -gumu (see Hard), -z'to
(«ee Heavy),
Disfigured hy disease, •«nyi lemaa.
Disobedient, aasi.
Distinct, mbalimball.
Double, maradufu.
Dressed-up, -pambi.
Drunken, -levi.
Dry, -kavu« making kava with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo.
yabis.
Dull, -vivu. See Idle,
Dumb, bubii, pi, mabubu.
E.
Easy, -epesi. See Light,
Elder or Eldest, -kubwa. See Great,
Eloquent, -semaji, -semi
Empty, -tuptL See Bare,
Equal, sawa, sawasawa.
Eternal, -a milele.
European, Ulayiti, -a Eizunga.
Even (level), eawasawa.
(not odd), kamili.
Mvery, killa or kulla. It always
precedes its substantive.
Killa mta, every man,
Eilla niendapo, whenever I go,
or, every time I go.
Evident, thahiri, -wazL See Open.
Extravagant, mubatharifu.
F.
Fat, -nono.
Faithful, araini
Feeble, thaifu.
Female, -ke.
On the female side, knkeni.
F&U3, haba, -chacbe, making chache
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo.
Fierce, -kali, making kali with nouns
like nyumba or nyimbo.
Filthy, -chavu.
Final, tama.
Fine, -zuri.
Firm, imara (of things), fAabit (of
persons).
Fixed (certain), maalum.
Flat, sawasawa, panapana.
Foolish, -pumbafu.
Foreign, -geni.
Forgetful, -sahau.
Forgiving, -sameha
Former, -a kwauza.
Fortunate, heri, -enyi babati, -a
beri.
J'Vee, burn, -ngwana.
Fresh, -bicbi. See Raw.
Fresh water, maji matamu, maji a
pepo.
FuU, kujaa, to become fuU.
Full to the brink, fara, farafara.
FuU of words, mwingi wa ma-
neno.
Full grown, -peyn.
Future, mkabiL
LIST OP ADJECTIVES.
97
G.
Gen&row, karimu, -paji
Gentle, -anana.
Glorious, -tukufu, -enyi fakhari.
Gluttonous, -lafi.
Good, -ema, making Djema or ngema
vjiih nouns like iiyumba or ny-
imbo, and jema with nouns like
kasha.
The idea of goodness may he ex-
pressed hy the suffix -to.
Manuka, smells.
Mannkato, good smells.
Knweka, to put.
Kuwekato, to put properly.
Greedy, -enyi roho, -enyi tamaa,
-enyi choyo.
Great, bora, -kuu and -kubwa or
-kuba, making kuu and kubwa
toith nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo. Kuu is usedprefercibly
of moral or figurative greatness.
Kubwa, of physical size.
Great, when applied to anything
not material, is usually rendered
hy-iagL
Green, chamkiwiti, rang! ya majam.
{Fresh, or unripe), -bichi See
Baw.
H.
Handsome, -zuri.
Handy, -a mkono.
A handbook, chuo cha mkono.
Happy, -a heri, furahani.
Hard, -gumu.
Having, with, being with, or who or
which has or have, -enyi or
-inyi. It varies like a possessive
pronoun, as in the following
examples : —
Class I. Mtu mwenyi (or mwi-
nyi) mali, a rich man.
Watu wenyi mali, rich people.
Class IL Mti mwenyi (or mwi-
nyi) kuzaa, a tree in bearing.
Miti yenyi (or yinyi) kuzaa,
trees in bearing.
III. Nyumba yenyi (or yinyi)
dirisha, a house with windows.
Nyumba zenyi (or zinyi)
dirisha, houses with windows.
IV. Kikapu chenyi (or kinyi)
nguvu, a strong basket,
Vikapu vinyi nguvu, strong
baskets.
V. Neno lenyi kweli, a true word,
Mabakuli yenyi mayayi,
basins with eggs in them.
YL. Upindi wenyi nguvu, a
strong bow.
Findi zenyi nguvu, strong
bows.
yil. Mahali penyi mtende, the
place where the date-tree stands
Healthy (of persons), -enyi afia,-zima
{of pkLces, (fee), -a afia.
Heavy, -zito.
High, -refu. See Long, -kubwa
See Great.
Hollow, -a uvurungu, -wazi. See
Open.
A hollow stone, jiwe la uvu-
rungu.
It sounds hoUow, panalia wazi.
The hollow oj- open space in or
under anything, mvuugu.
Holy, -takatitu.
Hot, -a moto.
J am hot, nina hari.
Hot-tempered, hararii.
Human, -a mwana Adamu, -a bina-
damu, -a mtu.
Humble, -nenyekevu.
Humpbacked, -enyi kigongo.
da
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Ignor<mi {like a simpleton), -jinga.
lU-cmened, -korofi.
lU-tempered, -kali See Fierce,
Immature, -changa.
Infirm, tbaifu.
Ingenious, -jnzL
Inquisitive, -peknzi, -jasnsi, -pele-
lezL
Insignifieant (mean), -nyonge.
(unimportant), khafi^
Insipid, -dufu.
J.
Jealous, -wivu.
Juicy, -enyi majL
Just, sawa, -a haki, -enyi hakL
K.
Kind, -ema. See Good,
(doing kindnesses), -fathlli.
Knovoing, -erevu, -juzi.
L.
Languid, -tepetevn, -chovu.
■^«r^c,.-kubwa or -kuba. See Great
(weU-grown), -kuza.
Lawful, halali.
Lawful to you, halili yako.
Laying (of birds), koo, pi. makoo.
Koo la k*Tiku a laying hen.
Lazy. See Idle.
Lee, -a damalini, -a cbini.
Left (hand, dtc), -a kushoto, -a kuke.
Level, sawa, sawasawa.
Liberal, karlmu, -paji.
^dght (not dark), -eupe. See White.
(not heavy), -epesi, making nyepesi
with nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jepesi loith nour^
like kasba.
(unimportant), kbafifu.
Lined (of doihes), bitana.
Lade, -dogo, katiti (A.), -chache
(few).
Little water, maji maohache.
(Maji and other similar nouns
being treated as plurals, and
therefore requiring few and not
BmaU as their adjective.)
Eadogo, piL vidogo, is wed as a
substantive for a little or a little
piece of anything.
Living, hayi, -zima.
Long, -refa, making ndefa with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.
Long-suffering, -vnmilivu.
Lukewarm^ -enyi uvngaYngu.
M.
Mad, -enyi wazimu, -enyi mahoka
(Country dialect).
Male, -nme, making mume or ndume
(as from -lume) with nouns of
the second class.
On the male side, kunmeni
Manifest, thabiri, waziwazi, mba-
yani, -wazL See Open.
Manly, -ume. See Male.
Bebera (a strong Tie-goat).
Fabali (a buO).
Many, -ingi or -ngi, making nyingi
toiih nouns like nyumba or
nyimbo, and jingi with nouns
like kasba.
E^tbdwakatha.
Malemal (on the mothei^s side), -a
knkeni.
(motherly), -a mama.
Mean, -nyonge.
Merry, -cbekeshaji.
Middling, kadiri.
Mischievous, -harabu, -tunda.
Moderate, kadiri
LIST OF ADJECTIVES.
99
Much, -ingi (Me Many), tele.
MurderouSf Mawaji, ndoli
N.
Naked, -tnpn, uoihi See Bare.
Narrow, -embamba, making ny emba-
mba vnih wtuns lake nyumba or
nyimbo, and jembamba with
noiifis ZtZw kasha.
Neceuary (imavoidaide), lasim, fa-
lathi
(indiepeneabUe), kanuni
New, -pya» fnaJUng 'mpya wiUi nount
Wee nyumba or nyimbo, jipya
with ruMme like kaaha, and
pipya with nouns of place.
Noble, bora, -krra. See QreaL
Notable, mashuhiir, maahur.
Nice, -ema (/see Good), -tamu. See
SweeL
NippingCjpreesing closely and Ughtly),
•kasEO.
O.
Obedient, tayi, -tii.
Oblig<Uory, &ratM.
OhOinatef -kaidi, -shindani, -shi-
paviu
Odd (not even), -witira.
OjpciouSf -fathiili, •juvi.
Old (of things), -kukuu, making
ki^u with nouns Uke nyumba
or nyimba Kukuu implies
being worn (m& Where mere
antiquity is to be expressed see
Ancient,
(of persons), -zee.
Extremely old, -kongwe.
Bow old is he f TJmri wake
apataje?
One-eyed, -enyi chongo.
Only, -a pekee, peke yake, &o.
Open, -wazi
Other, -iugine or -ngine.
Glass I. ligine or mwiBgine.
waugine.
n. Mwingine or mgine.
mingine.
m. Nyingine (sirig. and pi ).
lY. Kingine or cbingine.
vingine.
V. Jingine.
mangine or mengine.
YL Mwingine or mgine.
nyingine.
VJJL. Pangine or pingine.
(The) other, -a pili.
Other peoples, -a watu.
Another person's, -a mwenyewe.
(not the same) is expressed by
adding the relaiive particle (see
p. 117).
panginepo, elsewhere, other places,
P.
Paternal (on the father^s side), -a
kuumeni.
(fatherly), -a baba.
Patient, -stahlmlli, -vamilivu.
Perfect, kamili, -kamilifu, -timilifu.
Perverse, -potoe, -tundu.
Plain (evident), thahiri, -wazi.
Pleasant, -tamu (see Sweet), -a ku-
pendeza.
Plenty, tele.
Polite, -a adabu.
Poor, masikini, fokara, fakiri.
wretchedly poor, thalili.
utterly destitute, hohe hahe.
Printed, -a chapa.
Profane, -najisl.
Pure, safi, fasihi, -takatifa.
J 00
BWAMILI HANDBOOK.
Quarrelsome^ -gomvi.
Quick, -pesi.
Quiet, -tulivu («<iH), -nyamavn
(eiZent).
B.
Jlare, nadira, -a tuna.
Raw, -bichi, making mbichl with
nouns Wee Dynmba or nyimbo.
Bichi is used for raw, unripe,
underdone, fresh, or any state
which wiU or might change by
keeping or cooking,
{inexperienced), '}ingBk, This word
is specially applied to newly
arrived slaves,
Jicady, tayaii.
(quick), -poai, mahiri.
Jli^hellious, aasi.
Hedf -ekundu, making nyekundu
with nouns lUce nyumba or
nyimbo, and jekundu with
nouns like kasha.
Regular, -a kaida, taratibu.
Bafu za kaida, regular rows,
Mtu taratibu, a person of regular
habits,
RemarkdbUe, mashuhur, masbur.
Hich, -enyi mali, -kwasi, tajiri, pi.
matajifk.
\iight (hand, Ac,), -a kulia, -a
kuume, -a kuvuli.
K>^ -bivu, making mbivu with
mm»$ Uke nyuniba or nyimbo.
I3&va is used as the contradictory
Vbitfhi See Raw,
^kt»*%. wii or -boviu See Bad.
'i>wt»'^ \«i|MattM, to U rough and
Safe, salama.
Same, moja, pt mamoja.
Sanguine, -tmnainL
Satisfied or content, rathi
Self -satisfied, -Mnayi.
Savage, -kali (see Fierce), mbwaL
Very savage, ndolL
Second, -a pilL
A second in command, akida.
Secret, -a siri, ndani kwa ndani
Separate, mbali
Severe, -zito. See Heavy,
Shallow, [maji] haba, [maji] ma-
Sharp, -kali. See Fierce, [chache.
Short, -fupi, making fapi with nouns
like nyumba or nyimba
Shrewd, -erevu, -enyi bnsara.
Sick, -gonjwa, -welL
Silent, -nyamavu.
A silent man, mtu wa kimya-
kimya.
Slim, -embamba. See Narrow,
Slender, -embamba. See Narrow,
Sleek, -nene. See Stout,
Slow, -vivu. See Idle,
Smooth, lalni.
Soaked (with rain^ Ac), chepechepe.
Soft, -ororo, making nyororo with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,
andyotorowith nouns like kasha,
-anana, laini.
the soft, teketeke.
Solid, yabisi.
Some, baathi ya, akali ya.
Some — others — , wangine— wa-
ngine — .
Sound (healthy, living, entire), -zima.
Sour, -kali. See Fierce.
Spotted, madoadoa, marakaraka.
Square, mrabba.
Steadfast, thehit
LIST OF ADJEOTIVEa.
101
Steep, -a knsimama.
8UU, -onana, -talivu (gvteO, -nya-
mavxi (siZanQ, -zizima (very
8tiU water, (fire).
Stout (plump, thicic), -nene.
Strange (foreign^ surprising'), -geni.
(startling), mzTmgu, ph mizungu.
Strong, hodari, -enyi iign?n, -mne.
Sweet, -tamu, making tamu with
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo.
T.
TaU, -refu. See Long.
A very taU man, -tamba
Thick, -nene.
Thick syrup, asali nzito. See
Heavy.
Thievish, kijivi, pL vijivi, mwibaji,
pi. webaji.
Thin, -embamba (see ^TarrotoVepesi
See Light.
Tiresome, -chovn.
True, -a kweli, haMka yako, &c. (it
is true of you, 6cc), yakini
(certainly),
TruidnMrthy, amini
Truthful, -a kweli, -neni kweli
Uncivilized^ -a kishenzi.
UncuUivated, -giigu.
Underdone (haZf -cooked), -hiahi. See
Baw,
Unhealthy, -well
Unlawful, haramii.
Unripe, -bichi. See Baw,
Usual, -zoea.
We are used to him, tuna mazoea
naye.
V.
Vain, ana maknn, he is vain.
Valuable, -a t^amani
Vigilant, maoho. See Awake,
W.
Wasteful, -potevu.
Watery, ohelema.
Weak, thaifo.
WeaUhy. See Bich,
Weary, -ohovu.
Weaiher, -agoshini, -a juu,
WeiL See Healthy.
Well done (cooked), -biviL See
Bipe,
Wet, majimaji, rdtaba.
White, -enpe, making nyeupe toith
nouns like nyumba or nyimbo,
and jeupe toith nouns like
kasha.
Very white is expressed hy putting
a strong accent on the last
syUahle, and sometimes raising
the voice on it into a sort of
falsetto.
Whole, -zima. See Sound.
pia, pia yote, zote, &c.
Wide, -pana. See Broad.
Wild (of plants), -gugu.
(of animals), -a mwitu.
Willing, -epesi, -pesi
Worn out, -kukuu (of things), 4:o-
ngwe (of persons). See Old,
Y.
Yellow, rangi ya manjano.
Toung (immaiure), -changa, making
mchanga vjith nouns like
nyomba or nyimbo.
Tounger, youngest, -dogo.
102 . 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
PEONOUNS.
Personal Pbonoitns.
The full forms of the Personal Pronouns are —
I, Mimi, We, SiH or SujUwi.
Thou, Wewe, You, Nytnyi or Nwinyu
He or she, Teye, They, Woo,
The second and third persons singular are often con-
tracted into Wee and Tee» The second person singular
is always used where one person only is to be denoted.
There are no special forms for it and theff when
referring to inanimate things. If any special emphasis
makes it necessary, the Demonstrative Pronouns
agreeing with the nouns referred to must be used.
Similarly, for Tie or sTie and they, the Demonstrative
Pronouns proper to the first class may be used, when
any special emphasis is to be expressed.
The objective cases, me, thee, him, her, us, them, are
expressed by the same forms as those given above for
the subjective case, J, thou, &q.
The possessive case, of me, of thee, of him, (fee., is
PRONOUNS. 103
generally expressed by the Possessive Pronotms (which
see, p. 109); there is thus no distinction between of me
and mine^ of thee and (hine^ &q.
Hdbari gangu^ my news, or news of me.
The Possessive Pronotms proper to animate beings
may be used of inanimate things also ; -ahe, its, and
'Oo, their, being used for of it and of them, in reference
to all nouns of whatever class they may be.
The possessive case may be regarded as an instance
of the Personal Pronouns in a special form subjoined to
the variable preposition -a, of.
The Preposition na, with or and, is commonly joined
with short forms of the Personal Pronoun to express
and or with me, and or with you, &o. &c.
Nami, and or witii me. Nasi or Nasvn, and or with ns
Nawe, and or with yon. Nanjfi or Nantoi, and or with yon.
Naye, and or with him or her. Nao, and or with them.
N(w, Nayo, Nacho, Nalo, Napo, Nao, Nayo, Naeo, Navyo, Napo,
Nako, and or with it and or with them.
The above forms maybe used for either the objective
or subjective cases after and. Nami = and I or and me,
Nawe = and thou or and thee, &o. &o.
It will be seen that in referring to animate beings
the latter half of the full form of the Personal Rronoun
is sufi&xed to the na-, and in referring to inanimate
things the syllable suffixed is that which denotes the
relative (see Eelative Pronouns, p. 117), a syllable
which occurs also as the final syllable of those Demon-
strative Pronouns which refer to a thing mentioned
before.
Other Prepositions, that is to say, Jcwa and hatika, are
104 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
constructed with the full form of the Personal Pronoun
referring to animate beings, and with the Demonstra-
tive Pronouns, where necessary, referring to inanimate
things. This rule distinguishes the preposition kwa,
for, by, &c., from the form of the variable -a required
by substantives of the eighth class and sometimes by the
case in -ni.
Kwa mimi, for me. Kwangu, of me or my, to my [house].
The prefixes used in conjugating the verb to mark
the subject and object may be regarded as shortened
forms of the Personal Pronouns. The objective and
subjective cases are denoted by slightly different fotms.
It will be most convenient to take the prefixes de-
noting animate beings first, as they alone can be used
in the first and second person. The following are the
subjective or nominative forms : —
I. Ni' or N', We, Tu- or Tw-.
Thou, Z7- or W-, You, Mu-, *M-, or Mw-.
He or she, A- (or Tu-), They, Wa-,
The rule for applying these prefixes is that the forms
ending with a vowel are used when they are to be im-
mediately followed by a consonant, and those ending
in a consonant are used before a vowel. In the third
person,* both singular and plural, the vowel remains
unchanged before o or tt, it coalesces with e and i
into an e, and merges into an a, so as to be no longer
distinguishable. Thus, where the verb or tense prefix
begins with a, the third person singular is apparently
without prefix and the third person plural is marked
only by a «?-. Examples of and further observations on
these prefixes will be found under Verbs, as playing an
FB0N0UN3. 105
important part in their conjugation. The form yu- is
but seldom used for the' third person singular, and
very rarely with any but monosyllabic verbs.
The syllables which stand for the objective or accu-
sative case of the Personal Pronouns denoting animate
beings, when they are connected with Yerbs, are —
Me, -ni' or -«-. Ub, -<m- or -tW',
Thee, -fett- or -&ic-. You, -loa-.
Him or her, -m- or -muh. Them, -tea-.
The same rules as above apjkly to the use of forms
ending in a consonant before a vowel, and forms ending
in a vowel before a consonant.
As the forms proper to the first class of Nouns denote
animate beings, there remain seven classes denoting
inanimate things, each of which has its appropriate
subjective and objective pronominal forms when con-
joined with a verb. The subjective pronominal prefixes
are —
r.Af
» II.
sing.
U-
orW-
plur.
I- or Y-.
if
in.
I-
„ Y-
99
Zi- „ Z-.
n
IV.
Ki-
„ Ch-
»
Vi- „ Vy..
w
V.
Li-
,,L.
»
Ya-.
»
VI.
u-
„ w-
»»
Zi- „ Z-.
n
VIT.
Pa-
„P-
}>
Pa- „ p..
»
VTTT.
Ku-
„ Kw-
»»
Ku- „ Kw-.
Here also the forms ending in a vowel are used
before a consonant, and the forms ending in a conso-
nant are used before a vowel. Examples of their use
will be found in the sections on the conjugation of the
Verb.
There^ used as the subject of a verb, is expressed by
hir- or j9a- employed as personal prefixes. Kvh is the
more indefinite of the two. One^ they, or people used
106 BWAHUI HANDBOOK.
to denote what is GUBtomaiy, are expressed by the
prefix hvr.
The objective forms in reference to inanimate objects
are very similar to the snbjectives.
Class IL
ting.
-u-
plur.
-i-.
„ UT.
tt
•
-1-
»>
-zi-.
,• IV.
9i
-ki-
>»
•vK
„ V.
9t
-li-
M
-ya-.
„ VL
W
-u-
99
-zi-.
» vn.
»»
-pa-
>»
-pa-,
„ VIII.
»
-kn-
it
-ku-
In these forms also tt becomes tr, and i y, before vowels.
The following examples will illustrate the use of the
objective syllables : they are parted off from the rest of
the word by hyphens. Instances are given of both
vowel and consonantal^ verbs.
Class I. A-ni'penda, he loves me.
A-n-amhiOf he telJs me.
A-ku-penda, he loves you.
A-kw-ambia, he tells yoa.
Na-m-penda, I love him.
Na-mw-ambia, I tell him.
A'tU'pendaf he loves us.
A'tw-ambia, he tells us.
A'wa-penda, he loves you.
A-wa-amhia, he tells you.
il-tca-jpewdfa, he loves them.
A-wa-arnbia, he tells them.
M II. A-u-penda, he likes it (mti, a tree).
A'-'u-ona, he sees it.
A-^-penda, he likes them (wt^*, trees).
A-y-onOf he sees them.
ff III. A'i-penda, he likes it (nyumha, a house).
A-y-ona, he sees it.
A'Zi-penda^ he likes them (nyumba, houses).
A'Zi-ona, he sees them.
FB0N0UN3. 107
GLAflS IV. A'Tn-pendOt he likes it (hilu, a thing).
A-kp-ofMif he sees it.
A-vp-penda, he likes them (vitu, things).
A-ffi-fma, he sees them.
19 y. A-U-pendctf he likes it (koAa, a chest).
A-li-onct, he sees it
A-^3-pend<iy he likes them (makashaf chests).
A-ya-ona, he sees th^oa.
yy YI. A'U'pendaf he likes it (u£7n5o, a song).
A-w-ona, he sees it (ttbau, a plank).
il-iet-;pen<2a, he likes them {nyimbOj songs).
A-^i-ona^ he sees them (m&ats, planks).
„ Vn. ii^jKi-pefMla, he likes it or them (place or places).
A-pcHma, he sees it or them.
„ VJJLL A'hthpendti, he likes it (ftt(7i&a, stealing).
A'htHmOf he sees it.
In all cases the Pronominal Syllable representing the
subject is tbe first prefix, and therefore the first syllable
of the word ; and the syllable representing the object
is the last of the prefixes and immediately precedes the
verb.
A4akapO'JcfiHmaf when he shall see you.
Wa-lipoki-m-penda, when they loyed him.
A-ki-kw-ita, if he calls you.
It is quite allowable for the sake of emphasis to use
the fall forms of the Personal Pronouns as well as the
subjective and objective syllables.
Mimi ndkupenda wewe^ I love you.
Weioe vmnipenda mimi, you love me.
When so used, however, a very strong emphasis is
put upon the persons loving and loved, and unless such
an emfdiasis is intended the full forms ought not to be
used. The above phrases might be better translated
by — ^For myself I love you the best; and, It is you
who love me.
108 8WAHILI HANDBOOK
In poetical Swahili an objectiYe suffix is used as well
as the objective prefi.x. The syllables used as a suffix
are the same as those given before with na (see p. 103).
The suffixes are not used in the dialect of Zanzibar.
U'^i-hifathi-mi, do thon preserve me. (Both the '■ni- and the
-mt represent the object of the verb.)
AhorZv^ngiuihcHso, and he threw them down. (Both the -zi- and
the-zo represent the object of the yerb.)
Nor^wcHimbiarnif I tell yon.
The use of the objective prefix implies a reference to
some ascertained object : it is therefore properly used
wherever in English the object would be expressed by
a Pronoun. Where in English the object would not be
expressed by a Pronoun, the objective prefix has the
effect of a definite article, and its omission that of 'an
indefinite article.
Natdka kununtta nytmba (no objective prefix being need), I want
to bny a house.
Natdka kuinunua nyuniba (the objective prefix -i- being used),
I want to buy the house.
Naona mtu, I see somebody.
Namwona mtu, I see the man.
Where a Demonstrative Pronoun is used with the
objfect, the objective prefix must always be used.
Natdka kuinunua nyumba Mi, I want to bny this house.
Namwona mtu yule, I see that man yonder.
The objective prefix is used where anything about
the person or thing is about to be stated.
Na-m-jua aliko [I know of him where he is], I know where he is.
Ndli-m-thania amekufa [1 thought of him, he had died], I thought
he was dead.
Aka-m-kata kitwa [and he out of him the head], and he out off
his head.
PRONOUNS. 109
Possessive Pronouns.
The Possessive Pronotms are always placed after the
Substantive denoting the thing possessed, and vary
according to its Class and Number.
The unvarying parts of the Possessive Pronouns are :
My, -angu. Our, -etu.
Thy, '•ako. Your, -enu.
His, her, or its, -ake. Their, -ao.
The same forms are used for its and their, of what-
ever class the thing possessing may be.
In many dialects of Swahili the form of the third
person singular is -akwe, and in some that of the second
is -akwo.
The above forms may be used as enclitics, and fre-
quently are so with some common words, such as haha,
father, mama, mother, mwana, child, mwenzi, companion,
&c. When the final letter of the substantive is -a, -e,
or -t, it merges into the first letter of the possessive
suffix.
MwanavigUt my child.
Mwenzangu, my companion*
MwandkOt thy child.
MtoenzdkOy thy companion.
Mwanake, his or her child.
Mwenzake, his or her companion.
Mwanetu^ our child.
Mwenzetu, our companion.
MwanenUf your child.
Mwenzenu, your companion*
Mwanao, their child.
MtoenzaOy their companion.
Class I. sing, w-
plur.
W-.
CLi
»» "• »» w-
»
y--
»»
„ ni. „ y-
»>
Z-.
>»
„ IV. „ ch-
)>
yy-.
»>
110 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The initial letters proper to each class of Substan-
tives are :
Class V. sing. 1- plur, y-.
VI. „ w- „ at-.
VII. „ p- „ p..
Vm. „ kw- „ kw-.
Besides these forms proper to the several classes,
Substantives in the locative case in -m require special
forms of the Possessive Pronouns according to the
meaning of the case. These forms are the same for
all Substantives, of whatever class or number they
may be.
1 . When the case denotes being tmt}ii% or to, or from
within, the Possessive Pronouns must begin with muh,
2. Where the case denotes mere nearness, and can be
translated at, by, or wear, the Possessive Pronouns must
begin with jp-.
3. For all other meanings the Possessive Pronouns
must begin with kw-.
The following instances will show how all these rules
are applied : —
Class I. Mtu wangu, my man.
Watu wako, thy men.
Mbuzi wake, his or her goal
Mhuzi wetu, our goats.
Waziri wake, his vizir.
Mawaziri wake, his vizirs.
„ n. Mil wenu, yonr tree.
Miti yao, their trees.
„ III. Nyumba yangu, my house.
Nyumbo zaJco, thy houses.
„ rV. Kiti choke, his chair.
Viti vyetu, our chairs.
„ V. Ka^ha lenu, your chest.
MaJeaska yaOf their chesti.
FBONOUNS. Ill
Class VI. Uimho wangu, my song.
Nyimbo zdko, thy songs.
ff y 11. MahaU pak^y his, her, or its place or places.
91 Till. Kufa kwetu, our dying.
1. Nyumbani mtoenu, in your house or houses.
2. Nyumbani p<iOy near their house or houses.
8. Nyumbani hwangUf to my house.
All the PoBsessive Prononns will be found in the
Table of Concords (p. 82), arranged under the classes
to which they are appropriate. The Personal Pronouns
may be added to give emphasis.
Kisu changu mimi, my own knife.
Vyangu mimi^ they are mdne.
The Possessive Pronoun is used for the preposition
-a, of, where it is intended to mark particularly the
person whose the thing is.
KiH c^ gultani, the saltan's ohair, or a sultan's chair.
Kiti choke aultani^ the sultan's own chair, or this sullan's chair.
There is another and short enclitic form for the
Possessive Pronouns of the second and third persons
singular, which is much used with some common
words, such as mume, husband, mke, wife, ndugu, brother
or sister, &c. They consist of -o for the second person
and -e for the third, with the appropriate initial letters
for each class as given above (p. 110).
Mumewe, her husband.
Mk&uoo, or mJceo, thy wife.
Mwenziwe, his companion.
Jinalo, thy name.
Shogaye, her Mend.
It will be seen from the above tables that there is
absolutely nothing to distinguish the singular and
plural of Substantives in the form of the third class
112 8WAEILI HANDBOOK,
wMch denote animate beings, when joined with Pos-
sessive Pronouns. It is probably for this reason, and
to avoid ambignity, that they are frequently treated as
ordinary Substantives of that class.
Ndugu yangUf my brother.
Nduguye or Ndugu yoke, his brother.
Nduguzo or Ndugu zako, thy brothers.
Mbuzi zetu, our goats.
Possessive Pronouns are sometimes used in English
where Personal Pronouns are used in Swahili.
Waha-^mrfunga mikono nyuma [and they tied him hands behind],
and they tied his hands hehind him.
Ali-n^Ttata hitvoa [he cat him head], he cnt off his head.
After verbs of coming and going Possessive Pronouns
beginning with z- (or in other dialects with vy- or th-^
are used somewhat as — ^his way, &o., were used in old
English.
Amehvoenda take, he has gone away, or he has gone oS»
Twende zetu, let ns be going.
Wamehuja zoo, they have come home, or they have come away.
Eeflective Pronouns.
The Swahili verb is made reflective by prefixing -ji-,
as if it were a pronoun in the objective form.
Norji-penda, I love myself.
Self may be translated by the Arabic word, nefsi,
nafsi, or nafusi ; or by the word moyo, a heart, plur.
mioyo or nyoyo,
Nafai yangu, or moyo toangu, myselfl
Nafsi zetUf or nyoyo zetu, ourselves.
FR0N0UN8. 113
Itself, themselyes, <fec., may also be expressed by the
-word -enyetDe with the proper prefix.
Clasb I. Mtu mtoenyewe, the man himself.
WcUu toenyewe, the people themselves.
Mhuzi mwenyewe, the goat itself.
Mbuzi u>enyeu}e, the goats themselyes.
Waziri mwenyewe^ the vizir himself.
Mawaziri wenyewe, the vizirs themselves.
M II. Mti mwenyewe, the tree itself.
Mitt yenyeioe, the trees themselves.
IIL Nyumba yenyewe, the house itself.
Nywviba zenyeioe, the houses themselves.
rV. Kitu chenyewe^ the thing itself.
Viiu vyenyewe^ the things themselves.
y, Kasha lenyewe, the chest itself.
Makcuiha yenyewcy the chests themselves.
YI. Uimbo mwenyewe^ the song itself.
Nyimbo zenyewcy the songs themselves.
Vn. Mahali penyewe^ the place itself.
Mwenyewe may be tised for myself and thyself, as well
as for himaelf or herself
Wenyewe may be used for ourselves and yourselves, as
well as for themselves.
By myseK, by ourselves, &o., are expressed by pelce
with the appropriate Possessive Pronoun.
Peke yangu, by myself, or I only.
Peke yetu, by ourselves, or we only.
Demonstrative Pronouns.
There are three Demonstrative Pronouns. 1 , denoting
objects at no great distance. 2, denoting objects pre-
viously mentioned. 3, denoting objects at a distance.
They have each forms proper to the several classes of
Substantives and to the three meanings of the case
in -m.
114
SWAHILI EANDBOOK.
99
1. This or that, these or thosey of objects at no great
distance.
Class I. Mtu huyu, this man.
Watu hawa, these pe'^ple.
Mbuzi huyu, this goat.
Mbuzi hawa, these goats.
Waziri huyu, this vizir.
Mawaziri hawa, these yizLrSn
II. Mti huu, this tree.
Miti hit, these trees.
III. Nyumba hizi, this house.
Nyvmha hizi, these houses.
IV. Kitu hiki, this thiug.
Vitu hivi, these things.
Y. Kasha hili, this chest.
Makasha haya, these chests.
VI. TJimbo huu, this song.
Nyimbo hizi, these songs.
VII. Mahali hapa, this place.
VIII. Kufa huku, this dying.
1. Nyumbani humo (Jhumu (?) ), here, in the house.
2. Nyuiribani hapa, here, by the house.
3. Nyumbani huku, here, to the house.
It will be observed that the second syllable of each
of these Demonstratives is the pronominal syllable
given at p. 105, and that all begin with A-, followed by
the vowel of the pronominal syllable.
2. This or that, tJiese or those, referring to something
mentioned before. Both the other forms can also be
used in this sense.
Class
n
I. Mtu huyo, that man.
Watu hao, those people,
Mbuzi huyo, that goat.
Mbuzi Jiao, those goats.
II. Mti huQ, that tree.
3Iiti hiyo, those trees.
III. Nyumba hiyo, that house.
Nyumba hizo, those houses.
FS0N0UN8.
115
»
91
>»
»
Class IV. Kitu hicho, that thing.
Vitu hivyOf those things.
V. Kasha hilOf that chest.
Mdkasha hayo, those chests.
VI. TJimbo huo^ that song.
Nyirnbo hizo, those songs.
VII. Mdhali Jiapo, that place or those places.
Vin. Kufa huho, that dying.
1. Nyurnbani humo, in that house.
2. Nyvmbani hapo, hy that house.
3. Nyumbani huko, to that house.
3. That and fAoae or yonder, referring to things at a
distance.
Class L Mhi.yide, yonder man.
Watu wale, those people.
Mbuzi yule, that goat.
Mbuzi wale, those goats.
II. Mti ule, that tree.
Miti He, those trees.
ni. Nyumba He, that house.
Nyurnba zile, those houses.
IV. Kitu kile or chile, that thing.
Vitu vile, those things.
V. Kasha lile, that chest.
Mdkasha yale, those chests.
VI. TJimbo ule, that song.
Nyirnbo zile, those songs.
VII. Mdhali pale, that pla.ce or those places.
VIII. Kufa hule, that dying.
1. Nyumbani mU, in that house.
2. Nyumbani pale, by that house.
3. ^^U77»&ani ^tiZe, to that house.
. It will be seen tliat these last Pronouns are made
by adding -le to the second syllable of the first set of
Demonstratives. Sometimes the whole of the first form
is retained, making hupde, Jiawale, Tmule, Mile, hizile,
hikile, Mvile, Jiilile, hay ale, hajpale, huhde,
1^
116 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
An increase of distance is denoted by a stress on the
final syllable.
"Mtu yfiUf that man yonder.
Yulee, that one further off.
Yuleeej that one still farther.
The more stress is laid on the final syllable, and the
more the voice rises into a falsetto, so much the greater
is the distance denoted.
When the substantive is mentioned the demonstra-
tive always follows it.
The demonstratives are frequently doubled, and then
have the meaning oijuat this, that very, &g,
Palepale, just there.
Mti uteule, that very tree.
Maneno ycUeycUe, just those words.
With the first set of demonstratives the final or true
pronominal syllable is doubled and prefixed to the usual
form.
Papahapa, just here.
Vivihivi, just these things.
Zizihizi, those very, &c.
KukuhuJeUf just to this place.
These forms are also used to denote that there is
nothing special about what is mentioned.
Zizihizi, just these and no more.
Huyo is often used when people are chasing a man
or an animaL
Huyo I Huyo 1 = There he is t There he is !
There are other forms which ought probably to be
regarded as demonstratives, as they have the force of,
This is it, and. This is not it.
FBONOUNS.
117
Class
9*
»
>i
ndtsi, it is we.
ndinyi, it is you.
nc^io, it is they.
ndiyo, these are they.
ndigo,
ndivyo.
ndiyo,
ndizo.
I. ndimiy it is I.
ndiwe^ it is thou.
ndiye, it is he.
n. ndio, this is it
IIL ndiyo,
rV. ndicho,
V. n(2i^.
VI. ndio,
VII. tuZipo.
Vin. ndt&o.
ndimo, it is here, or it is there.
ndipo,
ndiko.
The negative is made by substituting si- for ndi,
Siye, it is not he. Sichoj &c. &c., this is not it
Both forms may be used interrogatively.
Ndiyel Is it he? Siyei Is it not he?
Other demonstratives may be used with these for the
sake of greater emphasis or clearness.
Eblative Pronouns.
The Eelative Pronouns have special forms appropriate
to the several classes of Substantives and the three
meanings of the -nt case.
Class I. Who and Whom, sing, ye or yee, plur, o or wo.
JLJL.
III.
rr f.o^/fV) ovi
9 yo
ffVVUI <
zo.
IV.
, cho
vyo
V.
, lo
yo.
VI.
, or wo
zo.
VII.
, po
po.
VIII.
, ko
ko.
1.
Wherein ,
, mo
2.
Whereat y
9 po
3.
Whereto t
, ko.
118 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
These relatives occur most frequently in their
simple forms in connection with -o<e, all.
yee yote^ too wote, whosoever or whomsoever,
too fjoote, yo yote, to zote, cho cihote, vyo vyote^ lo lote,po pote, what-
soever.
mo mote, whereinsoever, inside everything.
po pote, wheresoever or whensoever.
ho kotey whithersoever or wheresoever.
When connected with the substantive verb, to be,
that verb is represented by the syllable -Zt-.
Class I. aliye, [he] who is. walio, [they] who are.
n. ttZio, [it] which Uk Hiyo, [they] which are.
III. tliyo. zilizo,
IV. kUicJiO, vilivyo.
V. lUilo, y&liyo.
VI. ulio, zilizo,
VII. pcHipo. pdtlipo,
VIII. huliko. huliko,
1. multTno, wherein there is.
2. pcdipo, where there is.
3. kidiko, where there is.
There is a disposition in Zanzibar to make -o the
general relative. Thus one very often hears alio for
aliyej lilio for lililo, and ilio for iliyo.
When joined with the verb the syllable denoting the
relative follows the sign of the tense if there is one.
The relative may be joined with the verb to form the
present, or rather, an indefinite tense, without the use of
any sign of time whatever. It is made precisely as in
the examples given above of the use of the relative
with the verb, to be, only substituting the particular
verb for the syllable -li-,
[he] who loves, apendaye.
[they] who love, wapendao.
PRONOUNS. 119
[the toee] which falls, uangukao,
[trees] which grow, tmeayo.
[the house] which falls, yangukayo,
[houses] which fieJl, ziangukazo.
Where the relative is the object of the verb the same
form may be used, only introducing the objective prefix
proper to the substantive referred to, and changing the
personal prefix.
[fruit] which I love, nilipenddlo, -Zt- and -lo- being the syllables
appropriate to tunda^ a fruit, and other nouns of the Firth
Glass.
When taken to pieces the word is seen to be, nt-, I,
'li-, it, -penda-, love, -Zo, which.
Eelatives are rarely used in Swahili with any tenses
except the present imperfect (the -na- tense), the past
perfect (the -U- tense), and a peculiar form of the future
(the 'taka- tense). The following instances will show
the way in which the relative is expressed with these
several tenses both as subject and object.
Glass I. [the man] who is coming, ana-ye-kuja,
,f who came, aJi-ye-kuja.
„ who will come, ataka-ye-kuja.
„ whom he is striking, ana-ye-mpiga.
„ whom we loved, tuli-ye-mpenda.
[the men] who will beat us, wataka-o-tupiga,
„ whom we will beat, tutaka-o-wapiga,
[the ox] which is eating, anorye-ktda,
„ which we shall eat, tutaka-ye-mla.
„ II. [the tree] which fell, uli-o-anguka.
„ which he cut down, ali-o-ukaia,
[the trees] which were visible, ili-yo-onekana,
„ which we saw, tuli-yo-iona.
n III [the house] which fell down, ili-yo-angiika,
„ which I bought, nili'yfhinunucu
120 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Class III. [the houses] which fell down, siU-xo-anguka,
„ which I bought, nUi-zo-zinunua.
„ IV. [the knife] which cut me, hili-chfMfiikcUa.
„ which I took, nUi-cho-kituxia.
„ which I gave you, nili-eha-kupa.
[the kniyes] which fell down, vilp^fyo-angvka.
„ which I gave you, nili-vyo^pa,
y, Y. [the chest] which is unfastened, lili-Uhfungukci.
„ which I unfastened, nili4o4tfungua,
[the chests] which were carried, yali-^o-ehuJetdiwa,
M which they carried, toali-yo-yachukua.
„ VI. [the song] which pleased me, tUi-o-nipendeza.
„ which I liked, nUi-o-upendot,
[the letters, nyardka] which I wrotetntli-ziHsiandika.
„ which I sent to you, nUi-zo-kupdekeom
„ which reached me, zili-zo-niwasUia.
„ VII. [the place] which I live in, ninorpo-pakaa,
[the places] which I saw, nili-po-paona.
The particles of place and time, mo, poy hoj are treated
as relative particles.
cUimo, where he is (within).
alipo^ where he is (if near).
alikOf where he is (far off)-
anapohwenda, when he is going.
andkohwenday whither he is going.
alimolcioenda, wherein he went.
alipoJcwenda, when he went.
aJikokwenda, whither he went.
There is one ambiguity which cannot be avoided
where both subject and object are of the same class.
Aliyempiga may mean, who beat him, or, whom he beat ;
kilichokikata may mean, which cut it, or, which it cut,
supposing kisu, a knife, to be one substantive, and kitu,
a thing, to be the other.
The negative is combined with the relative by the
PB0N0UN8. 121
use of -i«-. There is but one negative tense, and it
embraces all times, past, present, and future.
asiye^ [he] who is not, who will not be, who was not.
fmoangvka, [the tree] which falls not, which is not falling, which
did not fall, or, which will not Ml.
niaickohupa, [the knife] which I did not giye you, do not give
you, or, shall not give you.
Where the relative is used in English with a prepo-
sition, the relative particle is sometimes joined with the
verb and also with the preposition ; but more commonly,
the force of the preposition being contained in that of
the Swahili verb, no special form is required. See
Derivative Verbs, p. 157.
The man whom I went with, mtu nali-o-kwenda naye.
The man I went to, mtu ncUi-o-mwendea,
Where I came from, nUi-po-toka,
Where I am going to, nina-ko-kwenda.
As the Swahili has no proper word for to have, but
uses for it kuwa na, to be with, cases of double relatives
are very frequent where having is mentioned.
The knife I have, kisu nilicho nacho.
The houses you have, nyumha ulizo nazo.
The knife I had, kisu nilichokuwa nacho.
The houses you had, nywiiba ulizokuwa nazo.
The relative is used in some cases in which it is not
employed in English.
Who went by ? Nani ali-ye-ptta (who is he who passed) i
He likes this fruit, tunda hili ndilo cdipendaio (this fruit is it
which he likes).
The hoy is going, hijana aencUw,
Whosoever may come, yee yote atakayekuja.
There is another way of expressing the relative by
122 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
means of amhaye or ambaye heamha, though not used
in Zanzibar. When it is employed the final syllable of
ambaye changes according to the rules given above,
making anibao, ambazo, ambacho, ambavyOj &g.
Sometimes an English relative can be expressed by
the use of mwenyi^ &c,, having.
The man whoae house it is, mtu mwenyi nyumha.
Interrogative and other Pronouns.
There are four Interrogatives which are not variable.
Nanif Who?
Linif When?
Ninif What?
Ganif What sort?
Gani always follows the substantive it is connected
with.
Mtu gani i What man ? What sort of man ?
Kitugani? What thing? What sort of thmg ?
What? is sometimes expressed by the syllable -ni
suffixed to a verb.
Atapatani f What will he get ?
Amefanyani f What has be done ?
Kunani f What is there ? What is the matter ?
Kina nini ? What has it ? What is the matter with it ?
Wainani ? What have they ? What are they at ?
What o'clock is it ? is rendered by Saa nga^i ? How
many hours ?
The interrogative Which? is expressed by -jfn pre-
ceded by the appropriate syllable, which is the same as
^hat used as the subjective personal prefix to verbs.
always follows the noun it refers to.
FEOmtlNS.
123
Class I. Which [man] Yupi'i
n.
m.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
[tree] TJpii
[house] Ipi f
[thing] Kipi ?
[chestp] Lipi ?
[song] Upi f
[place] Papif
Lmen] Wapi ?
[trees] Ipii
[houses] Zipif
[things] Vipi?
[chests] Yapi ?
[songs] Zipi f
[places] Papi ?
The Interrogative, if followed by a verb, requires a
relative with it.
Mtu yupi apendaye hwenda ? Which [or what] man likes to go ?
Nyumba ipi ikupendezayo f Which house do you like ?
Nani i who ? is also generally followed by a relative.
N€mi cdiopo mlangoni f Who is at th6 door ?
It is, 'however, allowable to say nani yupo mlangoni^
which is a literal translation of the English.
The interrogative Where ? is wapi ? or api ?
Wenda wapif Where are you going ?
"When referring to a substantive wapi must always
be preceded by the syllable which is the proper sub-
jective personal prefix for that substantive. This prefix
very probably represents the substantive verb, and may
often be translated by is it f or are they f
Glass I. sing. Yu wapi ? plur. Wa wapi ?
II.
U wapi?
I wapi ?
m.
I wapi ?
Zi wapi ?
IV.
Ki wapi ?
Vi wapi ?
V.
Li wapi ?
Ya wapi ?
VI.
U wapi ?
Zi wapi ?
VII.
Pa wapi ?
Pa wapi ?
A fuller form to represent where is it f or where are
they ? is made by adding -ho to the personal prefix.
Yuho wapi ? Where la he ? Zilco wapi ? Where are they ?
124 BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
The noun referred to follows this interrogative.
Iwapi merikebuf Where is the ship ?
JSow ? is expressed by tlie syllable -je suffixed to the
verb.
Nitdkipcttaje ? How shall I get it ?
ChcUifanytoaje ? How was it made ?
Ulipendaje, ao kupika^ ao Jncliil How do yon like it, cooked or
raw?
Asemaje 1 pEow does he talk?] What does he say ?
Urefu toahe yapatc^e ? How long is it ?
Umri wake apaiaje ? How old is he ?
Kwenda chini huoake chapataje [ktsimajf How deep is it [a
well]?
The use of haj^ata^ to get, in these phrases must be
noticed. There is no direct way of attaching the how f
to the adjective ; they say therefore, " His age, how
gets he it ? "
How many ? is expressed by -ngajpi, which is treated
as an adjective.
How many people ? Watu wangapi i
How many goats ? Mhuzi wangapi or ngapi ?
How many trees ? Miti mingapi ?
How many houses ? Nyumba ngapi 1
How many chairs ? Viti vingapi f
How many chests ? Mahaska mangapi ?
How many planks ? Mhau ngapi f
How many places ? Mahali pa/ngapi ?
How ? is in some cases expressed by the use of other
phrases.
How long ago ? Tangu lint ? [since when ?]
How much? Kadri gani, or Kiassi ganif [what quantity ?]
How often ? Marra ngapi f [how many times ?]
The exclamatory What I is rendered by the inter-
rogative pronoun in -pi,
Furdha ipi I What joy I
( 125 )
VERBS.
Regular Swahili verbs always end in -a, as, Jcupenda,
to love, hujpiga, to beat.
Verbs derived from tbe Arabic may end in -e, -t, or -m,
as, husamehe, to pardon, kusafiri, to travel, huharibu, to
destroy. Verbs in this form do not change the final
vowel, where verbs in -a regularly do so.
The simplest form of the verb is used in Swahili,
as in English, for the second person singular of the
imperative.
Penda! Love! Piga! Strike I
Samehe! Pardon! Safiri! Travel!
Haribu 1 Destroy !
The second person plural imperative is made by
adding -nt. All the other tenses and moods are made
by prefixing syllables to the simple form, except that
verbs in -a change -a into -e in the present subjunctive,
and into -» in the present negative, and a -w- is inserted
to mark the passive.
There is a negative as well as an affirmative con-
jugation, in which tbe tenses and persons are also dis-
tinguished by prefixes.
The various prefixes form in pronunciation ar^ word
126 SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
with the verb, and when taken to pieces denote its
person, number, tense, mood, subject, and object.
Amekwamhia = A-Tne-hw-atMa = He-has-you-tell = He has told
you.
Wali'poni'penda = Wa-li-po-ni-j^enda = They-did-when-me-love
= When they loved me.
Nitakachokupa = Ni-taka-cho-kti-pa = I-shall-which-you-give-to
= Which I shall give to you.
Ningalimwona = Ni-ngali-mw-ona = I-should-have-him-se© = I
should have seen him.
The syllables used as prefixes have not the same
meaning standing separately as they have when com-
bined with the verb in their proper order; for this
reason, therefore, as well as to show the proper pro-
nunciation, they with the verb must all be written as
one word.
Lists of the several prefixes will be found at the end
of the preliminary observations to the second part of
this handbook (p. 237). The personal prefixes will be
found described under Pronouns (p. 104), and seen
arranged under their appropriate classes of Substantives
in the Table of Concords, p. 82.
Indefinite Tenses.
1. Customary actions are expressed by prefixing hu-
to the verb. In this form there is no distinction of
number, person, or time.
Hu-enda, one goes, they go, everybody goes, he used to go.
Hu'penda, one likes, they like, one would like.
2. The relative may be joined with the verb without
any sign of time. The personal prefix only is put
before the verb, and the relettive sign suffixed to it.
VjBSBS.
Sing. Class I. Ni-p«ndchfe, [I] who love.
U-penda-ye, [thou] who lovest.
A-penda-^e, [he] who loves.
n. U-anffuka-Oj ^hich falls.
m. l~angvka-yo,
IV, Ki-anguka-eho,
y. Li-angvkcL-lo,
VI. TJ-angukorOt
VII. P-angukorpo, where falls.
Vin. KvHmguka-ho, whither falls.
127
Plur.
L Tu-penda-Oj [we] who love.
M-penda-Oi [yoii] who love.
Wa-penda-o, [they] who love.
n. I-anguka-yo, or, T-anguka-yo, which fall.
in. Zi-anguka-zo,
TV, Vy-anguka-vyo,
V. T-anguka^o,
VI. Zi-anguka-zo,
The relative may represent the object of the verb,
but in that case the objective sign (pp. 105-6) ought to
be inserted between the personal prefix and the verb.
Glass
Sing.
Plur.
t)
>t
f>
»
9)
»»
»
»
»
ti
t>
»»
»» >»
*9 n
L Ni-m-penda-ye, [he or she] whom I love.
Ni-ku-penda-ye^ [thou] „
Ni-wa-penda-o, [you or they] „
n. Ni-u-penda-o [it] which I love.
in. Ni-i-penda-yo,
rV. Ni'ki-penda-cho,
V. Ni-li-pendorlo,
VI. Ni-u-penda-o,
Vn. Ni-pa-penda-po,
Vin. ^t-/ct£^endki-A»,
n. Ni-i-penda-yo, [those] which I love,
in. Ni-zi-penda-zo,
IV. Ni-vi-penda-^vyo,
V. Ni-ya-penda-yo^
VI. Ni-zi-penda-zo,
3. The negative form, expressing Who, or which does
128 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
not, is made by the personal prefix, tho syllable -«-
[not] and the relative sign, followed by the verb.
Sing, Glass I. Ni-n-ye^penda, [I] who love not.
U-si-ye-penda, [thou] who lovest not.
A-si-ye-penda, [he or she] who loves not
„ n. TJ-sirO-angukcij which falls not.
„ m. I-si-yo-anguka,
„ rV. Ki-si-c^uhangukaj
„ V. Li-si-Uhanguka,
„ VI. U'Si-o-angukOf
„ YII. Pa-si-pihangukfi, where falls not.
Ku-si-ho-anguka, whither falls not,
Mursi-mo-anguha, wherein falls not.
Plur. „ I. Tu-svo-penda, [we] who love not.
M-si-o-penda, [you].
Wa-H-o-perida, [they].
„ II. I-8i-y<Hinguhaf which fall not.
„ III. Zi'SirZfHingukaj
„ rV. Virsi-^o-anguTca,
„ V. Ta-si-yo-angukat
„ VI. Zi'St-zo-anguka.
Where the relative is the object of the verb, it is
expressed as in the afiSrmative tenses, by the form of
the relative particle and the insertion of the objective
prefix.
Ni-Bi-zo-zi-penda, which I do not like.
This negative tense may be applied with eqnal pro-
priety to past, present, or future time, amounting in
effect to a negative of the relation at the time and under
the circumstances implied in the context.
The application of the relative to the definite affir-
mative tenses is explained under Pronouns (p. ll9).
The difference between — ^which I like — and — I who
like it — is to be found in the form of the relative
particle.
VERBS. 129
[yyum(a] niU-yo^'penda, [the house] which I liked.
nili-ye^pencUit I who liked it.
[JTiftt] ntH-eho-kipendaf [the thing] which I liked.
nili-ye-kipendc^ I who liked it.
Definite Tenses.
The important part of each tense is the tense j^efix»
It is preceded by the personal sign of the subject, and
may be followed directly by the verb. If any signs of
relation are used they are suffixed to the tense prefix,
and the objective prefix (if any) must always imme-
diately precede the verb. The tense prefix is the same
for all persons and both numbers. The personal prefix
is the same for all tenses, except the slight changes
dependent upon the question whether the first letter of
the tense prefix is a vowel or not.
In order therefore to construct the proper form of
verb, it is necessary first to ascertain the proper personal
prefix, next the proper tense prefix, then the particles
of relation and objective prefix, if they are required,
and then to finish with the verb. Thus, to say, A house
has fallen down. A house is nyumba, a word of the third
class ; the proper personal prefix for a singular noun of
the third class is -t, the tense prefix for the present
perfect is -me-, the verb to fall is ku - anguka (the kvr-
being the sign of the infinitive : we have therefore —
Nyumba imeanguha = a house has fallen down.
If we wished to say. Six houses have fallen down ; we
find that nyumha being of the third class keeps the same
form in the plural ; sita is six, and must follow its noun ;
the subjective prefix proper to plural nouns in the third
130 8WAEILI HANDBOOK,
class is zi" ; the tense prefix and the verb remain the
same.
Nytmba sita zimeanguka, six houses have follen down.
To take one more complicated example, I saw the
knife, which you gave him. The personal prefix for
the first person is ni- or »-, the tense prefix of the past
perfect is -alt-, to see is Jcu-ona, knife is kisu, a substantive
of the fourth class. As some particular knife is intended
we must use the objective prefix, and that for a singular
substantive of the fourth class is -hi-. As the tense
prefix begins with a vowel we must use the personal
prefix which ends in a consonant. We have therefore —
Nalikiona hisu = I saw the knife.
* Which you gave him.' The relative referring to a
singular noun of the fourth class is 'Cho-, It must
follow the tense prefix, which is -ali-, as before, for the
past perfect. The sign of tte second person singular
is M- or w- ; the verb, to give to, is ku-pa. The object
of the verb is Mm, the objective prefix for nouns of the
first class is -ww- or -w-. Putting these together we
have,
Which you gave him, waUehompa,
And the whole sentence,
I saw the knife which you gave him, nalikiona TUtu todlichompa.
It must not be forgotten that ku- and par may be
used for there in an impersonal sense.
Kulikuwa or Falikuwa, there was or there were.
Kukapiga ^i^- and there struck, d^
VEBB8.
131
Indicative Tenses. — ^Present.
There are in the language of Zanzibar two Presents,
one Indefinite and one Imperfect.
1. The Indefinite Present answers to our common
English present, I come, I love, &c. It is made by
prefixing -a- to the verb.
N- \ (I love.
IT-, r-, Ch-, X-, IF-, P-, Kuh
Mvh
W-
r-, z-, vy-, r-, z-
> €t-penda <
Thou lovest.
He or she
loves.
It loves.
We love.
You love.
They love.
2. The Present Imperfect answers to our tense with
am, I am coming, I am loving, &o. It is made by .pre-
fixing -no- to the verb.
Ni- ]
lam
U-
Thou art
A'f U', I', Ki', Li; U"
He, she,
Pa-, Ku-
' na-penda .
or it is
Tu-
We are
*M'
You are
War, J-, Zi', Ft-, To-, Zi-
They are
loving.
In the first person the m-is often contracted into 'n-,
and sometimes altogether omitted. This tense used
after another verb may be translated by an English
present participle.
NamiDona, or Nalimujona anahuja, I see him, oTt I saw him
coming.
In the dialect of Mombas this -ne^ tense is used of
past time. In Zanzibar it is the more usual form of
the present.
K 2
132
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Present Perfeot.
The Present Perfect is made by the prefix -me- : it
denotes an action complete at the time of speaking, and
therefore answers j/o the English tense with liave.
Ni-
U-
A-
U', I-, Ki-
Li'f Pa-, Ku-
Tu-
'M-
TTo-
I-. Zt-, Vi-
Ya-
me-penda .
' I have
Thou hast
He or she has
It has
We have
You have
, They have
► loved.
In verbs denoting a state or the possession of a
quality the present has the meaning of to enter npon,
to acquire, or to become, what the verb denotes. The
-me- tense must then be translated by to have, or to be,
&c. (p. 86).
InajaOy it is getting fdlL
Imejaa, it is full.
Inapasuka, it is being torn.
Imepasuka, it is torn.
InapotecLy it is becoming lost
Imepoteaj it is lost.
Anavaa, he is putting on.
AmevcM, he has put on, therefore, he wears.
When the -me- tense occurs in a narrative, it denotes
an action complete at the time referred to, and must
generally be translated by Ttad.
Nikamwona ameufungua mUmgOt and I saw that he had
un&stened the door.
The -me • tense mav sometimes be translated as a past
VEltBS.
133
participle, signifying a state arrived at at the time of
speaking or at the time referred to.
Tu hayi ao amekufa f Is he alive or dead ?
ZcUihuwa zimepotea, they were lost.
In this sense it may be used to form compound tenses,
somewhat as the past participle is in English.
In some dialects of Swahili the prefix is pronounced
-nui-' rather than -me-. See the end of Ajppendix XT.
Past Perfect.
The Past Perfect tense is made by the prefix -Z»- or
-aZi- : it denotes an action complete in past time. It
must sometimes be translated in English by the tense
with had, but more commonly it represents the indefinite
past, which usually ends in -ed*
I aU-
) K-
) loved.
W-
w-y r-, c%-, ji-
Mw-
r-, Zr, vy, r- J
A-
Li'^ Fa-, Ku'
Tvr
TTo-
-I-,Zt-, Vi; Ta-)
When it is intended to denote the action as a
'I
Thou
He or she
penda \ It
We
You
^They
134
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
continuous one, the syllable -l^ may be inserted after
the tense prefix.
N-dH-ki-mpendc^ I loved him [not once but oontinnously].
W-ali-papendana^ when they loved one another.
W-ali-po-ki-pendanaf while they loved one another.
Narrative Past*
In telling a story it is usual to begin with one Terb
in the -li- tense, and then to put all that follow in a
tense made by the prefix -ha-. This tense includes in
itself the power of the conjunction and. It can never
properly stand at the beginning of a narrative, but no
other past tense can properly be used for any verb
except the first. It may occasionally be used after
another verb, where the time being indefinite would
in English be represented by a present.
Ni-
U-
A-
U; I-, Ki-
14; Pa-, Ku- ) horpenda I ^^^ i* ) loved.
M-
Wa-
I'.Zi'y Fi-, Yor)
Nika- is frequently contracted into Ha-*
Hamwona = Nikamwona = And I saw him.
The 'ha- of this tense is often pronounced -hi- in rapid
or careless talking.
"And I
And thou
And he or she
korpenda ^^^_^^
And we
And you
And they
VERBS.
135
Future.
The Future Tense is made by the prefix -tor.
NU
U-
I shall
A-
Thou wilt
U', I-, Ki-
He or she will
Id-^Por^Ku- )ia'penda {
It will
Tu-
We shall
M-
You will
War
They will
I-, Zi-, Vu, To-.
•
) love.
In the first person the prefix Ni- is often omitted.
Tapenda = Nitapenda =■ I shall love.
When particles of relation are introduced the prefix
'to- is very rarely used ; the tense prefix stands almost
always as -taka-.
AtdkayekujOf [he] who will come.
With particles of relation the difference between the
present, indefinite, and future times is much more care-
fully observed in Swahili than in English.
NUcHapo, when I sleep, i.e., in the case of my sleeping.
Ninapolala, when I sleep, t.6., at the time when I am sleeping.
Nitakapolala, when I sleep, t.6., when I shaU be sleeping.
Mtu aendaye, the man who goes (at any time).
Mtu anayekwenda, the man who is going (now).
Mtu atakayekwenda, the man who goes (at some future time).
Thus, if it is intended to send a man somewhere and
pay him afterwards for his trouble, where it might be
said in English — Tell the man who goes that I will
pay him when he comes back — ^the Swahili verbs must
all be in the future, Mwamhie ifule atakayekwenda kwamha
136
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
ataJcaporudi nitamlijpia. Where it is the fact and noi
the time, person, or thing, that is the important element
of the idea, it is better not to use the particles of rela-
tion, but to employ the -M- tense, which see.
Conditional Tenses.
There are four tenses which may be called Con-
ditional. The first, made with -hi-, expresses a state of
things as supposed to be existing. The second, made
with -jajpo-, expresses a state of things supposed as
possible. The other two refer to contingencies ; one of
them, made with -nge- or -nga-, expresses what would
now be happening, and the contingency on which it
would depend regarded as existing; the other, made
with -ngali-, expresses what would have happened, and
the contingency on which it would have depended
regarded as no longer existing.
Actual Conditional or Participial Tense.
This tense is made with the prefix -K-, and may be
translated by the English present participle, or by as,
if, when, since, though, or any other words by which
the idea of a state of things can be introduced and con-
nected with the rest of the sentence.
Ni' >
U-
I
A-
Thou
r-, I-, Ki-
He or she
Li-, Pa-, Kw hi-penda
It
Tu-
We
M-
You
Wa- {They
I- 7A' Vi' Ya
)
loving.
VERBS. 137
The prefix Niki- iaa,j be contracted into Hi-,
Hifukuza - Nihtfukuza = As I was driving.
Viewed as a present participle, the -Jci- tense can be
used to form compound tenses, especially a past im-
perfect.
Alikuwa akiogolea, he was swimming about.
The following are a few examples of the use of this
tense : —
Nitafurdki nihikuonaf [seeing yon I shall rejoice] I shall be
glad to see yon.
Akija AbddUdh mwamhia, [Abdallah coming, tell him] Tell
Abdallah when he comes.
Nikiwa nacho, [I having it] If I have it — ^when I have it — if 1
shonld have it — in case of my having it — since I have it.
Alipotea akizunguka kwa Hku nibili, [He was lost wandering
for two days] He lo£t his way and wandered about for two
days.
Majivuno yakiwa mengi, [Puffings up being many] Much self-
exaltation.
Cfpepo ukiwa moto hutanua, [Air being hot] Air expands when
it becomes heated.
Akisevna kweli, hasadikitm, [Telling the truth, he is not believed]
If he should tell the truth, he would not be believed.
In this instance the use of the -hi- tense and of the
negative present are both remarkable. It will be seen,
however, npon examination, that there is no real con-
tingency in such a sentence as this. It affirms a fact
in a state of things, not a contingency npon a supposed
state of things ; it is not his telling the truth which
prevents his being beHeved.
A corresponding past tense may be made by the -Z»-
tense with the relative particle -po-.
WalipopendOf when they loved, being that they then loved.
138
BWAEHI HANDBOOK.
^japo-penda^ even if '
n
thou
he or she
it
we
you
\they
love.
PossiBLB Conditional.
Tills tense is made by the prefix -japo-, and puts a
case ; it generally implies that the case is an extreme
or unlikely one. It may be translated by even if.
Ni-
U-
A-
Z7-, I-, Ki'
Id-f Pa-, Ku'
Tu-
M-
Wa-
I-, Zi; Ft-, To- j
The prefix seems to be formed from haja^ to come»
and -po, the particle denoting when or where ; so that
ujapo may be translated, When you come, and so with
the other persons ; this will give the force of the tense.
Wajapokupigay when they come to heating you, i.e., even if
they beat yon.
Jajpo with the personal signs may be used alone in
the sense of — even if.
Ujapo huhionif even if you do not see it.
Peesent Contingent.
This tense is formed by the prefix -nge- or -nga-, and
puts a condition and its results as present. It necessarily
implies that neither are in existence.
Ni-
V-
A-
U-, J-, Ki-
Li-y Fa-, Ka-
Tu-
M-
War
J-, Zi-, Vi'j Tor
) nge-penda
' I should, or if I did
Thou wouldest, or if thou
didst
He, she, or it would, or if
he, she, or it did
We should, or if we did
You would, or if you did
They would, or if they did J
• love.
VEBB8.
139
The -n^o- form is used with monosyllabio verbs —
angatoa — ^thoxigli lie be, or he would be.
The two branches of the contingency cannot in
English be represented by the same tense, as they are
in Swahili. The pair would stand in English, (1) If I
did— (2) I should, &c. (1) If it were— (2) it wotdd
be, &c. Or ihey might stand, (1) Though I did —
(2) yet I should, &c.
The second branch is sometimes represented in
English by a past tense ; sometimes both are.
Kama ungekuwa na aJcUi, moZt ydko ungedumu nayo^ [If you
"were with wits, your property you would continue with itj
If you were a man of understanding, your property would
be (or would have been) yours still.
Past Contingent.
This tense is made with the prefix -ngali-. It sup-
poses something at a past time, and concludes that
something else would then have happened, also at a
past time. It represents the English — If this had
happened, that would have happened. It supposes that
neither condition nor contingency did ever in fact
occur. In English a past tense is often used to express
a present contingency, but the Swahili seem to dis-
tinguish them more carefully.
Had I, or I should have
Hadst thou, or thou
wouldest haye
Had he, she, or it, or he,
she, or it would have
ngali-penda i Had we, or we should ) loved.
have
Had you, or you would
have
Had they, or they would
ha^e ^
U-
A-
U', I-, Ki-
Li't Pa-, Ku'
Tu-
WOr
I-, Zir, Vi-, To- J
140 8WAEILI EAtlDBOOK.
There is always an accent on the personal prefix fend
none on the tense prefix, thns Hmgalihuja^ dngaliSna^ <&c.
Kama ungalikuwapo hapa, ndugu yangu aTtgaHpona^ J£ you
had been here, my brother would have got well
The Imperative.
It has been mentioned above that the simplest form
of the verb may be used for the Imperative as in
English. The final letter of verbs in -a is frequently
changed into e-. The plural is made by adding -nt.
Penda, or Pende^ love thou. Pendant, or Pendent, love ye.
Twaa,, or TuHie, take thou. Twa^ni, or Twasni, take ye.
SifUf praise thou. Bifuni, praise ye.
Fikiri, consider thou. Fikirini^ consider ye.
The form ending in -e is the more commonly used in
Zanzibar. The other persons are supplied by the use
of the Subjunctive.
Ka- may be prefixed to the Imperative to connect it
with a preceding verb.
Kajificheni, and hide yourselves.
The Subjunctive.
The Subjunctive is made by prefixing the personal
sign, and when the verb ends in -a changing that
letter into -e. It may be translated into a variety of
English forms. It may be used as an imperative or
jussive, and is the only form that can be so used in the
first and third persons.
Nipende, let me love.
When used with an interrogative it may be translated
— am I to — is he to, &c.
Nifany^ef What am I to do?
VERBS.
141
It is the proper form to express purpose or object — that
I may, &c. — ^and must be used in many cases where in
English the infinitive is employed.
Mwanibie akusayidie^ tell him to help yon, or speak to him
that he may help you.
Where no purpose is implied the infinitive is used as
in English.
I want to sleep, nataka huUiUu
The force of the conjunction and may be expressed
by inserting -hi- after the personal prefix. And is used
in English in many cases where the second action is
more or less the object with which the first is to be
done, as in — try and find, &c. In such cases -ha- must
not be used, but only the subjunctive in its simple
form.
Ni-
u-
1
A-, 17-, I-
thoa
Ki', Li-, Pa-
he or she
Ku- )pende, ThB.t \
it
Tu-
we
rn'
s
you
Wa-.I-.Zi-
.they
Ft-, Yd-
may love.
Verbs which end in -t, -e, or -«, keep the same final
letter in the subjunctive.
The iNFiNinvB.
The Infinitive is made in all cases by prefixing -hu,
Ku'penda, to loYe. '
KiHma, to see.
waeili handbook.
cvriiicA -tf- btiibie a, d, and t, and often
.1*
.'v wnommo, to telL
jiat^'iOf to tiniah.
A-0(^ ru bttthOi
:v« jii^y always be nsed to express the
.^N- .y [iie verb,
vtt^/MiuMa, mutu&l loving.
V . "% V iLliomatio uses of the Infinitive Mood,
^.^\ai» and may be mentioned here, the
^ ;o ^'Uier a grammatical, contrivance.
;. ;xiu of a verb may be preceded by the
. .c suuo verb, the effect being rather to
/^. ..,.L i;ive prominence to the idea conveyed
.«j^L -:o omphasize the mode of an action.
. ..a.»i*/iH iUJ to dying, yon will die. Dying,
_.!< **j1 happen to you. Not, you will
^^ ^\ :iuite form of the verb, and espe-
;ftH» 'v^^uld be closely followed by another
.^^.v^ xiu, connected with the former verb
-^ ,Ki N^plo copula * na,^ the second verb
. :,» vjjjiitive mood. By this device the
^j, i ;3k aeries of personal and other
of successive verbs is neatly
hUukuzwa" for anayetuhuzwa^
igjbrified."— A. C. M.]
VERBS. 143
Participles.
IK
There are properly no Participles in Swahili. The
present participle in -ing m&j be represented by the
-anor- tense of an incomplete action, by the -hi- tense
of a state of continued action, or by the use of the
relative.
The man sitting yonder, mtu dkaaye hule.
The past participle may be represented by the -me-
tense of a completed action, or by the relative when
used adjectivally.
Nimekiona kisu Mlichopotea, I have found the lost knife.
The Negative Conjugation.
All Swahili verbs may be employed with negative
prefixes to denote the reverse of their affirmative
meaning. It must be observed that the negative forms
do not simply deny the affirmative forms but rather
reverse them.
Napenda kwenda, I like going.
Nataka kwenda, I want to go.
Sipendi kwenda, I dislike going,
Sitaki kwenda, I want not to go.
In English I do not want is not so strong e;R I do not
like, but in Swahili sitdki is stronger than sipendi.
The negative tenses are formed by negative personal
prefixes, which, except in the first person singular, are
made from the affirmati-^ forms by prefixing ha-.
For the negative combined with the relative, see
p. 120.
. ..11^ 11 -a chan£:e that letter
v>-*:MUi*iu Tinoiiaiiged.
!■•
t ]
1 rhou
Tlv' v>r she
love not
It
or
Wt}
do not love
You
1^ They >
% If
ivi-o general negative tlian the
. .,.<. It is nsed for both past and
. . ic -.'v^jiaiive depends upon some cause
v,,K\i ^\ I ho time referred to.
. . lis auvl other tenses often disappears
Su\^v^*, I vio not fear.
NiAJAiivK Past.
v^.iiiNO form referring to past time
.,,,.0 >\ uho negative prefixes followed
«%
I
Thou
lie or
she
did not love
. *
You
,Thoy
or
have not lovr d.
'••'■ ■■
. *.v 5«^t>W negative prefixes may be
V V mhrfmgo^ tt*^ ^ ^^^ become a liar ?
VEBB8.
145
have not yet loyed.
The not yet Tense.
There is a negative tense made by the use of the
negative prefixes followed by -ja-y which is a sort of
negative present perfect, denying the action up to the
time of speaking.
Si- ^
Ha-, Hau-, Bai- Thou
Haki-, Hall- He or she
Hapa-, Hdkw ja-penda { I*
Hatu- We
Ham' You
HauHi-, Hat', Hazi- They
Havi-t Saych- J
The word hado is often used with this tense where
it is intended rather to imply that what has not yet
happened will some day come to pass.
Hajaja, he is not yet oome, he is not come even now.
Hajaja hadoj he is not come, at least not yet.
The -a- of -ja- coalesces with t and e into a long -e-
sound.
Sajesha = Hajaisha = He has not yet finished.
Negative Futuee.
The negative future is made from the affirmative
future by merely using negative instead of afi&rmative
personal prefixes.
Si-
Eu-
Hd-, Hau-f HaU
Haki', HaU-
HapOft Haku-
HcUth
Ha/mr
jBatoo-, jBai-, Hasi-
Hatfi-t Hayor
torpenda ^
I shall not
Thou wilt not
He, she, or it
will not
We shall not
Tou will not
They will not
love.
146
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
Conditional Tenses.
The case of not being or not doing is put by a tenue
formed by the affirmatiYe prefixes followed by sipo- ;
it may be translated by the present participle with a
negative, or by as, if, when, though, since, or any other
word by which the case of not being, having, or doing,
may be introduced.
Ni'
U-
lA', Par, JBTtt-
Tu-
War, I-, Zt; Vi-
Ta
sipo-penda i
I
Thon
He or she
It
We
You
LThey
not loving.
This tense may be also used to translate an English
affirmative preceded by except or unless,
AHpojfm, unless he knows.
Asipokuwa Ahddllah, except Abdallah.
Contingent Tenses.
The negative contingent tenses, present and past,
are made from the a£&rmative forms by merely using
negative instead of affirmative personal prefixes.
Did I or I should
Si-
Hu-
Ha-, Hau-t Eai-
Haki-, Hali-
Wapor, EaJeU'
HaiU'
Ham-
Hawa-, Hai', Ha^i-'
nge-penda
Didst thou or Thou
wouldest
Did he, she, or it,
or He, she, or it
would
Did we or We
should
Did you or you
woidd
Did they or They
. would
not love.
VEBBS.
147
8i'
Hu-
Ha-j Eau-f Hat'
Edki', HcHi-
Hapor, Haku-
Batu-
JSam-
HavM-y Bai-
Bazi', Bavi-
Baya-
) not loved.
Had I or I should
have
Hadet thou or Thou
wouldest have
Had he, she, or it,
1 or He, she, or it
\ ngali'pendax would have
1 Had we or We should
have
Had you or You
would have
Had they or They
would have
Negative Imperative.
The negative imperative is made by the use of si
(not), with the affirmative forms.
Si penda, love not.
8i Hfu, praise not.
Si pendent, love ye not.
Si sifuni, praise ye not
The negative subjunctive is more often used in this
sense than the imperative form.
Negative Subjunctive.
The negative subjunctive is made from the affirma-
tive form by inserting -«t- between the affirmative
personal prefix and the verb.
u-
A-, U-, I-
£i-, Li-,
POr.KVr
Tu-
War, I-, Zir
Vir, To-
I si-pende. That /
'I may
thou mayest
he, she, or
it may
we may
you may
they may
not love.
L 2
148
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The -» of -8t- often disappears before a vowel.
asende, that he may not go.
The negative subjunctive may be Englisbed in
several different ways. It may be used as above of a
purpose not to doy or it may be used of a purpose to do
which fails.
Akamtafuta (mmtmme, he looked for him, but did not see him
oTy without seeing him.
This form is commonly used for the negative
imperative.
NisendSf let me not go. Usende, don't go.
A form of subjunctive connected with the not yet
tense is made by the use of -sije- with the affirmative
prefixes.
Ni-
U-
A-, U-, I-
Ki-, Li-
Fa-, Ku-, \ sije-'pendcLj That
Tu- '
M-
Wor, I-, Zi-
Vi-, Va-
I may
thou mayest
he, she, or it
may
we may
you may
they may
not have already
loved.
This tense may often be translated by before.
Utampata asijelala, jon will oatch him before he goes to sleep.
-sije with the personal prefixes may be used as a
complete word followed by the -ha- tense.
Niiije nikafa, that I may not be already dead, or, that I may not
die before, &c.
VERB8. 149
Negative Infinitive.
The negative infinitive is made by the use of hatoa
(to put out), often contracted into hito- and used as a
prefix.
Kutoa huyenda^ or KuUypenda, not to love, or not loving, to
dislike, or disliking.
The Passive Voice.
The Passive is made from the Active by merely
inserting -w- before the final vowel.
Napenda, I love. Napendiua, I am loved.
Sipendi, I do not love. Stpendm, I am not loved.
NimependOy I have loved. Nvmependwa^ I have been loved.
Kvpendctf to love. Kupendtoa, to be loved.
Verbs ending in two vowels often use the passive of
their applied form. See pp. 151, 161.
The P^ussive is used in a sort of impersonal way to
denote what is intended to be done.
Maji yamehwenda leuletwa^ some one has gone to get water.
Pesa zimehwenda huvunjuja, some one has gone to get pice in
exchange for silver.
Auxiliary and Irregular Verbs.
As the Auxiliary verbs are mostly also irregular, it
will be best to speak of their irregularities first, and
afterwards of their use in making compound tenses.
Monosyllabic verbs and most dissyllabic words be-
ginning with a vowel, retain the hu- of the infinitive
in those tenses in which the tense prefix ends in a
150 8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
syllable incapable of bearing the accent. These tense
prefixes are -na-, -ame-j -aZ*-, -tor, -japo', -nge-j -ngali-,
and 'Sije-. The other prefixes, -a-, -Jka-, -hi-, -ngcL-^ -Jh*-,
-ja-y -si-j are capable of bearing the accent, and the hu-
is not retained when they are used. The personal
signs, both subjective and objective, can bear the
accent, the relative signs cannot.
Thus, from kuja, to come, we have : —
NajOy I come. Ninakuja, I am coming.
Nikajay and I came. Nimejcuja, I have come.
Nikijoy I coming. NaUkuja^ I came.
8i}% I come not. Nitakuja, I shall come.
Sikujay I did not come. Nijapokuja^ even if I come.
Sijaja, I am not yet come. Ningektya, I should come.
Niiijey let me not come. Ningalikuja, I should have come.
Nisijekuja, before I come.
Nije, let me not come. NisipokujOy when I come not.
Ajaye^ he who comes. AliyekujOy he who came.
Nijaye, I who come.
It is shown that this irregularity depends upon the
power of certain syllables to support the accent by
the changes which occur when an objective prefix is
inserted.
Amekula, he has eaten.
Ame'irdctf he has eaten him.
The verb hupa, to give to, is peculiar in always re-
quiring an objective prefix, and therefore never having
occasion to be irregidar.
With dissyllables beginning with a vowel it is gene-
rally indifferent whether the hu- is retained or not.
AmekwUha or Ameiska, he has finished.
Amekwanza or Ameanza, he has begun.
VERBS. 151
Many verbs occur with or without a w-, which seems
to be a relic of the -hk-.
Kuiva or KuwivOj to ripen.
Kuaza or Kuioazci, to oonsider.
The word huja, to come, stands alone in having an
irregular imperative.
Njoo, oome. Njooni, oome ye.
Monosyllabic verbs and some dissyllables make their
passives in a more or less irregular way. The follow-
ing is a list of the monosyllabic verbs with their
passives : —
Kuchfi, to fear. Kuchiocty to be feared.
Kula, to eat. KuUuxi, to be eaten.
Kunyuja, to drink. Kunyvsewa^ to be drunk.
KupOy to give to. Kupa^oa or Kupewa, to receive.
£tto%a is used in the dialect of Lamoo for to fear, the
word used at Zanzibar being huogopa. Kucha means
at Zanzibar to rise (of the sun), and hichwa (or, in the
dialect of Mombas, hutwa) means to set. The other
monosyllabic verbs, hufa, to die, huja, to come, hunya,
to feJl like rain, huwa, to be, being neuters, do not
make a passive.
Two dissyllabic verbs make their passive by merely
adding -wa to the active form.
JSTtftio, to kill. Kuuawdi to be killed.
KufuOj to beat KufuatoOy to be beaten.
Verbs ending in two vowels often insert an -U in
making their passive. See under Applied Forms, pp.
158-169.
Kuzaa^ to bear. Kuzawa or KuzaHwa, to be bom.
Kuhomityoa, to ransom. Kukomholewck^ to be ransomed.
KufunguOf to open. KufunguUuHif to be opened.
152 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The origin of this use lies probably in the difGicnlty
of pronouncing distinctly the regular passive forms.
Verbs ending in -e make their passive in -ewa.
Kfuamehe^ to pardon. Kusamehewti, to be pardoned.
Verbs ending in -i make their passives in -iwa.
Kukiriy to oonfess. KuhiriuHif to be oonfessed.
Verbs in -u generally make their passive in -iwa.
Kuhartbu, to destroy. KuharibitDOy to be destroyed.
Where the -u is preceded by a vowel the passive is
made in -vlitoa.
Kusahau, to forget KusahaulitocL, to be forgotten.
The verb huwa^ to be, has several peculiarities. The
Present tense is very seldom used in its regular form.
For the Present tense m (or, in the negative, si) may
be used for all persons and both numbers, or the per-
sonal prefix appropriate to the subject of the verb may
stand alone. Ni is apparently preferred where being
is the important part of the idea ; the personal prefix
is used where the being of that particular thing is
intended specially to be noticed. Tu (not A) is used
for he or she is.
8% hweUt ni hwifu <u, it is not true, it is only flattery.
Ta tayari, we are ready.
When joined with a relative the regular form has
the meaning of who may he.
Awaye yoUy whoeyer it be.
Where no stress is intended to be laid on the heing^
the verb to be, when joined with a relative pronoun, is
VEBBS. 153
represented by the syllable -U-. See Belatives, p. 118.
lA is used, though but rarely, with the personal signs
to form a tense with the meaning— continuing to be.
A narative past is also formed with it in the sense of —
I have continued to be.
Nili hcdi ya kuwajuu ydke^ I being on his back.
NtkcUi nihipotea, and I go on wandering.
In many cases where the verb toheia used in English
merely to connect the parts of the sentence it is in
SwahiH omitted altogether.
Kwa nini uoeye kutoa kuonekana hizi giku nyingif why piave]
you [been] invisible, i,e.. Why have you kept out of sight so
long?
Tupi mkuu woof who [is] their chief?
Nyama ya hifaro ngumu mno, rhinoceros meat [is] very tough.
The Present Perfect has the meaning of has become.
Manenoye yamekuwa uwongoy his words are become false.
The Past Perfect must be used to translate was and
ujere,
NUipohuwa Sultani, when I was Sultan.
The English has or have been must be translated by
a present.
Nipo hapa tilcu nyingi, I have been here many days.
The Imperative is used with an i prefixed.
Itoe, be thou. Iweniy be ye.*
In the negative present and with relatives si is used
as ni and -Zi- are in the affirmative tense. The regular
forms are also used, though but rarely.
* The subjunctive forms utoe^ mioe are commonly preferred in
Zanzibar. — ^A. G. M.
154 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The verb to he is used in English sometimes to
denote existence viewed as an ultimate fact, sometimes
to denote existence in place and time, sometimes to
denote existence as the possessor of certain qualities,
or the doer or sufferer of certain acts. In Swahili these
three uses are distinguifilied by the employment of
different forms.
The simple form of the verb is used only to denote
existence as the possessor of qualities, or the doer or
sufferer of acts.
Existence merely in place and time, whether the
place and time are in English expressed or no, is
denoted in Swahili by the addition to the verb of -po,
-mo, or 'Tco, as the case may be. See Eelatives, p. 120.
He is at my bouse, Yuko kwcmgu.
He is here, Yupo hapa.
He is in the house, Yumo nyumhani.
When he was liere, Alipokuwapo hapa.
Where are they ? Ziko wapi ?
Existence viewed as a fact in itself is denoted by the
addition of na to the verb, being the same form as is
used for the verb to have. Na is joined to the personal
prefixes to make the present tense, in aU other tenses
it is treated as a separate word, and has generally the
appropriate relative sign suffixed to it.
Kuna mtUf there is a man.
Kulihuwa na mtu, there was a man.
Zinazo, they are.
Zilikuvoa naao, they were.
In Swahili there is properly no verb to have. They
employ for it hutoa na, to be with.
TEBB8. 155
JVtna, I have.
Nalikuwa na^ I had.
Nitakuwa na, I shall have.
Niwe no, that I may have.
Where tlie objective prefix would be used with, an
ordinary verb, the appropriate relative particle must
be suffixed to the na as well as to the tense prefix*
NinazOf I have them.
Miyekuwa nazo, who had them.
Alizohuwa nazo, which he had-
Auxiliary Verbs.
The Verbs used as Auxiliaries are, kuwa, to be, hutoa,
to take out, kuja, to oome, kwisha, to come to an end.
Can is represented by the appropriate tenses of
kuweza, to be able. Must is expressed by sharti, of
necessity, or by the negative tenses of kuwa na hvddi^
to have an escape from.
8ina huddi, I must.
Asiwe na huddi, that he may be obliged.
After Jcuwa na huddi either the infinitive or subjunc-
tive may be employed.
Ofight may be represented by the tenses of kupasa, to
concern, or, to come to concern. Should is expressed
in the same way when it implies obligation, and by the
contingent tenses when it expresses a contingency.
Imenipasa hwenda^ it concerns me to go, i.e., I ought to go.
Imenipasa nisende, it ooncems me that I go not, t.e., I ought not
to go.
Kujpasa is also used as follows : —
Satkunipasa mimi, it is no business of mine.
Imekupasani i What have you to do with it ?
Amenipcua mtnit, he is a connection of mine.
156 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
May and might may be represented by Icuweza where
they imply power, by haJali, lawful, where they imply
lawfulness, and by the subjimctiye where they imply a
•purpose.
The use of huja as an auxiliary has been mentioned
under the 'japo-, -ja-^ and sije- tenses, pp. 138, 146, 14S.
Kutoa is used to oonvey a negation in cases where
the regular negative tenses cannot conveniently be
used.
With the infinitive it is frequently contracted into
'to-, and used as a mere formative.
Kutoa huja, or Kutohuja, not to come.
Kutoa kupenda, or Kutopenda, not to loye.
The meaning of these negative infinitives may be
given as, putting out coming, barring coming, coming
not happening. A transitive form may be made by the
use of hutosha, to make to go out.
Kutosha kumvouliza, to exclude asking him.
In many cases kutoa may be translated by, to forbear,
or, to neglect.
Ametoa kuja, he has neglected coming, he has not eome.
Nikitoa kuja, if I forbear from coming, or, so long as I do not
come.
The negative tenses do not furnish a true present
perfect. The past, hikuja, is, he did not come; the
present, haji, implies rather that he never will, that
coming is not to be predicated of him at all. The
difference between nmpdkuja and nilcitoa huja is repre-
sented in English by that between, if I come not, and,
while I come not. In all cases the use of toa connects
VEBB8. 157
the negatioa with the tense only ; the negative tenses
imply that the opposite of the verb might be affirmed.
Ktoisha may often be translated by already.
AmehwWha huja^ he has already come.
Nimekwisha kuUif I have done eating.
It is used to strengthen the present perfect, convey-
ing the meaning that something is not merely done,
but fully done and over.
A somewhat similar effect is produced on the present
by using hatika hmsha.
Ni hatika kwisha ktday I am finishing eating, I am just leaving
off, I have very nearly done.
Kuwa, to be, is used in Swahili very much as it is in
English, the -H- and -me- tenses of the principal verb
being used as present and past participles.
Nili nikienda^ I continuing to be going.
Nikali ntkienda, and I am still going.
Nikiwa nikieTida, I being going, while going.
Nikiwa nimekwenda, I being gone, having gone.
Nikiwa nimekunsha kuoenda, having already gone
Nalikuwa nikienda, I was going.
Nalikuwa nivnekwenda, I was gone, I had gona
Nalikuwa nimekwisha kwenda, I had already gone.
Nitakuvja nikienda, I shall be in the act of going.
Nit€ikuv)a nimekwenda, I shall be gone.
Nitakuwa nimekwisha kwenda, I shall have already gone.
Nitakuvoa nUiokwenda, I shall be who has gone, I shall have
gone, I shall have gone to or been at.
Kuwa na, to have, is not used as an auxiliary.
Derivative Verbs.
There are four derivative forms which may be con-
structed out of any Swahili verb, where in English
158 BWABILI HANDBOOK,
we must use either another verb or some compound
expression.
1. What may be called the applied form is used in
cases where in EngUsh a prepLion would De exn-
ployed to connect the verb with its object. By the use
of this form verbs which have things for their objects
may be made to apply to persons.
This form is made by inserting % or e before the final
-a of the simple verb. I is used when the vowel of the
preceding syllable is a, i, or it. E ib used when the
vowel of the preceding syllable is e or o.
Kufanya, to make. Kufanyia, to make for.
KuLeta^ to bring. Kuletea, to bring for.
KusihitikcLj to be sorry. Kusikitikict, to be sorry for, to pity
KuokOj to bake. Kuohea^^ to bake for.
Kuanguha, to fall down. Kuangukia^ to faU down to.
Where the simple verb ends in two vowels the sup-
pressed I appears in the applied form.
jETtfzao, to bear. KuzdHa, to bear to.
Kukwea, to dlmb. Kukweleay to climb for.
Kusikia, to hear. Kusihilia, to listen to.
Kuko^niboa^ to redeem. Kukombolea, to redeem for.
Kununua, to bny. Kununuliaf to bny for.
The following is a list of the monosyllabic verbs
with their applied forms : —
Kuchtty to fear. Kuckelectj to fear for.
Kufa, to die. Kt^ to die to.
Kuja, to come. Kujia, to come to.
Kula, to eat. KtUta, to eat with.
Kunya, to fall (like rain). Kunyea, to fall upon.
Kunywa, to drink. Ktmywea, to drink with.
Kutca, to be. ^ Kutoia, to be to.
KuzcL, to sell, makes KuHzct, to sell to.
VEUBS. 159
Kupa, to give to, having already an applied meaning,
has no applied form. There is a difficnlty in expressing
what would have been the meaning of the simple form.
Kutoa is nsed for to give, in the sense of parting with.
Such expressions as, which was given yon, mnst be
rendered by a change of person — uliopewa, which you
had given to yon, or, which you received. Which he
gave me, is very commonly rendered niliopewa naye.
Verbs ending in -4 and -u make their applied forms
in -ia.
Kufasiriy to explain. Kufcuiria, to explaiQ to.
Kuharihu, to destroy. KuharihiOj to destroy for.
The great paucity of prepositions in Swahili brings
the applied forms of verbs into constant use. The
only difficulty in their application lies in the exact
discrimination of the meaning of the simple word.
Many Swahili verbs imply in their simple form what
can only be expressed in English by the use of a pre-
position. Whenever a really good dictionary shall have
been compiled it will supply all the necessary informa-
tion. The applied form may be rendered by inserting
any preposition which will suit the context. Thus,
hushuhudia is, to bear witness about, for, or against, as
the case may be, and kuneneay which means to speak
about, may have to be translated by, to recommend, or
to decry, to scold, or to describe. The simple word
nena has in itself the force of to mention, so that it is
not necessary to use the applied form as a translation
of to speak of, where it means no more than to
mention.
Sometimes the shape of the word will be a useful
160 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
reminder to foreignen of its exact meaninp: ; thus,
IcwpaUa^ which may be roughly translated to Iom^ is in
the shape of an applied form, and really is one, its
exact meaning being, to become lost to. I^ therefore,
we want to say, I have lost my knife, the constraction
must be altered into, my knife has become lost to me
{hisu ehangu himenipotea)^ the subject and object having
to change places.
Where in English a preposition connected with the
verb can stand by itself at the end of the sentence, the
applied form must be used in SwahilL
A knife to cat with, hint eha kukatia.
Stones to grind wheat with, mawe ye htuagia ngano,
A place to come ont at, mahaU pa htUoJeea.
A bag to put money in, mfuko wa TcutUia feOia,
In these sentences the use of the possessive particle
-a for the English to^ denoting a purpose or employ-
ment, must be observed and remembered. This particle
turns what follows into a sort of adjective in this, as
in all other cases in which it is followed by a word
which is capable of denoting a quality. It is somewhat
like the English expressions, a man of senae^ a building
of great solidity, dc.
When an applied form is followed by mbali it conveys
the idea that as a consequence of the action denoted by
the simple verb something is put out of the way, or
got rid of.
AfiU, or Afie mbali, that he may die out of our way.
Tumwulie mbdli, let us kill him and done with it.
PoteUa mbalit perish out of my way = go and be hanged.
The passive of the applied form has a meaning which
VERBS. ICl
it requires some attention to remember and apply
rightly, though it is strictly according to the rule that
the object of the active becomes the subject of the
passive voice.
Kuleteaf to bring to. Kuletewa, to have brought to one.
Kufanyia, to make for. Kufanyiwa, to have made for one.
It is often difficult in English to express this passive
without using an altogether different word. What
suggests itself at first to an English ear, that the
passive of to bring to would be to he brought to, is wrong,
and must be carefully avoided. Sometimes a change
of prepositions will suffice to render the passive cor-
rectly ; hupa may be translated to present to, and then
kupewa is not to he presented to, but to he presented with.
Passives made in -liwa and -lewa are used as the
passives of both the simple and the applied form.
Kufunguliwa may be used as the passive of hufungua,
meaning, to be unfastened, or as the passive of Jcufun-
gulia, meaning then, to have unfastened for one. It
can never mean, to be unfastened for. If it is necessary
to express a passive in that form it must be done by
changing the construction.
A cry was made at him, alipigiwa uJcelele [he had made at him
aery].
The door was opened for him, alifunguliioa mlango [he had
opened for him the door].
2. The Causative form is made by changing the final
-a into 'Sha or -za.
Kupungua, to grow less. Kupunguza, to make to grow less.
Kuzidi, to grow greater. Kuzidiaha, to make greater.
162 SWAEILl HANDBOOK.
When the final -a is preceded by a consonant the
^neral rule is to use the applied form as the basis of
the causative.
Kupenda^ to like. Kwpendeza, to please.
Kufanya, to make. Kufanyiza, to cause to make.
Kttpandat to go up. Kupandisha, to make to go up.
Verbs which end in the simple form in -ta end in
the causative form in -sa,
Kutakata, to be clean. Kutakasct, to make clean.
Verbs which end in -ha may be turned into causa-
tives by changing -ha into -sha.
Kuwdka^ to be on fire. KuwashcL, to set on fire.
Kulainikaf to be soft. KtHainisha, to make soft.
Kutoka, to go out. KutoBha^ to make to go out
Kushukat to go down. Knshusha, to let down.
The causatives of verbs ending in -e, -i, or -u are
constructed on the applied form.
Kukaribuj to come near. KukaribUha^ to make to come near.
3. The Neuter, or quasi passive form is made by
changing the final -a into -ha,
Kufungim, to unfasten. Kufunguka, to be unfastened.
Kiiokoa, to save. Kuokoka^ to be saved.
Where the final -a is preceded by a consonant the
neuter is constructed from the applied form.
Kuvunja, to break. Kuvunjika, to be broken.
Kukata, to cut. Kukatika^ to be cut.
VEBBS, 163
CansatlYes in -sha may be turned into neuters by
changing sha into -ha,
Kustusha, to startla Kustuka, to be startled.
Verbs in -e, -t, and -u, construct their neuters on the
applied forms.
Kusamehe, to forgive. KusamehekOj to be forgiven.
KufasiHt to explain. Kufasirika^ to be explained.
Kuharibu, to destroy. Kuharibika, to be destroyed.
The -ha form is used (like the English passive) to
denote what is generally done or doable.
KuUkay to be eaten, or, to be eatable.
4. Eeciprocal forms are made by changing -a into
-ana.
Kupenda, to love. Kupendana, to love one another.
KupigOj to beat. Kupigana, to beat one another, to fight
Verbs in -e, -t, and -u construct their reciprocals
upon the applied forms.
Kukaribu, to come near. Kukaribiana, to come near to one
another.
The reciprocal form of the -ha form may be translated
by to be to be, &c.
Kupatikana, to be to be got.
Kujulikcmay to be to be known, to be knowable
Kuoekcmiij to be to be seen, to be visible.
The derived forms are conjugated and treated in
every way as though they were original words, and
other derived forms may be made from them to any
extent that may be required.
164
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
The applied form of an applied form generally sig-
nifies to do a thing to or for a person for a purpose.
Doubling the verb gives an idea of thoroughness.
Kukaia, to cut.
Kutafuta, to seek.
Kuchafukay to be in a mess.
Kupasuhaj to be torn.
Kukatika, to be cut
KukcUaJeatiif to cut up.
Kutafutatafuta, to seek all about
KuchafukachafukOj to be all in a
mess.
Kupasukapasukaf to be torn to
shreds.
EukatikaJcatikii, to be all cut
about;
( 165 )
LIST OF VERBS.
As it is necessary to put to before the English Verb to make the Infinitive,
so it is necessary to prefix ku- to make the Infinitive in Swahili. Before
Monosyllabic Verbs the hi- bears the accent, and is retained in several of
the tenses. See p. 149.
Ahaeey thill.
AbhoTj chnkia.
be Able, weza.
Abolish, batili, tangua, ondosba.
Abound loiih, jaa.
Absorb, nwa, pass, nwewa.
Abstain from, epuka, epubhwa (to
be kept from).
Abuse (by words), tnkana.
Accept^ kuball, takabali, pokea (re-
oeive),
be acceptable or accepted, kuba-
lika.
Accompany, fiiatana na, andamana.
(part oi the way), sindikiza, adL
Accuse, tuhumu, shtakl.
Accustom, zoeza.
become a,ccu8tomed, zoea.
Ache, uma.
My head aches, kitwa chauma or
kinaniuma.
Acknowledge, ungama, kubali, kiri.
Acquiesce, nyams^ rithia.
Acquit, acba.
be acquitted, toka.
Act, tenda.
Adapt, fanya.
Add to, ongeza, zldislia.
Add up, jumlisha.
Adjoin, tangamana.
Adjourn, akirisha.
stand over, akiri.
be Adjudged^ fetiwa.
Adjure, apisba.
Admire, penda.
I admire him, ameni'^'^Tideza.
Admit, ingiza, acba kuiugia.
Adorn, pamba.
Adorn oneself, fanya uzuri.
Adulterate, ghosbi.
commit AduUery, zini, zinga.
Advance, endelea mbele.
Advance money to a trader, ko-
pesba.
be Adverse, gomba, teta.
Advise, pa sbauri.
Adze, cbonga.
Affect to be, jifanya, jiona.
Afflict, tesa.
be Afraid, ogopa, cba (A.).
Agitate, sukasoka.
166
BWAEILI IIAN.DBOOK.
Agree (come to an agreement)^ patana,
afikana, tuliliana, lekezanya,
tnzanya (A.).
(be mutually satUfiod^ rathiana.
(be alike), elekea, lingana.
AiiOy twaa shabaha.
Alamij ogofisha, ogofya, tisba.
be alarmed [kii-]wa na khofii,
iugiwa na khofu.
Alienage, fEunkisha.
be alienated, £u:akana.
Allege a defect in, umbua.
Allot amongst many, awaza.
AUow, acha, pa ruksa, ruhusu.
Alter, (neut.) badili, badilika, geuka.
(act.) geuzsk, badili.
Amaze, ajaabisha.
be amazed, toshea.
Amend, fanyiza, tengeneza.
(of a person reforming), tulia.
Amuse, zumgumza.
Anchor, tia nanga.
Anger, tia hasira, ghathabieha.
be Angry, Pni-]wa na haara, gha-
thabika.
be Angular, [kii-]wa na pembe-
pembe.
Announce, hubiri.
Annoy, sumbua, sumbtisha, taa-
bisha, hatiki (A.)-
Annul, tangua, batili, ghaiii.
be Annulled, tangnka.
Ansicer, jibu.
Answer when c filed, itika, itikia.
Anticipale for, onea.
be Anxious, tahamki, taabika.
make Anxious, tabarakisha, taa-
bisba.
Apostatize (become an infidel), ku-
furu.
Appear, onekana (become mmkle),
tokea (come o«< to).
Apply onesdf to, tenda.
Appoint, nasibu, aini, chagua cf
teua (select).
Approach, karibia, jongea.
Approa/!h one another, karibiana.
Bring near, jongeza, karibisha.
Approve, kubali, penda, rathi.
Argue, jadiliana, shindana (dispute
together).
Arise, ondoka.
Arm, pa selaba.
Arm oneself, twaa selaba.
Arrange, panga, andika, pangisba,
ratlbu, fanya.
be Arrogant, gbnrika.
Arrive, fika, wasili.
arrive at one*8 destinatiMi, koma.
make to arrive, fikisha, wasilisba.
reach a person, fikia, wasilia.
Ascend, paa, kwea, panda.
Ascertain, bakiki, uyuzi.
be ascertained, kinika.
be Ashamed, ona haya, tabayari.
malee ashamed, tia haya, tabaya-
risba.
Ask, uliza^ nza, saili.
Ask for, taka.
Malce inquiries on behalf of any-
one, nlizia, uuzia, sailia.
Ask how one does, uliza bali.
Ask in marriage, posa.
Assemble, (act.) kusanya, kutanisba.
(neut.) kutana, k^l8anyik£^ kusa-
nyana.
Assent, knbali, itikiza, afikana, ra-
thiana.
Assert, sema.
He asserts thai he saw a ship,
kamma aliona jahasi.
He asserts that he walked on the
water, kamma alikwenda mtoni
kwa mgun.
LIST OF VERBS.
167
Astonish^ ajabiaha, taajalnfiha.
be astonishedy toshea, shangaa,
taajabika, toshewa, staajabu.
Astound, shangaza.
Atone for J setiri.
Attoi^y gandamia, gandamiza, am-
bisa.
be aUachedy ambatana (of things),
ambisana (of people).
Attaek, sbambulia.
AtUick people wantonly^ [kii-]wa
na jeuri.
Attend (toait upon), ngojea, fuata.
Attend to, sikia, pulika (A.), si-
kilia.
not to attend, ghafalika.
refuse to attend, jipurukusl^a.
be Audible, sikiliana, sikizana.
Avail, faa.
Avoid, epuka.
get out of the way of, epa.
be avoidahle, epeka, epukika.
Avow, knbali.
Awake (neuL), amka.
waken (acL), amsha.
B.
Backbite, chongeleza.
Betray, kbinL
Bake, oka.
(pottery), tomea, ehomea.
Bale out water, vnta maji, teka
maji*
Banish, fukuza (drive atoay), ondo-
aha (make to go atoay), bamisha
or tamisba (M.) or gurisba (A.).
(to make to remove).
Bar (a door), pingia.
Bargain, fonya ubazazi.
Bark (like a dog), lia.
Barter, badili, awithi.
Batter (bruise), cbubnachubua.
be baiter ed {like an old copper
pot), cbubukacbubuka.
Bathe, oga.
Be, wa. See Irregular Verbs^ p. 152.
(to stay), kaa.
be on on/is guard, [kii-]wa im
batbari.
be off one's guard, tagbafali.
Bear (fruit, chUdren, ike,), zaa,
vyaa.
(carry), cbukua, blmili.
(tolerate), vmnilia, stabimili.
bear with another person, cbuku-
liana.
Bear toith me, niwie ratbi.
bear witness, shubudu.
abotd, for or against, sbobudia.
Beat, piga, puta, menya (Kiyao).
Beat up together, fanda.
Beat to pieces, ponda.
Beat a roof or floor, pigilia.
be well beaten, putika.
be beaien upon (as a wreck by the
waves), fdawa.
See Conquer, Thresh.
Beckon to, pongia nguo.
The usual sign to beckon a person
to come is to wave a doth up
and down.
Become (befitting), sulibi.
Nimektiwa, I am become.
Simekuwa, am I not become.
The act of becoming is generally
expressed by the present tense of
the verb expressing the being in
the state or possessing the quality.
Become afool^ pumbaziko.
Beg, omba, bembeleza.
(entreat), silii, nasibi
I beg of you, taf&tbaL
Begets zaa.
168
8WAEILI HANDBOOK,
Begin, anza.
Begin upon, anziliza.
Begin a work, maliki.
Behave, tendii.
Behave well, tenda vema.
Behave ill. tenda vibaya.
Behave like an invalid, jigo-
njweza.
Belchi ongnlia.
Belch out, kokomoka.
Believe, sadiki.
Believe in, amini.
Bend, (act.) pinda, (neut.) pindana.
Bend round, (act.) peta, (neut.)
petana, petemaua.
Bend dovm,(act.) iriamisha, (neut.)
inama.
Benuwh, faganza.
Bequeath, wasia, achia.
Besiege, hnsuru (Ar.).
Bet, shindania.
Beware, angalia, [kii-]wa iia ha-
thari.
Bewilder, tekea.
Bewitch, fanyia uchawi, loga (Mer.).
Bicker, papuriaiia.
Bid. See Command.
Make a first hid, risinm.
Bind, funga.
Bind hooks, jelidi.
Bind oneself, fanya sharli.
Bind round (as when a stick is
sprung), ganga.
Bite, uma.
Blab, paynka.
Blame, laumu, tia batiyani, nenae
(scold), patiliza (visit upon)^
karipia (call out at).
Blaze, waka.
Bleed, toka damn.
(copiously), cburuzika damn, tuza
damn (M.).
Bless, bariki (see Copulate), barikii^
jalia.
Blind, povna.
become blind, povnka.
Block, kingamisha, pinga.
Blossom,io& mana (putforthflowers),
fnnnka (to open).
Blow (as the wind), vnma, vnvia.
(vyith the mouth), pnzia, puliza.
(a horn, dtc), piga zomari, &c
(the nose), fnta kamasL
(beUows), yukuta.
Blow away, pepemsha.
Blunder, koea.
Blunt.
The knife is hlwUj kisn hakipati,
kisn ni kivivn (A.).
Blurt out, kokomoka.
Blush, geuka (change colour).
put to the blush, bizika.
Boast, jiflifu, jigamba, tamba.
Boil (bubble up), cbe'mka, tntnma.
cook by boiling, tokosa.
be cooked by boiling, tokota.
be well boiled, tokoseka.
boil over, furika.
Bore through, zna, pekecba (used
also of boring with talk).
with an awl, didimikia.
Border, pakana.
be Born, zawa, vyawa, zaliwa, vya-
liwa, patbiwa.
Borrow, azimwa, kirithL
Bother, snmbna, batika (A.).
Bow, (act.) inamisba, (neut.) inama.
Box the ears, piga kofi.
Braise, kaanga.
Bray (like an ass), Iia
pound in a mortar, ponda.
clean com by pounding, twanga.
Break, vnnja, vnnda (M.), (neut.)
Yunjika, katika.
LIST OF VERBS.
169
[Brealc] through^ toboa.
into fragments, setaseta.
hy hendingj ekna.
to he tprungy ekuka.
cff the eobs of Indian corny goboa,
konyoa.
doton the branches of a tree, kwa-
nna, pass, kwanyuka.
wind, Jamba, ODgulia.
Breathe, pumua, puzia, tanafosi.
inspire, paaza, pmnzi.
expire, shosba pumzi.
hard, kokota roho, tweta (pant).
hreaihe oneself (rest), pumzika.
Breed, zaa, lia (M.).
he Brilliant, ng'ara.
Bring, leta.
to or for, letea.
Bring np, lea.
Bring together, pambana.
Bring near, jongeza.
Bring to an agreement, patanisba.
Bring to life again, fufoa, hnisba.
Bring another I Naijenginel
Brighten (acL), katua.
he bright, katuka (pdished),xi^^Qx^
(glistening).
Bruise, ohnbna.
he bruised, chnbnka.
(hatter), chubuachubua.
Brush (dean), sugua.
Brush off, epua.
Bubble up, che'mka, tutuma.
Btid, chnpuza (spring), chanua (put
forth leaves), mea (grow).
BuHd, jenga.
in stone, aka.
to point by putting in small
stones, tomea.
(ships), unda.
BuUy, onea.
he a Burden to, lemea.
Bum, waka (to he on fire), teketea
(to he consumed), wasba (to set
on fire), teketeza (to consume),
choma or chomea (to apply fire
to), onguza (to produce a feeling
of burning, to scorch).
Burrow, fukuafukna.
Burst, pasuka, tumbuka.
Burst out, bubujika.
Burst into tears, bubnjika ma-
chozi.
Bury, zika.
Buy, nonua, zabuni.
FurchoMfor, nunulia.
Buy ha^h, komboa.
Buzz, like a bee, ymua.
C.
Cackle, like a hen, tetea.
CaU, ita, nena, taja (name), amkua
(invite), lingana (A.)-
Call out to, pigia ukelele, pigia
ukemi (Mer.).
CaU for help, piga yowe.
Call to prayers, athini.
become Callous, faganza.
Cahn, tuliza.
he very calm, zizima.
Can (kuweza, to he able).
Siwezi, I cannot,
Naweza, I can.
Canter (of a horse), kwenka kwa
mghad ; (of a donkey) kwenda
kwa th^Uh,
Capitulate, selimu, sellim.
Care (take care), angalia [kii-]wa
na hathari.
take care of, tunza.
consider, waza, tafakari.
he careless, pni]wa mzembe.
I don*t care, haithnru, mamoja
pia.
170
aWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Carry, chukuo.
for J chnkiilia.
on a pole over the shoulder, chu-
kua mpikoui
on the head or shoulders, pagaa.
a child on the hack, beba.
astride on the hip or hack, eleka.
in front or on the lap, pakata.
in a bundle or faggot, titika.
off as spoil, teka.
as cargo, pakia.
on freight, takabathi.
Carve wood, &c., kata nakshi.
chora (adorn with carving),
he carved, nakishiwa.
CaM, tupa.
upon or at, tupia.
a glance, tupa nathiri.
one*s eyes, tupa macho.
(in a mould), ita.
off all shame, jipujua.
cast lots, piga or fauya kura.
Castrate, hasL
Caich, daka, nyaka.
in a trap, nasa, tega.
Jish, Tua samaki.
put s(ymething to catch rain-water,
kinga myua.
(see one who thinks himself unseen)^
fathehi, gundua.
he in time to meet with, diriki.
Caulk, kalafatL
Cave in, pomoka.
Cease, koma.
make to cease, komesha.
talking, nyamaza.
(of pain), nyamaza.
Cense, fukiza (uudi, &c.).
he Certain about, kinika, tasawari.
Change, (axsL) geusha, geuza, badili,
badilisha, (rieut,) geuka, badi-
lika.
he changeable, badilibadili, ba*
dilika.
change one*s mind about, gbairi.
change (a piece of money), Tuiija.
Charge (direct), agiza, sisitiza (M.).
ClujLse, winda, winga.
away, fukuza.
Chastise, athibu.
ChaMer, puza.
(of the teeth), tetemeka.
Cheapen, rakhisisha.
Cheat, danganya, hadaa, ghusubn.
he cheal&i, danganyika, hadaika.
Cheer, ondolea, huzuni
Chew, tafuna.
Chirrup (as to a hird), fionya. Both
word and thing are used in
Zanzibar to exprees ocmtempt.
Choke (throttle), kaba, sama.
choke oneself with drink or spitile,
palia na mate, &c, &c,
irritate the throat, keieketa.
Choose, chagua, teua, khitari, penda,
toa (send),
as you choose, ikhtiari yako, upe-
ndavyo.
Chop, chanja (cut up), chinja or
(M.) tinda (cul), tema (slash),
cbonga or tonga (out to a point),
katakata (chop up smaU).
Circulate (intelligence), tangaza.
Circumcise, tahiri.
Claim, dai.
Clap the hands, piga makofi.
(Jlasp in the hand, shikana, kamata.
in the arms, kumbatia, kumba-
tiana.
Claw, papuia.
Clean, takasa, fanya safi, safisha.
he clean, takata, safika, takasika.
clean com hy pounding, twa'i^^^a.
clean a second time, pwaya.
LIST OF VERBS.
171
{(Jleafii\ he quUe cieour of huaks and
dirt, pwayika.
eoUon, chvea, dke., chambua.
eooocHiuU from ihe husk, foa.
by scraping J paa.
cleanse by ceremonial ablutions,
tohara.
dean out from within a shell,
komba.
clean out a man {get aU his
money), komba.
be cleaned out (l)se aU one's
money), kombekb.
Cleanse, See Clean,
Clear, See Clean,
the shy is e2ear,uwmgu umetakata.
(make eleetr or plain), eleza, yuza,
fafanna, fafanulia.
(be dear), elea, fafanuka, fafanu-
Ma.
ground in a forest, fieka mwitu.
Ckave, (spiUt), pasna, chenga.
deave to, gandama, ambatana.
Click, alika, (act.) alisha.
Climb, panda, kwea.
a tree, i)araga.
CUng, ambata.
together, gniana, ambatana^ fu-
ngamana, shikamana.
CUp, kata.
Close the eyes, Ac, fuinba.
the fist, fumbata.
a door, shindika.
a book, fanika.
Clothe, yika.
Coagulate, gandamana.
Cooix into, shawishi.
Cock (a gun), panza mtaiubo.
Coddle, engaenga.
Ckihabit viiih, iDgiliza.
Cold, See Cool,
be very cold, zizima.
I have a cold in the head, siwezi
kamasi.
Collect, knsanya, jamaa, (neut.) ku«
sanyika, kntana.
Comby ohana, chaiiia.
Come, ja, imp. njoo, pi. njooni.
by, for, to, <feo.,jia.
to a person on a business, jilia.
(arrive), fika, wasili.
out, toka.
in, ingia.
upon (meet with), knta.
near, karibu, karibia, jongea, fi*
kilia.
Come near! or Come in! EaribI
Come no further ! Koma usije I
close to, wasili, wasilia.
together. See Assemble.
to life again, fufaka, hui, huika.
to an end, isha, koma, tekeza.
be f idly come (of time), wadia.
come to light, fonnka, fumboka.
come to nothing (of plants, fruit,
Ac), fifia, pooza.
come apart, katika.
come out in a rash, tutuka, tutu-
mka, tutusika.
Comfort, fariji, tulizia roho (calm
the soul), ondolea huzuni (tahe
away grief).
Phrases used by way of comfort-
ing .—
Sliukuru Maungu, tharik God,
Hemdi Muungu, praise €fod.
Itoe huzuni, put away sorrow,
XJslwe na huznni, don*t grieve,
be comforted, farajika, shukuri
Munngn, pendezewa, tawakaii
(trust in God and talee courage),
he Comfortable, tengenea.
J cwnnot be comfortable in the
housCf nyumba hainiweki.
172
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Command, a'mru, ambia (teXC),
CoTmnission, agiza. [amrisha.
Commit, See Adultery.
Compare, angalia kwamba ni sawa,
pambanisha (Jbring together),
pambanua (distinguish), linga-
nisha (match), fafanisha (make
like).
Compel, jubuni, lazimisba.
Complete, timiza, timiliza, khati-
misba, maliza (finish),
complete one*8 education, hitlmu.
he complete, timia, timilia, isha
(end).
Comprehend. See Understand.
jua (know).
kutana (take in),
he comprehended in, ingia.
Conceal, setiri, ficha.
he concealed, stirika.
Concern, pasa.
Conciliate, patanisha.
Condemn, laani (damn).
Amefetiwa knuawa, }ie was ad-
judged to he killed.
Imempasa knuawa, he ought to he
killed.
Condescend, nenyekea.
Condole, haiia (join in a formal
mourning).
Conduct, peleka, leta, chukua.
Confess, kiri, ungama, lalama.
he Confident, tumaini.
have confidence, staamani.
Confide in, amini, tnmanla.
Confound, changanya (mix), batili
(annul),
he in Confusion, fathaika (of
persons), chafuka (of things).
Confuse, changanisba.
put into confusion, fatbebi.
hecome confused, fathaika.
Congeal, gandamana.
Congratulate, furabisba, sbangilia.
Connect, fungamana (tie together),
ungana, ungamana.
Conquer, sbinda.
ConsecraJte, fanya wakf.
Consent, kub£di, ritbia, penda, ra-
thiana.
Consider, fikiri, tafakari, waza.
Console (see Comfort), tuliza, tulizia
robo.
Conspire, wafikana.
Construct, jenga, jenzi.
Consult, taka sbauri (ask advice),
fanya sbauri (ctmsvU together).
Consume, la, teketeza (by fire),
he consumed, isba, lika, teketea
(fmfire).
Contain, cbiikua (contain as a ha^
does rice),
he contained in, ingia^ [ku-]waino,
'mna (it is contained in it).
CJontend with, 8bindauana,bu8iimu.
Cmdent, ritbika.
he content, [kii-]wa ratbi, kina3rL
Continue, dumu, k£u^ sbiuda (stay
at work, Ac),
make to continue, dumisba.
Contra^, punguza (lessen), fupiza
(shorten), fanya ndogo (maJce
smaU), kaza (press together).
Contract, fanya sbarti (make a can-
tra>ct), fanya nbazazi (make a
hargain).
Contradict, kanya wasa.
Ccmtrol, a^Aabitisba, zuia.
Converse, zumgumza.
Convert, geuza, fanya.
Mwenyiezi Muungu amemwo-
ngoa, God has turned him from
his evil way.
to he converted, ongoka.
LIST OF VERBS.
173
Ckmvinoe^ f^ubutisba, iumainisba.
become conmnoed, tumaini.
Coohf pika, andaa.
cook vnthfat, kaanga.
cook toifhoutfat, oka.
cook muhogo cut into small pieces^
pwaza.
1o become cooked enough, iva.
Cool, (nevi.) poa, poroa, {act.) poza
(to cool by pouring backward
and forward), zinnia {cool hot
water by pouring in cold).
Copulate, jami, tomba (vulgar).
for the first time, bariki.
Copy, nakili, fanya nakl.
copy from, twaa ya.
Correct, sahibi, sabibisba, radi.
Correspond (write to one another),
andikiana.
Corrupt^ baribu.
go bad, oza, baribika.
Cost, wakifu, simama.
cost to, wakifia, simamia.
Cough, koboa.
Count, besabn, wanga (Mer.), ba-
Cover, fanika, setiri. [zibu.
as with a flood, funizika.
cover, with leaves, put into embers,
&c.), ynmbika.
be covered, stirika.
Covet, tamani.
Craak, tia ufa.
as the earth does in dry weather,
atuka.
become cracked, ufa.
Crash, fanya kisbindo.
Crawly tambaa.
be Craay, zulu.
Crease, knnjia.
be creased, kiinjika.
Create, umba.
be created^ bolukiwa.
Creep, tambaa.
Crinkle up, finyana.
be Crooked, potoka, komboka.
Cross (lie across), pandana.
(cross a river), vuka, kwenda
ng'ambo ya pili.
(cross a room), kwenda upande
wapilL
get cross, vuna.
be cross at having anything to do,
kimwa.
Crow, wika.
Crucify^ sulibi, Bulibisba.
Cruize, vinjari.
Crumble, (act.) fikicba, (netd.) fu-
Crush, seta, ponda. [jika.
crush and bruise one another,
pondekana.
crush up, setaseta.
crush in, (oAst.) bonyesba, (netrf.)
bonyeka.
Cry, lia.
cry about, lilia.
cry out at, pigia, ukelele, karipia.
cry for help, piga yowe.
cry for mercy, lalama.
Cultivate, lima.
Cup, umika.
Curdle, gandamana.
curdled milk, maziwa mabivii.
Cure, ponya, poza, ponyesba.
make better, fanya asbekali.
be cured, poa, pona.
cure fish, d:c., ng*onda.
Curse, laaDi, tukana.
Cut, kata.
cut obliquely, kata banamu.
cut for, cut out for, katia.
cut up, cbanja, cbenga,
cut to shreds, pasnkapasuka.
be out off from one another, ti-
ndikiana.
174
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
D.
Dab, chacbaga.
Damage, haribu.
Damn, laani, laanisba.
Dance, cbeza.
dance for joy, randa.
Dare, t^ubutu, weza, jasirisha.
Darken, tia giza.
Dam, tililia.
Da^h, chupia.
Davb, paka.
Daum.
kuna kwenpe, to be grey dawn,
pambazuka or pambauka, become
light.
Dazzle, choma.
the eyes are dazzled, macho yame-
fanya kiwi.
Deal in (trade in), fanya biashara
ya,&c.
Deal cards, gawa karata.
Decay, haribika, oza.
Decease, fariki.
Deceive, danganya, padaa.
deceive by promises, ongofya.
be deceived, hadaika.
Decide, kata maneno.
Deck out, hamba.
Declare, thibirisba, ynza.
Decoy, patia or tw£dia kwa che-
revu.
Decrease, pnngna, pnngaza, pn-
nguka.
Dedicate, fanya or wekea wakf.
Defeat, ynnja, kimbiza (piU to
fligM),
to be defeated, vnnjika, kimbia.
Defend, linda.
guard oneself, kinga.
Deflower, bikiri, vnnja nngo.
Defraud, thalimu.
^\ign^ knbali, nenyekea.
Delay, (neuiJ) kawla, kawa, fawiti.
(act,) weka, kawiaha.
be Delirious, papayuka.
Deliver, okoa, vua, toa.
be delivered, ynka, okoka.
Demand, taka.
dem>and in marriage, poea.
Demolish, vunja, haribiu
Deny, kana, kanisha.
deny to a person, nyima, hinl
(refuse), kataa.
deny aU credence to, katalia.
Depart, ondoka, toka, enda zangu,
zako, &c.
Depart from me! Ondoka mbele
yangul
depart from (be alienated from)^
farakana.
Depend upon, [kil-]wa na.
Kunaye, depending upon Mm,
fangamana na, be connected with,
fuata, be a dependant,
tuDgikwa, hang from.
Depose, nzulu, nznlia.
Depreciate (a4St.), khashifu, nmbna.
Deprive of, twalia.
Deride, cheka, chekea, kofaru,
fanyizia mzaha.
Descend, sbuka.
Describe, andika, fafannha (&y likens
ing), pambannlia (by dietin*
Desert, acha, hujoro. {jguishing.
Deserve, stahili.
deserve well of, fatbili.
Desire, taka, ipa, tamani (Umgfor),
penda (Jiike),
Desolate, vunja, haribu.
Despair, kata tamaa.
Despise, twezsk, tharau (pass, tha-
raoliwa), hakirisba.
Destroy, haribu, vunja.
be destroyed, hariblka, vunjika.
LIST OF VERBS.
175
Deiain^ kawisha, weka.
Deter, kataza, zuia.
Determine, yakinia, 6zimn, kaza.
determine a matter, kata maneno.
Devise, fanya Bhauri.
Die, fa, fakiri, ondoka katika uli-
mwengn, toweka (A.), tekeza.
make to die, fisha.
lose by death, fiwa na.
Dig, chimba.
dig oui or a/way, chimbua.
fokna, cut a smaU hole fit to
reeeiffe a post.
Dignify, tnkuza.
become dignified, or be raised to
dignity, tnkuka.
Dilute, tia maji.
Dim, tia giza.
Diminish, (neut.) jpvtngim, pnnguka,
tilifika, (act), punguza, tilifi-
Dipf chovya. [sha.
dip and leave in, choveka.
Direct, agiza {commission), ambia
(telX), amuru (order), fundisha
(instruct), vusha (put into the
right way).
Disagree, gombana, tetana.
Disappear^ toweka.
(as a scar, <£rc.)« fifia.
Disarrange, chafua.
Discharge from an obligation, feleti.
Discover, vumbiia.
Discriminate, pambanua.
Disembowel, tumbua, tumbuza.
Disgrace, aibisha, hizika.
be disgraced, aibika.
Disgtst, chukiza.
be disgusted, cbukiwa.
'JMsh up, pakna.
When you wish a meal to be served
you should say, not pakua, but
lete chakula.
Dislocate, tenka.
Disquiet, fathaisba.
be disquieted, fathaika.
Dismiss, likiza, ondoa.
be dismissed, tolewa.
Disobey, asL
Disorder (put things in disorder),
cbafaa.
put an army in disorder, fathaisba.
be in disorder or dishabiUe, cha-
foka.
be aU in disorder, chafakaobafaka.
Dissipate, tampanyatapanya.
Distinguish, pambanua.
Distort, popotoa.
Distress (put in low spirits), kefya-
kefya.
be in distress, thii.
Distribute, gawanya.
Disturb.
DonH disturb yourself! Starebe!
Disunite, farakisba.
be disunited, epukana, farakiana,
acbana.
Dive, zama.
Divide, tenga, gawa, gawanya, kata,
bnssu.
Divorce, aoba, tokana, tangua ndoa.
Do, fanya, tenda.
I have done nothing, sikufanya
neno.
He has done nothing at aU, bakn-
fanya lo lote.
be done or doable, tendeka.
do (be of use), faa.
It won't do, baifai.
do anything slowly and carefully,
kototeza.
do wanton violence, busudn, fanya
jeturi.
be done (finished), isba.
be done (cooked), iva.
176
SWAHILl HANDBOOK
Dote, piswa.
Dotibley rudufya.
Dotibt, fanya tashwishi, [ku-]wa na
shaka.
There is no doubt, hapana sliaka.
Doze, siozia.
wake y/p suddenly from a doze,
zinduka, zindukana.
Drag, kokota, burura (haul along).
drag out of oners' hand, chopoa,
kopoa.
Drain out, churukiza, churuzika.
Draw, Yuta.
Draw water, teka maji.
Draw together, kunyata.
Draw near, karibu, karibia, kari-
biana.
Draw a line, piga mstari.
Draw out nails, &c., kongoa.
Draw breath, tanafusi.
Draw in the breath, paaza purazi.
Draw up the earth round growing
crops, Xialilia.
Draw the end of the loin doth
between the legs and tuch it in,
piga uwinda.
Dread, ogopa, ogopa muo.
Dream, ota.
Dress, vika.
Dress in, V£u^ jitia.
Dress up, pamba, jipotoa.
Dress ship, pamba merlkebti.
Dress vegetables for the market,
chambua.
Drift, chukuliwa.
Drink, nwa, or ny wa ; pass, nwewa.
Drip, tona.
Drive, ongoza (lead, conduct), chu-
nga (as a shepherd), fukuza
(drive away), fukuzia (drive away
from), kimbizia (make to run
away from).
Drop (down), (neui.) anguka, (oef.)
angusha.
into, (neut) tumbukia, (ocf.) tum-
bukiza.
(like leaves in autumn), pukutika.
(faU in drops), tona.
drop from, little by litUe, dondoka.
Drown (act) tosa, (neut,) tota, fa
maji.
be Drunken, lewa.
Dry, (neut.) kauka, nyauka, (a^t.)
kausha.
become dry by water leaving it,
pwa, pwea, pwewa.
be left high and dry, pweleka.
put out to dry, anika.
dry or cure fish, ng'onda.
Dupe, danganya.
Dust, fiita vimibi.
Dwell, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.).
Dwindle, kimjana, pnnguka, anga-
mia (go doion in the world).
Dye, tia raogL
kutona hina, to lay on henna so
as to dye the part red,
E.
Earn, pata.
Eaxe, fariji, sterehisha.
become easy, farajika.
Ease oneself, kunya.
Eat, la.
in, with, for, Ac, lia.
be eaten or eatable, lika.
have eaten enough, shiba.
eat at the expense of each one in
turn, la kikoa.
eat whete each contributes some-
thing to the feast, la kwa ku-
changa.
eat all the food away from others,
ima.
LIST OF VERBS.
177
Ametoima, he has eaten it all up
before ive came,
overeai oneself , vimbiwa.
make a person eat too muchf
vimbisha.
eat without hounds, papia.
eat over voraciotMly, la kwa pupa.
Ebb, pwa.
be Eclipsed, patwa.
Educate, fiiuda, fundisha, alimisha,
adibu, or tia adabu (teach good
manners'), lea (bring up).
Elongate, ongeza urefa.
Embalm, tia madawa asioze.
Embark, panda (go on board), ta-
hassa (go on board with the
intention of sailing).
Embrace, pambaja, knmbatia, ku-
mbatiana.
Embroil, tia matata.
Emerge, zuka.
Employ, tuma (send about\ tumia
(make use of), tunuka (be
employed).
Empty out, mwaga, mwaya.
Enable, wezesha, jalia.
Encamp, tua (pvi down loads).
Encourage, tia moyo, thuh\iiUh&.
End, (neut,) isha, koma, (a^.) mali-
za, komesba, khatimisha.
Endow loith, wekea wakf.
Endure, ishi (last), vumilia (bear
with), stahimili.
Enervate, thoofisha.
Engage, afikana, twaa, fanya sharti.
Engender, zaa, vyaa.
Enjoy, farahi, ona raha, fiirahiwa na.
Enlarge, ongeza, zidisha.
Enlist (act.), tia asikari
he Enough, tosba, toshelea.
It is enough, bassi.
have had enough food, sbiba.
Enquire, nliza (ask), buji (enqu i
into), hakiki (make sure about)^
ulizia (enquire on account of).
Enrage, gbathabisha.
be enraged, ghatbabiksk.
Enrich, pa utajiri.
Enslave, tia ntumwanL
Ensnare^ tega.
Entangle, tia matata.
Enter, ingia.
Entice, vuta kwa cherevn, twaa kwa
werevu.
Entreat, omba, sibi, nasibi.
Entrust, wekea amana, amini mtu
na kitu.
be equal to (an undertaking, &c.),
weza.
Equalize, sawanisba, sawazisba,
fanya sawasawa, lingani^ba (by
measurement).
Erect, simikisba.
Err, kosa, kwenda bapa na bapa
(wander).
Escape, okoka (be delivered), pona
(to get well), vuka (to get a^oss\
kimbia (run away), fiatuka (to
escape as a spring, lo get free).
Establish, tengezeka {?).
Estimate, kadiri, kisL
Evaporate, nwewa.
Exalt, inua (lift), tukaza, atbimisba.
be exalted (great), tukuka, atbi-
mika.
Examine, onja (taste), tafiti, fatiissbi,
sayili (by questions).
Exceed, pita.
Excels pita.
Except, toa, tosba.
Exchange, badili.
Excite, tabarraklsba, fitini
be excited, bangaika.
Excuse, utburu, eamebe (pardon).
N
178
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Exercise, zoea.
exercise authority over, hukumii.
Exert oneself, fanya juhudi, jitahidL
Exhort, onya, Dabiliisha.
Exorcise by music, &c., pnnga.
Expand, tanua, kunjua (unfold),
zidi (increase), funuka or
knnduka (T[)ecome open).
Expect, ngoja, ngojea, tumaini.
Expelt toa, fukriza.
expel an evil spirit hy music, &e.,
punga pepo.
Expend upon, he at the expense of,
gharimia.
Explain, elezsi, pambanua, fasiri,
tafsiri, fumbulia, pambanulia
(explain to), tambulL>ha (make
to recognise).
Explode, pasuka (hurst), waka
(blaze).
Explore, fatiishi, jasisi, angalia.
Export, toa.
Express, thahiri, baini.
(press out), kamua.
Extend, (act.) nyoslia, (neut) fika
(reach to), kunjuka, euea (he
spread over).
Exterminate, ng'oa pia yote (root up
utterly).
Extinguish, zima, zimia.
to go out, zimika.
Extort, pokonya.
Extol, sifu.
Extricate from, toa na, namua
(Mer.).
Exult, furahL
F.
Fade, fa, kauka, flfia (pine away),
pukutika (vnther and drop),
thonfika (grow weak and thin).
Fail, pu.'jguka.
Faint, zimia roho.
FaU, anguka.
fall like rain, nya.
cause rain to fM, nyesha.
fall into, tumbukia.
let fall into, tnmbukiza.
fall flat on the ground, Jala incliL
fall in (cave in), pomoka.
fall short, punguka, tindika (A.).
fall sick, ugua,
Falter, shanghaa, sita.
Fan, pepea.
Fancy, kumbuka, fikiri.
fancy oneself, jiona.
Fast, fnnga.
break a fast, or eat after a fast,
futiini.
Fasten, fanga.
Fatten (get fat), nona (of animals),
nenepa (of men).
Fatigue, chosha, taabisha.
he fatigued, choka, taabika.
Favour, pendelea.
Fear, ogopa, cha (A.), [ku-Jwa na
khofu.
he fearless, peketeka.
Feast, kerimu.
Feed, lisha.
cause to be fed, lishisha.
put morsels into a friends mouth,
rai.
Feel, ona (perceive), papasa (touch).
Feign, jifanya.
Fell, kata.
Fence, fanya ua.
Fend off a boat, tanna mashua.
Ferment, cbacha.
Ferry over, vusha, vukiaha, abirislia.
Fetch, leta.
Fight, pigana.
set on to fight, piganlsba, pigaui-
shana.
LIST OF VERBS.
179
F/7/, jaza.
jW in [a hole\ fukia.
hecomi fuU, jaa. Tlte passive is
used for being filled with some
extraneous substance, Mtungi
umejaa maji, the jar is fuU of
water^ but^ maji yamejawa na
dudu, ihe water is full of
insects,
he half fuO, (by remaining), shi-
nda, maji yashinda ya mtungi,
the jar is half full of water,
fill up, jaliza.
fiU wUhfood, shibisha.
ix) be' full, to have had enough,
shiba.
Find, ona, zmnbua, yumbua, pata,
kuta.
be to bef&und, zmnbukana, pati-
kana.
find out in a trick, fathebi,
gundiia.
befoimd out, fetheheka.
find fault tdth, tia hatiyani
Finish, (a^) maliza, (neut) islia,
koma.
finish off, tengeneza, tengeleza.
finish a journey, koma.
finish a scholar, hitimisha.
Fire (set on fire), tia moto, wasla
moto.
(apply fire to in any way), choma.
a gun, &c, piga bunduki, &c.
Fish, vua samaki.
fish a spar, &c,, ganga, tia gango.
Fit, faa (do well),
Ni kiassi cbangu kama nalika-
tiwa mimi, it fits as though it
had been made for me.
Fix, kaza.
fix the eyes upon, kodolea.
Flame, wa^a, toa ndimi za moto.
Flap, piga
make a sail flap by going too near
the wind, pigiza tanga.
FUish (Ughten), piga mueme.
Flatten, tandaza.
Flatter, sifu, sifu mno, jipendekeza
(ingratiate oneself with).
Flavour, to get the right flavour
Flay, chuna, tuna (M.). [kolea^
lose the shin, chunika, tunika (M.),
Flee, kimbia.
Ite Flexible, pindana, [kii-]wa laini.
Flicker, sinzia.
Flinch, jikimja, mka.
Fling, tupa.
Float, elea, ogolea.
Fhg, piga.
Flood, gliariki8ha,f urika,tawanyika,
funikiza.
be flooded, gliariki.
Flourish, sitawi, fana, fanikiwa.
malce to flourish, sitawisha.
Flow, pita (flow by), toka (flow
out), bubujika (to burst and
lyubble out).
Flower, toa maua.
Flurry, zulisha.
Flutter, papatika.
Fly, ruka.
fly off, puruka.
Fuld, kunja.
fold together, kunjana.
fold in the arms, kumbatia.
Follow, fuata, andama (M.).
follow a pattern, oleza.
become Foolish, pumbazika.
Forbid, gombeza, kataza.
Force (see Compel), tia nguvu. la-
zimisha.
He was forced to ao, alikwenda
kwa nguvu.
Force open, pepetua.
£( 2
180
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
ForetelU agua, tabiri, basbiri.
Hoio has thfs year been predicted
ofi Mwaka huu umeaguli-
waje?
Forfeit, lazimishwa.
he forfeited by, potea.
Forge iron, Ac, fua cbiuna, &o,
weld on a new point or edge, tam-
buza.
Forget, sahau.
be forgotten, sabauliwa.
Forgive, samehe, acbilia, mwafa.
Forgive me, niwie rathi.
Forsake, acha.
Fortify, tia boma (ptit a rampart),
Foster, lea, lisha.
Free {fr<ym slavery), weka or acha
huru.
(^fr(ym prison), acha, fangiia.
be set free {from prison), tokana.
Freeze, ganda, gandamana.
Freight,
pay freight for, takabathisba.
carry on freight, takabatbi.
Frighten, ogofya, tia khofu, ogp-
fisba, khofisba, tisba.
become frightened, ingiwa na
khofu.
startle, stusha, kntusba.
Front, kabili, lekea.
put in front of, lekeza.
Frown, kimja uao, kunja vipaji.
He has a frowning fa/ie, ubo una-
kunjamana.
Frustrate, batili, vunja.
Fry, kaanga.
Fulfil, timiza, timiliza.
fulfil a promise, fikib'za ahadi.
Furl sails, kunja matauga.
Furnish a house, pamba nyumba.
G.
Gain, pata, pata fayida.
GaXUtp, piga mbio.
Gape, piga nyayo, fanua kinwa.
Garble copal, &c., chagua sanda-
rusi, &c
Gather (fruit), chuma
into a heap, zoa.
together (act.), kusanya, kutani-
sha, jamaa, jamiisha.
together (neuL), kusanyika, kuta-
nika.
up into a small space, finyana.
(meselfupfor an e/ort, jitutumua.
little by litUe, lumbika.
up onds courage, piga moyo
konde.
Geld, hasi.
be Genial (jgood-humoured and
merry), chauga'mka.
Get, pata.
get better, pona.
get a little better, [ktf-]wa ashe-
kali.
get drunk, lewa, jilevya.
get dry, kauka.
get fire by working one stick
againfft another, pekecha
get for, patia.
get foul of one another, pambana.
get goods on credit in order to
trade with them, kopa.
get into, ingia.
get into a weU, a scrape, &e., (act.)
tumbukiza, (neuJt,) tumbukia.
gel into a passion (netit), ingiwa
Da ghathabu or hasijra.
get into a quarrel (a^t.), vnmbilia
vita.
get [seeds'] into the ground, vu»
mbikia.
get mouldy, fanya nkungu.
LIST OF VERBS.
181
^et out, toka.
get out of the toay, jitcnga^
Out of tJie way I Simiilal
get out of one* 8 sights tokomea.
get palm toine, gema.
get ripe, iva.
get ^in and waiery, poroa.
get through, (neut.) penya, (act.)
penyesha.
get up, ondoka*
rise to (a person), ondokea.
get up or upon, panda.
get well, pona, poa.
he Giddy, levyalevya.
Crild, chovya.
Give (a thing), toa.
(to a person), pa, pass, pewa, to
receive,
give a complaint to, ambnkiza.
give a kiste, an inkling, or a little
specimen, dokeza.
give ba>ck, rudisha.
give into the hand, kabithl
give leave to, pa ruksa or ruhusa,
rukhusu.
give light to, tia mwangaza.
give mutual gifts, pana.
give presents to, tunza, tunukia.
give rations to, posha.
give room or spa>ce, nafisisha.
give to drink to, nywesha.
give to eat to, lisha.
give trouble, taabiBha, fanya inda,
sumbua.
give way under one, bonyea.
Give way (row) ! Vuta !
Glance, nathiri, tupa macho or na-
thari (cast the eyes or a glance).
Glare at, ng*ari:».
Gleam, mulika, ng'ara.
Glide, tiririka, teleza.
Glisten, zagaa.
Glitter, metameta, mekameka, mo«
rimeta, mulika.
Glorify, tukuza, sifu.
Ghw, ng'ara.
€fnaw, guguna.
Cro, enda, enenda.
you can go, mksa.
go after or for, endea.
{follow), fuata.
go alongside, pambana.
go ashore (of a ship), panda.
he left high and dry, pweleka,
pwewa na maji.
go ashore (of a person), shuka.
go away, enda zangu, zako, zake,
zetu, zenu, zao, according to
the person.
toka ondoka.
go away from, acha, toka.
go hack, rudi, regea.
go hackward, endelea nyuma.
go had, oza.
go hefore, tangulia.
go hefore a Judge, enda kwa
kathi.
go hehind, fnata.
go hy, pita.
go crooked, patoa, potoka.
go forward, endelea mbele.
go free, toka.
go into, ingia.
go marketing, enda sokoni.
go off (like a spring), fiatuka.
go on (not to stop), fuliza, i'uza,
fululiza.
go on {with a work), sbinda.
go on hoard, panda.
go on hoard in order to sad, ta-
hasa.
go on with hy turns, pokezana.
go out, toka.
(like a candle), zimika.
182
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
He has gone out for the day,
amekwcnda sLinda.
go oveTf vuka,
go pasty pita.
go quickly down a steep place,
tele'mka.
go running^ cnda mbio.
go io expense about or upon, gha-
rimia.
go to meet, laki.
go to meet with shouting and joy,
shangilia.
go to law with, teta.
go up (neut,), paa.
(act^ kwea, panda.
be Good of its kind, fana.
(rorey piga pembe.
Cfovern^ tawala, miliki.
Chrant to, pa, jalia, ruzukiL
Grapple, kamatana, shikana.
Gra^, shika, fumbata.
Grate, paruga, paruza.
Crroze, paruga, kwaruza.
graze one another, paruzana.
become Great (of a person), tukuka.
become great to or hard for, kulia.
be Greedy, [kti-]wa na roho or
choyo, fanya tamsia (be greedy
for).
Greet, salimu, salimia, amkua, ba-
rikia.
Grieve,^(act.) eikitisha, tia Luznni.
(neut.) sikltika, ingiwa na huzuni.
Grin, toa meno.
Grind, saga.
grind coarsely, paaza.
Groan, ngua.
groan at, zomea.
Grope, papasa.
Grow, ota (of plants), kua (to become
large), mea (of plants, to grow
or be growdble).
What is to be grown here f Eili*
mo cha nini ?
grow to its full size, pea.
bee&me full-grown, pevuka, komaa.
grow up quickly, vuvnmka.
not to grow (of seeds), fifia.
grow large enough to bear fruit,
auka.
grow fat, nenepa (of persons),
nona (of animals),
grow thin and lean, konda.
grow larger, kua, kithiri.
grow less, puiigua, tilifika*
make to grow large, kuza.
Growl, nguruma.
Grudge, hinL
grudge at, husudiu
Grumble, nung'unika.
Grunt, guna
Guarantee payment of a debt, ha-
a result, tadariki. [will.
Guard, linda, tunza, bami, ngojetL
guard oneself against a blowy
kinga.
Guess, bahatisbck, kisi, tbani.
Guide, onyesha njia (show the way\
peleka (take}.
Gulp, gugmniza.
gulp down, ak'ia.
H.
Rait, tua (put down burdens), ti-
mama (stand), sita (go lame, or
to stop), chechemea (to put one
foot only flat on the ground).
Hammer, gongomea (hammer in),
fua pa>ss. fuawa (beat as with a
sledge-hammer).
Hang, angika (as against a wall),
tungika (be suspended), tu«
ndika, aliki.
(strangle), nyonga, songa.
LIST OF VERBS.
183
Happen^ tnkia.
Which happened to hivfiy kilicho-
mpata.
Harass, siimbua, uthi, nthia, cho-
koza, sumbusha.
he harassed, sumbuka, utliika.
Harm, tburu, hasara.
No harm ! Haitburu 1
Harpoon, paga.
Hasten, (act) harakisba, bimiza.
(neut.^ fanya bima, baraka.
Hatch^ ongua, zaliwa, onguliwa (be
hatched), angna (break the
shell).
Hate, cbukia, buotbu, zira (M.).
Have, [kti-]wa na (see p. 154).
(jpossess), miliki.
on hoard, pakia.
power over, weza.
in one^s debt, wia.
To have things done for one, is
expressed by the 'passive of the
applied form (see p. 161).
Hawk ahoftt, tembeza.
Heal, pozsk,
he healed, poa, pona, ongoka.
Heap up, kusanya, fanya fungu.
Hear, sikia, pulika (A.).
hear one another, sikilizana, pu-
likana.
be to be heard, sikilikana.
Hearken, sikiliza, pulika.
Heal {get kof), pata moto. See
Warm,
Heave the log, tia batli.
he Heavy, See Weigh down.
Help, Bayidia, auni.
Hem, kunga.
Hesitate, sbangaa, sita, ingiwa na
sbaka {get into doubt),
in speaking, babaika.
Hide, ficba, settiri, bita (A.).
You have hid the cap from me,
nmenificba kofia.
You have hid my cap, umenifi'
cbia kofia.
Hinder, zuia, pinga, fawili.
Hint, dokeza.
Hire, ajiri, panga (to rent).
Hit, piga, pata.
loith a spear or arrow, fuma.
Hoard, weka, weka akiba.
be Hoarse, pwelewa sauti.
I am hoarse, sauti imenipwea.
Hoe, lima.
hoe up, palia.
cause to be hoed, palililiza.
Hoist, tweka.
Hold, sbika, kamata, fumbata
(grasp), zuia (hold in), zuilia
(hold off from),
hold in the month, vuata.
hold one^s clothes or hands be-
tween one*s knees, fiata.
hold a public audience, or council,
barizi.
hold up (not to rain), anuka.
hold in contempt. See Scorn.
HoUow out, fukua.
Honour, besbimu, pa besbima,
jali.
Hop, rukaruka.
J[ope, taraja, tumaini (feel con-
fident),
I hope, robo yatumai
Humble, tbili, bakiri.
be humble, nenyekea.
Hunger, p£u-]wa na njaa.
be ravenously hungry, rapa, lapn.
I am very hungry, njaa inaniu-
ma.
Hunt, winda, winga, saka.
Hurry, baraka, bimiza.
Hurt, uma, umia, umiza.
184
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Btuk {Jbidian *->rn), menya, ombna
(M.).
(eocoa-nuts), fua.
(pr sheU), papatua.
belU or unwell. Illness is expressed
by the use of the negative present
of the verb kuweza, tO' he abh,
Siwezi, / am iU. Hawezi, he is
iU, &c. Nalikuwa siwtzi, I
was HI. Alikuwa hawezi, he
was iU, &c.
I have been ill for troo months^
8iwezi yapata miezi miwilL
Imitate^ oleza, iga, fuata.
Immerse^ zamisha, chufya.
Implore, pembeleza.
he Impossible, toa kufanyika.
It is impossible, haiyamkini.
Imprecaie against, apiza.
Imprison, tia gerezani, funga.
Improve, tengeleza, silihvbitawislia.
loidine, {neut.) inama, (act.) ina-
misha.
incline to (like), penda.
Increase, (act.) ongeza, ziJi.^ha.
(neut.) ongezeka, zidi, kithiri.
he Indebted to, wiwa na.
Indulge in, soeza, jizoeza.
Infect, ambukiza.
Inform, arifa, hubiri, pa habari
In Ittler^writivg arifu is always
employed, on other occasions
kupata or kuwa na habari is
generally used for to be in-
formed, and ambia (tell) for to
inform.
Ingratiate oneself, jipendekeza.
Inhabit, kaa, keti.
Inherit, lithL
Injure, hasira, hasiri, hasiiisha
he injured, hasirika.
Innovate, zua.
he Inquisitive, tafitt
Inspect, kagua.
Instruct, fondisha, fonza, elemisLa.
Insult, shitumo, tukana, ohokoza.
Intend, knsudia (purpose), azima or
azimia, or yakinia (reaohe),
ma, or ania, or nuia (have in
one's mind).
Inter, zika.
Intereede for, ombea.
Interpret, fafairi, tafsiii.
Interrupt, zuia, katiza, hanikiza,
uthia (bother).
Intoxicate, levya.
become intoxicated, lewa.
Intrude, fumania.
(xoing into another person's house
for an unlawful purpose (ku-
fisidi), or without lawful pur-
pose (ku-fumaniana), bars by
the law (^ Zanzibar any daim
on the part of the intruder in
respect of any assault or injury
while there.
Inundate, gharikisha, furika (swell),
tawanyika (spread).
Invade, shambulia.
Invent, ham, zumbua.
Invite, ita, alika.
invite to come in, karibisha.
Irrigate, tia maji, nywesha.
Irritate, tia hasira, ghathabisha,
kasirisha, chokoza.
Itch, — cause to itch, nyea.
I itch, imeninyea
J.
Jam, kwamisha.
become jammed, k^ama, sakama*
LIST OF VERBS.
185
Jar the teeth, like gn't in food,
kwaza meno.
Jerk, kutua.
Jest, fanya abishi or mzaha, thi-^
hakL
Join, {act.) nnga, {neut.) angana Da.
Judge, hnkomo, hukumia, amua.
The original meaning of amoa
is to separate, and it is used of
separating tujo persons who have
been fighting.
Junibie together different languages
or dicUects, goteza.
Jump, mka.
K.
Keep, Wbka or cheleza (put away),
tunza (take care of), linda
(guard), hifatbi (preserve), shi-
ka (hold), faga (keep animals),
weka or kawisba (delay),
he kept gossiping, puzika.
he kept tame or in a cage, fugika.
It cannot he kept, i.e., it will
either run away or die, bafu-
giki.
keep awake, (jieut.) kesba, (act.)
kesbeza.
keep from, epusba^ zaib'a.
keep in order (a person), nidL
he kept, or capable of being kept,
in order, rudika.
^eep on a/, sbinda.
Keep your distance ! Koma usije !
Kick, piga teke.
KiU, ua, pass, uawa, waga (Mer.),
fisba (to cause to die).
km with, dtc, ulia.
kill for food, cliinja, tinda (M.).
he Kind, tenda mema.
do a kindness to, fatbili.
Kindle^ wasba, tia moto.
Kiss, bustu
lift to the lips and kiss, 80geza.
Knead, kanda.
Kneel, piga magote.
Knit the brows, kunja vipaji
Knock, gonga, gota, piga.
al a door, or to cry Hodi! if the
door be open, bisba.
Know, jua. Kujua is often used in
the sense of to know of, about,
how, Ac.
I know where lie is, namjua aliko
(I know of him, where he is).
I know how to speak the language
of Zanzibar, najua kusema kiu-
nguja.
lean dc lilacksmitKs work, najua
kufua cbuma.
(to recognize), tambua.
be knowable, julikana.
make to know, julisba, jnvisba.
become knoum, taiigaa.
know what to do, tanabaliL
L.
Lace in the rope or matting <icros8 a
native bedstead, tanda, wamba.
Lacerate, papura.
be lacerated, papurika.
be Lame, tegea, cbecbomea, tctea,
kwenda cbopi, tagaa (walk with
the legs far apart).
Land, (neut.) sbuka, (act.) slmsl.a.
Last, isbi.
Laugh, cheka.
laugh at, cbekelea.
Launch, bbua, pa^s. bbuliwa.
Lay, tia, weka.
lay a wager, pinga, sbindania.
lay by, weka akiba.
lay down, laza.
186
SWABILI HANDBOOK.
lay eggs, atamia, or zaa, or nya
mayayi
lay hold of, sliika.
lay open, funua, weka wazi
lay out, andika, tandika, toa.
lay out money, gharimu, gharimia.
lay the beams of a roof, ikiza.
lay the table, andika meza.
lay upon the tahle, weka mezanL
lay to anyone^s charge, tuhmnu.
lay upon some one else, kumbidha.
be Lazy, [kii-]wa mvivn.
to be cross at having anything to
do, kimwa.
Lead, ongoa, ongoza, peloka, fikisha
{make to arrive).
lead astray, koseaha.
lead devotions, somesha.
Leak, Tuja, fn^mka (to open at the
seams).
Jjean upon, tegemea, egemoa.
lean upon a staff, jigongojea.
become lean, koiida.
make lean or thin, kondesha.
Leap, ruka.
Learn, jifunza, pata kiijiia.
learn manners, taadabu.
Leave, acba, ata (M.), toko.
leave by death, fia.
leave to (bequeath), achia.
leave go of, aoba.
Leave off! Wacba! Bass!
Eoma!
leave off fasting, fungnn.
leave till fit or ready, limbika.
leace (cause to remain), saza.
be left (remain), saa, salia, baki.
ask leave, taka, ruksa.
give leave, ruhusu, pa ruksa.
give leave about, amria.
take leave of, aga.
take letive of one another, agana.
Leaven, chacha.
LeaJ, azima, kiritliL ■
Lengthen, ongeza urefiu
make long, fanya mrefo.
Lessen, (act.) punguza, (netU.) pu-
nguka.
Let (permit), aoba, pa ruksa, kabali,
kubalisba.
let alone, aoba.
let a house, pangisba nyomba.
let down, sbusba, ttta.
let down a bucket, pnliza ndoo.
let free a spring, fiatua, fiatnsba.
let go an anchor, pulizii.
let loose, fungua.
let on hire, ajiriiha.
let voaJler, vuja.
Level, fanya sawasawa, tandaza,
toDgeneza.
he level with, lin«:aria no.
make level with, liaga, linga-
iiisba.
level a gun at, lekeza bundnki.
be Liberal to, kerima.
Liberate, fangua, pas». fongnliwa.
from slavery, weka, or aoba bam.
Lick, ramba.
Lie (tell lies), sema uwongo
(to be), kaa, [kil-]wiikow
lie across, kingama.
a tree lies axsross the road, mix
umekingama njiani.
lie across one another, pandana.
lie down, jinyosha, jilaza, lata,
tandawaa.
lie heavy on, lemea
lie on ilie face, wama, f uama (1^1.)*
lie on the side, jiinika.
lie on the ba^k, lala kwa tani.
lie in wait for, otea.
Lift, iniia, tweka.
lift up the voice, paliza sand.
LIST OF VERBS.
187
Light, washa, tia moto.
he Ught, angaza.
sJiow a light, malika.
lAgliten lightening), piga umeme.
JAke, penda.
he an object of liking, tamanika.
Liken, fafanisha.
Limit,
reach its limit, pea.
lAnger, kawia, kawilia.
Lisp, [kil-]wa na kitembe.
Listen, sikiliza, pulikiza.
listen secretly, dukiza.
Live, kaa (stay or he), ishi (continue),
[ku-]wa hayi (be cdive), [kil-]
wako ulimwenguDi (he in tjiis
Load, chukuza. f world).
a person, twika.
a ship, pakia.
a gun, somiri, shindilia.
he laden tuiih, pakia (of a ship),
chukua (carry).
Lock, fanga.
toith a native lock, gomea.
Loiter, kawilia.
LoU, tandawaa.
Long for, tamani.
Look, tazama.
look out, or look carefuUy, angalia.
Look out ! Angalia I Jiponye t
look out for, tazamia.
look for, tafuta.
look after, tunza.
look over a property, ana.
look up to see what is going on,
tahamaka.
Loose, fuDgna.
be loose, regea.
Loosen, regeza.
Lose (money), pata hasara.
potea (to he lost to), [nipotea.
J have lost my knife, kisu kime
lose by Jiaving taken from one,
twaliwa.
lose by death, flwa na.
lose one*s senses, rukwa na akilL
Love, penda, ashiikL
he loved by, kora.
Lower, shusha, tua.
LuQ, pembeza, tumbuiza.
Lurk for, otea.
Lust after, tamani
M.
Magnify, knza, tuknza.
magnify oneself, jitapa.
Make, fanya, fanyiza.
make to do or he. See p. 162.
make a floor or roof, sakifu.
make a pen, chonga kalamu.
make a sign to, ashiria.
make a unU, wasia.
make another love one, pendeleza.
make brilliant, ng'aza.
make cheap, rakhisislia.
make clear, tbihiriaha, eleza, wcka
wazi.
make confident and hopeful, tu«
maini-ha.
make crazy, zulisha.
make dear, gbalisha.
make delirious, papayuza.
make equal, like, &o., sawanlsba,
sawazisha.
make for, fanyia.
make [clothes^ for, katia [nguo],
make game of, tbihaki, fanyizia
mzaba.
make haste, fanya blma, enda
bima.
make ill, gonjweza.
make into a ring, peta.
make lawful, baliUsba.
188
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
make light of a matter, jipum-
kuslia.
make like, oleza.
make metal things, fiia, fulia.
make over talkative, payuza.
make pastry, andaa, andalia.
make pea.ce between, suluhisha.
make plain, thahiri, eleza, thihi-
risha, weka wazi.
make pottery, finyaaga*
make raw, chubua.
make room for, nafisisha.
make sorry, Bikitisha.
make sure, heJiiki.
make to agree, patanisha.
make to he at peace, suluhisha.
make to enter, ingiza.
make to go up, pandisha, kweza.
nuike to grow lean, kondesba.
make to hear or understand, sikiza.
make to weep, liza^ lizana.
make unlawful, haiimu, hara-
misha.
make up afire, chochea moto.
make up one*s mind, tanabahi.
m>ake verses, tunga mashairi.
make water, kojoa.
make weak, thoofisha.
make well, ponya, ponyesba.
Don't make a noise I Tulia f
Manage, amili, fanya.
Mark, tia alama.
^arry, oa (of the husband), olewa
(of the wife), oana (of the
couple), oza (of the parents).
ask in marriage, posa.
Master, ghelibu, shinda.
be master of, weza, tamdlaki.
Match, lingana
make to rnatch, linga, linganisha.
^'^ a match for, weza.
ta£a, nia, kusudia.
Measure, pima, twaa cbeo.
measure together, enenza.
Mediate between, selehisha.
Meditate, tafakari, waza.
Meet, onana, kutana, kutanika, ku»
sanyika.
meet vnth, kuta.
go to meet, laki.
Melt, (neut.) yeyuka, ayika, (oe^.)
yeyusba.
Mend, fanya, fanyiza.
(sew up), sbonea.
(dam), tililia.
(bind up), ganga.
Menstruate, [kiijwa ua heth.
Mention, nena, taja.
Mess.
be all in a mess, chafukachafuka.
make a mess of one*s work, boro-
ngaboroDga.
Mercy (have or show), rehemo.
Mildew, fanya kawa.
Milk, kama.
Mind, tunza (take care of), angalia
(take care), kumbuka (bear in
mind).
Never mind, haithuru, usitic
sbuguli.
I don't mind, mamoja pia.
Mingle, changanya.
be mingled, changanyika.
Miscarry, haiibu mimba.
Miss, kosa.
(to go near to unthout touching),
ambaa*
(not to go direct to), epea.
to be missed (not found), kosekaiia.
Mislead, poteza, kosesha.
Mistake, kosa.
Mix, changanya.
mix up by knocking and beating^
buruga, funda.
LIST OF VERBS.
189
HSock, iga, fhihaki, komaza, kufaru.
he Moderate, [kii-]wa kadiri.
Molest, sumbua, chokoza, liasiri-ha.
Mould (caxt in a mould), ita, fanya
kwa kaliba.
grow mouldy, fanya iikungu.
"Moulder, fujika, fnrijika, haribika.
{go into lump9 like spoilt flour),
fanya madonge.
Mount, panda, kwea.
Mourn {in a formal manner), kaa
matanga.
join in a formal mourning,
hana.
Move, {neut.) jongea, {act) jongeza.
Move into the sTiade, jongea
mvulini.
{as a carpet does when a m>ouse is
under it), forukuta.
{shake), tuknsa, tikisa, snkasnka.
{change place of dwelling), hama,
tama (M.), gnra (A.).
cause to remove, hamisha, tamisha,
gnrisha.
Multiply, {a^t.) zidlsha, ongeza,
{neut.) zidi, ongezeka.
Murder, ua, pass. nawa.
Murmur, nung'unika.
Must, lazimu, sharti, hana buddi.
Seep. 155.
Mutilate, kata.
N.
Name, taja, nena, ita, pa jina {give
a name to).
Need, taka, ibtaji, ibtajia.
Neglect, gbafilika {not to attend to),
achilia {leave undone).
Nibble, tafuna.
Nod, sinzia {doze),BBhinA kwa twaka
{as a signal).
Notice, ona, angc^ia, natbiri.
notice a defect, toa kombo.
take no notice, taghafali.
Nourish, lisha.
Nurse {a child), lea, lisha.
(a sick person), nguza.
O.
Obey, tii, fuata, sikia, tumikia.
Object to, Mndana, shindana, nidi-
ana.
Oblige {compel), lazlmisha, juburu,
juzia.
be obligatory upon, lazimu.
hold under an obligation to do,
&c., juzu.
(by kindness),iQ,ihTM, tendea zema.
Observe, angalia.
Obstruct, kataza, pinga.
Obtain, pata.
Occupy {keep enjaged), fawiti.
Offend, chukiza, tia ghairi, tia
haslra.
he easily offended, [ku-]wa na
chuM.
not to he offended, ku-wa rathi.
don't he offended with me, niwie
rathi, kunrathi.
I am not at all offended, rathi
Sana.
Offer to, tolea, jongeleza {bring near
to),
offer for sale by auction, tembeza.
make a first hid, risdmu.
Omit, acha.
Ooze, tiririka.
ooze out, vujia, tokeza, tokea.
Open {a£t.) funua {uncover), fungaa
{unfasten), panua {make wide),
fumbua {unclose the eyes, &c.),
sindua {set open a door), pope-
tua {force open),
{neut.) [kii-]wa wazi {to lie clear).
100
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
fonvks nr IcmdiikA (to
like a p>wfry, punika {htieome \
-vci/Uy^ foognkA {jiM^ yti «*- 1
fademedy. I
fthindania, ingia kad.
(e f/ppofiU, lekt:*, kabOi, el^cea,
ekkeaoa, kalMlia.
iwl cfppoHUj kkeafty kaln]idi%
elekirza.
Oppre$$^ onea, VanttA, tlieHmiL
Orcier, amani, amrisba, ambia,
agiza {wmmittion),
arrange in order ^ panga, tonga.
pA into good order, fimyiza,
tengeneza, gaoga.
Otight See p. 155.
ibtajia, taka, paaa.
Overbear, by laud talking, &e,, pa-
mbaDya, pambanyiza.
Overburden, lemea.
f/e Overeatt, tanda [wingu].
Overeat <meself, vimbika, vimbiwa.
Overfeed, vimbiaba.
Overflfyw, miminika, tawanyika,
ghariki, furika.
Oversee, simamia, angalia.
Overturn, pindaa.
be overturned, pinduka.
Overtake, pata.
Overwhelm, gbarikUba,
Owe, wiwa.
I owe Mm, aniwia.
to Jiave in one*$ debt, wia.
Own, miliki (possess), kirl (confess),
UDgama (aeknowledge).
P.
Paeh up, ftinga.
Paddhi, vuta kwa kafl or kapi.
^o^ uma, umia.
Paai^twvta.
Pore, amboa.
Pardom,
afiiy ^bo§im,^bo-
t€ flKy nipe
Ask mMhud pmrdom amd ao tai» a
huifareweU, takana buniani.
Parry, bekoa..
Part €mtj gawa, gawan j«»
Pan, pita, puha.
widke to pan, pitiaha^
jNUt going in &ppotite direetioiu^
piflhaiUL
paM through, penya.
pam over (a river), yiika*
(a fault), adiilia.
pa$8 eiose to without touching^
ambaa,
be passable, endeka.
Pasture, chnnga, lisha.
Patch (thatch, dx,), cbomelea.
be Patient, ynmilin, subiri.
Paw [the ground^ purapara.
Pay, lipa.
pay to, lipid.
cause to be paid, liplsea.
pay freight for, takabathisha.
Peck, dona, doadoa.
Peel, ambna, puna.
Peep, chungulia, tungulia (M).
Pelt, tnpia.
Penetrate, penya.
Perceive, ona, sikia, fabamn.
Perfect, kamilisha.
be perfect, kamilika. See Com-
plete,
Perforate, zua, zua tundu.
Perform a promise, fikiliza ahadi.
ablutions, tobara.
LIST OF VERBS.
191
devotions, sali.
a vow, ondca nathiri.
Perish, fa, potea, potelea, haribika.
Perjure oneself, apa uwongo, ehu-
hudia zuli or aztCr.
Permit, ruhusu, pa ruksa, acha.
Perpetuate, dumisha.
Perplex, tia matata, changanyisha.
become perplexed, ingia matata,
tanganyika.
Persecute, fakaza, tbulmnn.
Persevere, dumu, dumia, dawamu.
Perspire, taka haii.
Persuade, shawishi, kinaisba, pa
sbanrL
Pick {as with a knife point),
chokora.
(gather), cboma.
etalks, (kc, from ehves, Ac, cba-
mbua.
pick out {select), el.agua, teua.
pick up, okota.
pick up lit by bit, dondoa, lum-
bika.
pick holes in one another's cha-
racter, papuriana.
Pickle, fanya acbari
Pierce, zua, penyesha, penya.
Pile up [plates, dtcJ], andikaiiya.
Pinch, finya.
be pinched up, finyana.
Pine away, fifia.
Pity, bunimia, sikitikia, rebemu.
Place, weka.
an arrow on the string, a knife in
the belt, (tc, pacLika.
Tltere is no place for me in the
house, nyumba haiaiweki.
Plait, «nka, sokota.
Plane, plga randa.
Plant, panda.
Plastir, kandika.
prepare a icaJJfor the white plaster
by smoothing it and tapping in
small stones, tomea.
put on a planter, bandika.
Play, cbeza, laabu.
play the fool, peketeka.
play upon an instrumentj piga
zomari, &o.
Please, pendeza, forabisba.
(like), penda.
as you please, upendavyo^
Please ! Tafathali I
be pleaded, pendezowa.
make pleasing, pendekeza.
Pledge, weka rabani
Pluck, cbuma {gather), nyakua
{snatch), nyonyoa {pick off
feathers).
pluck up a courage, piga moyo
Plv^ up, ziba. [konde.
Plunder, teka, twaa nyara.
Point, cbonga ; fanya 'ncba.
point out, onyet^ba, ainisba.
Poison, pa sumo.
Poke, cboma.
Polish, katoa.
Ponder, fikiri, waza, tafokail
Possess, miliki, [kil-]wa na.
{of an evil spirit), pagaa.
be possessed by an evil spirit,
pagawa na pepo.
be Possible, [kil-]wa yamkini, weze-
kana, fanyika, tendeka.
Postpone, akirisba.
make Pottery, finyanga
Pound, ponda, fonda.
clean com by pounding, twanga.
Pour, mimina.
pour away, mwaga, mwaya.
have Power over, weza.
Practise, jizoeza, taala.
practise witchcraft, fanya uobawL
192
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
I'raise, tifu, hemldi.
praise oneself , jisifu, jigamba.
Prate, puza.
Pray, omba, sail (perform the fixed
devotions), abadu (worship).
pray for, taka (a^k for), ombea
(intercede for).
Preach, kliutubu, ayithi.
Precede, tangulia.
he Precipitous, chongoka.
Pi edict, agua, bnshiri, tabiri.
Prefer, pcnda, khitari, stahiba.
Ite Pregnant, chukua mimba, heonili.
Prepare, weka tayari.
food, andaa, andalia.
Present to, tunikia, pa.
make presents to, pukusa, pa
bashishi, tunza.
Preserve, hifathi, afu.
he preserved, hifathika,
Press, kaza, shindilia, siaikiza.
press out, kamua.
press upon, kandamiza.
press heavily upon, lemea.
press with the teeth, vuata.
make an impression (as with the
fingers), bonyesha.
press and crush food for invalids
or children, vinyavinya.
press against one another, like
sheep in a flock, Bonganaso-
ngana.
Pretend to he, jifanya.
Prevent, zuia, kataza.
Prick, choma.
Pride oneself, jisifu.
Print, piga chapa.
Prize up, tekua.
Proceed, enenda, fuliza.
Proclaim, tangaza, hubiri, nadi,
Procure for, patia. [eleza.
he procKrahle, patikana.
Profess, ungama.
Profit, pata fayida, fayidi, clmma.
tnma (M.).
Prognosticate, bashiri.
hy the stars, piga falakL
Prohibit, kataza, gombeza.
Project, tokeza, tuMza.
Prolong, ongeza nrefa, ioiliza, en-
deleza.
Promise, abidl, too abadi.
give a promise to, pa ahadu
Pronounce, ta'mka.
Prop up, tegemeza, i^hikiza.
he propped, tegemea.
prop up a vessel to prevent its
falling over when left hy the
tide, gada.
Propose, nena, toa shauri.
Prosecute, shtaki.
Prosper, fanikiwa, eitawi, kibali,
jaliwa.
Prostrate oneself, sujudu.
before, to, <tc., sujudia.
Protect, hami, linda, hifathi, kinga
(ward off).
Prove, t^ubutisha.
he proved, t^ubuta.
Provide, weka akiba.
Provoke, kirihi, kirihiaha, tia liasirsy
ghathabi;?ha.
Prune, chenga, feka.
Pry, dadisi, fatilshi.
Puff, puliza.
be puffed up, tuna, ftira, jetca,
jivnna.
Pull, vuta.
pull out, ng'oa.
he pulled out., ng'oka.
Moyo unaning'oka, my heart has
jumped into my throat, used of
a person much startled,
pull otd feathers, nyonyoa.
LIST OF VERBS.
193
puU oui of (me*B liand, cbopoa.
TpvXl up {roGts]^ ng'oa.
Tump, piga bomba.
Punish, athibu, athibisba, tcsa
(afflict), sambusha (give annoy-
ance to), patiliza (visit upon).
Purify, takasa, safisha.
hy ceremonial ablutions, tohara.
he purified, safika, takasika.
Purpose, kusudia, ania.
Pursue, faata (foUow), winda
(chase), fakuza (drive away),
i^Suisk (seek for).
Push, snkiima.
push against kmnba.
push aMde, piga kikumbo,
p%uh off upon, kumbisha.
Put, tia, weka.
put across [a river"], vnsha.
ptU a pot on the fire, teleka.
put an end to, komesha, ghairi.
put atoay, weka.
put down, tua.
putforih leaves, chanua.
put in a line, panga.
put in order, tonga.
put in under anything, yumbika.
put into, tia.
Tia motoni, put it in the fire,
Tia moto, set it on fire,
put into the right vjay, vusha.
put off, akirisha.
ptU off upon another, sukumiza.
put an [dodhes'], vaa.
put on his guard, tahathirisha.
put on a turhan hy winding the
do^ round €he head, piga
kilemba.
put out, toa.
put out \_fire^, zima, zimia.
put out of Joint, shtusha, shtua.
put ready for use, sogezea.
put ropes to a native hedstead
tanda wamba.
put to (shut), shindika.
put to flight, kimbiza.
put to rights, tengeneza, tongeleza
put to straits, thiiki
put through, penye&ha.
Putrify, oza.
Puzzle, tatanisha.
he puzzled, tatana, tatazana.
Q.
Quake, tetemeka, tetema.
Quarrel, gombana, nenana, nazi-
yana.
wiQi, teta, gomba.
Quarry [stoTie'], chimba, vnnja.
Quell, tuliza.
Quench, zima.
Quicken, himiza (^make quicker),
he quick enough (he in time),
diriki.
Quiet, tuliza.
hecome quiet, tulia, nyamaza,
tulika.
Quit, acha, toka.
Quiver, tetema.
B.
Race, shindania.
Rain, nya.
It rains, mviia inakunya, mvna
yanya (M.).
cause it to rain, nyesha.
leave off raining, anuka.
Raise, inua (lift)^ paaza (make to
rise), tweka, kweza, pandisha,
imisha.
raise the eyebrows hy way of sign,
konyeza.
O
194
8WAEILI HANDBOOK,
raise the eyebrows hy way of eon"
tempt, kuuia.
Bange together, pangana.
Ransom^ komboa, fidi (of the price),
fidia (of the person).
Bap with the krmokles, piga konzi.
he made Raw, chubuka.
Reach. See Stretch,
(arrive at), fika, wasili, pata.
rea^sh a person, fikia, wasilia.
cause to reach, fikisha, wasilisha.
put within his reach, [mw-]eneza.
reach its limit, pea.
Read, soma, fyoma (M.).
teach to read, somesha.
ReM,p, vuna.
(break off the heads cf Indian
com), goboa.
Rear [a child], lea.
Reason, tefua.
Rebel, asi, khalifa, taghi.
Rebuke, nenea, laumn, lawana.
Rebut, dakuliza.
Receive, pokea, pewa, twaa.
(accept), kubali, takabali.
receive for soine one else, pokelea.
receive a stranger, karibisha.
Reckon, besabu, wanga.
Recite, karirisha.
Reclifie, jinyosha, tandawaa, pa-
mzika.
Recognize, tambua, tambalia, fafa-
nua.
be recognizable, t&mbalikana.
Recollect, kumbuka, fahama.
Recommend, nenea, agiza, arifa,
peleka.
Reconcile, patai^isha, selehiaha.
Redeem, komboa, fidia.
Reduce, pangnza.
Reef a sail, piingaza tanga.
Refer to, regea.
Reflect (think), kumbuka, waza,
fikiri.
Reform, silihi, fiilihisha, sahilii,
sahihisha.
Refresh, bumdisha, sterehisha^ ta-
bnradn.
Refuse, katsiza, kataa, iza.
refuse to, nyima, hini.
refuse to believe, katalia.
Refute, batlli.
Regret, juta, sikitika.
Rehearse, karirisha.
Reign, miliki, tawala.
Reject, kataa, kania.
Rejoice, (neut) farahi, furahiwa.
rejoice in, farahia.
malce to rejoice, farahisha.
shout and triumph, shangilia.
Relate, hadithia, nena, toa, pa.
Relax, rcgeza.
be relaxed, regea.
Release, acha, likiza.
from an obligation, feleti.
Relish, ona tama, ona luththa.
Rtly upon, fangamana, jetea.
Remain (stay), kaa, kaa kitako,
keti (M.).
be left, S6ia, salia, baki.
remain awake, kesha.
remain quiet, starehe.
to remain as he wishes, kumkalia
tamu.
Rem^y, poza.
Remember, kombuka, fahamu.
remerriber against, patiliza.
Remind, kumbusha, fahamisha.
Remit [sins^t ghofiri.
remit to, ghofiria, ondolea.
Remove, ondoa, tenga, ondolea.
from an office, uzula.
Rend, raraa, pasua.
be rent fn^ pieces, pasukapasuka.
LIST OF VERBS.
195
Renounce, acha, kacA.
Bent, panga (hireX pangisba (let).
Repair, fanyiza, fanya.
Repay, lipiza.
Repent, tubu.
repent of, tubia.
Reply, jibu (give an answer), itika
(answer when caUed).
Repay, regeza, lipa.
Reproach, shutumu, kamia, taya.
Request, tak&.
Rescue, toa kimako hatari, toa
nmaiuo baiari, okoa.
Resemble, fanana na.
make to res&mble^ fananisha.
Resent, fanya gbatbabu, ingiwa na
gbatbabu.
Resign, jiuzulu, jitoa katika.
Resist, kbalifu.
Resolve, yakinia, dzimu.
Rest (nevL) pumzika, tulia, starebe.
(a^t.) pmnzislia.
He never rests, bana zituo.
I cannot rest in the house, n3nimba
beuniweki.
Hestore, nidisba, rejeza.
Restrain, zuia.
Resuscitate, fafua, buisha.
Retaliate, twaa kasasi, lipia sawa,
jilipiza.
Retire (go Inick), endelea nyuma.
Return, (neut) nidi, regea.
(a^t) rudisba, regesba.
Reveal, fnnua.
Revenge, nabma, lipia maovu, toa
kasasi.
revenge OTHeself, jilipiza (or lipia)
ka^iad.
Reifererlce, nenyekea.
R^erse, pindua.
Revile, sbntnmu.
Revive, (neat) fufuka, hnl, buika.
Revive, as a plant in water, obupuza.
(act.) fafua, huisba.
Revolt (disgust), kinaisba.
revolt at, kinai.
Reward, jazi, jazilia, lipia, fathili
Ride upon, panda.
Ridicule, fanyizia mzaba, tbihaki.
Ring a heU, piga kengele.
Rip, pasua.
Ripen, iva.
Rise (ascend), paa.
(get up), ondoka.
(stand up), simama, innka.
(rise to, or out of respect for),
ondokea.
(come to the top of the water),
zuka.
(of the sun), [ku-]cba.
Roar, lia, nguruma, fanya kisbindo
(make a crash).
Roast, oka.
Rob, ihia, (steal from)j nyang'anya.
(take by force), poka.
Rock, pembeza.
Roll, (act.) fingiiislia.
(neut) fingirika.
(of a river, time, Ac), pita.
Root out, ng^oa.
Rot, oza.
be Rough, parnga, paruza.
be Round, viringa.
(spherical), viringana.
Rouse from sleep, amsha.
Row, Yuta makasia.
be in rows, pangana.
put irt a row, panga.
Rub, sugua.
tl^ skin off, cbubua, tuna.
rub to pieces, fikicba.
rvb in ointment, &c., paka.
Ruin, angamisba, poteza, yona
Jsorofisha.
2
196
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
he ruinedy angamia, tilifu, filibika
(be sold up).
Bulsy tawala.
rule a line^ paga mstari.
Ruminate, teuka.
Jtun, piga mb-o, rukhuthtu
run a risk, hatirisha.
run againsty fulia.
run away, kimbia.
make to run away, kimbiza.
run away from a mastery home,
dtCf toroka.
run aslwre, panda, tekeza.
run down, like water, or like a
person doton a steep place, te-
lem'ka.
run down with bloody churuzika
damu.
run hard, kaza mbia
run over, furika.
run with a shuffling noise like a
rat, gugurusha.
r»/« (in sewing), piga bandi.
Hush along, enda kassi.
Uust (neut), ingia kutu.
Bustle, piga mtakaso.
S.
Salute, salimu, sulimn, amkua,
amkia, salimia.
fire a salute, piga mizinga ya
Balamu.
Salve, baudika.
Sanction, toa IthinL
Satisfy, rithiba.
be satisfied or content, [ktf-]wa
rathi.
Botisfy with food, shibisha.
he satisfied, shiba.
he never satisfied, nyeta.
be self-satisfied, kinai.
he enough, toslia.
he of use to, faa.
satisfy lust, timia ngoa.
Save, okoa, ponya, ynsha.
be saved, okoka, pona, vuka.
(put away), weka.
Saw, kata kwa msameno, kereza.
Say, sema.
say to, ambia.
Scald, onguza, ungaza.
be scalded, ungua.
Scare, fukuza, tia khofn.
scare birds from com, &c,, linda
ndege.
Scatter, tawanya, tapanya (M.),
farakisha.
be scattered, tawanyika.
scatter about, tawanyatawanya,
tapanyatapanya (M.)*
Scent (put scent to), singa.
smell out, nukiza.
ScolSi, fanyizia ukali, nenea, laumn,
karipia.
Scoop up, wangua.
Scorch, unguza, ongnza.
he scorched, ungua, ungnlia.
Scorn, tharau, tweza, pek^teka.
Scour, sugua.
Scrape, kuna.
scrape along, kwarnza.
scrape for, with; (fee, kunia.
scrape into a coarse meal, paaza.
scrape off, puna.
scrape off bark, dirt, scales, &c.
to clean by scraping, paa.
scrape on the ground, para.
scrape out, komba.
scrape up, kwangua.
Scratch, kuna, kunyua.
(make a scratch), piga mtai
scratch deeply, papura.
scratch like a hen, pekua.
Scream^ piga kio\ife, piga yowe.
LIST OF VERBS.
197
Scrub, BUgua.
Search for, tafuta, tefua.
search aU aJxmtf tufuiatafuta.
Seal, tia muhuri.
Sedttce vxymen, tongoza.
See, ona.
he seen, or visible, onekaua.
see any one off, safirisha.
Seek, taka.
seek advice, taka sliaurL
seek out, huji.
seek for, tafata, zengen.
seek out for, look out for, tafutia.
Seem.
It seems to me, naiona.
seem sweet to, kora.
Seize, kamata, guia, shika.
seize for debt, filisi.
go quieUy and secretly up to amj-
thing in order to se^e it sud-
denly, nyemelea.
Select, chagiia, teua.
SeU, uza. The u- of this word is
very unimportant, it is generally
merged in the -u of ku-, the
sign of the infinitive, which is
retained in most of the tenses,
sell to, liza.
he ordinarily sold, uzanya.
Send, peleka, leta.
to a person, pelekea, let ea.
cause to reach a person, wasi-
lisha.
send away, ondosha, toa.
serid hoAik, rudisha, rejeza.
send upon some business, tuma.
Separate, tenga, weka mbali.
(leave one another^, achana, ataua
(M.), tokana.
(alienate), farakisha.
become alienated, farakauei, ta-
ngukana.
separate people who are fighting,
amua.
(distinguish), pambanua.
be cut off from one another, like
friends separated by great dis-
tances, tindlkiaiia.
be Serene, [kii-]wa saff, tulika,
kunduka.
Moyo wake umekunduka, his
heart is at pea/ie.
Serve, tumikia, hudumia.
be a servant, tumlka.
serve for, faa kwa.
Set, weka.
(plant), panda.
(of the sun), chwa, twa (M.).
The sun is not yet set, jua, hali-
jachwa.
set a dog on one, tomesha mbwa.
set a trap, tega.
set aside, tangua, ondoa.
set fire to, tia moto, washa, koka
choma.
set in order, panga, tunga.
set on to fight, piganisha, pigani-
shana.
set open [a door"], sindua.
set out on a Journey, safiri, shika
njia.
set the teeth on edge, tia ganzi la
meno.
set up (put upwards), panza.
(make to stand), simikisha.
set wide apart, panulia.
Settle^ (neut.) tuana.
setUe an affair, kata maaeno.
settle down, talia.
settle in one*s mind, yakinia.
Sew, shona.
sew through a mattress to confine
the stuffing, tona godoro.
Shade, tia uvuli.
198
SWAHILI HANDBOOK.
SKahCi (act.) tikisa.
(neut.) tikitika.
shake off, cpua, kupua.
aJiake out, kung'uta, kmniinta
(Mer.).
hecorne Shallow, punguka.
Shame, tia hnya, taliayarisha.
l)e put to shame, fetheheka, aibika.
Sharnjioo, kanda.
ShajH', umba.
Share, gawauya.
part out in shares, gawa, husBU.
Iw j)artn(irs in, shariki, sharikiana.
SItarjHin on a stone, noa.
Simvv., nyoa.
shive nmnd the head, leaving hair
on the croion otily, kata denge.
sjiava (Ul save one long tujt, kata
Hhvd, ))uku1ika. [kinjunjuri.
Sf it'll, ])apatua.
sht^ll hvanf, <(;o., pna baazi, &c.
shv.ll niUs, &0., by heating, banja,
iiHiuyii.
Hhvlttrr, tia kivuli.
Shift a burden from one to another,
pokozanya.
shift over a sail to the other side,
kiBi tanga.
Shine, ng'ara, zagaa, mckumeka.
Shiver (neut), tapatapn, tctoma,
tot(>mekn, tapa.
Shoot [ioith a gun'], piga [kwa
buiuhiki].
(as a plant), chupuka, chupuza.
Shorten, fupizn.
be short and sinall, knndaa.
faU short, punguka, tindika (A.).
Shout, piga kelele.
Shove out of the way, piga kikumbo.
Show, onyesha, onya.
shmo a light, mulika.
show one*8 teeth, toa mena
become Shrewd and hnowingt etK'
make Shrewd, erevuBha. [vnki^
Shriek, piga kiyowe.
Shrink (become smaller), pnng^oa.
(from something), jikunja.
shrink up, jikunyata, fingana.
Shrivel (rieut), nyauka, finyana,
kunjana.
Shrug the shouMers, inua mabega.
Shudder, tetemeka.
Shun, epuka.
Shuffle along, gugurusha.
shuffle cards, tanganya karata.
Shut (put to), shindika.
(fasten), fanga.
(dose), fumba.
shut against, fuDgisha.
be Sick or ill, ugua, [kil-]wa mweli,
[ktC-]wa hawezi, &c See III
and Vomit
He feels sick or sea-sick, moyo
wamcbafuka, moyo umemwelea
(M.), ana ng'onga (A.).
Sift, cbunga (by shaking), peta or
pepeta (Jby tossing), pepua
(separate large and small, whole
and broken grains). Sifting is
always done by tossing and
shaking in a round flat basket
Sigh, ugua, kokota roho (draw
breath with an effort).
Silence, nyamazisba.
become silent, nyamaza.
contirtue silent, nyamaa.
be Silly, piswa.
Sin, fanya thambi, kosa.
Sing, imba, tumbuiza (luU).
Sink (act), zamisba, tosa (droum),
didimisha (into a solid suit-
stance),
(neul.), zama, tota (drovrrC), didi-
mia (sink into a solid svl>«Umce),
LIST OF VERBS.
199
8ip^ nywa funda (f to take in by
gulps).
Bit, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.)*
Take a seat, kaa kitako.
9it like a hen^ atamia.
Skin, chana, tuna (M.).
Slander, siogizia, fitiui, amba, tha-
mu.
Slap, piga kofi.
Slash, tema.
Slaughter, chinja (to kUl by cutting
(he throat), tinda (M.). It is
not lawful to eat any meat (hut
has not been so killed.
Sleep, lala.
Sleep well 1 Lala unoDO !
doze, sinzia.
I am sleepy, ninao uzingizL
be slept upon, lalika.
Slide, teleza.
Sling, tupa kwa kombeo.
Slip, teleza.
It is slippery, pana utelezi.
slip down a steep placet poromoka,
telem'ka.
slip away grain by grain like
sand or corn, dondoka.
dip off, or out of one*s hand, &c.,
chopoka, ponyoka.
Slit, pasud.
Slope, inama.
be Sluggish, pumbaa.
Smart, waka.
make to smarts nyonyota.
Smear on, paka.
SmeU (emit a smell), nnka, nusa.
1 smeU ambergris, inaninuka
ambari (arnbergris Tnakes a
smell to me).
Do you not smell itf Huisikii
ikinuka ? (Do you not perceive
it making a smell f )
Smell at, nukiza.
Smile, tabassam, oheka, kuQJa
midomo.
Smoke, toka moshi.
STnoke tobacco, vuta tumbako.
smoke (meat, <kc.), piga mvuke.
Smoothe, lainisha.
Smoulder, vivia.
Smuggle, iba usbunu
Snap, alika (neuL), alisha (a^).
Snare, tega.
Snarl, toa meno.
Snatch, Dyakua, pokonya.
Sneeze, chafya, shamua, enda or
piga chatya.
Snore, koroma, piga misouo (make
a whisUing sound).
Snort, piga pua.
Snuh, kemea.
Soak, woweka.
Sob, ingia na shake la kulia.
Sober, levusha.
become sober, levuka.
Soften, lainisha.
Solve, wathaisha, weka wazi
eleza.
Soothe, tuliza, pembeza, tumbuiza.
be Sorry, sikiiika, kiisirika (be
vexed), juta (regret).
I am sorry for it, sioni vema.
Sound, pima majL
It sounds hollow, panalia wazi.
Sow seeds, panda, yaa (A.).
sow discord, fitini.
Sparkle, merimeta, mekameka, me-
metiika (A.).
Speak, nena, sema (say), tamka
(pronounce), ambia (say to).
speak about, at, for, or against,
nenea.
speak against, amba.
apeak distinctly, pambaBoa.
200
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
Speak out ! Sema sana !
make a speech, tagusa, Imnba.
speak Arabic, sema Kiarabu.
speak a jumble of different lan-
guages or dialects, goteza.
not to speak, nyamaa.
Spell, endeleza.
Spend, tumiii, kharij.
spend upon or about, haiijia, glia-
rimia.
spend time, ongea.
Spin, mwaga, mimina.
he spiU, miminika.
Spin, sokota.
Spit, tema mate.
Splash, (act.) rushia.
(neut.) rukia, tawanya.
Splice [a rope']^ unga.
[a spar], ganga.
Split, (act) pasua.
splU up, (neut.) pasukapasuka.
split down (Jyranches), (act.)
kwanua.
he split down, as when any one has
heen trying to climb up hy them,
kwanuka.
Spoil, haribu, vunja.
(newt.), haribika, oza.
Sp(yrt with, laabu.
Spout out, ruka.
The whale spouts, nyamgumi
anatoa moshi.
Sprain, shtusha mshipa, tetika.
he sprained, shtuka mshipa.
Spread, (neut.) enea, farishi.
(act.) eneza. [ka.
he opened and spread over, kunju-
spread a cloth or a hed, tandika.
spread out, tanda.
spread [news'], tangaza.
(hecome known), tangaa.
Sprinkle^ nyanyiza.
Sprout, mea, oliupuka, tokeza (sfuno
itsdf\ chanua (put forth
leaves).
Spy out, peleleza.
Squabble, bishana, gombana.
Squander, foja, tapanyaiapanya.
Squeak, lia.
Squeeze, kamna.
(grasp), fumbata.
squeeze together (act.), songa.
(ne^t.) Bongaua.
squeeze oneself into a hedge or
against a wall to let others pass^
jibanza.
Squint, [kii-]wa na makengeza.
Stab, choma.
Stagger, pepa.
he staggeredf'ioetLeeLf shangaa.
(astonish), shangaza.
Stain, tia waa, tia madoadoa (spot).
Stalk [an animal], nyemelea.
Stammer, p£il-]\ia na kigagumizL *
Stamp, piga chapa.
Stand, aimama, kaa.
up or stm, simama (of persons).
make to stand, simamisha, simiki-
sha.
stand aghast, ghumiwa.
stand hy, simamia.
stand in the way of, kindana.
stand over, akiri.
stand staring, shangaa.
Stare at, kodolea.
Start (be startled), shtuka, gutaka.
(set out), ondoka, safirL
start out of Vie way, kwepa.
Startle, shiua, stosha, kutusha.
Starve, {neut.) fa kwa njaa.
(a4st.) fisha kwa Djaa.
Stay, kaa, kaa kitako, keti (M.).
His stayed aU day, alishinda
kutwa.
LIST OF VERBS.
201
{wait\ ngoja, subiri.
(loiter), kawia, kawilia.
(remain over long), hajirika.
(stop) (act.), zuia.
he Steady, tungamana, tulio.
Steal, iba, jepa (A.).
steal from, ibia.
Steep, choveka, owamisba.
he steeped, owama.
Steer, shika shikio.
Steer northwards, bbika majira ya
jaa.
[a tes8eC\, andika.
Step over, kiuka, kia.
Slick, (7i6tt^.) shika, gandama, a-
mbata.
(o/ct.) ambatiza, ganda.
ttick together, ambatana, ganda-
mana, guiana (Mer.)-
stick fast, kwama, sakuma.
itick into \ihe emhers to he roasted],
vumbika.
tUck out, (neut.) tokezo.
(act) benua.
Stifle, znia pumuzi.
StiU, tuliza, nyamazisha.
he very stiU, zizima.
StimuUxle, tabarrakisha.
Sting, uma.
Stink, nuka, nuka vibaya.
Stir, boruga, vuruga, kologa.
stir up arid knock about, tibua.
stir up, turn over, and press
together, soDga.
stir up (fire, strife, &c.), chocbe-
Sfoopf inama. [lezea.
Stop, (act.) zuia (hold in), komesha
(make to cease), kiugamisha
(hlock).
(ne^it.) simama (stand), koma
(leave off).
8top and stagnate, vilia.
stop short of its purpose or per^
fection, via.
slop up, ziba.
Store up, weka akiba.
Stow, pakiza.
Straddle (walk with the legs far
apart), tagaa.
Straighten, nyosha.
he straight, nyoka.
Strangle, nyonga, songa.
Strain (a liquid), cbuja, tuja (M.).
See Sprain, popotoa.
(make a violent effort), kakamuka.
Stray, potea, zunguka.
Strengthen, tia nguvu.
Stretch, nyosha.
stretch up to rea>ck anything, chu-
chumia.
stretch ane^slegs, kunjua miguu.
stretch the threads for weaving,
tenda nguo.
stretch across an opening (act.),
tanda, wamba.
Strew, mwagia, nyunyiza.
Strike, piga.
strike on the ground, piga na nchi.
strike the foot against anything,
kwaa.
strike with the hoof, piga kwata.
strike out (in writing), futa.
strike a sore place, tonesha.
String (heads, iStc), tanga.
Strip off, ambua, pua, menya,
babua.
(branches, leaves, &e.), pagua.
Strive with, shindana na, teta, hu-
snmu.
(make an effort), fanya bidii or
juhudi.
strive for hreoitk, tweta.
Stroke, papasa.
Stroll cJxmt, zungakazu]|^g«ka.
K.
202
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
he Strong and weOrhnib^ pirikana,
kakawana.
Struggle^ fanya juhudi.
Study, taali
meet in a dassfor study ^ dorusi.
StwMe, jikwaa.
make to stumble, kwaza.
Stun,
be stunned, potea na akili, rakwa
na akili.
Stunt, viza.
be stunted, vieu
Stutter, [ktl-]wa na Mgugumizi,
babaika.
Subdue, tiisha, shinda.
Submit to, tii, faata.
Succeed (foUow), ja mahali pake.
Sv>ch a one succeeded hvm, baada
yake alikuja na fullani.
(^prosper), faniMwa, kibali.
succeed in doing, pata kufanya.
Suck, nyonya, amwa (M.), fyonda,
fyoDza.
suck up, nwa.
suck out, sonda.
I have sucked him dry (got all the
information, &g., I can out of
him), nimemzaa.
Suckle, nyonyesha, amwisha (M.).
Sue for (at law), dai. ^
Suffer, teswa, taabika, umwa.
what he suffered, mambo yalio-
mpata.
suffer loss, pata hasara.
Suffice, tosha, tosheleza, kifti.
Suggest, n^iha.
Suit, faa (he of use to), lingana
(maich), wafiki (he suitable to).
Sum up, jumlisha.
Superintend, simamia, angalia.
Supply, dwini, niznkn (used e«-
peMBf of God),
supply a trader with goods on
credit, kopesha.
Support, tegemeza, himili, chnkoa.
he supports his parents, awachu-
kua wazee wake.
Suppose, thani (think), iliama (think
of), kisi (guess).
Suppurate, toa uzaha.
become Surety, tiiamini
Surpass, pita.
Surprize, toshea, taajabisha.
be surprized, taajabu, tosbewa.
(come upon suddenly), fumania,
gundua.
Surrender, sellim.
Surround, zunguka, tandama (?),
duru.
Survey, aua.
Survive, [kii-]wa hayi baada ya.
Suspect, thania, tuhumii, ingiashaka.
Swagger, tamba, wayawaya.
Swallow, meza.
Sway, punga.
sway about, like a drunken man,
lewalewa, umbaumba.
sway ba4ikwards and forwards,
tangatanga.
sway like a tree loaded with fruit,
wayawaya.
sway about in the wind, ynmba.
Swear, apa.
swear at, apiza.
make to swear, afya, apisha.
Sweat, toka ban, fanya jasho.
Sweep, fagia, pea (M.).
sweep together, zoa.
sweep away all there is, knmha.
Swell, fura, yimba, tuna, vuna.
rise into little swellings, tutnka,
tutumka, tutusika.
Swim (of a man), ogolea.
(float), elea.
LIST OF VERBS.
203
moyo nnaelea (M.), I feel dw"
turhed in my inside,
(make to float), eleza.
Swindle, punja.
Suoing. See Sway (neutJ), ning'inia.
(act,), ning'iniza, bembeeha.
sujing the arms, which is reckoned
an elegance in a woman^s ca/r-
rijoge, punga mikono.
swing round the head in dancing,
linga.
T.
Tack (in sewing), piga bandi.
(in sailing), pindua kwa goBhini.
Take, twaa.
(receive), pokea, pewa.
(to a person), pelekea.
(to a place), peleka, chukua, fikiza.
take a portion from the dish in
eating, mega, ambua.
take a piece in chess, la.
take a walk, tembea, enda tembea.
take across, yoa, vukisha, yuBha.
take as spoU, teka.
take away, ondosha, toa.
take away from a person, twalia.
take away from, or off from, epua,
okoa.
take away the desire of anything
more, kinaisha.
take byforcct nyang'anya.
take care, angalia.
take care of, tunza.
take civet from the ngawa, zabidi.
take courage, tawakali, piga moyo
konde.
take down, angua.
take leave of, aga, agana na.
take off (clothes), vua.
(the fire), ipua.
take one's due, jilipizc.
take one^s revenge, jilipiza kisasi
take out, opoa, ondosha, toa.
take out of a trap, namna (Mer.).
take out of the sun or rain, anua.
take out of the pot, pakua.
take suddenly and violently, poka.
take the responsibility, tadarikL
take to pieces, kongoa.
take up, tweka.
take up a little at a Hme^ ohota,
dokoa.
take upon oneself the obligations
of another, hawili.
Talk, nena, sema, jizumgumza.
talk about, to, of, at, for, or against,
nenea.
talk against one another, nenana.
talk a person, over into doing or
telling something, nyenya.
talk and murmur in one*s sleep,
weweseka.
talk English, &c., sema Kiingrezi,
&c,
talk nonsense, puza, pnzika.
talk scandal about, amba, izara.
Udk through the nose, semea pnani,
pm-]wa na king'ong'o.
Tangle, tia matata, tatanisha.
be tangled, tatana, tatazana.
Tap, gota, gonga, chapa.
Tarry, kawa, kaa.
Taste, onda, oiija, thaka, limbuka
(taste a new crop, &c,, for the
first time).
Tax, fanya nshnru (?).
Tca^k, fundisha, fauza, fimda, ele-
misha (instruct), jwry a, juvibha
or julisha (make to know).
Tear, rarua, baboa, papua, papnra.
be torn, raruka, babuka, papuka.
tear down [branches, Ac], kwa-
nua.
204
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
he torn down and broken, kwa-
nyuka.
Teaze, chokoza, kefyakefya.
Telly ambia.
tell a tale, heulithi, badithia, nena
or toa hadithi.
tell tales ahout, chongeleza.
Tempt, jaribu (try), shawishi (per-
suade).
Tend to, lekea.
Tend (sheep, <feo.)» chunga, tunga
(M.), lisha.
Terrify, ogofya, tisha, khofisba.
Testify, shuhudu, shuhudia, sema
usbuhuda.
Tether, funga.
Thank, ambia asanti, shukuru (very
seldom used except of God),
Thank you, assdnt, marababa
(this last is th^ proper answer
to a slaveys salutalion).
Thatch, vimba, ezeka.
Think (consider), aza, fikiri, tafa-
kari, kmnbuka.
(suppose), thani, tbania.
think oneself, jiona.
think oneself a man, jipevua.
think of, tia maanani, kumbuka
(remember), nia, ania, or nuia
(have in one^s mind).
Thirst, ona kiu (feel thirst), [ktC-]
wa na kiu (have thirst).
Threaten, ogofya, ogofisha, khofisha,
kamia (?).
Thresh, piga, pnra (beat out corn),
fikicha kwa miguu (tread out),
fikicba kwa mikono (nib out).
Thrill, tetema.
Thrive, sitawi, fanikiwa (of persons
only)
Throb, puma.
Throttle, kaba.
Throw, tupa.
throw a rider, rnsha.
throw a stone, Ac, vurumisha.
throw about,' tawanya, tapanya
(M.), chafua, tefua (M.).
throw at, tupia.
throw away, tupa.
throw down, angusha.
throw overboard, tosa.
throw up, or off, rusha.
throw a burden off the shoulder,
&c., bwaga.
Thunder, p£ii-]wa na ng^rumo (dis-
tant), piga radi (near).
Thwart, balifu.
Tickle in the rVys, tekenya, sbtua.
Tie, funga.
tie a knot, piga fundo.
tie up into a bundle or faggot,
tita.
Tighten, (act.) kaza, tia kassi, (neut.)
kazana, kazika.
Tingle, ona kiuyenyefu.
Tip off the head, shoulder, Ac,
bwaga.
be Tipsy, lewa, jilevya.
make tipsy, levya.
Tire, chosba, taajazi.
become tired, cboka.
be tiresome, refuse to be pleased.
Toast, oka. [deka.
be Together.
We are Together, tu sote.
Tolerate, stabimili, ynmilia.
Torment, atbibu, uthi, atbibisba.
Toss, rusha.
Totter, tetemeka (tremble), pepe-
suka (be shaken), kongoja
(totter in one's walk).
Touch, gusa.
touch gently, papasa.
touch up, tengeneza.
LIST OF VERBS.
205
Tout for custom, &e,, eapa.
ToWy fungasa.
Track, fuata nyayo.
Trade, fanya biashara.
trade in a smaU way, "keep a stall,
ohuraza.
Train up, adibii, lea.
Trample, finyanga, kanyaga.
Transcribe, nakili.
Transform, geuza, badili
be Transparent, ng*aia.
Transgress, taghi, halifu.
Translate, tafsiri, fasiri, geuza.
Trap, tega.
Travail (of a woman), sbikwa na
utungu.
Travel, safiri.
Tread, kanyaga, vioga (M.), finya-
nga (trample).
Treat, tendea.
he treais me badly, hunitendea
vibaya.
he treats meweU, hunitendea zema.
Trem&Ze, tetema, tetemeka, tapatapa.
Trickle, tiririka.
Trim, tengeneza.
trim vegetables, d;o., for sale, cha-
trim (sail), rausi. [mbua.
Triumph, shinda, fanya shangwi.
Trot, enda mashindo (of a horse),
enda matiti (of an ass).
Trouble, taabisha, sumbna.
be troubled, taabika, sumbuka,
shughulika.
be troubled in mind, fathaika.
Trust in, amini, jetea, tnmania.
entrust to, aminisha, weka, amini.
(ha/oe confidence), tumaini.
trust in God and take courage,
tawakali.
Try, jaribu, onja (taste).
try hard, jiitahidi, fanya bidii.
Tuck into the girdle, Ac, fatika.
Tumble, angnka, pomoka.
tumbukia (fall into).
Turn or turn into, (act.) genza, geua.
(neut.) turn, turn into, turn itself,
geuka.
turn over, or the other way,
pindua (act.), pinduka (neut.).
turn round something else, zu-
nguka (neu>t.), znngusha (act).
He turned round, aligeuka.
TJie river turns, mto unazunguka.
TJie ship turned, merikebu ilipi*
nduka.
turn (prevent its going on in the
same direction), pinga.
turn aside (neut.\ potoa, potoka.
turn bottom upwards, fudikiza.
turn in a lathe, kereza.
turn out well for, fanikia.
Tweak, nynkua.
Twist, (act.) nyonga, songa, popotoa.
(neut.) potoka.
[a rope"] sokota, suka, pakasa
(Mer.).
U.
Unclose, fmnbna.
he Uncomfortable, taabika, snmbuka,
toa kuona raha.
Uncover, funna.
Unfasten, fungua.
Understand, sikia, jua, fafanua,
tambua (recognize).
I understand, yameniulea, yame-
nitnlilia.
make to understand, sikiza.
to be mutually intelligible, make
one another understand, siki-
zana.
Undertake, thamaini, jilazimisha
tadariki
206
SWAEILI HANDBOOK.
Undervalue^ rakhisiaha.
Undo (unfasten), fangua.
untie a knot, fundua.
(ruin), poteza.
Undress, vua nguo.
Unfold, kunjua.
Unite, unga, ungana.
Unpick or Unrip, fumua.
become unseum, fumuka.
Unroof, ondoa sakafu (take off a
stone roof), ezua paa, or zu-
mbua paa (A.), (talce off thatch),
Unsew, fumua.
come unsevm, fumuka.
Unthatch, ezua, zumbua (A.)
Untie, fungua.
a knot, fundua.
Upbraid, nenea, tuhumu, taya.
UpseU piudua.
Urge, sukuma, kaza.
Urinate, kojoa.
Use (inake use of), tumia.
To have been used for somethinQ.j
kulikuwa na kitu.
be of use, faa.
be of use to one another, faana.
use bad language to^ tukana.
use words well and correctly,
sarifu.
Use (o/CGustom), zoeza.
become used to, zoea.
Utter, ta'mka.
V.
Value, tia kima (put a price upon),
penda (like),
be valuable, faa, faa eana, [kii-]
wa na manfaa.
Vanish, toweka, toa kuonekana,
potea, tokomea (get out of one's
sight), ^
Qo and hide yourse^l Tokomea !
Venture, hatirisha, ^ubutn.
Vex, kasirisha.
be vexed, kasirika, chukiwa.
be Visible, onekana.
Visit, enda kuangalia, kutazama,
(yr kuzuru, jia (come to\ endea
(go to),
be visited, jiwa.
visit upon, patiliza.
Vomit, tapika, kokomoka (bMi ouJt),
make to vomit, tapisha.
Void, tangua, batili.
be made void, tanguka.
Vow, weka nathiri (make a vow),
perform a vow, ondoa natbiri.
W.
Wail, omboleza.
Wait, or wait for, ngoja, saburi,
subiri.
Wait a bit, ngoja kwanza.
wait upon, ngojea.
Wake, (neut.) a'mka.
(act.) a'msba.
remain awake, kesha, angaza.
be awake, [kii-Jwa macho.
wake up suddenly wiOh a start,
zinduka, zindukana.
Wale, alia.
Walk, enda, enda kwa miguu.
(of a horse or a>ss), enda delki.
vjalk about, tembelea.
take a walk, tembea.
walk up and doum, enda masia.
walk lame, ohechea, enda chopi.
Wander, zunguka, potea.
in mind, papayuka.
Want (need), taka, ihtajia, ihtaji.
(toish to have), taka, ipa.
be wanting, ihtajiwa, pungnka.
Ward off, Jdnga (receive on some'
thing), bekua (knock off again)
LIST OF VERBS.
207
Warm up, kanga moto, pasha moto.
Warn, onya, ambia, nasi, hatha-
risha (^put on one^s guard).
Warp, benuka (as wood does in
Wash, osha. [drying),
wash clothes, faa; by dabtdng
gently only, chaohaga.
oneself, nawa.
wash one^s hands, nawa mikono.
Waste, (act) tilifu, tiMsha, fuja,
thii, hsuibu, tawanya, tapanya
(M.).
(neut) pungna, tilifika.
Watch, (cust.) vizia, ngojea, angalia.
keep toatches, ngojea kwa zamu.
foalch over, linda.
(not to sleep), kesha, angazu.
Water, tia maji, ny wesha majL
Tnake water, kojoa.
Wavcy (act.) punga.
(neut,) tangatanga.
Waver, shangaa.
Waylay, otea.
Weaken, thoofisha, toa nguvn.
become weak, tboofika.
be Weaned, aoha ziwa (leave the
breast), shlsbwa.
Wear, — (he past tenses of kuvaa,
to put on, are used to express
\oearing.
He wears, amevaa.
He wove, alivaa.
Wear away, (neui^ lika, pungua,
pnnguka.
(ajd^ la, pungnza.
Wear out, (neut) chakaa (by age or
use).
He wore out my patience, alinonde-
lea saburi.
Wear ship, pindua kwa damalini.
Weary, chosha.
become ujeary, cboka.
Weave, fnma.
tenda nguo, to stretch the Uireads
ready for weaving,
tarizi, weave a border on to a piece
of cloth. This is the only kind
of weaving done in Zanzibar.
Weed (hoe up weeds), bo^ug8^ pali-
Weep, lia. [lia.
weep together, lizana.
hurst into tears, bubujika machozi.
Weigh, plma.
weigh down, lemea, topeza.
Weld on a piece of steel or iron,
tambnza.
Wet, tia maji, chofya majinl (dip in
water).
Whet, noa.
Whisper, nong'ona, noog'onezana,
nongoma.
Whistle, piga mbinda, mixinzi, mi-
sono, or miao. Most, if not aU,
of these refer to an involuntary
whistling sound ; to whistle
voluntarily is regarded in Zan-
zihar cts profane.
Widen, panua (act), pannka (pass.).
Will, te^A, penda.
If God wHl, inshallah, Muungu
akinijalia (if God gives me the
power).
Win, pata.
Wind (neut), zongazonga, zungu-
kazungnka.
wind Uliread, kunja uzi.
Wink, kopesa, pepesa, pesa.
Kukonyesha, to raise the eyebrows ;
this is a sign used as winking
is in England.
Wipe, futa, paugusa.
ibipe the nose, futa kamasL
Wish, taka, penda.
Wither, nyauka, fa, fifi/u
208
SWABILI HANDBOOK.
Withhold from, nyima, hini.
Witness, oiia (see).
bear icitness, shuhndo.
vntness about, for or against, ebu-
Iiudia.
Wonder, taajabn, staajabn.
Work, fanya kazi, tenda kazi.
work in metal, f ua.
{ferment), chacba.
Worry, sumbiia, sumbnsba.
Worship, abudu, abudia.
be Worth, pata kima (get a price).
What is it worth ? Cbapataje ?
Wound, iimiza.
be wounded, jeruhL
wound hy striking or piercing un-
aujares, vuaza.
Wrap, kimja.
Wreck, yunja.
be wrecked, Tnnja, Ynnjika.
go on sJiore, panda.
be on shore, pweleka.
Wrestle, pigana kwa mbaviL
Wriggle, nyonganyoDga.
Wring, sonjoa, kamna, popotoft
Wrinkle, nyeuka.
become wrinkled, knnjana.
Writhe (like a wounded snake)^
Write, andika. [fingirika
Wrong, tbulumu.
Y.
Yavm, enda, or piga miayo, fimua
kinwa.
( 209 )
ADTERBS,
PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS.
■•^^
Adverbs.
Adverbs in Swahili follow the words they qualify.
8ema sana, speak out. Njema sana, very good.
Adjectives may be used as Adverbs by prefixing w-
or vy-.
Kunuka vtbaya^ to smell badly.
Verbs in the Infinitive and Substantives generally
may be made to serve as Adverbs by the use of the
Preposition kwa.
Kwa uwongo, falsely. Kwa kujua, knowingly.
Many English Adverbs may be translated by sana
(very), which intensifies the action or quality expressed
by the word to which it is subjoined,
Vuta sana 1 Full hard I
Shika sana I Hold tight I
Enda sana I Go fast 1
Prepositions.
There are in Swahili very few Prepositions. Indeed
there are scarcely more than four, na, ya^ Jcwa, and Jcatika.
210
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
KatiJca has the same force as the case in -ni, it denotes
locality in nearly every form in which locality can
require to be expressed. Kwa denotes instrumentality
and object. Na is and or with, coid hy of the agent after
u passive Yerb ; in this last sense ni is used at Mombas
and in other dialects. Ya, or rather -a with a variable
initial letter, denotes possession ; it is treated as a pofr*
sessive pronoun, coid changes its first letter according
to the class of the noun which precedes it, that is of the
person or thing possessed ; it can very nearly always
be translated by of. Its forms appropriate to each class
of substantives are : —
Cr.ASS I.
dng. wa.
plar. tea.
Cla
,, II.
„ wa.
» ya.
»»
„ in.
>* ya,
„ za.
>»
„ IV.
„ cJm,
„ vya.
f*
Class V. ting, la, plnr. ya.
VI. „ wa, „ za.
VII. „ pa, „ pa.
vm.
»»
ktcetf „ hua.
See p. 209 in original.
Many of our Prepositions are expressed by a Noun or
Adverb followed by -a. Many others are expressed by
Verbs in their simple or applied forms (p. 159). Some
can scarcely be expressed at all. The Preposition from
seems to be almost wholly wanting in Swahili. It is
sometimes implied in the Yerb, as in kutoka, to come or
go from, or to come or go out of, but generally it is
marked only by katika or the ceise in -ni, which denote
merely the locality in which the action commenced.
From, of time, may be translated by tangu, or by toka,
or tokea, which do not seem to be used of space or deri-
vation, but to be best translated by since or beginning
from.
CONJUNCTIONS. 211
Until to, CL8 far as, of time and space, are frequently
translated by "hatta, and (less elegantly) by impaha,
followed by a substantive.
Conjunctions.
Conjunctions are often dispensed with by the use of
the tenses with -ha-. And, hut, or any other mere con-
nective in a narrative, is unnecessary where the -A;a-
tense is employed, as in all ordinary cases it must be.
The Imperative and Subjunctive may also have -Tea'
prefixed with the force of the Conjunction and.
Katupa ! And throw it away.
JSnenda 6oh>ni kcdeta ndizi I Oo to the market and fetch some
bananas.
Uone, ukamdihi, that you may see and believe.
If and other Conjunctions introducing a state are
generally expressed by using the -hi- tense of the Verb
(see Verbs, p. 136).
In order that is generally expressed only by putting
the Verb which expresses the purpose into the sub-
junctive.
V*^
212
aWAEILI HANDBOOK.
LIST OF ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, AOT)
CONJUNCTIONS.
A.
About, (near) karibu na, kama.
(in the neighbourhood of), upande
wa.
Above, (adv.) juu.
(prep.) juu ya.
Abundantly, tele, sana.
After, (adv.) nyuma, baada.
(prep.) nyuma ya, baada ya.
Nyuma is more correctly used of
place, and baada, of time.
After this, akiisha (he finishing),
akaisba (and he finished).
Afterwards, nyumaye, baada yake,
baadaye, tena, kiisha, halafu,
pindi.
Again, mara ya pili, tena.
Against, juu ya. Against is com-
monly expressed by the use of
the applied form of the verb.
Ago.
long ago, zamani za kale, zamani,
kwanza.
^010 long ago ? Tangu lini ?
ten days ago, leo siku kumi, kwa
oiku kumi, tangu siku kumi
Alike, sawasawa, ginsi moja, ma-
moja.
Almost, karibu na.
Alone, peke yake, &c. (by himself,
&c.), tu (ordy). Tu always
follows the word or phrase
qualified by it.
Along, kandokando ya.
along with, pamoja na.
Alongside, mbavuni.
Ahud^ kwa sauti kubwa.
Already, mbele (before), sasa (now).
He is already gone away, ame-
kwisha kwenda zake (p. 155).
Also, na, tena. Na always precedes
what it is connected with.
Although, kwamba, ikiwa.
Altogether, pia yote, kabisa.
Always, sikuzote, dayima, abadan,
kipindi, milele (for ever).
Amidst, katikati yau
Among, katika.
among themselves, wao kwa wao.
Anciently, zamani za kale, kwanza.
And, na.
And hCf and i, d:e. See p, 103.
ALVMRB8, PREPOSITIONS, <fec.
21V
And 18 very often expressed by the
use of the -ka- tense. See p. 134
andp, 141.
And followed hy a negative must
he translated hy wala.
And sOy and then, &c., bassi.
Any is expressed hy using the word
absolutely.
Anywhere, po pote.
1 don't see anything, sioni kitii.
Anything whatever jl^u chochote.
Apart, mbali.
Around, pande zote, mzingo wa.
As (wh£n, or if), -po-, -ki-. Seep. 136.
(^as if), kama, kana, kwamba.
(like), -vyo, -vyo-, added to or
inserted in the verb.
As you please, upendavyo.
As it was formerly, yalivyokuwa
kwanza.
As followed hy as is generally
omitted.
As big as a house, kubwa kama
nyiimba.
As it stands, shelabela.
Ashore, pwani.
go ashore, panda (of a ship), shu-
ka (of a person),
he ashore (of a ship), pwelewa.
Aside, kando.
At, kwa, katika ; case in -ni, followed
hy pronouns in p-, when it de-
notes nearness only, hut hy pro-
nouns in kw- when U is inde^
terminfsie.
At first, awali, kwanza.
At Tiomet kwangu, kwako, kwake,
kwetn, kwenu, kwao, nyumbani.
JBe is not at home, hako. Hayuko
is commonly used hy slaves in
Zanzibar, but is wholly incorrect.
At last, mwisho, hatima, hatta.
At length, hatta, hatima.
At night, usiku.
At once, mara, mara moja.
At the top, juu.
At the bottom, chini
Away,
go away, enda zangu, zako, &c.,
a^ccording to the person going,
come away, ja zake, &c.
He is away, hako.
B.
Ba>ck, nyuma.
He went back, alirudi nyuma.
upon the hack, kwa tani, chali.
Backwards, kingaligali (M.).
Because, kwa sababii.
because of, kwa sababu ya, kwa
ajili ya, kwani (for).
Before, (adv.) mbele, kwanza.
(prep.) mbele ya or za, kabla ya.
Kabla is used preferably of time,
mbele of pla.ce.
To go before, tangulia.
Before he goes to sleep, asijelala.
Before I die, kabla sijafa.
Behind, (adv.) nyuma.
(prep.) nyuma ya.
Below, (adv.) chini.
(prep.) chini ya.
Beside, kando la, kandokando ya,
zayidi ya (more than).
Besides, tena, zayidi; na (also), pre"
ceding the thing mentioned.
Better, afathali, heri or kheiri.
You had better go, afathali uene-
nde, u heri uenende.
Afathali is preferably, heri means
it would be a good thing.
Between, katikati ya, beina.
Beyond, (adv.) kwa kuko.
(prep.) zayidiya, juu ya.
214
BWAEILI EANDBOOK.
"beyond (of plcuse), upande wa
pili wa.
Both — and — , na — ^na,
Both of them, wote wawili» zote
mbili, &c., &c.
Butj lakini, wallakini (andhowever),
illakini (except however), ilia,
ball. Jh many cases but may
he best translated by the use of
the -ka- tense of the verb.
By (after a passive verb), na, ni
(M.).
(of an instrument), kwa.
(near) katika), case in -ni followed
by pronouns in p-.
Certainly, yakini, hakika, hapana
shaka.
You certainly, &c„ Hakika yako,
&c.
ChokefuU, tobtob.
Constantly, abadan, dayima.
Crookedly, kombokombo^misbithari.
D.
Daily, killa siku, siku kwa siku.
Directly, See Now,
Distinctly, kiada,
Down, chini.
During, wakati wa.
During his journey, aUpokuwa
akisafiri, akiwa akisaiirL
£.
Early, mapema.
Easily, upesi.
Either — or — , ao — ao— , ama —
ama — .
Elsewhere^ panginepo.
Entirely y pia, kabisa, yota, pia yote.
Ere, kabla ya, mb«la '
Even, batta.
Eoen if, -japo. See p, 188.
Ever, sikuzote, dayima, kipindL
for tfver, milele.
Everywhere, mahali poie.
Exactly, bsdisi, khasea, bawaba.
Exceedingly, 'moo subjoined to tht
word qualified, saua.
Except, ilia, ela (M.)* Stscept may
often be expressed by the use
of the tense wUh -aipo. See
p. 146.
except by, biUa.
Excessively, 'mno subjoined to the
word qualified, obapa> ohapara.
F.
Far or far off, mbalL
First, kwanza, mbele.
to go first, kutangulia.
Fluently, kama maji.
For, (conj.) kwani.
(prep.) kwa. For is generally
expressed by the use of the ap-
plied form of (he verb,
(in the place of), mahali pa.
for the space of, muda wa.
for the sake of, kwa ajili ya.
for my sake, imipendavyo (as you
love me).
Formerly, kwanza, ^amani.
Forth, *nje.
to go forth, kutoka.
Forward, mbele.
go forward, endelea mbela
Forwards (upon the fojce), fulifuli,
fudifudi, kwa kiifahamia (M.).
Frequently, mara nyingi.
From, katika, case in -ni.
from among, mionguni mwa.
from Ume to time, mara kwa mara.
igkyoe), tangu, toka, tokea.
ADVERB 8, PREPOSITIONS, Ac.
215
/ had it from (of) the Sheikh^
nalipokea ya Sheikh.
Further^ tena.
Further on, mbele.
G.
CttnOy, polepole, taratibu, tahafifa.
Oltidly, furaha.
OraHs, burre, attia, bilashL
a
Hard, kaasi.
to fffork hard, kutenda kazi sana.
to run hard, kaza mbio.
Hastily, hima, kwa baraka.
Here, hapa, huko.
He is here, yupo.
J am here, mimi hapa.
Here and there, hapa na hapa.
Hereafter, baadaye.
Hither, hatta hapa, hapa.
Hither and thither, kuku na
huko.
Hitherto, hatta leo, hatta sasa.
Howf -je tfibjoined to the verb.
Seep. 123.
kamaipi? Ewaje?
How isitf Ginsi gani ?
How often ? Mara ngapi ?
How much ? Kassi gani ? Eadri
gani?
How, ginai with -vyo- joined loith
the verb ; ginsi is often omitted.
How he was, &c,, gimd alivyo-
knwa, &o.
However, lokiui.
Tf^ kana, kwamba, kama; -M- or
-po- interted in the verb. See
pp. 136, 146.
Immediately, mara, mara moja.
now immediately, sasa hivi.
In, katika, ca*e in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.
in the shoulder, ya bega.
in front, pambelo, mbele.
[J] in going, nlkienda, nikiwa
nikienda.
in good time, at its proper time,
tahafifu.
in heaps, chungu chungu.
in order that, illi. See p. 141.
in place of, mahali pa.
in the middle, katinakati, kati,
katikati.
in the middle of, kati ya, katikati
in the morning, assubui. [ya.
Indeed, kusema kwelL
great indeed, kubwa Bana.
Inside, ndani.
inside of, ndani ya, case in -ni
followed by pronouns in m-.
He is inside, yumo ndani.
Into, katika, com in -ni followed by
pronouns in m-.
J.
Just, see p. 116, halisl.
That is just it, ndiyo yalio.
L,
Lastly, kwa mwisho, mwisho.
ai last, hatima, mwisho.
Late, kasiri
L§8s, duDi.
to become less, kupungua.
Less by, kassa.
Like, kama, metbili, hesabu ya.
People like us, kina aisi.
Little, kidogo.
a little more, pnnde.
a little longer, -refu punde.
216
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
M.
Merely, tu, bassi. Bot% words follow
the word or phrase they qualify.
Moderately, kadiri.
More, zayidi.
more than, zayidi ya.
a little more, punde.
Moreover, tena, na.
Mtich more, or much less, sembuse,
seuze.
N.
Near (adv.^, karibu.
Near to, karibu na, karibu ya.
Nearly^ karibu na or ya, kadri ya.
Necessarily, of necessity, kanuni la-
zim, ukwasefu.
Neither — nor — , wala— wala~.
Never, kabisa (with a negative pre-
ceding), kamwi (M.);
Next, -a pili yake, kiisha.
next to, -a pili ya.
No, ahaa, hahda, la, Biyo, hakuna,
hapana, hamna. These last
three words mean, there is not,
or there is none.
No, by no means, hasha.
Nor, wala.
Not, si. See Negative Tenses of Verbs,
p. 143.
Not only — , but also — ; si — bassi,
— ^lakini tena ; si — in, ilia — .
Not yet, bado, asitasa, haitassa, &c.
(M.). TJiese words are used ta
denote incompleteness, whatever
the subject referred to may be.
Not yet may generally be ex-
pressed by Gie negative tense
with -ja- {seep. 145), after which
tense bado is generally added.
Noio, sasa, leo (to-day), wakati huu
{at this time), zamani hizi (t'li
these times), zamani zeta (in our
tim£8), siku hizi (in these days).
Now directly, sasa hiyi.
O.
Obliquely, hanamu.
Of, -a, mth a first letter varying
according to the class of the
preceding word, that is of the
thing possessed,
I. Mtu wa All, Ali^s man.
Watu wa Ali, AlCs people.
Mbuzi wa Ali, AWs goal.
Mbuzi wa Ali, Ali^s goals.
II. Mnazi wa Ali, Alfs cocoa-
nut tree.
Minazi ya Ali, AWs cocoa-
nut trees.
niT Nyumba ya Ali, ATCs house.
Nyumba za Ali, AKs
houses.
IV. Easu cha Ali, Ali^s knife.
Visu vya All, AWs knives,
y. Kasha la Ali, AU*s chest.
Makasha ya Ali, Alfs
chests.
VL Uimbo wa Ali, AWs song.
Nyimbo za Ali, AlCs songs.
vn. Mahali pa Ali, Ali^spUice.
Yiii. Kufa kwa Ali, AlCs dying.
1. Nyumbani mwa Ali,tn Alfs
house.
2. Kyumbani pa Ali, by AWs
house.
S. Nyumbani kwa Ali, to Alts
house.
Ya is sometimes pronounced a.
saa a sita, twelve o'clock.
Where it is intended to mark specially
the individuality of the possessor
the possessive pronoun may be
itsedinsteadofthepreposition -a.
ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, Ac.
217
Kiti ohake Sultani, means the
chair in which no one hut the
Sultan siUf or the SuUan'B own
chair.
Of is included in some words which
are therefore not followed hy -a.
Kina Abdallah, AhdaUah'speoplef
or people like Abdallah.
Wadi Mohammed, Mohammed^s
son.
Binti Mohammed, Mohammed^s
daughter.
In some common phrases -a is
omitted apparently for shortness
only.
Often, mara nyingi.
On, juu ^a, the ca>se in -ni.
Put it on the table, weka mezani
Put it on the top of the table, weka
juu ya meza.
on both sides, pande mhili.
on every side, kotekote.
on foot, kwa miguu.
on one side, onesidedly, pogo.
on purpose, maknsudi.
on the part of, miongoni mwa.
Once, mara moja.
at once, mara moja, mara.
onee only, mara moja tu.
Only, peke yake, &c. (by itself,
alone), tu, hassi, both following
ihe word or phrase qualified.
Orderly, taratibu.
Out, nje.
out and out, tama.
Speak out, sema sana*
Outside, nje, kwa nje.
'outside of, nje ya.
Outwardly, kwa nje.
Over, juu ya {of place), zayidi ya
(of quantify). Oyer in the sense
of excess may be expressed by
kupita, to pass ; and in the sense
of finished, by kuisha, to come
to an end.
The baiUe is over, mapigano ya-
mekwisha.
P.
Patiently, stahimilL
Perhaps, labuda, hwenda, kwenda,
kwa nasibu, inshallah.
Perpetually, dayima, dbadan.
Possibly, labuda, yamkini (it is pos-
sible), kwa yamkmi (by possi-
bility).
Presently, halafu.
Properly, vema, halisi, bawaba.
-to, used as an enclitic subjoined
to verbs and substantives.
Amejiwekato, he has placed him-
self properly.
Q.
Quickly, hima, himahima, kwa ha-
i-aka, upesi, mbio (running).
Quietly, taratibu, polepole.
Quite, kabisa, pia halisi.
R.
Rather, zayidi (more), afathali (pre-
ferably).
mttch rather, sembuse, seuze.
S.
Secretly, kwa siri, ndani kwa ndani.
Side by side, kandokando.
Silently, kimyakimya.
Since, tangu, toka, tokea.
Slowly, polepole, taratfbu, kiada.
So, when followed by as is generally
omitted, when standing alone ii
218
8WAEILI HANDBOOK.
may le expressed by ginsi, and
-vyo inserted in the fferb.
He is not so taU as you are, si
mrefu kama wewe.
I did not know he teas so taU, si-
kumjua ginsi alivyo mrefu.
So far as, hatta.
Sometimes, mara, mara kwa mara.
Sometimes he laughs, sometimes he
cries, mara hucheka, mara hulia.
Soon, BSLSBk hivi (immediately), upesi
(gulddy), bado kidogo (yet a
little), karibu (near).
Still, tena, hatta leo.
Strongly, kwa nguvu.
Suddenly, ghafala, mara moja, thd-
ruba moja.
T.
Tfiat (how that), kwamba, ya kwa-
mba.
(in order that), illi. See p. 141.
Then, is often expressed by the use of
the -ka- terise, or by the verbs
kwisha, to finish, or, kwenda,
to go,
Akiisha akatoka, having finished
this, he w&fd out = then he went
out,
Akaenda akamkamata, and he
went and seized him = then he
seized him.
(after this), baadaye, baada yake,
nyumaye, nyuma yake.
{then it was), ndipo.
(in those days), zamani zile, eiku
zile.
(at that time), wakati ule.
There, pale, huko, kule. Pale
points to what is nearest, kule
to what is farthest off.
Thmt^ore, kwa sababu hii.
Though, kwamba; the -Jd* tenses
p, 136, when the ease is put as
an existing one ; the -oge- tense,
p. 138, where the case i$ put as
not existing.
Though he is, akiwa.
Though he be, angawa.
(even if), -japo, p, 138.
Thus (in this way), bm, Mvyo.
just thus, vivi hivi, vivyo hivyo.
(in the same vay), vivyo.
Till, hatta, mpaka wa.
To (as the sign of the ir^nitive),
ka- ; the u becomes w before a, e,
or i, and is often omitted before
o and u.
Kwisha ;k ku^i^ba, to finish,
Kwenda = ku-«nda, to go,
Koga = kU'Oga, to bathe.
To before a verb where it expresses
the purpose or the object aimed
at, is expressed by the use of the
subjunctive,
I stood up to look, nalisimama
nione.
Tell him to help you, mwambia
akusapdie.
I want him to go, namtaka aende.
/ want to go, nataka kwenda.
(In such eases as this the verb
in the infinitive is used as a
substantive.)
■ {unto) is generally contained in
the verb, kupa = to give to {not
to give). If not contained in
the meaning of the original verb,
it may be expressed by the use of
the applied form. In the few
cases in which to cannot be
brought into the meaning of the
verb, it must be rendered by
kwa.
ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, &c.
219
(08 far 08% hatta.
(to the house of), kwa.
Togdher, pamoja, wote.
When joined unthpereone togethei
u expressed by forms of -ote,
all
twende sotei let us go together.
mwende nyote, go together,
wende wote, let them go together.
both together^ wote, wote wawili.
Topsy-turvy, kitwakitwa, vitwax -
twa.
TotaUy, kabisa, pia.
Truly f kweli, ht^ka, yakini, inna.
Twice over, kuwili.
V.
Unawares, gh&fala.
Under, chini ya.
Until, hatta.
Up, juu.
Upon, juu ya, case in -ni. See On.
Upwards, juu.
Utterly, kabifia, pia yote, tikltiki.
V.
Vainly, burre.
Very, sana. Sana always follows
the word qualified hy it.
Vigorously, kwa nguvu, sana.
VioUnUy, kwa nguvu, kassi.
W.
Well, vema, sana, -to. See Properly.
Whati See p. 122.
What do you want ? Wafaka nini ?
Whai tree is it ? Mti gani huu ?
What man ? Mtu yupi ?
What = that which. See Relatives,
p, 117.
Wh&nH Lini?
Whe/n (if, as soon as, &c.), the -ki
tense, p. 136.
(at the time when), -po, treated o»
a relative particle and joined
with the verb, p, 119.
(during the time), wakati wa.
when it rains, wakati wa mvua.
When the harvest comes, wakati
wa kuvuna, [wa]yunapo.
(even if), -japo, p. 138,
Whenever, wakati wote, killa -pa
Whenever I go, killa nendapo.
Where ? Wapi, api, p. 123.
Where are you going f Wenda
wapi?
Wlitrt, ^jy>, kp, mo, treated cw relative
particles and joined with fJie
verb, Fo implies nearness, and
mo the being inside,
1 don't know where he is, simjui
alipo.
J don't know where J am going,
sijui ninapokwenda.
1 donH know where I came fromj
sijui ninakotoka.
Where the tree is (or was), penyi
mti.
Wherever, po pote, ko kote, mo mote.
Wherever I go, killa neudako.
Wherever I enter, killa ningiamo.
Wherever I am, killa nilipo.
Wherefore, kwa sababu hii or hiyo.
Whether — or — , ao — ao — ,
Whether it be, licha.
(if), kwamba.
While, maaddm, maazdl.
While, is generally expressed by
the use of -ki- prefixed to the
verb, p. 136.
While it is yet early, kungali na
mapema bade.
Whyf Mbona? Kwani? Kwa
nini? Ya nini? Kwa sababu
gani ? Ginsi w Gissi gaui ?
220
8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
With, na, pamoja na.
(as an instrument), kwa.
(cantainingf having), -enyi See
p. 97.
Within, ndani
Without, nje.
Withoui (prep,), pasipo (where there
is not).
Without is generally expressed by
the -sipo- tense (p. 146). It
may he represented hy a simple
negative.
He is without shame, hana baya
= he has no shame.
Without, followed in English hy
the participial or verbal in -ing,
may he rendered hy the negative
subjunctive of the verb.
Without seeing him, asimwona
Without there being, pasiwe.
Wonderfully, ajib, ajabu.
Y.
Yearly y mwaka kwa mwaka.
YeSy aee, e4e, na'am, vema, Djema,
yakini, ndio, kwe]L
Ewaa or Ee wallab are often used
hy slaves or inferiors to express
a willing assent.
Inshallah is used as a promise to
do something.
Lebeka or Labeka, contracted
into leb^, ebbe or even he, is
used by inferiors as an answer
when called. Superiors or
equals generally use naam, the
Arabic yes.
Ndiyo yalio, that is just it
Yonder, kule, kalee, p, 115, 11(>.
Z.
Zigzag, upogoupogo.
( 221 )
INTEBJECnONS.
There are in Swahili, as in all langaages, some
scarcely articulate Interjections, and many of the natives,
especially of the lower class, nse a great deal of action,
often joined with half-articnlate exclamatory sounds,
to illustrate and enforce their meaning. The following
are the most usual Interjections, and those which can
best be written. The words used for Tes and No are
given in the preceding list, pp. 216 and 220.
The ordinary salutations are in practice a sort of
Interjections, not being very easily explained under
any other head.
A slave addressing a superior says Sihamoo or Ntuika"
mooj for nashika miguu, I embrace your feet. The
superior replies Marahaha, thank you, or welome, the
word being originally an Arabic form of congratulation
and well-wishing.
Equals very commonly say when they meet Jambo or
Tawho^ to which the reply is Jambo or Jawho sana. There
is a playful or very affectionate way of continuing the
dialogue thus — Jambo. Jambo. Jambo sana. Jambo sana.
Sana sana, Sana aana. Kama lulu (like pearls). Kama
222 8WAH1LI HANDBOOK.
marijani (like coral), d:c,\ Ac, The more correct expre^
sions are— flw jambo f Are you well ? and the answer.
Si jamboj I am well. It is difficult to explain these
phrases intelligibly. Hu jambo f is literally. Are you
not a matter or aflfair? or still more strictly. Are you
not a word ? The meaning is very nearly that of the
English, Is nothing the matter with you ? Sometimes
Ha jamho is used to express. He is well, or Ha jambo
Mdogo, He is not very ill, or He is a little better. One
may ask, U hali gani ? What state are you in ? i.e.. How
are you ? to which a proper reply is, Njema, hemd il lUahi^
Good, praise be to God. The Arabic Sabalkheirj Good
morning, and Maaalkheir, Good afternoon, are often
heard. The more elegant forms are Suhahh AUdh btlh-
heir and Mosaic Alldh bilkheir. It is not usual to inquire
about the health of a wife or of the women of a house-
hold, unless among very intimate friends, or for some
special reason. When necessary, one should say, Hu"
Janibo nyumbanif or U hali gani nyumbanif How are
you in the house, i.e.. How are your household, or
those in your house ? It is proper, if you are asked
how you are, always to answer, well, for the sake of
the omen ; and similarly if you are asked Haba/ti gani f
What news ? to answer Njema, good, and then after^
wards to give a true account of the matter.
In Swahili Interjections a final h is often distinctly
heatd. It requires much practice to enable a European
to make this sound properly.
( 223 )
LIST OF INTEEJECTIONS.
Ak! An esolamation of mingled
grief and surprize. The final
h must be distinctly sounded.
4h8dfa at (udnti, thank you. Ah-
sdiU is an Arabio word mean-
ing, Tou have done well. It is
sometimes used profusely by
way of mere compliment.
AnUna, Amen, used at the end of
a prayer.
AH! Look yon I I tfayl It is
used generally as a means of
calling attention to what has
been said, or is abortt to be said.
It is a sort of vocal note of
admiration.
B.
Bassil or B<ml That will do!
EnoCigh ! Stop I No more I
0.
Chub I An exclamation of impa-
tience and contempt; the ch
is the Boimd most heard, tiie
vowel being very short and in-
sigiiifiQant.
E.
Ee! 01 The interjection of in-
vocation.
Ewe ! plva. Enyi I You there I A
rather contemptuous way of
demanding attention. It is
used for Hi I I say I and any
exclamation merely meant to
attract notice. It must not be
nsed to a superior and rarely
only to an equal. It is custo-
mary to call to them Bwana I
ie., Master! The answers
will be found in the previous
list, p. 220, under the word
Yes.
H.
Haya! An exclamation borrowed
from the Arabic; it means,
give your attention to this, go
on with it. It is used where
we say, Gome along! Look
sharp! Be quick! Gk) on!
If it has been proposed to do
anything, Haya I means, liet
us set about it. Haya! is
commonly used by a master or
224
8WAHILI EANBBOOK.
overlooker to hasten men about
their work.
Hima ! Quick I Be quick I Intake
haste I Often doubled, Hima
himal
Hddi! with a great stress on the
o. It is not right to enter any
house or room (not your own)
without first crying Hddi / and
waiting for some one to come,
or at least to answer, Kdrtb,
Come in I
J.
Jel or Ye! Hullo I What now I
Well! What is it?
K
Kartb I i.e., come near I It is used
to invite people into a house,
to join a party, or to sit down
and put themselves at their
ease. Kdrtb! may generally
be translated, Gome and sit
with us ! and a common answer
is, Nimekaa kitako, I am set
down.
Kiftde! An exclamation of con-
tempt.
Kuaheri! Good-bye! Farewell!
Sometimes a plural is made,
Kuaheriniy though it seems to
be an incorrect form.
Sometimes a special friend
adds, Ya huoncmOy as much as
to eay, May we soon meet again.
Kumbel What! What then! An
expression of surprize, espe-
cially used when things turn
out not to be as they were
represented to bei,
Laitil Oh that! Would that!
An exclamation of regret, a
wish that things had been
otherwise.
Looo ! An exclamation of surprize ;
the is more dwelt upon in
proportion to the amount of
surprize.
M.
Marahaha! Thank you I It is
well ! used by way of acknow-
ledging a gift or a compliment.
Miye ! Me ! 1 1 I am the one !
Mwenyewe I Ton did it yourself I
O.
Olel An exclamation foreboding
evil. Woe ! Ole wenu ! Woe
uutoyou! Ole wangu9 Woe
is me!
8.
8aa! You! I say! It is put
after a word to give emphasis
to it. Njoo saa ! Come on, do !
Salaam! Peace! Hail! It is
used as a salutation by the
Indians. The regular Arabic
Salaam aleikum! Peace be
with you ! and the answer, Wa
aleik salaam! And with you
peace! is not very commonly
heard. Salaam is often used
in the sense of compliments :
Salaam Bibi! With the mis-
tress* compliments, — said in
presenting anything.
SimiOa! Out of the way! Ori-
ginally, as it is said, BismiUah,
In the name of God. It is now
LIBT OF INTERJEOTIONa.
225
the common cry by which people
are warned of something com-
ing. SimiUa pundal Make
way for a donkey I SimiUa
tibau! Take care of the plank I
Two servants frequently go
before a great man to clear the
way for him, and call out to
any one in the road, SimiUa!
SimiUa!
A plural SimiUeni! is some-
times made as though it were
the imperative of a verb. The
more correct phrase for Get out
of the way I is Jitenge !
Btarehe! Don't disturb yourself!
When a new-oomer enters, the
rest rise to do him honour,
which he tries to prevent by
saying, Star eke ! StareAeJ It
is properly used to deprecate
any trouble or disturbance on
the speaker's account
T.
Tendeni ! Go on I Let us go ?
Probably the imperative of ^-
tenda, to do or to be employed
about
Tutu! Don't touch I Used to a
child meddling with what he
had better leave alone.
V.
Vernal Very well! So be it!
That wHl do !
W.
Weye! You! You are the onel
It's you I
226 8WAHILI HANDBOOK.
FOEMATION OP WOEDS.
The formation and introduction of new words go on
so freely in Swahili, that no guide to the language
would be complete without a section on the subject.
Foreign words are adopted in a shape as nearly like
their own as the rules in regard to Swahili syllables will
allow. At first indeed a word may be used in its crude^
original shape, but it soon has vowels introduced into^
and subjoined to it, so as to bring it into a regular form.
Arabic words seldom present great difficulties when
once the gutturals have been toned down. Thus Jchdhar
(news) softens into hahdriy wakt (time) becomes first
wdkti and then wahdtiy hahr or gahr (a grave) is softened
and expanded into hahurL It is seldom that an Arabic
word presents so much difficulty as did these three.
Portuguese has furnished some words, as kasha (caxa), a
large box ; meza, a table ; mmnyo (vinho), wine. French
gives a few, as hweta (boite) a box; divai (du vin)
claret. An instance of English adaptation occurs in
manowarij which is the current designation of an English
man-of-war.
FOBMATION OF WOBDS 227
Verbs.
Some rules have been given at the end of the section
on Verbs for the formation of several derived forms
(p. 157). Verbs in the causative and neuter forms may
be made from other parts of speech, especially from
foreign Adjectives, by changing their final syllable
into -iaha or -e«Aa, -ilea or -eka, as though they had been
originally Verbs.
GhaU, dear. Kughalisha, to make dear.
Laini, smooth. Ktdainisha, to make smooth.
KulainikOj to be made smooth.
Beside those formations which are in daily use> it ij9
a great help to the understanding of the language to
bear in mind the traces of formations not now ordinarily
employed. In regard to Verbs it is a constant rule that
those ending in -ua reverse the meaning of similar verbs
-ending in -a only.
Kufunga, to fasten. Kufunguaf to unfasten.
Xufuka, to fill in a hole. Kufukua, to clear out a hole.
Several verbs show traces of a rule, which prevails in
some other African languages, that the change of -a into
-ya gives the Verb a causative meaning.
Kupona, to get well. Kuponyay to cure.
Kuogopa, to fear. Kuogofya^ to frighten.
There are many questions about the form of Verbs
which need much more investigation. What is the rule
by which some causatives are made in -sha and some in
Hra f Has i^e -sha termination the effect of to make to
he, and -za that of to make todof What is the explana-
tion of the apparently neuter form of some active Verbs,
228 8WAHILI HANDBOOK,
BTicli as hafunika^ to cover? WHat is the effect of the
terminations -ma and -to, as in hiungama and Teufumibata f
What dialect did they originate in? What are the
rules for the termination -anya^ which seems to he
common in the most northerly Swahili ?
It has been shown in the section on verbs how some
tenses are formed by the use of an auxiliary, and some
by a tense prefix which has no independent meaning.
An example of the transition between the two is sup-
plied by the three forms of the negative infinitive : 1.
hitoa hujpenda ; 2. hutoa jpenda; 3. hutopenda. In the
first form both words have a substantial independence ;
in the second the principal verb, penda, is already
drawn out of its proper form, and depends for ita
meaning upon the first verb, toa, as upon a prefix ; in
the third it has swallowed up the final of the first verb
and appropriated its prefix hi-. The form of the future
prefix which is used with relatives points to taha as the
original form, and the verb JcutaJca is so like our own
word to will that one can hardly be wrong in supposing
that in both cases the change from a verb expressing
volition to a mere sign of tense expressing futurity has
proceeded in a similar manner. Now, if the tense pre-
fixes were ever independent words, the principal verb
must have been in the infinitive ; and, if so, the presence
of the hir- before monosyllabic verbs, wherever the accent
requires it, is fully explained ; it was dropped wherever
it served no purpose, and retained where it wa« con-
venient to retain it. The original independence of the
tense prefix and of the principal verb would also go to
account for the way in which the objective prefix clings
FORMATION OF WORDS. 229
to the principal verb; it would then have originally
followed the hi-, and so been severed by it from all the
other prefixes. The only cases in which the natives
separate the prefixes from the verbs in writing seem to
be where a particle of relation is joined with the -na-,
"li-, and -takc^ prefixes, and in the past conditional or
'■ngaM' tense. It is curious to have in such a word as
ataJcayekiija the same letters exactly used to form a
tense prefix and to express an independent verb. Ata-
kaye kuja means, who desires to come, atakayekuja, who
will come, in the sense of a simple future.
Adjectives.
Adjectives are made from Verbs in correct Swahili by
substituting -vu or -fu for the final -a. Where the final
is preceded by a consonant the Adjective is made from
the applied form.
Kunyamaa, to remain silent. ^nyamavu, silent.
Kuharibu, to destroy. -haribifu, destructive.
Verbs that end in -ka change this into -vu in making
the Adjective.
Kuchoika, to become tired, -chovu, tired.
These forms do not now appear to be freely made or
used in the common dialect of Zanzibar. A somewhat
similar meaning may be expressed by the use of the
variable Preposition -a followed by the Infinitive of the
Verb.
Substantives.
Substantives may be freely made by prefixing to the
simple form of the Verb the initial letters proper to the
first, or to the fourth class, according to whether it is
230 BWAEILI HANDBOOK.
a living being or a thing whicli does what the Verb
expresses. It must be observed, that this form is so
purely verbal that it takes an object after it just as a
Verb would.
Mfawya biashara, a trade maker, ^6., a merchant.
Vifaa, things which are of service, neoessaries.
Kifungua nUango, the door opener.
The final letter is sometimes changed into -«, and the
word ceases to govern an object.
Msemi, a speaker.
Where the final -a is preceded by a -6- it becomes -i;-.
KwibOy to steal. MwivL, a thief.
KugombOy to quarrel. Mgomvi, a quarrelsome person.
Where the above rules would produce a common
word with another meaning, the hu of the Infinitive is
retained.
KulimOy to eultivate. MkuUma, a cultivator.
Mlima, a mountain.
There are a few traces of a formation of verbals by
changing the Idst letter into -e, as in -tevle, chosen, from
kuteu[l]af to choose.
The habitual doer of an action may be denoted by
adding -ji to the simple form of the Verb and prefixing
the initial letters proper to the first Class.
Kuombay to beg. Mwombaji, a beggar,
Kuiba, to steal. Mvnbaji, an habitual thief.
Another way of denoting a person who does what the
Verb expresses is formed by changing the final letter
into -«/, 'Shi, or -zi, and employing the usual prefixes.
FORMATION OF WOMB 8. 231
When the Y erb ends in -lea the "lea beoomes sM ; where
the Verb ends in -ta the -ta beoomes -m.
Kwikoa^ to save. Mwdkozi, a sayioxn*.
KnnunuOi to buy. Mnunuzi, a purchaBer.
Kualect, to bnild (in fitone). MwasM, a mason.
KufwOa^ to follow. Mfwuit a follower.
The result of the action denoted by the Verb may be
expressed by changing the £nal -a mto -o and using
some appropriate prefix.
Kuzaa, to bear. JlfoKoo, fruit, produce.
KiUenday to do. KUendo^ an action.
Kvoenda, to go. Mtoende, a journey, or going.
Of the Substantival prefixes those of the fourth (Ki-)
dlass are most often used.
The same forms especially in the fifth Class are used
to express the place where an action is generally done.
Kudka, to bake. JoikOf a baking place.
Kuku8anytk<i, to be assembled. MdkwanyikOj a gathering place,
or an assembly.
Words of similar meaning are also made by the termi-
nations 'Zi 'shi, -si. See above.
MavaOf or Mavazi, dress, garments.
Kizao, or Kizaziy birth, a generatioB.
Pendo, or Penzi, love.
Where the Verb and Substantive are both borrowed
from the Arabic, it is useful to remember that the Sub-
stantive has generally a where some other vowel occurs
in the Verb.
Kuahudu, to worship. Ibada, worship.
Kueafiri, to travel. Safari^ a journey.
232 BWAHILI HANDBOOK.
Sometiines both the Arabic and the Swahili fonns
occur.
KujibvL, to answer. Jaicaim and wo/ Ati» an aasweat
Yerbe joined with relatives, or with the particles of
place or time, may be treated as Substantives.
Wenddko ioie^ whitheraoeTer thoa goeek
KUla nendapoj eTerj time I go.
Zikerezwazo, tmneiy, tinned goods.
SnbBtantives of place may be made from Adjectives
by putting them into the form required by Mahaiu
place (Class VIL).
Panyamavuj a quiet place.
The place where something is may be expressed by
penyi,
Fenyi mtendey where the date tree is» or wa&
The place for doing anything may be expressed by
pa followed by the Infinitive of the Verb*
Pakutokea, a place to go out at, an ontlet.
Abstract Substantives are ordinarily formed by means
of the prefix U- or W-.
Karimuj generous. Ukarimu, generosity.
-eupcy white. Weupe, whiteness.
Mwtzi^ a thief. Uizi, thievishness.
Muuaji, a murder. Uuaji^ murders.
Waziri^ a vizier. Uwaziri, viziership.
An instance in which both Arabic and Swahili forms
are used occurs in the word for enmity.
Adui, an enemy. Wadui or Adawa, enmity.
Nations, their country and language, are regularly
FORMATION OF WORDS. 233
expressed by the prefixes of the first, sixth, and fourth
Classes.
Mgala, a Oalla. UgdUif Galla land. Kigala, the Oalla
language.
Mzungu, a European. Uzungu^ the native country of the
Europeans^ Kizungu, the language which Europeans
speak.
It ia to be observed that the U- form would also
express the heing a Galla, European, (&c., and that the
Ki- form denotes the sort or kind of anything, not of
language only. It is seldom used absolutely except of
the language, but when preceded by -a (of) its true
meaning becomes evident.
Mavao ya Kizungu, European dress.
Viazi vya Kizungu^ potatoes.
The Ki- form may be made from other substantives.
Mavao ya Tcifaume^ royal robes (form mfaume, a king, and
ufaume, kingdom or kingship).
The formation of Adverbs and Prepositions has been
described in the section on the smaller parts of speech.
( 234 )
3
hi
QQ
&
o
p:
8
o
&
«s
S
S
o
►
1
B
6
o
Q
a
'^
O
C
I
o
X
AS PI
A
I § I ^ 5. S. ^ S. 5i I § s.
S^ S^ N^ S^ S^ S^ N^ N^ ^n/ N^ >^ V^
.S
-3^
A
An
. .. J, ^ . ^ ^ -' i i i ^
>- W M O
s<sg;i^5? \ ^^i
I •*
. i p i 5;
i.^
5? h; ? s: ^s:
M *4 ^
•^ S3 1-^
NJ ^ ^ ^
^ > ti
( 235 }
Table of the Preposition -a (of)
in four Languages.
SwAHiLX. Shambala. Ntamwbzi. Yaoi
L
Sing,
Wa
Ywa
Wa
Jwa
Plur.
Wa
Wa
Wa
Wa
IL
Sing,
Wa
Wa
Gwa
Wa
Plur.
Ya
Ya
Ya
Ja
lU.
Sing,
Ya
Ya
Ya
Ja
Plur.
Za
Za
Za
Sya
IV.
Sing,
Cha
Kya
Cha
Cha
Plur,
Vya
Vya
Fya
Ya
V.
Sing^
T<a
Ja
Lya
Lya
Plur.
Ya
Ya
Ga
Ga
TI.
Sing;
Wa
Lwa
Lwa
Lwa
Plwr,
Za
Za
Za
Sya
vn.
Pa
Ha
Pa
VIM.
Kwa
Kwa
Kwa
Kwa
(IX.)
Sing,
Ka
Ka
Ka
Plur.
Vya(?)
Twa
Twa
£KI> OF PABXI.
HANDBOOK OF THE SWAHILI LANGUAGE
AS SPOKEN AT ZANZIBAR.
Part II.
SWAHILI-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY.
C 239 )
PEELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS.
• C*
In using the following Vocabulary it is necessary to remember that
Swahili words change very much at the beginning and not often at
the end.
In searching for the meaning of a word, which is not to be found
exactly as written, it is well to examine first the final syllable, so as to
correct, or remove, any termination or enclitic which may be attached
to it. These are as follow : —
1. The passive of the verb is made by changing -a into -wa. Verbs
ending in two consecutive vowels frequently use as their passive the
passive of the applied form which ends in -liwa or -letoa.
Kupenda, to love. KupendwOf to be loved.
Kufungua, to unfasten. Kufunguliwat to be unfastened.
Kuzaa, to bear. Kuzaliwat to be bom.
Kukamboa, to buy back. Kukombolewa, to be bought back.
2. Verbs ending in -a change the -a into -e in the subjunctive and
imperative, and into -i in the negative present.
Pende, love thou.
4penc?e, that he may love.
Hapendi, he does not love.
The change of the final vowel distinguishes hapendi, he does not
love, from hapenda, a contracted form of nikapenda, and I loved.
3. The plural of the imperative is made by adding -ni to the
singular.
Pendant or Pendent, love ye,
Sifuni, praise ye.
Fikirini, consider ye.
240 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS,
4. SubstantiTes forpa the locative case by adding -ni.
Nyumhani mwangUf inside my house.
Nyumbani kwangUf to or at my house.
Nyumhani panguy by or near my house. All from Nyumha>
5. -n» may stand for nini f What ?
Watdkani f What do you want ?
6. Jei How? is subjoined to the verb expressing the action in*
quired about.
Asemaje i How does he speak ? i.e., What does he say ?
7. mnOy exceedingly, always follows the word it qualifies, and may
be treated as an enclitic.
8. 'to, which, however, rarely occurs in the dialect of Zanzibar,
denoies goodness and fitness.
Kuwekay to place. KuwehafOf to place properly.
Manuka, smells. Manukato, scents.
9. The relative signs and the particles denoting time and place are
subjoined to the verb when there is no tense prefix, otherwise they
follow the tense prefix.
Tulala-po, when we sleep.
Tuna-po-lalay while we are sleeping.
The particles denoting time and place are,
'po, when or where.
'ko, whither or whence.
-mOj wherein.
These preceded only by the personal prefix imply the substantive
verb to he,
YupOy he is there, not far off.
ZipOf &c., &c., they are there, not far oflF, &c., &c.
Yuko, he is there, far off.
Ziko, dec, &c., they are there, far off, &c., &c.
Yumo, he is there inside.
ZimOj &c., &c., they are there inside, &c., &c.
The relative signs are, -cho, -lo, -o, -po, 'Vyo, -wo, -ye, -yo, -zo.
These syllables with na prefixed have the meaning of and, or wit\
ttm, heVf it, or them.
Preliminary observations. 241
10. llie possessiye prononns may be used in enclitic forms.
Thy, or your, may be expressed by subjoining, according to the
class of the substantive, -eho, -lo, -o, -p^ -vyo^ -too, -2^0, or -20.
Eta, hers, or its, may be expressed by subjoining -che, -e, -h, -pe,
vye, -we, -ye, or -ze.
Other enclitic forms of the possessive pronouns are,-—
-nc/u, or 'angu, my. -etu, our.
'ho,' or -ako; thy. -cnu, your.
-ke, or -o^e, his, &c. -oo, their.
The final letter of the substantive generally merges into the initial
of the pronoun.
Mioanangu, my child. Mwanetu, our child.
Mwanako, thy child. Mwa7i.enu, your child.
Mwandke, his child. Mioanao, their child.
11. New verbs may always be formed when wanted by changing the
final vowel into -ia or -ea, -lia or -lea, to make the applied form ; into
'Za or '8ha, -iza or -eza, -isha or -esha, to make a eausatiP^e form ; into
-ana, to make a reciprocal form ; and into -ha, -ika, or -eka, to make a
neuter or quasi-passive form.
12. In old and poetical Swahili the object of the verb is suffixed as
well as prefixed, as in U-ni-hifathi-mi, Do thou preserve me ; where
both the m and the mi denote the object of the verb.
The syllables thus used are -cho, -lo, -ni, -nyi, -o, -po, -«i, -vyo, -wet
•too, -ye, -yo, -zo.
Having cleared the word of all adventitious terminations it wii
probably be found at once ; if not, look for the first syllable, and so
on, taking syllable by syllable until the word, its number, person, and
tense, will all have been explained. It must, however, be borne in
mind that nouns in u- or w- generally drop the initial letter in the
plural and frequently substitute for it n- or ny-.
Verbs and adjectives are here indexed under the first letter of the
simplest form, or of that to which the prefixes are joined.
Kupenda will be found as Penda kur, to loye.
Mdbaya will be found as -baya, bad.
Words which may be used as adjectives or as substantives, but from
their nature can hardly be applied to any but animate beings, will be
found under m- or mto-, as they can very rarely in the singular take
any other prefix.
242 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS.
Subetaiitives are indexed by the prefix with whioh they are generally
used. It must be remembered, however, that the use of particular
prefixes may be nearly always varied to suit any particular ehade of
meaning, so that if the word is not to be found under one, it may
happen that its meaning cai) be found under some other.
Where no plural is mentioned, it is to be understood that the plural,
if used at all, is in the same form as the singular.
The following table of prefixes may be found useful. The use of
each will be explained in the Vocabulary.
Substantival pbepixes.
Ch-
Ki-
Ma-
Mw-
U-
W-
J-
Ku-
•Mi-
N-
Vi-
Wa-
Ji-
M-
Mu-
Ny-
Vy-
Adjectival
PREFIXES.
Ch-
Ku-
'M-
Mu-
Ny.
Vi-
J- .
Kw-
Ma-
Mw-
p.
Vy-
Ki-
M-
Mi-
N-
Pa-
Wa-
Pbonominal
PREFIXES.
Ch-
Ku-
Li-
Mw-
Vi-
X-
I-
Kw-
M-
Pa-
w-
Z-
Ki-
L-
Mu-
U-
Wa-
Zi-
Verbal prefixes.
1. Personal or subjective prefixes, which take precedence of all
others.
A-
♦Ki-
*Mw- Si- *Vy. Yu-
•Ch-
*Ku-
N- *Tu. *W- ♦Z-
Ha-
♦L-
Ni- ♦Tw- ♦Wa- ♦Zi-
Hu-
♦Li-
♦Pa- *U- ♦¥-
♦I-
♦M-
♦p. ♦Vi- •Ya-
2. Tense
prefixes which
L precede all except the signs of person.
-a-
-japo-
-ku- -na- -si- -ta-
-ali-
-ka-
-li- -ngali- -sije- -taka-
-ja-
-ki-
-me- -nge- -sipo-
* These may all "bt preceded bj J7a, to form negative tenses in the indicative mood,
and personal prefixes followed by -<t- make negative subjunctives.
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 243
3. Particles of place, time, and relation, "which follow the tense
prefix, or, if there is no tense prefix, are subjoined to the verb.
-cho
-mo
-wo
-ko
-0
-ye
-kwo
-po
-yo
-lo
-vyo
-zo
4. Objective prefixes, which always
immediately precede the verb.
•
-1-
-mw-
-u-
-ki-
-n-
-vi-
-ku-
-ni-
-wa-
-li-
-pa-
-ya-
-m-
-tu-
-zi-
A suppressed Z or r always exists between two consecutive vowels.
It is often heard in the Merima dialect, and frequently appears where
otherwise three or more vowels would follow one another. However,
the more classical the Swahili, the less tolerant it is in any case of an
I between vowels, or even as an initial letter.
Tceee = helde, ete = lets.
The following letters are interchanged ;
I and r, a and shf and vulgarly ki and cMf and th and z,
Zanzibar ch = t (M.).
„ e = a (M.).
„ h = kh (Ar.).
„ j = d (M.), y (A.) (N.).
„ t = ch (Ozi.).
„ V = z (A.).
„ z = V (Mer.), th (Patta and Ozi.), j (vulgar).
The letters enclosed in parentheses denote the various dialects.
(M.) = Mombas (kimvita). (Mer.) = Southern Coast dialect
(kimerima).
(A.) = Lamoo (kiamu). (Ar.) = Arabic.
(N.) = Poetical Swahili (kingozi).
SWAHILI-ENaLISH VOCABULARY.
■•*•-
The sound of a in Swahili re-
sembles that of a in the English
word "father." It is, perhaps, —
except when doubled — somewhat
sharper and lighter.
When the final a of any prefix —
except the negative prefix ha — ^is
brought by composition to precede
immediately either e or i, it coalesces
with them and produces the sound
of a long e,
AJca-enda is prono.nnced dkenda,
Akawa-ita is pronounced akatoeta,
A and u have a tendency to
coalesce into an o sound.
Arabic substantives incorporated
into Swahili have often been made
by changing -i- in the verb into -o-
in the substantive.
Kubarizi, to hold a public
audience. BarazOf a public
audience.
Kusafiri, to traveL Safari^ a
journey.
A occurs in some dialects where e
is used in Zanzibar. See E,
A-KG
A = ^o, of.
-a with a varying initial letter,
of. -a is used in such phrases
as the following for in: Unitie
wa mcuiho, put it in my eyes.
Ahamc^ioma ya kitovUf and he
stabbed him in the naveL
A; the sign of the third person
singular prefixed to verbs when
governed by substantives which
denote animate oeiugs — he, she^
or it
Where the tense prefix begins with
a, one of the a's disappears.
The following are instances of the
way in which this a occurs.
A-penda (for a-a-pendd), he loves.
A-na-penda, he is loving,
A-m-pendat he has loved.
A'li'penda (for a-ali-penda), he
loved.
A-ka-pendaf and he loved.
A-ta-penda, he will love.
A-ki-penda, he being in the con-
dition of loving.
A-nge-pe/ndOiy h^ '^oraX^Vvi^.
246
A-NG
AHI
A-ngali'penda, he would haye
loved.
A-japo-pendat even if he loves.
A'Sipo-penda, he not loving.
A-pende, let him, or that he may
love.
A-si-pende, let him not, or that
he may not love, or without his
loving,
•a-, the sign of the present in-
definite; it follows the prefix
denoting the person of the
subject or npminative, and
precedes that denoting the
object or accusative.
N-a-m-penda, I love him (I do
him love).
Acdi, choice, good.
Aagif disobedient, rebellions.
Ahadan, or abadij always, constantly.
AMti ku-f to pass over, go across (a
Abiria, passengers. [river, &c.).
Ahirisha ku-, to put across, to ferry
over.
Ahudia ku-^ to give worship to.
Ahudisha ku-, to cause to worship.
Ahudu ku; to worship.
Acha ku', to leave, leave alone, let
be, let go, allow, acquit, divorce.
Achana ku-, to leave one another, to,
separate.
Acliari, pickle, a relish made of
lemon-juice and red pepper.
Achia ku; to leave to or for, to be-
queath to.
Achilla ku; to pass oyer what a
person has done, to forgive, to
neglect.
Ada^ a custom, especially a customary
gift.
AdabUj good manners, politeness.
Kutia adahu, to make polite, to
teaoh good manners.
Adamu, Adam.
Mufana AdamUy or Bin Adamu, a
human being, a man.
Adawa, enmity.
Adi ku', to accompany a person part
of his way.
Adibu ku-, to educate, to. teaoh
manners.
Adilif right, right conduct.
Adili ku; to learn to behave rightly.
Adilisha ^u-, to teach to behave
rightly.
Adui, plur. Adui or maadui\ an
Aee, Yes. [enemy.
A/ttj plur. maafaj an enemy.
Afaihali, rather, better of the two,
best, preferably.
Afia, health, good health.
Afikana hu; to come to an agree-
ment, agree.
Afiuni, opium.
-4/tt, wild jeismine.
A/u ku-f to save, to deliver, to par-
don, to preserve. Also, to get
Afya. See Afia, health. [well.
Afya ku; to make to swear.
Aga ku-j to take leave of, to agree
with.
Agana ku-, to take leave of one
another, to make an agreement.
Agga ku-, to be lost, to perish.
Agiza ku-, to commission, direct,
give in charge, appoint to.
Agizo, plur. maagizo, oommissioiv
charge.
Agua ku-, to predict.
Agulia ku; to predict of.
Ahaal No!
Ahadi (vulgarlywa^<Kft), a promise,
promises.
Ahadiana ku-, to promise mutually,
agree.
Ahili, fEunily, relations.
AHE
AL
247
Ahera^ in the grave.ander the earth,
after death, at the end of the
world. [Ar. akhr, the other.]
Ahidi hU'f to promise.
Ahsdntf or Ahsanti, or Atanti,
thanks 1 thank you I
Aibika ku-^ to be disgraced, to be
put to shame.
Aibisha ku-^ to disgrace, to put to
shame.
Aibti, a disgrace, a reproach.
Aina, kind.
Aini ku-<f to appoint.
Ainisha ku-, to show, point out.
Aitiwalo, pronounced Etiwalo, what
he is wanted (or called) for, a-
itiwa-h.
Ajdbisha ku-, to astonish, amaz&
Ajabuj a wonderful thing, wonder-
fully.
AJalif fate, death.
Kusalimika ajali, to be altogether
come to an end (to be saluted
by its fate).
Ajara, merit.
Ajibt or'Ajab! Wonderful 1 Won-
derfully.
Ajilit or djilit sake, cause.
Kwa ajili ya, because of, for the
sake of.
Ajiri ku'j to hire.
AjirisTia ku-t to cause to hire, to let
on hire.
*Ajjemi, Persian.
Aka ku-^ to build in stone, to do
mason's work.
Akcdif some few, some.
Akali ya watu, ya vitu, &c., some
few men, things, &c.
-aket or -akwe, his, her, or its, of
him, &c.
-ake yeye, his own.
Akendtty for Akaenday and he went
Akhera = Ahera,
Akhtilaf, to quarrel.
Atafanya akhtilaf y she will acold.
Akia ku; to build for.
Ak^ia ku-y to swallow, gulp down.
Akiba, store, a thing laid by.
Kuweka akiba, to lay up, to put
by.
Akida^ an ofiScer, a second in com-
mand.
Akida wa asikarif an army officer.
Akidi ku-y to suffice.
Akiisha or Akishay then, he having
finished this business.
Akikay a funeral feast for a child.
AkUiy intelligence, wits, under-
standing (generally treated as a
plural noun).
Akinay you — ^addressed to young or
inferior persons. Akina hwana
young sirs. Akina hibif my
young ladies.
AkiH ku-y to stand over, to remain
behind.
Akirisha kvr, to adjourn, put ofif,
make to stand over.
aJcoy thy, your, of thee.
-ako wewe, your own.
Akraha, relations.
Akraha ya kuumeniy paternal
relations.
Akraha ya kukeni, maternal
relations.
Aly the Arabic article the. It is
retained in many words derived
from the Arabic, as Alf ajiri for
Al Fajr, the dawn. Sometimes
its form is varied, as Liwali for
Al Walif the governor.
In Arabic phrases the definite
article prefixed to the second of
two nouns is the sign of the
possessive case, as Ra%i<i.i al
248
ALA
Ingr^, a subject of the English,
i.e.t a British subject.
Ala, plur. maala or nyalaf asheath,
a scabbard.
'Aldkaj a tusk of iyory,
Alafu, thousands.
Alama, a mark, marks.
Alasiri, one of the Mohammedan
hours of prayer, about half-past
3 P.M., afternoon.
Alburueyidi (Ar.), of the aons of
princes.
Alf = ElfUy a thousand.
Alfajiri, the dawn, the earliest Mo-
hammedan hour of prayer, about
4 A.M. A stress on the second
syllable denotes very early dawn.
Alfia,
Kofia alfiaf a chiefs cap.
AViamisi, Thursday.
'Oli' or 'U', the sign of that past
tense which denotes an action
complete in past time.
"U or 'li' sometimes stands for
the verb to fee, as in a-li-ye, he
who is, or merely, who. A-l%
he is, or, he being. Nika-li,
and I am.
Alia ku-fio make a mark by striking,
to wale.
Alifuy Alif, the first Arabic letter,
the alphabet.
Aliha ku-, to invite, to call, to call
invited guests to a wedding, to
inform, to split, to click, to give
a crack, to snap.
Alikwa ku-^ to go through a certain
course of medicine, consisting
chiefly of various fumigations and
a very strict regimen.
Aliki ku-, to hang.
Aliko, where he is, or was.
AUmisha hu-, to instruct
AHB
AUomo, wherein he is, or was.
Alisa, a dancing place, a house of
amusement.
Alisha ku-, to cause to snap.
Ktuklisha nUambo wa bunduki^ io
click the lock of a gun.
AUah (Ar.), God, more reverently,
AUah ta*ala, God the most high.
Allah AUah, without delay or pre-
tence.
AUah hilkheir, may God make ii
good. A common answer to the
usual morning and aftomoon
salutations.
Almaria, embroidery.
Almasi, a diamond.
Ama — ama, either — or.
Ama siyo f Isn't it so ?
AmaJiy an act, a thing dona
Amali, a kind of amulet.
Amama (Ar.), a turban ?
Amana, a pledge, a thing entrusted,
a deposit, a present sent by anothei '
person.
Amardf peace.
Amara, urgent business.
Amara (ya nanga), a cable.
Amba ku-, to speak against, to talk
scandal, to speak, to say.
Amba. See Ambaye,
Anibaa ku-, to go near to without
touching, not to reach, to leave
Ambari, ambergris. [unhurt.
Ambata ku-, to attach, to stick.
Ambatana ku-, to cleave together,
to be mutually attached.
Ambatiza ku-, to make to stick.
Ambaye or Ambaye kwamba, who.
The final syllable is variable,
making ambazo, ambayo, &c.,
which.
Ambaza ku-, to cause to pass near
1 without touching.
AMB
AND
249
Aitibia Jcu-, to tell, to say to.
Pass. Kuanibiwa, to be told, to
haye said to one.
AmMka ku-, to put (or be put ?)
firmly together.
Ambilika ku-, to be spoken to.
Ambisana ku-, to be cemented to-
gether, to stick together.
Arnbisha ku-, to make to hold to-
gether.
Awibua ku; to peel, to husk, to take
a morsel in eating.
Arnbukiza ku-y to give a complaint
to, infect.
AmdeUian, a silky kind of stuff.
Amerikano, American sheeting, best
cotton cloth used in trading in
the interior.
Njia, &o., ya AmenkanOf the best
Amili ku; to manage. [way, &c.
Amina, Amen.
Amini ku-, to believe in, trust.
Ktuimini miu na kitu, to trust a
man with something, to entrust
something to some one.
Amini, or Aminifu, trustworthy,
faithful.
Aminisha ku-, to entrust to, have
perfect confidence in.
Amiri, plur. maamiri, tat emir, an
Amka ku-, to awake. [ofScer.
Amkia ku-, to salute.
Amkua ku-, to invite, summon (?).
Amrawi, a dipping line, made fast
to the foremost yard-arm.
Amri, order, command.
Amri ya Muungu, a matter in
God's hands.
. Sina amri, &c., I have no busi-
ness, &c.
Amria ku-, to put a thing at one's
disposal, to give leave concerning
something.
I Amrisha ku-, to cause to be- ordered,
order.
Amru ku-, to order, command.
Am ska ku-, to waken, cause to
awake, rouse.
Amu, Lamoo.
Kiamu, the dialect of Lamoo, of
the Lamoo kind.
Amu, father's brother.
Amua ku-, to judge, to separate two
people who are fighting.
Ta8Bi\e,Kuamuliwa, to be judged.
Amuka ku- = Amka ku-,
Amuru ku- = Amru ku-,
AmusJia ku- = Amsha ku-.
Amwa ku-, to suck (M.).
Amwisha ku-, to suckle (M ).
Ana, he has.
Anakotoka, whence he is coming,
where he comes from.
-anana, gentle, soft.
Upepo mwanana, a soft breeze.
Mnji manana, clear, quiet water.
Anapokwenda, whither he is going.
Anapolala, while he is sleeping.
Ana^a, pleasure.
Andaa ku-, to prepare for cooking,
to make pastry, &c.
Andalia ku-, to prepare for, to make
made dishes for.
Andama ku-, to follow (M.).
Mwezi umeandama, the month is
up — the new moon has begun.
AvdamarM ku-, to accompany (M.).
Andika ku-, to put in order, to lay
out, to describe, to write, to steer
a vessel.
Andikanya ku-, to put things one
upon another, as plates in a pile.
Andikia ku-, to write, to lay out,
&c., for or on account of.
Andikiwa ku-, to be written, laid
out, &o., iOT.
250
AND
ASH
Andikiana ku', to write to one
another, to correspond.
AnfUf knowing, ingenious.
Angaj a great light, the firmament.
Ndege za anga, birds of the air.
Aiiga ku'^ to jump or dance about
liko a wizard.
Angaika ku-f to be in a great bustle.
Angalia ku-j to look attentiyely,
regard, take notice, obserye, be
careful, beware of.
Angama ku-, to be caught in falling
(as by the boughs of a tree).
Angamia kvr, to be ruined, to £bJ1,
come to poverty.
utaangamia mwituniy you will be
lost in the jungle.
Angamisha ku-^ to ruin.
A'ngaza ku-, to be light, to be bright,
to remain awake, to keep watch.
Kutia mwangaza, to give light to.
Angia ku-y to bewitch by dancing
and jumping about.
Angika ku-, to hang up, to hang
against a wall.
-^ngu, my, of me.
•angu mmi, my own.
Angua ku-, to take down, to hatch
Anguka ku-, to fall down. [eggs.
Angukia ku-, to fall down to, or
befora
Angusha ku-, to make to fall down,
throw down.
Ania ku-, to purpose, think of doing.
Anika ku-^ to spread out to dry.
Ankra, a bill of sale.
Anim kU', to take out of the sun or
rain.
Anuka kit-, to leave off raining.
Anwani, the address of a letter.
dnza ku-y to begin.
The kU' is frequently retained, as
AUkwanza for Alianza,
AnzUiza ku-, to make a beginning.
AnzuHini, Johanna.
Aot or.
Ao — €U), either— or.
-ao, their, of them.
Apa ku-, to swear.
Apendalo, what he likei.
Apii where?
The a sometimes is bo ran into
the final a of the preceding
word as to be scarcely separable
from it.
Apia ku-, to swear to, or about
Apisha ku-, to make to swear, to
adjure.
Apiza ku-, to swear at, to imprecate
against, to wish bad luck to.
Apizo, plur. maapizo, an imprecation.
Arabuni, Arabia, in Arabia.
Arahuni, earnest money.
Arathi, pardon.
Arha'a, four.
^Ari, a thing to make one blush a
disgraceful thing.
Aria, following, party, faction.
AricM, lower 1 let out the rope 1
Arifu, knowing, ingenious.
Arifu kur, to inform.
Arohaini, forty.
Ardbatashara, fourteen.
Aaa ku-, to forbid.
Asali, syrup.
AsaJi ya nyuM, honey.
Asali ya mua, the boiled juice of
the sugar-cane, treacle.
Asali ya tembo, fresh palm wine
boiled into a syrup.
'Ashara, ten.
Asharini, twenty.
Aehekali, better in health during
sickness.
Kuwa ashekaJi, to improve.
Kufanya ashekali, to make better
ASH
AZM
251
Asheratij dissipation, a dissipated
person.
AsJiiiki hu'f to love, to love ex-
ceedingly.
Ashiria ^u-, to make a sign to.
AikHr^ customs duties.
Am &tt-, to neglect one's duty to, to
rebel, to be disobedient.
Kwui tnkewef to quarrel with his
wife, and not do his duty by
her.
Ankari, plur. ankari, or waasikari,
a soldier.
Kutia asikari, to enlist.
AsUtf origin, nature, source.
Amha ku-, to cause to loaye, to
cause to cease.
Asitasciy not yet.
Assubui, in the morning.
Asuaa, that which assuages bitter-
ness or pain, takes away an un-
pleasant taste. Also Azuza.
Ata, Atana, Alia, AiUia^ (M.) =
Acha, Achana^ &c.
Atamia ku; to sit on eggs, to hatch
eggs.
Atamisha ftu-, to put under a sitting
Atguly average. [hen.
Aihabatisha ku-, to control.
AtJiama, highness.
Mwenyi atJiatna, the Most High.
Athari = Haihari,
Athibu ku', to chastise, to punish.
Athibieha ku-, to punish.
Athima = AHhama.
Athimika ku-, to be exalted.
Athini ku-, to call to public prayers.
Athuuri, noon, one of the Moham-
medan hours of prayer.
AH 1 look you 1 I say 1
Atihu, a fragrant herb used in the
composition of kikuba,
Attia, gratuitously, for nothing.
Atuka ku-, to crack as the earth
does in very dry weather.
Aua ku-, to make a survey of, to go
over and look at.
Auka ku-, to grow large enough to
bear fruit.
Aunt ku; to help.
Avya ku; to produce, to spend, to
give away.
Atoa fell-, to go out or away (Mer.).
Awala, a promissory note.
Aujoli or Aowali, first, almost^
nearly.
Awaza ku-, to dispose, to allot to
each his share.
Awesia, a kind of dhow like a hedeni
(which see), without any prow or
head, with merely a perpendicular
cutwater.
Awini ku-, to help, to supply.
Amthi ku-, to barter.
Ayari, a cheat.
Ayari,Q, pulley, the stay of a dhow's
mast.
Ayasi, a sort of grass.
Ayasi ya shdba, brass wire.
Ayika ku-, to dissolve, to melt.
AyiOii ku-, to preach.
Aza ku- = Waza ku-, to ponder,
think.
Azama, a nose ring.
Azifoa, a chaxm used to bring back
a runaway slave and to drive
away evil spirits.
Azima ku-, to lend.
Azimwa ku-, to borrow.
Azimia ku-, to make an azima
against.
Azimia ku-, to resolve.
Azimu ku'i to resolve (generally
pronounced dzimu),
Azizi, a rarity, a curiosity.
Azma, scent, fume.
252
AZU
BAJ
Azur, perjury.
Azuza. See Anuci,
B.
B has the same sound as Id
English.
N changes into m before h, as
mbaya for n-baya, bad.
mhwa for n-bwaf a dog or dogs.
Nw also becomes mb.
mbinguforn-wingu^ the heavens.
Ba, a shortened form of btoafui,
^oo, evil
Baa, plor. maJbaa, a worthless
person, an utter reprobate.
Battda, afterwards.
Bcuida ya, after (used preferably
of time).
BaadayBf or haada yoke, after it,
then, afterwards.
Baathiy some.
Baathi ya watu, some persons.
Baazi, a sort of pea growing on a
small tree somewhat resembling
laburnum.
Bab (Ar.), a gate, chapter.
Bab Ulaya^ goods for the Euro-
pean market.
Bab KacMf goods for the Cutch
trade.
Bab U amana, something entrusted*
lent to one.
Baba, father.
Baba mdogo, mother's brother.
Baba wa kambo, stepfather.
Baba wa waana, 1 ^^ ^^j
Baba wa watoto, 3
Babaika ku-, to hesitate in speaking,
to stutter, to talk in one's sleep.
Babata ku-^ to pat, to tap, to flatten
out.
BabUf grandfather, ancestors.
Bdbua hu-t to strip ofiT.
Babuka ftu-, to tear, to become torn.
Badala or ^oiialt, a thing given in
exchange for something else, an
equivalent.
Badani, See Kanta.
Badili hu-, to change, exchange,
alter, become changed.
BadUika ku-, to be changed, to be
changeable.
BadOf not yet, used generally to
express that the matter in ques-
tion is as yet incomplete.
Bado kidogo, soon.
Bafe, a kind of snake.
Ba/ta, a sort of fine calico.
Bagaia or Bdgalc^ a buggalo, a
large kind of dhow square in the
stem, with a high poop and a
very long prow. Most of the
Indian trading dhows are of this
build ; they have generally a
small mizen-mast.
Bdghala, a mule.
Ba^ua ku", to separate.
Baguka ku-^ to be separate.
Bagukana ku-, to be in hostility, to
be on two sides.
Bahari, sea.
Bahari {Tali, the Persian Gulf.
Bahari ya Shamy the Red Sea.
Baharia, a sailor, Bailors, the crew.
Bahasha, a square bag or pocket
with a three-cornered flap to tie
over the opening, frequently
used to keep books in.
BahatioT Bakhtif luck, good fortune.
Bakhti miUf that depends on the
Bahatisha ku-, to guess. [person.
Baini, &o. See Bayinij &c.
Baini ya, between.
Bajia, small cakes of ground beans
and pepper.
BAJ
BAO
253
Bajuni = Mgunyou
Bakakuy to dispute, to argue.
BahhUif a miser, covetous, miserly.
Bdkhti, See Bahati.
Baki, the remainder, what is left.
Bdki (in arithmetic), subtraction.
Baki kti-, to remain, to be over, to
be left.
Bakoraf a walking stick with the
top bent at right angles to the
stem. The best are made of a
white, straight-grained wood
(mtobwe), which will bend nearly
double like a piece of lead without
breaking or returning.
Bakshay a packet, of clothes, &o.
Bakuli, plur. mabakuli, a basin.
Bakwia ku-, to snatch out of the hand.
Balaay sorrow.
Balamwezi, moonlight, moonshine.
Balanga, leprosy.
Balasif a large kind of water jar.
Bali, but.
Balighij a boy who is a virgin, a youth.
Balungi, plur. mabalungi, a citron.
Bamha, plur. mahamha, a plate, a
flat thin piece.
BambOf an instrument like a cheese-
taster thrust into a bag to draw
out some of its contents for ex-
amination.
Mahambo, large mats for beating
out mtama upon.
Barnvna, spring-tides.
Bana ku-, to squeeze, press as in a
vice.
Banada, the Somauli coast.
Banajiri or Banagiri, a kind of
bracelet ornamented with points
or blunt spikes, much worn in
Zanzibar.
Banda, plur. mei&a7k2a, a large shed.
Banda la/rasi, a stable.
Bandari, a harbour.
Bandera^ a flag, red stuff the colour
of the Arab flag.
Bandiy a seam.
Kupiga bandi (in sewing), to
tack, to run, to baste.
Bandia,
Mtoto uoa handiay a doll.
Bandika ku-, to put on a plaster or
any medicament.
Bandua ku-, to strip off, to peel off.
Banduka ku-, to peel off, to come
out of its shell, to be peeled.
Bangi, bhang, Indian hemp.
Banika ku-, to roast on a spit over
the Are.
Baniya, a temple, a building,
especially that at Mecca.
Banja ku-, to crack nuts, &c., io
break off the shell or husk by
beating.
Banyani, plur. mdbanyani, used in
Zanzibar as a general name for
the heathen Indians who come
as traders from Gutch.
Banza.
Kujibanza, to squeeze oneself
against a wall or into a hedge
to allow some one else to pass.
Banzi, plur. mabanzi, a small thin
piece of wood, a splint.
Bao, the tiller of a small craft (A.).
Bao, a game in card-playing.
Mabao sita = Mvumo,
Kutia bao, to mark, in card-play-
ing.
Bao or Bao la komwe, a board with
thirty-two small holes, each
about the size of a teacup, for
playing a very favourite game
also called bao^ with komwe, or
with pebbles. The holes ai^
254
BAP
BAT
in the ground, and any small
things used to play with.
Kucheza hao, to play at the above
game.
Bapa, the flat of a sword, &e.
Kupiga hapa, to strike with the
fiat of a sword.
BarQy a species of antelope (Helgo-
bag^ arundinaceus).
Bara or Barra, wild country, coat-t.
The Arabic name, Z^njibarr, is
compounded of this word and
Zenj or Zanj\ a negro : hence the
Zanguebar and Zanzibar of our
maps mean only the negro
coast The Swahili name for
Zanzibar is invariably Unguja.
Barr Faris^ the piece of Persian
coast belonging to Oman.
Barr Swdhily the Swahili coast.
Bardbaj proper, just, exactly.
Barahara, a broad open road.
BarafUf ice.
Baragumoj a spiral horn used as a
musical instrument ; it is blown
through a hole at the small end.
Barai, an after brace carried on the
lee side to steady the yard of a
dhow.
BaraJca, a blessing. Also common
as a proper name.
BarakoUf a mask reaching down to
the mouth, universally worn by
the women of Oman and Zan-
zibar of the upper class.
Barasi, a disease.
Barathuli, an idiot, dupe, simpleton.
Also hardzuli.
Barawaiy a swallow.
Baraza^ a stone seat or bench table,
either outside the house or in
the hall, or both, where the
master sits in public and receives
his friends ; hence the durbar, or
public audience held by the
saltan, and the council then held.
Baridij cold, wind.
Maji ya haridi, fresh water.
BaridiyabiSj rheumatism.
Bariki Au-, to bless.
N.B. — Young people are said in
Zanzibar to barikij when they
first have conneotion with the
opposite sex. Girls are thought
old enough between nine and
ten.
Barikia ku', to give a blessing to,
to greet
Bariyo (A.), what is left ftom. the
evening meal to be eat^i in the
morning.
Barizi ku-, to sit in harcuM, to hold
a public reception.
Barra, See Bara,
Barua or Bdrua, a summons from a
judge, a bill, a letter.
Baruti, gunpowder.
BarzvXiy a fool.
Basbasi, mace, the inner husk of
the nutmeg.
Bashire kheri ! may it be lucky 1
Bashiri ku; to prognosticate, to
foretell by signs.
Bashishi or BakhehUihif a gift, a
largess.
BoMri ku-i to foresee.
Bass or Bassi, enough, it will do.
When it begins a sentence it
means — well, and so, and then.
When it follows a word or phrase
it means — just this and no more.
Bastola, a pistol.
Bata, plur. mabatay a duck.
Bata la hukini, a goose.
Bata la mzinga,^ a turkey.
BcAela^ the common dhow of Zan-
BAT
BIA
255
zibar ; it haB a aqTiare stem and
an ordinary boat-like head.
Baii, tin, block tin*
Batil. See Betili.
BaUli hrt-^ to annnl, \o abdisb, to
reduce to nothing.
BcMi^ the log (nautical).
BatohcUOf plur. ma-, yarions colours
and marks on an animal.
Bau, a i?izard's fortune-telling
board.
Kupiga hau^ to divine.
Baura, a European anchor.
Bavunif alongside, at the side.
Bawa, plur. mdbatjoa, the wing of a
bird. Also, the scales of a fish.
Bawahe, a hinge.
Bawahu, ahouse-porter, door-keeper.
BawoBir, hemorrhoids.
-hayOf bad. It makes mbaya with
nouns like nyumba.
Bayini ku-, to recognize, to know.
Bayinika hvr, to be notorious, to be
well known.
Bayinisha ku-, to distinguish be-
tween, separate distinctly.
Bazazi, a trader, esx)ecially a cheat-
ing, oyer-sharp trader, a huck-
ster.
jBe&a ku; to carry (a child) on the
back in a cloth.
Bebertty a he-goat given toooyering,
strong, manly.
Bedari, the fixed lower pulley for
hoisting a dhow sail and yard,
bitts to which and through which
thej tVaW are passed and secured.
Bedeni, a kind of dhow with a per-
pendicular cutwater, or merely a
piece of board by way of prow, a
sharp stem, and high rudder head.
The mast of a hedeni is per-
pendicular; in other dhows it
bends forward. They come from
the Arab coast.
Bee, a bargain, a trade, transaction.
Beek, for Lebeka.
Bega, plur. mahega, the shoulder.
Behetoa, the inner court in a stone
house. All large houses in Zanzi-
bar are built round an inner
court
Beina, between.
Beina yako nini f what do you know
about it? Compare Bayini,
Bekua ku'^ to parry, to knock off a
blow.
Belghamu, phlegm.
Bembe, food and confectionery
cooked by a woman for her lover,
and sent to him during the
Bamathan,
Bembeleza ku-, to beg.
Bembesha ku-, to swing.
Bembeza ku- \ to beg, to caress, to
Bembeleza ku- ) pat.
Benua ku-, to put forward, to stick
out.
Kubenua kidari, to walk with the
chest thrown forward.
Benuha ku-, to warp.
Kubenuka kiko kwa kiko, to warp
and twist this way and that.
Besa, vulgar Arabic for peso. Bes-
teen = Pesa mbUi,
Besera, canopy of a bedstead.
Beida = Batela,
Beti, a pouch for shot or cartridges.
Beti (Ar.), a house, a line in verses.
Betili or Batil, a dhow with a very
long prow, and a sharp stern
with a high rudder head. They
generally belong to the Bhemali,
or Persian Qulf Arabs.
Beyana, legible, clear.
Bia,
256
BIA
BOM
Kula &ta, to gnbscribe to a meal
in common, to go shares in- a
meal.
Biashara, trade, conmierce.
Kufanya hiashara, to trade.
Mfanyi biasharctf a trader, a mer-
chant.
Bibi, grandmother. li is used as a
title answering to my lady, and
for the mistress of slaves.
Bifeo, plnr. mahiboy a cashew apple.
'hichi, fresh, green, unripe, raw,
under-done. It makes mhichi
with nouns like myumba,
Bidii, effort to surpass, emulation.
Bihira, a virgin.
Bikiri leu-, to deflower.
BHashii gratis, for nothing.
BUauri, a drilling glass.
BiJdi, the lead (nautical).
Bilisi = Mis, the devU.
BiUxL, except by.
BUula, a tap.
Bimci, insurance.
Birna ku-, to insure against acci-
dents.
Binadamu, a human being (a son
of Adam).
Bindo, the loin-cloth held up to
receive or carry things, a bundle
in a cloth.
Kukinga bindo, to hold up the
loin-cloth to receive things.
Bingwa, shrewd, knowing.
Binth daughter. Women in Zan-
zibar are generally mentioned by
their father*s name only, as, Binti
Mohammed, Mohammed's daugh-
ter.
Binka,i>luT. mabirtka,a large vessel
for holding water, a cistern-.
Birinzi, a dish composed of meat,
rice, pepper, &c.
Bisha hu, to knock or ory Hodi I at
a door to attract the attention of
the people within. It is held
very wrong to go beyond the
entrance hall of a house unlesf
invited in.
Bisha ku', to work in sailing. Also,
to make boards.
Bishana ku-, to squabble, to quaneL
Bishara, a sign, a good sign.
Bisho, tacking, working to the wind-
ward.
Upepo wa bisho, a foul wind.
Bisif parched Indian com.
Bitana, lined^double, used ofolothea
wherever there are two tfaickv
nesses.
Biihaa, goods, merchandise.
-bivu or -wiru, ripe, well done. It
makes mbivu with nouns like
nyumba.
Bitoi, plur. mabiwi, heaps of garden
rubbish, leaves, wood, &o.
Bizari, a small seed used in making
curry.
Size, a wild hunting dog.
Bizima, a buckle.
'bofu or -ovu, rotten, bad, malicious.
Boga, plur. m^boga, a pumpkin.
Boga is used as a general word
for edible vegetables.
Bogi = Pombe,
Bogoa ku-, to strip off leaves, to tear
apart, to chop away wood in
making a point ?
Bohari or Bokhari, a storehouse, a
house with a shop and warerooms.
Boko, a buffalo (?).
Bokoboko, a kind of food made of
wheat, meat, &o.
Bokwa, jack fruit [Tumbatu].
Boma, plur. maboma, a heap of
I stones^ a rampart.
BOM
BUN
257
Bomha, a pump.
Bomboromoka, plur. ma-. See Boro-
mokfL
Bomoa ku-j to make a hole'thiough,
'to break down.
B<ym6ka hu-, to have a hole broken
through it, to be broken down.
B<mgOf plur. mdbonge, brains, mar-
row.
Bonih, a bridge, a pier. From the
French pont.
Bonyea kit-, to give way, to crush
in.
BonyesTia ku-^ to press so as to sink
-in, to make an impression with
the fingers.
Bonyeza ku-, to examine by feeling
and pressing. See Tomasa,
BoondCf a valley, a hollow place.
Bora, great, very great, noble, best,
most.
Borif the bowl of a native pipe.
Boriti, a rafter, thick poles cut in
the mangrove swamps and laid
.flat to support the stone roofs.
Borohoa, a dish made of pounded
pulse with flavourings.
Boromoka ku-, to fall down a preci-
pice.
Boromokaf plur. ma-, precipices, pre-
cipitous places. Also hoTnboro-
moka, plur. mo-.
Borongaboronga ku-iio make a mess
of one*B work.
Boroshoa, a long-shaped black in-
sect found in dunghills.
Boruga ku-, to stir, tocut up weeds.
•hovu or "Ovu, rotten, bad.
Bozay a narcotic made by mixing
bhang with flour and honey.
Bozibozij idle, dull.
Brdmini, an agent (working for two
per oeni. commisBicm.)
Bua, plur. mabua, the stem of millet.
Buba, rupia, applied to various skin
diseases.
Bvhu, (A.), a teat.
BubUf plur. mahubUy dumb.
Bubujika ku-, to bubble out, burst
forth.
Kububujika machozi,to burst into
tears.
Buhur (M.), dumb.
Buddi, escape, other course.
Sina buddif I have no escape, ie.,
I must.
Buetaj a box. Also bweta, (From
the French, boUe,)
Buga, a hare (?).
Bughuthu ku-, to hate.
Buhuri, incense.
Buibuij a spider.
Buki or Bukini, Madagascar.
Buki, a kidney.
Bukuy a very large ^nd of rat.
BuU, plur. mabulif a teapot.
Bwmbuazi, perplexity, idiotcy.
Kupigwa na bumbuazi, to become
confused and abashed, so as not
to be able to go on with one's
business.
Bumbwiy rice flour pounded up with
scraped cocoa-nut.
Bumia, sterupost.
BumundafpluT. mabumundOf a sort
of soft cake or dumpling.
Bundi, a native bird, an owl. Owls
are thought very unlucky.
Bunduki, a gun, a musket.
Bungala, a kind of rice.
Bungo, plur. mabungoj a kind of
fruit something like a medlar.
BungUf plur. mabunguy a dish.
Bungu la kupozea uji, a saucer to
cool gruel in.
Bunif raw ooffee^ oof&^VMsm^R^*
258
BUN
Bum, an ostrich.
Bunt, (Ar.), sons, the sons of.
Bum ku-f to begin, to be the first to .
do a thing, to invent. i
Bunju, a poisonous fish. '
Bunzif plur. tnabunzi, a stinging .
fly.
Buothu ku-, to hate.
BupurUf plur. mahupurUf an empty
shelL
Bupuru la kitwa, a skulL
Burangenif of two colours, neither
black nor white ; also painted of
different colours, as a dhow with
a white stripe.
Buratangi, a whirring kite.
Burdu.
MarcLshi ya Burdu, eau-de-
Cologne.
Burt, large-sized tusks of ivory.
Buriani, a final farewell, asking
a general forgiveness.
KtUakana huriani, to ask mutual
pardon and so take a last fare-
well.
Burikao, Port Durnford.
Burre, for nothing, gratis, in vain,
for no good.
Burtida, a book of the prayers used
over a dying person.
Burudika ku-, to be refreshed.
Burudisha hu-, to cool, to refresh.
Buruga ku-, to mix up, to knock
together.
Buruhaniy token, evidence.
Buruji, battlements.
Burura ku-, to drag, to haul along.
Busara, prudence, subtlety, astute-
ness.
Busati, a kind of matting made at
Muscat.
BushasMj a thin sort of stufil
BushUf tow, a gun-wad.
Bushuti, woollen staff, blanket,
Bustani, a garden.
Busu, a kiss.
Bu8u ku-, to kiss.
Buu, plur. mahuu, maggots in meat
(M.).
Buyu, plur. mdbuyu,^ calabash, the
fruit of the baobab tree, used
to draw water with.
Buzi, plur. mabmif a very laige
goat
Bwaga ku-, to throw down what
one has been carrying; to tip
off one*s head, &c; to zest by
throwing down one's burden.
Kubwaga nazij to throw down
cocoa-nuts.
Btcana, master of slaves, master of
the house, lord, sir, used politely
inspeaking of one's own father.
Bwana mdogo, master's Bon,
Bwanda = Choanda,
Bwara,
Reale ya btoaro, c dollar WMler
full weight, a 5-frano piece.
Bweta, See Bueta,
C.
C is required only in writing the
sound of the English oh or of the
Italian c before i and e.
In the dialect of Zanzibar ch
frequently stands for the t of more
northern Swahili, as —
Chupa, a bottle (Zanzibar) =
Tupa (Mombas).
Kucheka, to laugh (Zanz.) =
Kuteka (Momb.).
Chi, in the vulgar dialect, and
amongst the slaves in Zanzibar,
stands for ki in the more correct
language. Several of the tribes in
OHA
259
the interior follow the same rule as
the Italian in always pronouncing
the same root letter ch before t and
6, and k before a and o.
Thus slaves commonly say, Chitu
chidogo, a little thing, for Kitu Id-
dogo.
As a rule, in all Swahili where
the preformative ki has to be pre-
fixed to an adjective or pronoun or
tense prefix beginning with a vowel,
it becomes chy thus —
Kisu cAan^tt, my knife, not Kisu
kiangu,
Kisu chakata, the knife cuts, not
Kisu kiakata.
Kitu chema cho chote^ every good
thing whatsoever, not Kitu
kiema kio kiote.
Where ch represents ki, as the
initial sound of a sub&tantive, the
plural is made by changing ch into
vy,
Chomho, a. veaael, Fyomfto, vessels.
But where ch stands for t, the
plural is made by prefixing ma,
Machupa, bottles.
Mdchungwa, oranges.
The Arabs confound in their
pronunciation ch with shy though
the sounds are in Swahili perfectly
distincfc.
It would perhaps be an improve-
ment to write all cTt's which repre-
sent ki by a simple e, which has
been used for this sound in Sechuana,
and to write all ch*B which repre-
sent t by ty, which has been used
for this sound in writing Zulu. But
both are here represented by eh,
because at least in the infancy of
our studies it is puzzling to have
two signs for one sound, and neither
way of writing might be quite satis-
factory in all cases.
There is little doubt that the
northern t becomes ch by the addi-
tion of a 2^ sound, as the same sort
of change takes place with d, which
becomes dy or j, and sometimes
with n, making it ny or the Spanish
n. The same sort of change in
English vulgarizes nature into
nachur, and Indian into Injun,
Ch- = ki', which see.
Ch', a prefix required by sub-
stantives beginning with ki' or
eh- representing ki-, in all pro-
nouns and adjectives beginning
with a vowel, and in tenses of
the verb where the tense prefix
begins with a vowel.
Cha, of.
Many quasi-substantives may be
made by prefixing cha to a
verb, kitu being understood, as
chakula (a thing), of eating,
food.
Cha or Chayi, tea.
Cha kU; to fear [A.] (the ku- bears
the accent, and is retained in the
usual tenses).
Cha kit-, to dawn, to rise [of the sun]
the ku- bears the accent, and
is retained in the usual tenses.
Kumekucha, the dawn (it has
dawned).
Kunakucha, the dawning.
Usiku kucha, all night till dawn,
all night long. See Chwa.
Chaanzu, the beginning of a piece
of ukiri,
Chacha ku-f to ferment, leaven,
work.
Chachaga hh^ to wa&h cloiVi^A Vr|
260
-OHA
OHA
dabbing them gently on a stone
or board, not to beat them so hard
as is implied in the more common
word hufua,
'Chache, few, little, not many or
much. It makes chache with
nouns like myumba,
ChacMa ku-, to come with a press,
to come much at once, to burst
upon one.
Chachu, bran, leaven, ferment.
Chafi, a kind of fish.
Chafi.
Chafi cha mguu^ calf of the leg =
tafu.
Chafu, plur. machafu, the cheek,
especially that part which is over
the teeth.
Chafua ku-t to put in disorder,
disarrange.
Chafuka ku-, to be in disorder, in
dishabille.
Moyo umechafuka, (I) feel sick.
Chafukachafuka ku-, to be all in a
mess, to be all tumbled about
and m confusion.
Chafuo, a poisonous horse-fly.
Chafya ku-, or kupiga cTiafya, or
kwenda chafya, to sneeze.
Chagaa = Tagaa.
Cha^o, land crabs.
Chago, the place where the head is
laid (on a kitanda, etc.).
Chagua, ku-, to pick out, select,
garble.
Chai, or Chayi, tea.
Chakaa ku-, to become worn out,
to become good for nothing
through age or use.
Choke, or chakwe, his, her, its. See
•ake,
Chaki, chalk, whitening, putty.
Chako, thy. See -ako.
Chakogea = IKUu'] eha ku-^fffea^ a
thing to bathe in, a bath.
Chaktila, something to eat, food, a
meal.
Ghakida cha Btibui, breakfast
Chakula cha moharM, dinner.
Chakula chajioni, supper, which
is the chief meal of the day.
Plur. vyaJctUa, victuals.
Chale, a out or gash made for orna-
ment.
Chali, backward, on his back.
Chama, a club, guild, band of
people.
Waana chama, members of it
Chamba cha jicho, a white film over
the eye.
Chamba, plmr. vyarnbo, a bait
Chambua ku-, to dress, clean, pick
over, as to pluck off the outer
leaves of vegetables when sending
tliem to market, to pick the
sticks and dirt out of cotton, to
pick cloves off their stalks,
Chamhulia ku-, to clean up, to dress
up work or things.
Chamburo, a plate for wire drawing.
Chamchela,
Pepo za chamchela, a whirlwind,
Chd'msha kanwa (something to
wake the mouth), something
eaten first thing in the morning.
Chana = Tana,
Chana ku-, to comb.
Chanda, plur. vyanda (M.), a finger,
a toe.
Chandalua, an awning, a mosquito
net.
changa, young, immature.
Changa ku-, to sift away chaff and
husks.
Ktda kwa kuchanga^ a feast
OHA
OHK
261
where each contributes some^
thmg to the eDtertainment.
Changa'mka ku-, to be genial, to be
hearty and pleasant.
Ckangamusha hu-y to cheer up.
iJhanganya ku-, to mix.
Changanyika ku-, to be mixed.
Ckanganyisha ku-, to perplex.
Changarawiy girt,little white stones
like those in coarse sand.
ChangOt plnr. mjo/nge, a peg to hang
things upon.
CJiango, small intestines, round
worms.
ChangUy a kind of fish.
ChangUf a tribal meirk (?).
Changu, my. See -angu,
Chani = Tanif on the back, back-
ward.
Chania ku-, to comb for, &o,
Chanikiwitif green.
Chanja Aw-, to cut up [firewood, &c.].
Chanjiwa ku-, ndui, to be cut for
small-pox, to be vaccinated.
Chano, plur. vyano, a large wooden
platter, a mortar-board.
Chanua ku-, to put forth leaves.
Chao, their. See -ao.
Chapa, plur. machapa, a stamp,
-a chapa, printed. Pype,
Kupiga chapa, to print.
Chapa ku-, to beat, to stamp.
Chapachapa, wet througb, all
dripping.
Chapeo, a hat. From the French
chapeau (?).
Chappa or Chappara, excessively.
Chapuo, a sort of small drum.
Chatu, a python, a crocodile (?).
Chavu, plur. vyavu, a net.
-chavu, filthy, unwashed.
Chawa, a louse.
Chayi, tea.
Chaza, an oyster.
Chazo, a sucker fish.
Cheche, a small box (such as a
lucifer-box).
C%ecJ^e,abrownmangou8te. Also =
cheohi,
Cheche, a spark.
Chechea ku-, to walk lame.
Chechele, an absent person, one who
goes far beyond where he In-
tended^stopthroughinattentlon.
CJiechemea ku-, to be lame. Also,
to reach up, stretch up to.
Chechi, plur. machechi, a apark.
Chegua ku-, to choose.
Cheka ku-, -to laugh, to laugh at.
Chekelea ku-, to laugh at, because ot
Cheko, plur. nuicheko, a laugh, a
loud laugh.
Cheka ku-, to fear for, about, &a
Chelema, watery.
Chelewa ku, to be overtaken by
something through thought-
lessness, to wake up and find
it broad daylight, to be struck
foolish, to be dumbfounded.
Also, to be too late.
Sikukawia wala sikuchelewa, 1
did not delay, and I was not late.
Cheleza ku-, to keep, to put on one
side, to put off.
Chelezea ku-, to keep or put aside
Chelezo = Chilezo, £for.
Chemhe, a grain, grains.
Chemhe,])luT, vyembe (N.), an arrow,
the head of an arrow or a harpoon.
Chemhe cha moyo (A.), the pit of
the stomach.
Chembeu, a chisel.
Chemchem, a spring of water.
Che'mka ku-, to boil, to bubble up.
ChenezQ, plur. vyenezoj a measuring
rod, line, &o.
262
CHE
OHl
Chenga Jcu-y to cleave, to cut wood,
to prune.
Chenge chenge, small broken bits.
Chenja = CTienza,
Chenu, your. See -enu,
Chenyi, having, with. See -enyi.
Chenzar a large kind of mandarin
orange.
Chenza za Majjemi, Persian, ».«.,
good chenzas.
CheOy plur. vyeOf measurement*
measure, length, breadth, &o.,
position in the world, station.
Cbepeehepe, wet, soaked with rain,
wetted.
Chepuka "ku- = Chipuha,
Cherawif a well-known mangroTe
swamp in the island of Zanzibar.
Chereej a grindstone.
CherevUf cunning, subtlety.
Cherkhanay machine.
Cherkhana cha kushona, a sewing
Cheruwa, measles. [machine.
ChetezOf plur. vyetezoy a censer, a
pot to fume incense in.
Chetit plur. vyetij a pass, a passport.
CTtetUf our. See -etu,
Chewa, a kind of fish.
Cheza ku-, to play, to dance.
Kucheza gwaridij to be drilled
in European fashion.
Kucheza komari, to play for
Clieza, a kind of oyster. [money.
Cheza ku-j to play with.
Kuchezea unyago^ to deflower a
virgin (?).
Chi = Ki:
Chicha, the scraped cocoa* but after
the oil has been squeezed out.
It is sometimes used to rub on
the hands to clean them of grime,
but is generally thrown away as
lefoM.
Chichiriy a bribe.
Chikapo = Kikapu, a basket.
Chikichi, plur. machikichiy the findt
of the palm-oil tree.
Kichikichi, plur. vichiktchi^ the
small nuts contained in the
fruit of the palm-oil tree.
Chilezoy plur. vHezo, a buoy.
Chimha ku-^ to dig (M. timiba),
Chimbia ku-, to dig for (M. timbid).
Chimhia ku- = Kimbia ku-, to run
away.
Chimbua ku-, to dig out or away.
ChimbukOf origin, first beg^inning.
source.
Chinii down, bottom, below.
Yuko chinif he is down stairs.
Chini yay under, below.
Chinja ku-, to cut, to slaughter
animals by cutting the throat,
which is the only manner allowed
by the Mohammedan law, hence
generally to kill for food (M.
kutinda).
Chinki, a small yellow bird kept in
cages.
Chinusi, a kind of water sprite,
which is said to seize men when
swimming, and hold them un-
der water till they are dead, (?)
cramp.
Chinyango^ a lump of meai
Chipuka, &c. = Chupuka^ &c.
Chipukizi, a shoot, a young plant.
See Tepukuzi.
Chipukizi ndio mti, children will
be men in time.
Chiriki, a small yellow bird often
kept in cages.
Chiro, chironi = Choo, ehooni,
Chiroko = Chooko, a kind of pulse.
Chiti = Cheti, a note of hand, a rote
of any kind.
CHa
OHO
263
Cho, -cHoy -eho-t which.
Che chote, whatsoever,
Choa, ringr^orm.
Gwoha hu-, to poke oat from, out
of a hole.
Chochea ku-, to make up a fire, to
turn up a lamp.
Chochelezea hu-, to stir up and in-
crease discord, to add fuel to the
fire.
Chofya hu-. See Chovya.
Choka ku'y to become tired.
Niinechoka, I am tired.
Chokaa, lime.
Chokea, a stye in the eye, hordeolum.
Chokoa ku; to clear out, to free
from dirt, enlarge a small hole.
ChokdchokOy a kind of fruit with a
red prickly rind, white pulp, and
a large kernel.
Cholcora ku-y to pick (with a knife,
&o.).
Chokoray plur. machokora^ a hanger-
on, a follower, a dependaut.
Chokoza ku; to teaze, to irritate.
Chole, a place on the island of Zan-
zibar famous for cocoa-nuts ; also,
the chief town of Monfia.
Choma ku-, to stab, to stick, to
prick, to dazzle. Vulgarly in
Zanzibar — to use fire to in any
way, to bum, to roast, to parch,
to fire, to apply cautery, to bake
pottery.
ChomhOy plur. vyombo, a yessel, a
pot, a dhow.
Vyombo is used for household
utensils, things used in a
house, goods.
ChoTnea ku-. See Choma A:w-.
Chomeha ku-^ to be stuck into, to be
set on fire.
Chomelea kii-, to take out a bad
piece of cloth, thatch, &o., and
put in a.new one.
Chomoza ku-, to be hot.
Chonga ku-, to cut, to adze, to hollow
out, to cut to a point.
Kuchonga kalamuy to make a pen.
Change, canine teeth, cuspids.
Chongta ku-, to cut for, or with.
Chongea ku-, to do a mischief to, to
get (a person) into trouble, to
inform against
Chongeleza ku-, to earry tales, to
backbite.
Chongo, loss of an eye.
Kuwa na chongo, to have lost an
eye.
Mwenyi chongo, a one-eyed person.
Chongoka ku-, to be precipitous.
Choo, plur. vyoo, a privy, the bath-
room, which always contains one.
Chooko, a small kind of pea, very
much resembling the seeds of
the everlasting pea of English
gardens.
Chopa, plur. machopa, such a quan-
tity as can be carried in the two
hands.
Chopi.
Kwenda chopi, to walk lame in
such a manner as that the lame
side is raised at every step.
Chopoa ku-f to drag out of one's
hand.
Chopoka ku-, to slip out of the hand.
Chora ku-, to carve, to adorn with
carving, to draw on a walL
Chorochoro, scratches, marks*
Choropoka ku-, to slip out of one's
hand.
Choveka ku-, to put into water, to
steep.
Chovya ku-f to dip, to gild.
Chosha ku'f to tire, to make tired.
264
€H0
OHU
Chosi = Kisoze.
Chota ku-y to make np tw little at a
Chote, all. See -ote. [time.
iJhovUy weary, tired.
Choyo, greediness, avarice.
Mwenyi choyo, a miser.
Chozi, plor. machozi, a iear, a tear-
drop. •
Chub! shtl nonsense!
Chubua ku-y to take the skin off, to
bruise.
Chvbuachuhua ku-^ to bruise about,
to batter.
Chvhuka IfU; to be raw, to be
bruised.
Chubwi, a plummet.
Chuchu ya ziwa, a teat.
Chuchumia ku-, to stretch up to
reach something.
Chui, a leopard, leopards.
Chuja ku-f to strain.
Chujuka ku', to have the colour
washed out.
Chvkiy the being easily disgusted
or offended.
Ana chvJci huyu, he is easily put
out.
Chukia ku-, to be disgusted at, to
abhor, to hate, not to bear.
Chukiwa ku-f to be offended.
Chukiza ku-, to disgust, to offend.
Chukizisha ku-, to make to offend.
Chuku, a cupping horn.
Chukua ku-, to carry, to carry
off, to bear, to support, to sus-
tain.
Kuchukua mimha, to be pregnant.
Chukulia ku-, to carry for a person.
Pass, kuchukuliway to be carried
for, to have carried for one, to
be borne, to drift.
Chukuliana ku-, to bear with one
Miother.
ChvJcuza hu*, to make, to oany, to
load.
Chula or Churck, plur. vyuUk, a frog.
Chuma, plur. vyuma, iron, a piece
of iron.
Chuma ku^ to pluck, to gather, to
make profit
Chumbti, plur. vyumba, a room.
Chumvi, salt.
Chumvi ya haluti^ sulphate of
Chuna ku, to flay. [magnesia.
Chunga ku-, to pasture, to tend
animals.
Chunga ku-, to sift.
Chungu, plur. vyungu, an earthen
cooking pot.
Chungu, anto.
Chungu, a heap.
Chungu chungu, in heaps.
-chungu, bitter (uchungu, the
quality of bitterness).
Chungulia ku-, to peep.
Gkungwa, plur. machungvsa, an
orange.
Chungwa la Mzungu, a sweet
orange.
Chunika ku-, to lose the skin, to be
Chunjua, a wart. [flayed.
Chunuka ku-, to love exceedingly, to
long for.
Chunuzi = ChinuH,
Chunyu, an incrustation of salt, as
upon a person after bathing in
salt water.
Chuo, plur. vyuo, a book.
Chuoni, school.
Mwana wa chuoni, a scholar,
learned man.
Chupa, plur. machupa, a bottle.
Chupia ku; to dash.
Chupuka ku' or Chipuka ku', to
sprout, become sprouted, to shoot,
io spring.
CHU
DAM
265
Qiupuza ku't or Chipuza hu-^ to
sprout, to throw out sprouts, to
shoot, to spring.
Churvkiza ku-, to drain out.
Chururika ku- = ChuruzUca ku;
Churuway measles.
Churuza ku-, to keep a stall, to
trade in a small way.
Churuzika ku-, to run down with.
Kuchuruzika damu, to bleed
freely.
Chussa, plur. vyutsat a harpoon.
Chuuza = Churuza.
Chwa hd-y tor set (of the sun). The
hd- bears the accent and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mchana kuchwa, or kutvoat aH
day till sunset, all day long.
p.
D has the same sound as in
English. It occurs as an inltal
letter chiefly in- words derived from
the Arabic.
Lot r and t become d after an
n. BefUj long, makes kamba ndefu,
a long rope, not nrefu.
Kanitafutia, and seek out for me,
when pronounced quickly becomes
Kandaftia,
D in the dialect of Mombas be-
comes j or dy in that of Zanzibar.
Ndool Come (Momb.). Njool
(Zanz.)
Bee C and J.
Doha, a small tin box. Also, a fool.
Dacha ku, to drop.
Dadaj sister, a term of endearment
among women.
D n ku-, to pry into thiiigs, to
ask impertinent and unnecessary
questions.
Bafina, a hidden treasure.
Daftari, an account book.
Dafu, ^ur. ffla^-afu, a cocoa-nut
fully grown before it begins to
ripen, in which state it supplies a
very favourite drink. When the
shell has begun to harden and
the nutty part to thicken, it ceases
to be a Dafu and becomes a
Koroma.
Dagad, a kind of very small flsh
like«?hitebait.
Daggla, a short coat.
Dai ku-, to claim, to sue for at
law.
Daka ku-, to catch, to get hold of.
Dakika, a minute, minutes.
Daku, the midnight meal during
the Ramathan. A gun is fired
from one of the ships at Zanzibar
about 2 A.M., to give notice thai
the time for eating is drawing to
a close. The name is said to be
derived from the saying : —
** Lent upeH, kesho kuna ndaa kuu."
** Eat quickly, to-mocro w there will be
great hunger."
Dakuliza ku-, to contradict, to deny
formally, to rebut.
Dalali, a salesman, a hawker,, an
auctioneer.
Dalia, a yellow composition much
used as a cosmetic : it is said ta
give softness and a sweet smell
to the skin.
Dalili, a sign, a token.
Hatta dalUi, anytliing at all, even
a trace.
Dama, a game played on a board
like chesB.
Damani = DemanC
266
DAM
BBU
Dam% blood.
Danga Itu-, to take up carefully, as
they take up a little water left
at the bottom of a dipping place
to avoid making it muddy.
DanganVca hu-, to be cheated.
BanganiMa ku-, to put to confusion.
Danganisha leu-, to confuse.
Danganya Jcu-, to cheat, to humbug,
to impose upon.
Danzi, plur. madanzi, a bitter,
scarcely eatable sort of orange.
The Danzi is reputed to be the
original orange of Zanzibar. The
name is sometimes applied to
all kinds of oranges, and sweet
oranges are called madanzi ya
Kizungu, European (Portuguese)
oranges.
Dao, See Dau.
Dapo, plur. madapo, a native
umbrella.
Darahiy plur. - madarahi, a rose
apple.
Daraja, a step, a degree, a rank, a
staircase, a bridge, a league.
2>araMt,a class for reading, a regular
meeting for learning.
Dart, a roof, an upper floor.
Darini, up-stairs, or, on the roof.
Darizij embroidery, quilting. See
also Kanzu.
Darumeti, part of a dhow, inner
planking.
Dasilif a detergent powder made
of the dried and powdered leaves
of the mkunazi,
Dasturi, See DestuH,
Dau, plur. madau, a native boat
sharp at both ends, with a square
mat sail. They are the vessels
of the original inhabitants of
Zanzibar, and chiefly bring fire-
wood to the town fiom the sooth
end of the island.
Davlati, the government.
Dawa, plur. dawa or madawa, a
medicine.
Dawa ya kuTiara, a purgative.
Dawa ya kutapika, an emetic.
Dawamu ku-, to persevere.
Dawati, a writing desk.
Bayima, always, perpetually.
Bayimara = Dayima,
Bebe, tin can. See Baha.
Beheni, lime and fat for ehunam-
ming the bottoms of native craft.
Beheni kit-, to chunam the bottom
of a dhow.
Beka ku-, to refuse to be pleased,
to be perverse, to be teazing.
Belki, a donkey's walk.
Kwenda delkt, to walk (of a
donkey).
Bema, a kind of fish-trap.
Bemanij the sheet of a sail.
Bemani, the season of gentle
southerly winds, beginning about
the end of August. It is applied
less correctly to the whole season
of southerly winds from April to
the end of October.
Bendaro, a sort of dance.
Benge,
Kukata denge, to shave the hair
except on the crown of the head.
Dengftt, peas, split peas. They are
not grown in Zanzibar, but are
brought dry from India.
Beni, debt, a debt, debts.
Beraye (?), armour.
Besturiy a sort of bowsprit, to carry
forward the tack of a dhow-sail.
Besturi, custom, customs.
BeuU, a silk scarf worn round the
waist
DE V
DUA
267
Devaif claret, light wine.
Dia, composition for a man's life,
fine paid by a murderer.
Dibajiy elegance of composition, a
good style.
Didimia ku-, to sink.
Didimikia Jcu-y to bore with an awl,
&c.
IHdimisha hu-, to sink, to cause to
sink.
Digalij part of a native pipe, being
the stem which leads from the
bowl into a vessel of water
through which the smoke is
drawn.
Diko, i>lnr.madikOf a landing-place.
DimUy a lime.
Dimu tamUt a sweet lime.
XH'ni, religion, worship.
J)ira, the mariner's compass.
Diriki ku-, to succeed in one's pur-
pose by being quick, to be quick
enough to catch a person, to be
in time.
Birisha^ plur. madiHshat a window.
Diioani, plur. madiwanij a council-
lor, a title of honour among the
coast people.
Doana, a hook.
Dohi, a washerman.
Doda ku'f to drop.
Dodo. See Embe.
Dodokij plur. madodoki, a long
slender fruit eaten as a vege-
table.
Dodoa ku-y to take up a little at a
time.
Dofra, plur. madofra, a sailmaker's
palm.
'dogoj little, small, young, younger.
Dohaan, Dokhaan, or Dohani, a
chimney.
Marikebu ya dohaanf a steamship.
Hence Dohaniy or Dokhanij a sort
of tall basket in which fruit
is brought on men's heads to
market. The foundation is
made of sticks about two feet
long, loosely tied together,
which are supplemented with
plaited cocoa-nut leaves, until
the whole becomes perhaps six
feet high and fifteen to twenty
inches in diameter. These
dohani are often decked with
flowers and green leaves.
Dokaa ku-, to nibble.
Dokeza ku-, to give a little part of
anything, to give a hint.
Dokra, a cent
Domo.
Kupiga domo, to tell a person in
confidence.
Dona ku; to peck.
Donda^ plur. madonda, large sores.
Donda ndtigu, malignant ulcers.
DondOf pi. madondo, a tiger cowry.
Used to smooth down seams with.
Doncio, starch, the dressing of calico.
Dondoa ku-, to pick up small frag-
ments, to pick up rice, &c., to
pick up bit by bit.
Dondoka few-, to drop from little by
little.
Mbegu zimenidondoka, the seeds
dropped from my hand one by
one.
Dondoro, Dyker's antelope.
Donea ku-, to flutter like a bird.
Donge, plur. madonge, a small round
thing, a ball.
Donoa ku-, to peck, to sting.
Doti, a loin-cloth, a piece of cloth a
little less than two yards long.
Doya ku', to go as a spy.
Dua, worship, theolo^.
268
DUA
Duara, a windlass, anything ronnd.
Dudct plur. madudej a what-is-it ?
a thing of which you don't know
or have forgotten- the name.
Duduj plur. madudUf an insect,
insects.
Duduvuhj a kind of hornet which
bores in wood.
-du/u, insipid, tasteless.
Duka, plur. maduka, a shop.
Dukiza ku-t to listen secretly.
Dukizi, plur. madukizif an eaves-
dropper, a tale-bearer.
Dumhuza, a plant having big yellow
flowers with dark centres.
Dumia ifeu-, to persevere.
Dumisha ku-y to make to continue.
Dumu, a jar (?).
Dumu ku', to continue, to persevere.
Dun, a fine.
Dundu, plur. madunduy a large
pumpkin shell used to hold
liquids.
Dunge, the green skin of the ca-
shew nut, an immature cashew
nut.
Dunguj plur. madunguy the roof
over the little stages for watching
com, &c.
Dumgumaro^ a kind of spirit, also<
the drum, &c., proper for expelling
Duni, below, less. [him.
Dunia, the world, this world.
Durahinif a telescope, an eyeglass.
Kupiga durdbini, to use a glass,
telescope.
Duru ku; to surround.
Durusi ku; to meet in a regular
class for study.
Dusamali, a striped silk scarf or
handkerchief worn upon the head
by women.
Duumif a dhow sail.
B
Diuii, plur. maduzij one who de-
lights to find out and proclaim
secrets and private matters^
E.
E has a sound between tiiose of a
in gate and of ai in chair.
In the dialect of Zanzibar it is
often substituted for the a of more
northern Swahili, especially as re-
presenting the AiAhio feVha,
Merikebu, a ship, is in the
Mombas dialect Marikabu, and in
the Arabic Markah.
The sound of e often arises from
the fusion of the final a of a prefix
with an e or i which follows it, as —
Akenda for A-ka-enda, and he
went.
Akaweta for A-ka-wo^ita, and he
called them.
Some of the cases in which e in
the Zanzibar dialect stands for a in
northern Swahili may be explained
by the substitution at Zanzibar of
in for a mere *n, as in the word for
" land " or country," which is *rdi
at Mombas, with so mere an *n that
the vowel of the preceding word may
be run into it, as in the saying —
** Mvunddntit mwandnti**
**A country can be ruined only by its own
children."
Whereas in Zanzibar, besides the
usual change of t into cA, the first
syllable has generally a distinct t
sound, and may be better written
iru*M.
Thus at Mombas the root of the
adjective " many ** seems to be ngi,
making the substantive "plenty," or
" a large quantity," ungft, and with
EBB
END
269
the proper prefix "many people,"
wa-ngi. But in Zanzibar " plenty "
is w-ingt, and "many people" wengit
as if wa-ingi.
Ebbe, for Leheka.
Ebu! Eehol well then! come then!
Eda.
Ku Italia eda, to remain in ex-
treme privacy and quiet for five
months, as is usual by way of
mourning for a husband.
Edashara, eleven.
Eel O!
Ee Waa ! or Ee Wallah I the common
answer of slaves and inferiors
when called to do something, a
strong assent.
Eema (M.) = Berfui, a kind of fish-
trap.
Egemea ku-, to lean.
Ehee I Yes !
Ekerahij a provocation, an irritating
word or thing.
Ekita ku-, to break by bending.
Ekuka ku-, to be sprung, to be
broken.
-ekundu, red. It makes jekundu
with nouns like kasha, and
nyekundu with nouns like ny-
Ela (M.), except. [umha.
Elafu, thousands.
Elea ku-, to fioat, to become clear.
Moyo wamwelea, he feels sick (M.)
Yamekuelea^ Do you under-
stand ? Have they (my words)
become clear to you ?
Eleka ku-, to carry a child astride
on the hip or back.
Elekea ku-, to be right, to agree, to
be opposite to.
Elekeana ku-, to be opposite to one
another.
Elemisha ku-, to teach, instruct.
Eleza ku-, to make to float, to swim
a boat, to make clear, to explain.
Elfeen or Elfain^ two thousand.
Elfu, a thousand.
Elimisha ku-, w instruct, to make
learned.
Elimu, or Himu-, learning, doctrine.
-ema, good, kind. It makes jema
with nouns like kasha, and njema
or ngema with nouns like nyumiba.
-emhamha, narrow, thin, slim. It
mft.'kes jemhamha with nouns like
^a«^,and nyembamba with nouns
like nyumba.
Embe, a mango. In Mombas the
plural is Ma£mbe, in Zanzibar it
is Embe.
Emhe dodo, or Enibe za dodo, a
very large kind of mango, so
named from a plantation in
Pemba, where they first grew.
Embe kinoo, a small kind of
mango which is very sweet
Embwe, glue, gum.
Embwe la ubuyu, a kind of paste
made from the fruit of the
calabash tree.
Enda kw-, to go. The kw- is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Kwenda is often used merely to
carry on the narration without
any distinct meaning of going.
Sometimes it is employed as
an auxiliary, nearly as we say
in English, he is going to do
it. Sometimes it expresses
an action merely, as Kwenda
chafya, to sneeze. Kwenda and
Kupiga used in this way can-
not be exactly translated.
Kwenda kwa mguu, to walk.
Kwenda tembea, to go fox & NR^bN^e..
270
END
ESH
Kwenda mghad, &c., to go oanter-
iDg, &o,
Kwenda zangii, zako, zake^ &c., in
other dialects, vyaiigu^ vyake^
&c., and thanguy tliaJce, &Cm to
go away, to go, to go one's way,
to depart.
Imekwenda twaliwar, they have
gone to fetch it.
Endea kw-, to go for, to, or after.
Endeka kw-, to be passable, to be
capable of being gone upon, to
be gone upon.
Endelea kw-, to go either forward
or backward.
Kwendelea whele, to advance.
Kwendelea nyumOf to retire.
Endeleza ku-, to spell, to prolong.
Enea kthy to spread, to become
known.
Enenda ku-, to go, mostly in the
sense of to go on, to proceed, to
go forward.
Enenza kit-, to measure together, to
try which exceeds the other.
EneOy the spread, the extent covered.
Eneo la Muungu, God's omni-
presence.
Eneza ku-, to spread, to cause to
spread, to cause to reach.
Muungu amemweneza kiUa mtu
riziki zake, God has put within
the reach of every man what
is necessary for him.
Enga kur, to split mahogo for
cooking.
Engaenga ku-, to coddle, to tend
over carefully.
Engtm ku-, to skim.
-enu, your, of you.
-enu ninyi, your own.
Enyi or Enyie, You there! You
there, I say 1
-enyi, having, possesBing, with. Tt
makes mwenyi, wenyif yenyi,
zenyi, lenyi, chenyi, vyenyi, and
penyi, which see.
Enza kt^, to ask news of a person.
Enzi, or Ezi, sovereignty, dominion,
majesty.
Mvoenyi ezi, the sovereign, he who
is supreme. See Ezi,
Epa ku; to endeavour to avoid (a
stone, stroke, &c.)
Epea ku-, not to go direct to, to
miss a mark, not to shoot straight
(of a gun).
Epeka ku-, to be avoidable, to be
what can be got out of the way of.
-epesiy light, not heavy, easy, quick,
willing. It makes jepesi with
nouns like kasha, and nyepesi
with nouns like nyumha.
Epua ku-, to brush or shake off, to
take away.
Epuka ku-, to be kept from, to avoidj
to abstain from.
Epukana ku-, to be disunited.
Epukika ku-, to be evitable.
Haiepukiki, it is inevitable.
Epusha ku-, to make to avoid, to
keep from.
Epushwa ku", to be kept from, to
be forbidden something.
-erevu, subtle, shrewd, cunning.
Erevuka ku-, to become shrewd, to
get to know the ways of the
world, to grow sharp.
Erevusha ku-, to make sharp and
knowing.
Eria ku-, to ease off, let down. See
Ariaa.
Esha, the latest Mohammedan hour
of prayer, which may be said to
be from half-past 6 to about
8 P.M.
ESS
FAH
271
Esse (?), a screw.
-etu^ our, of us.
-etu sMiy our own.
EiML Jcu; to sprinkle with wtitor
after praying by way of charm
against a disease.
eupe, white, clear, clean, light-
coloured. It makes jeupe with
nouns like kasha, and nyeupe with
nouns like nyumba,
•eupee, very white.
-eusU black, dark-coloured. It
makes jettsi with nouns like
Jcasha, and nyetm with nouns like
nyumba.
Ewaa = Ee Wa£L.
Ewe! You there ! Hi ! I say, you 1
plur. EnyL
Eza ku-f to measure.
Ezeka Jcu-t to thatch, to coyer with
thatch.
Ezi = Enziy sovereignty.
Mwenyi ezi Muungu, or Mwenye'
zimnguy Almighty God, God
the Lord, representing in Swa-
hili the Allah taala, God the
Most High, of the Arabic.
Ezua hu-j to uncover.
Kuezua paa, to strip a roof.
P.
F has the same sdund as in
English.
Fand V are confounded by the
Arabs, though in Swahili perfectly
distinct, thus : —
Ku-faa means — to be profitable to.
Ku-vaa means — to put on.
There is, however, in some cases
a little indistinctness, as in the
common termination i/tt or et;^; the
right letter is probably in all cases
a V.
The Arabs in talking Swahili
turn|)*s into/'s, and a&jfunda for
punda, a donkey; and conversely,
some slaves from inland tribes turn
fa into j}'s. P, however, does some-
times become / before a y sound,
as kuogopa, to fear, kuogofya, to
frighten.
There is a curious fy sound used
in some dialects of Swahili, which
is rarely heard in Zanzibar.
Fa kit; to die, perish, cease, fade
away. The ku- bears the ac-
cent, and is retained in the usual
tenses.
FoM ku-, to be of use to, to avail,
to be worth something.
Haifai, it is of no use, it won't do.
Faana ku-, to be of use to one aa-
other, to help one another.
Fafanisha ku-, to liken.
Fafanua ku-, to recognize, to under-
stand.
Fafanuka ku-, to become clear.
Fafanvkia ku-, to be clear to.
Fafanfdia ku-, to make clear to.
Fa^ganzi ku-, to become callous.
Mguu wangu umenifa^anzi, my
foot is asleep.
Fa^ia ku-, to sweep.
Fahali, plur. mafahali, a bull, used
of men in the sense of manly,
Fahamia, [strong.
Kwa kufahamiaQS..), on the face,
forward.
Fahamisha ku-, to make to under-
stand, to remind.
Fahamu ku-, to understand, to re-
member.
Fahari = Fakliari, ^<an.
272
PAJ
FAT
Ku/anya faJiarij to live beyond
one's means and station.
Faja lafrasi, a stable.
Fakefa, generous,a generous person.
FaJchari, glory.
FaJciri, poor, a poor person.
Fala few-, (Mer.) = Faa ku-,
FalaJci, orfdlak, astronomy.
Kupiga falakiy to prognosticate
by the stars.
Fall, an omen, omens.
Fana ku-, to be very good of its
kind, to become like (?).
Fanana ku-y to become like, to
resemble.
Fananisha ku-, to make to resemble.
Fanikia ku-, to turn out well for.
Kufanikiwa, to prosper.
Fanusi, a lantern.
Fanya ku-, to make, to do, to adapt,
to mend.
Kujifanya, to make one's self, to
pretend to be.
Kufanya kura, to cast lots.
Kufanya ahauri, to take counsel.
Fanyia ku-, to do or make for or to.
Nikufanyiejef What am I to do
with you ?
Fanyika ku-, to be made or done,
makable or doable.
Fanyiza ku-, to amend, to mend.
Fanyizika ku-, to be very good, to
be well done.
Fara or Farafara, brimful, full to
the brink.
Faragha, privacy, secrecy, leisure.
Faraja, comfort, ease after pain.
Farajika ku-, to be comforted, to
be eased.
Farakana ku-, to be alienated.
Farakiana ku-, to be alienated in
regard to one another.
Farakisha ku-, to alienate.
Farangai pi. mafaranga, a chicken,
a young fowl.
Farasi or Frost, a horse, in Arabic
a mare.
Fariji ku-, to comfort, to console.
Fariki ku-, to become separated, to
decease.
Fdrine, a kind of rioe and milk
gruel.
Faruhi ku-, to spread.
Faritha, pay.
Faroma, a block to put caps on
after washing them, to prevent
their shrinking.
Farrathi, necessity, obligation, obli-
gatory.
Farrathi, a place one habitually
goes to.
The th of this word is the Eng-
lish th in that, the th of the
preceding word is a little
thicker.
Farumi, ballast.
Fashifashi, nonsense.
Fashini, the sternpost of a dhow.
Fasihi, correct, clean, pure.
Fasili, spreading.
Huna dsili, wala fdsili, you have
neither root nor branches, i.e.,
neither good birth nor great
connections.
Fasiri ku-, to explain, to interpret.
Fasiria ku-, to explain to, to inter-
pret to.
Fataki, a percussion cap, a gun cap.
Fathaa, restlessness, disquiet.
Fathaika ku-, to be troubled, dis-
quieted, thrown into confusion.
FaihaU=Afathali, preferably.
Fatliali = Fathili.
Fathehi ku-, to put to confusion,
to find out a person in a trick,
Ac,
FAT
FIK
273
Fathili, a favour, a kindness, kind-
nesses.
Fathili ku-, to do a kindness, to
deserve well.
Fatiha, a Mohammedan form of
prayer.
Fatiishi hu-, to pry, to be over
curious.
Faiduku^f to get past, to get through,
to weather.
Famti ku-, to delay, to occupy, to
hinder. ^
FayidOy profit, gain, advantage,
interest.
Fayidi ku-^ to get profit.
Fayiti ku-, to delay.
Fayitika ku-, to be delayed.
Fazaa, trouble, confusion, anxiety.
Feka ku- = Fieka ku-, to clear
forest lands.
Felefele, an inferior kind of millet.
FeUji or FeUgi, a choice kind of
steel.
Upanga wa feleji, a long straight
two-edged sword, used by the
Arabs.
Feleti ku-, to discharge, to release
from an obligation, to release.
Feliy plur. mafeliy a beginning of
speaking or doing.
Fereji, a channel, a drain.
Ferusaji = Forsadi,
Fetha, silver, money.
Fethaluka, Marijani ya fetJialuka,
the true red coral.
Fetheha, a disgraceful thing, a
shame.
Fetheheka ku-, to be found out in a
disgraceful thing, to be put to
shame.
Fetiwa kvr, to be condemned or
adjudged to [a punishment].
Fetwa kvr, to give judgment on
a question of Mohammedan
law.
Fevli, the place in a dhow where
they stow things which may be
wanted quicjdy.
Fi, by.
Sdbafi saha, seven times seven.
Fia ku; to leave behind, to die to.
Pass. Kufiwa na, to lose by
death.
Fiata ku-, to hold one's hands or
one's clothes between one's legs.
FicUika ku-, to be kept back, to be
delayed.
Fiatua ku-, to allow a spring to
escape, to let off.
Fiatuka ku-, to escape (as a spring)
Ficha ku-, to hide.
Kunificha kofia-, to hide a cap
from me.
Kunifichia kofia, to hide my cap.
Fidi ku; to ransom (of the price
paid).
Fidia, a ransom, a sacrifice (giving
up).
Fidia ku-, to ransom (of the person
paying).
Fidina, mint (?).
Fieka kvr, to clear.
Kufieka mwitu, to clear ground
in a forest.
Fifia kur, to disappear, to cease to
be visible (as a scar or a mark ;
it does not imply motion), to
pine away, (of seeds) not to
come up.
Figa, plur. mafiga, the three stones
used to set a pot over the fire
upon. See Jifya.
Figao, a movable fireplace.
Figili, a kind of large white radish.
Figo, kidney (M.).
Fika kvr, to arrive, to reach.^ to coma.
274
FIK
FOB
Fikardy thought.
Fikia ku-, to reach a person.
Fikicha ku-, to crmnble, to rub to
pieces, to rub bard, to thresh
com. (Used also obscenely).
Fikilia ku-, to come to a person on
business of his, to arrive and
return without delay.
Ftkiliza ku-, to cause to arrive for.
Kufikiliza ahadii to fulfil a pro-
mise.
FiMsha kti-, to make to arrive, to
lead, to take.
Fikira, thought, consideration.
Fikiri ku-, to consider, to ponder.
FU, a chess castle or rook (in
Arabic, an elephant).
FUa ku- = Fia ku-.
AJUe mhdli, that he may die out
of the way.
FUimbi, a flute.
FUiai ku-, to take away a man's
property, to seize for debt.
Filisika ku-, to come to want, to
have been sold up, to have run
through all one's money.
Fimho, a stick.
Finessi, plur. mafinessi, a jack fruit.
Finessi la kizungu, a duryan.
Fingirika ku-, to roll along, to be
rolled, to writhe like a wounded
snake.
Fingirisha ku-, to roll, to make to
Finya ku-, to pinch. [roll.
Finyana ku; to be pinched to-
gether, to be gathered up small.
Finyanga ku-, to do potter's work,
to make pots, to tread and
trample.
Fionya kvr, to chirp, to make a
chirruping noise with the mouth,
to do so by way of showing con-
tempt.
Fira ku-, to commit sodomy.
Firana ku-, to commit sodomy to-
gether.
Firigisi, the gizzard.
Firinghi = Firigisi.
Firkomba, an eagle (?).
Firuzi, a turquoise.
Fisadi, one who enters other peo-
ple's houses for a wrongful pur-
FisTia ku-, to cause to die. [pose.
Fisi, a hysBua.
Fisidi ku-, to en^r other people's
houses for a wrongful purpose,
to commit an offence in another
man's house.
FithuU = Futhuli, officious, over
talkative.
Fitina, slander, sowing of discord,
a disturbance.
Fitini ku-, to slander, to sow dis-
cord.
Fitiri, alms and presents given at
the end of the Ramathan.
Fito (plur. of ufiio), lung slender
sticks.
Fiwa kur, to be died to, to lose by
death.
Mwanamke aliofiwa na mumewe,
a widow.
Fiwe, a sort of bean growing on a
climbing plant with a white
Fo/o/u. [flower.
Kufafofofu, to die outright
Fola, a gift expected from those
who first touch a new-bom baby,
pa3ring your footing.
Foramalit a ship's yard.
Formash.
Dawati ya formcLsk, a workbox.
Forsadi, a small kind of edible
fruit, mulberries.
Fortha, a custom-house.
Fortliani, at the custom-house.
FBA
PUM
275
FroBi Frcui, or Fariuiy a korse, a
mare.
Frasi, a chess knight.
'fUf dead.
Maji mafu, neap tides.
Fua, a wooden bowl.
Fua ku-i to beat (?), to wash clothes,
to clear the husk from cocoa-
nuts, to work in metal, to make
things in metal.
KuftM ehuma, to be a blacksmith.
Kufuafethd, to be a silyersmith.
KuftM tkdhabuj to be a goldsmith.
Kufua kiiUf &c., to forge a knife,
&c
Fuama ku-, to lie on the face
(Momb.).
Fuata ku; to follow, to imitate, to
obey.
Fuatana ku-, to accompany, to go
with.
Fuatariisha kur, to make to accom-
pany.
Fimwa ku', to lie on the side and
be beaten by the waves, as when
a vessel goes ashore broadside on.
Pass, of fua (?).
Fuawe^ an anvil.
Fucha = Futa.
Fudifudi, on the fece (of falling or
lying).
Fudikiza ku-, to turn bottom up-
wards, to turn cards backs upper-
most.
Fufua ku-, to cause to revive, to
resuscitate.
Fufuka ku-, to revive, to come to
life again.
Fufuiiza ku-, to cause to come to
life again for some one.
Fufumonye, in the kitchen (Pemba).
Fuga %tt-, to keep animals either
tame or in captivity.
Fugika ku-, to be capable of being
kept, to be capable of domesti-
cation, not to die in captivity.
Fuja ku-, to waste, to squander, to
leak. See Vujcu
Fujika ku-, to moulder, waste away.
Fujo, disorder, uproar.
Fujofujo, slovenliness, laziness.
Fuk(i, a kind of thin porridge.
Fuku ku-, to fill in a small hole.
Fuka moshi ku-, to throw out smoke,
to fume. See Vuke,
Fukara, very poor.
Fukia ku; to fill up a small hole.
Fukiza ku-, to cense, to put the
fuming incense-pot under a per-
son's beard and into his clothes,
by way of doing him honour.
Fvkizo, vapour, fumes.
Fuko (?), a mole.
Fuko, plur. mafvko, a large bag.
Fvkua ku-, to dig a small narrow
hole, such as those to receive the
posts of houses; to dig into a
grave so as to get at the body ; to
dig out, to dig up.
Fvkuafukua ku-, to burrow.
Fiikuta kU', to blow with bellows.
Fukuza ku; to drive away, to chttse.
Fukuzana ku-, to chase one another.
Fitkuzia kur, to drive away from.
Fulia ku-, to work in metal for, to
make things in metal for.
Fulifidi, on the face, forwards.
Fuliza ku-, to go on, not to stop ;
also, to blow upon, to kindle.
Fullani, such a one, such and such
men or things.
Fululiza ku-, not to stop or delay
to go on fast.
Fuma ku', to weave.
Fuma ku-, to hit with a spear, to
shoot with aTiQ\«^.
276
FUM
FUN
Fumania ku; to oome suddenly
upon, to surprise, intrude.
Fumaniana ku-, to intrude into
people's bouses without reason-
able cause. Those who do so
have no remedy if they are beaten
or wounded.
Fumatitiy an owl (?).
Fumba ku-, to close, to shut (used
of the eyes, the mouth, the
hand, &c.).
Maneno ya fumba, a dark saying.
Makuti ya fumbay cocoa-nut
leaves plaited for making en-
closures.
Fumba^ a lump.
Funiba, a kind of sleeping mat,
which is doubled and sewn to-
gether at the ends, so as to make
a large shallow bag. The sleeper
gets inside, and draws the loose
edge under him, so as to be com-
pletely shut in.
Funtbata ku-, to close the fist, to grasp.
Funibatika ku-, to be grasped.
Fumbia ku-y to talk darkly.
Fumbo, plur. mafumbo, a dark say-
ing, a hidden thing.
Fumbua ku-, to unclose, to open the
eyes, &c.
Fumbuka ku-, to come to light.
Fumhulia ku-, to lay open to, to
explain.
Fumiy a kind of fish.
Fu*mka ku-y to become unsewn, to
open at the seams, to leak (of a
boat).
Fumo, plur. mafumo, a flat-bladed
speeir.
Fumo, a chief (Kingozi and Nyassa).
Fumua ku-, to unrip, to unpick.
Kufumua moto, to draw out the
piecBB of wood from a fire. 1
Fumuka hu- = Fu^nika hu-.
Funda, a large mouthful making
the cheeks swell out, a sip (?),
a draw at a pipe.
Kupiga funda, to take large
mouthfuls one by one.
FuTida kti-, to beat up, to mix by
beating, to pound.
Funda ku-, to teach.
Fundi, a skilled workman, a master
workman, a teacher of any handi-
craft.
Fundinha ku-, to teach, to instruct.
Kujifunduha, to learn.
Fundisho, plur. ma/undis^, instruc-
tion, direction, teaching.
Fundo, plur. mafundo, a knot.
Kupiga fungo, to tie a knot.
Fundua ku-, to untie.
Funga, a civet cat.
Funga ku-, to fasten, to tie, to bind,
to imprison, to fast.
Kufunga choo, to become consti-
pated.
Fungamana ku-, to cling together,
to connect, to tie together, to rely
upon.
Fungana ku-, to bind, to stick
together.
Fungana ku-, to tow.
Fungate, a period of seven days
after the completion of the wed-
ding, during which the bride's
father sends food to the bride-
groom and his friends.
Fungisha ku , to shut against.
Fungo, a civet cat.
Fungu, plur. mafungu, a bank, a
shoal, a heap, a part, a week.
Fungua. See Mfunguo.
Fungus ku-, to unfasten, to opr n,
to let loose, to leave off fast-
ing.
FUN
FYU
277
Fungtika leu-, to become unfastened,
to be unfastenable.
Funguliwa hu-, to have unfastened
for one, to be unfastened.
Fungiw (plur. of TJfunguo), keys.
Funguza hu-, to present with food
during the Ramathan.
Funika hu-^ to cover (as with a lid),
to close a book.
Funikika ku-, to become covered.
Funikiza kvr, to cover (as with a
flood).
Funoy a kind of animal.
Funua ku-, to lay open, to uncover,
to open a book, to unpick sew-
ing, to show cards.
Kufunua macho, to open one*s
eyes.
Funuka ku-, to become opened, to
open like a flower, &o.
Funza, a maggot.
Funza ku, to teach.
Kujifunza, to learn.
Fupa, plur. mafu]^, a large bone,
the anus (?).
'fupi, short. It makes fupi with
noims like nyumba.
Fwpiza ku-, to shorten.
Fura ku-, to swell, to be puffed up
from the effects of a blow only.
FuraJia, gladness, joy, pleasure,
gladly.
Furahani, with gladness, liappiness.
Furahi ku-, to rejoice, to be glad.
Furahia ku-, to rejoice in.
Furahisha ku-, to make glad.
Furahiwa ku-, to be made glad, to
be rejoiced.
Furijika ku-, to moulder away.
Furika ku-, to run over, to boil
over, to inundate.
Furukuta ku-, to move, as of some-
thing moving under a carpet.
Furumi, ballast.
Furungu, plur. mafurunguf a large
citron, a shaddock, a kind of
anklet.
Furushi, a bundle tied up in a
cloth.
Fvsfua or Fussus, precious stones.
Ftisi, rubbish.
Futa ku-, to wipe.
Kufvia kamctsi, to blow the nose.
Futa ku-, to draw a sword (=i;ttto?).
Futari, the first food taken after a
fast.
Futi, plur. mafuti, the knee (A.)
Futhuli, ofiSciousness.
Futika ku-, to tuck into the girdle
or loin-cloth.
Futua ku-, to open out a bundle,
take out what was tucked in.
Futuka ku-, to get cross or angry.
Futukia ku-, to get cross with.
Futuri, a span.
Futuru ku-, to eat at the end of a
fast, to break a fast.
Fuu, plur. mafuu, a small black
fruit.
Fuvu, plur. mafuvu, an empty shell.
Fuvu la kitwa, a skull.
Fuza ku-, to go on, not to stop.
Fuzi, plur. mafuzi, a shoulder
(A.).
Fwata ku- = Fuata ku-.
Fyoa ku-, to answer abusively.
Fyolea ku-, to answer a person with
abuse and bad language.
Fyonda ku- or Fyonja ku-, to suck
out.
Fyonya ku-, to chirrup. See
Fionya.
Fyonza ku-, to suck.
Fyoma ku-, to read (M.).
Fyuka ku-, to go off, to dro^> to
escape \\ke ©i «^tVBL^»
278
GAA
GAB
G.
O is always to be pronounced
hard, as in "gate." Much con-
fusion arises from the way in which
the Arabic letters jim and kaaf or
qaf are pronounced by different
Arabs. Jim is properly an English
j, and is so used by the Swahili,
and qaf is properly a guttural h,
but most Arabs in Zanzibar pro-
nounce either jim or qaf as a hard
g. This must be remembered in
writing or looking for many Swahili
words.
The Arabic Ghain is retained in
many Swahili words borrowed from
the Arabic, and a similar sound
occurs in African languages also.
It is here written gh. Most Euro*
peans think it has something of an
r sound, but this is a mistake ; it is
a hard gratiug g, made wholly in the
throat. It resembles the Dutch g,
and the German g approaches it.
See JV.
Ga>agaa ku-^ to turn over restlessly,
to roll like a donkey.
Gabri. See Kahuri.
Gadii a wooden prop to keep a
vessel from falling over when
left by the tide.
Gadimu hu-, to put gadi.
Gaga^ plur. magaga, rubbish, dirt.
Gaij plur. magai, a large piece of
potsherd.
Galme. See Kalme, the small mizen
mast of a dhow.
Galawat a canoe, a small canoe
with outriggers. Galawas are
hollowed out of the trunk of a
tree, and have two long poles
tied across, to the end of which
pieces of wood pointed at both
ends are attached, which serve
to prevent the canoe upsetting.
These outriggers are called
matengo. See Mtumbwi.
Gramba. See Jigamba.
Ganaj the tiller, the rudder handle.
Ganda, plur. ma^ancUif husk, rind,
shell, hard bark.
Ganda la tatu, the three of cards.
Ganda kvr, to stick, to freeze.
Gandama ku-f to cleave, to stick.
Crandamana ku-, to cleave to-
gether, to coagulate, to curdle, to
freeze.
Gandamia ku-, to stick to, to cleave
to.
Gando, plur. magando, the claw of
a crab.
Ganga ku-, to bind round, as when
a stick is sprung to bind it
round with string, to splice, to
mend, to cure.
Ganget a soft white limestone.
GangOf plur. magango, a cramp, a
splint, something which holds
other things together in their
right plstce.
Ganil What? What sort of?
Ihe name of the thing queried
about always precedes the word
gani.
Ganzi.
Imekufa ganziy it has lost all
feeling. See Faganzi,
Kutia ganzi la meno, to set the
teeth on edge.
Gari, plur. magari, a carriage, a
wheeled vehicle.
6raro/utt, cloves. Also, a kind of rice.
GAU
GHU
279
Gauza, Gauka^ etc. See Geuza,
GeukOf etc.
Gavja hu, to divide, to part out.
Kugawa karatot to deal cards.
Gawanya ku-, to divide^ to share.
Gaya ku-^ to change one's mind,
to vacillate.
Gayamiy a post with a cleat at the
side of the poop, to fasten the
sheet of a dhow sail to.
Gayogayo, a flat fish, (?) a sole.
Gema ku-, to get palm wine. They
cut the immature flowering shoot
and hang something under to
catch what flows from the wound,
which is the tembo^ or palm wine.
The cutting is renewed from
time to time to keep up the
flow.
Genibe, plur. magemhe, a hoe. See
Jemhe.
-genij foreign, strange.
Genzi.
Mkuu genzi, one who knows the
roads well, a guide.
Gereza, a fort, a prison.
Geua ku', to turn, to change (Mer.)-
Geuka ku-, to become changed, to
turn, to change.
Geuza ku- or Geusha ku- (?), to
cause to change, to turn, to
change.
Geuzi, plur. mageuziy a change,
changes.
GTidfala, suddenly.
Ghafalika ku-, to be imprudent, not
to attend to, to neglect.
Ghdfula = ghdfala.
Ghairi ku-, to annul, change one's
mind as to, put an end to.
Kutia ghairi, to offend, to irri-
tate.
Ghala, a wareroom, a store place,
especially the rooms on the
ground-floor of Zanzibar houses,
which have generally no win-
dows, but merely a few small
round holes (miangaza) near
the ceiling.
Ghali, dear.
Ghalime. See GalmerKahne
Ghalisha ku-, to make dear.
Ghangi, a kind of dhow resembling
a bagala, except that it has not
so long a prow.
Ghanima, good luck, profit.
GJiarama, expense, payment to a
native chief by a caravan.
Gharika, a flood, the flood.
Ghariki ku-, to be flooded, to be
covered with water.
Gharikisha ku-, to flood, to over-
whelm.
Gharimia ku-, to go to expense
about, to be at the expense of.
Ghasi, a measure of about a yard.
Ghasi^ rebellion.
GJutsi ku-, to bother, worry.
Ghasia, bother, coming and going,
want of privacy.
Ghathabika ku-, to be enraged, to
be angry.
Ghathahiska ku , to enrage, to make
angry.
Ghathahu, anger.
Ghelihu ku-, to master.
Gheiri, jealousy, jealous anger.
Ghiana, an aggravating person.
Ghofira, plur. maghofira, pardon.
Ghofiri ku-9 to forgive sins ; used of
God only.
Ghofiria ku-, to forgive a person.
Ghdrofa, an upper room.
Ghoshi ku-, to adulterate.
Ghuba (?}, a sheltered place, a
screen.
280
GHU
GUM
Ghubarif plur. maghtibarif a rain
cloud.
Ghubha, a bay.
Ghumiwa kti-j to be startled, to
stand aghast.
Ghurika ku-, to be arrogant.
Ghururi, arrogance.
Ghushi ku- = Ghoshi ku-, to adul-
terate.
Ghusubu ku; to cheat, to swindle.
Gidam, the strap of a sandal,
passing between the toes.
Crinsi, sort, kind.
Ginsi ilivyokuwa njema^ &c., it
was so good, &o.
Gind gani ? or Gissi gani f
Whv? How is it?
Giza or Kiza, darkness.
Gnamha or Ng*amba, a hawk's-head
turtle.
Gnomhe or Ng'omhe, an ox, cattle.
Goa. See Goo.
Goboa ku-f to break off the cobs of
Indian corn.
Crodoro, plur. magodorOj a mattress.
Gofia, a pulley.
GogOy plur. magogo, a log of timber,
the trunk of a tree when felled.
Gomha ku-, to be adverse to, to
oppose, to quarrel with.
Gonibana fcw-,to squabble, to quarrel.
Gomheza ku-, to forbid.
Gomho, plur. magomhOy a sheet of a
book.
Gome, plur. magomef bark of a tree.
Gomea ku-, to fasten with a native
lock.
Gameo, a native lock.
Gonga ku-, to knock.
Gonjweza ku-, to make ill.
Kujigonjweza, to make oneself
out an invalid, to behave like a
BJok man.
Gongo, plur. magongo, a large
stick.
Gongqjea ku-.
Kujigongojea, to prop oneself with
a staff, to drag oneself along by
the help of a stick.
Gongomea ku-, to hammer in.
Goo. See Mtondo goo»
Gora, a piece of cloth, a package of
cloth. See Jura,
Gorong*ondwaf a kind of lizard.
GosM, the tack of a sail.
Upande wa goshiniy the weather
side.
Kupi.ndv>a kwa goshini, to tack.
Gota ku-, to tap, to knock.
Gote, plur. magote, the knee.
Kupiga magote, to kneel.
Goteza ku-, to jumble together
different dialects or languages.
Govi mbo, uncircumcised.
Gttbeti, prow of a dhow.
Gubiti, barley-sugar (?).
Gvdi, a dock for ships.
Gudulia or Guduwia, a water-cooler,
a porous water-bottle.
CrWgfM, plur. magugu, undergrowth,
weeds.
Gtigu mwitu, a weed resembling
corn.
-gugu, wild, uncultivated.
Gugumiza ku-, to gulp, to swallow
with a gulping sound.
Guguna ku-, to gnaw.
Guguru^ha ku-, to run with a
shuffling noise like a rat, to drag
along with a scraping noise.
Guia ku-, to seize (Mer.).
Guiana ku-, to cling together.
Gulegule, a dolphin.
Gumba.
Kidole cha gumba, the thumb.
Gumegume,
-GUM
HA-
281
Bunduki ya gumegume, a flint gun .
-gumuj hard, difiScult.
Guna kurt to grunt, to make a dis-
satisfied noise.
Gundua hiL-y to see one who thinks
himself unseen, to discover un-
awares, to catch.
Gunga few-, (1) to warn against
doing something, (2) to refuse
temptation.
Gungu^ a kind of dance.
Gungu la kufundaf danced by a
single couple.
Gungu la hukwaay danced by two
couples.
Guniat a kind of matting bag.
Gunzif plur. magunzi, a cob of
Indian com.
Gura ku-, to change one's place of
residence (A.).
Gurisha ku-, to make to remove, to
banish (A.).
Cruru,
Sukari guru, half-made sugar.
GurudumOf plur. ma^urudumOt a
wheel.
Gurudumo la mzinga^ a gun-
carriage.
GurugurUj a large kind of burrow-
ing lizard.
Gusa few-, to touch.
Gutuka ku', to start, to be startled.
GuUf plur. muguu, leg (A.).
Gwa ku-f to fall [Tumbatu],
Gwandttf a very short kanzu.
Gwia ku- = Guia ku-.
Gwiana ku- = Guiana ku-.
H.
H has the same sound as in the
English word *' hate."
There are in Arabic tw<
^*s, one wholly made in the throat,
the other somewhat lighter than the
English h. In Swahili there is only
one h sound, which is used for both.
The Arabic kh is pronounced as
a simple h in all words which »ire
thoroughly incorporated into Swa-
hili. The kU is used by Arabs and
in words imperfectly assindlntcd.
Some people regard it as u mark of
good education to give tho proper
Arabic sounds to all words of Arabic
origin.
In Arabic a syllable often ends
with /t, which is then strongly pro-
nounced ; but in Swahili the h is
generally transposed so as to pre-
cede the vowel.
KuiK'timu, to finish one's educa-
tion = Kuhitimu.
H-f sign of the negative in the
second and third persons sin-
gular.
H-upendi, thou lovest not.
H-apendi, he lovest not.
Ha-, sign of the third person sin-
gular negative when referring
to animate beings, and of the
negative when prefixed to
the aflSrmative prefixes in the
plural, and in tbe third person
singular when not referring to
animate beings.
Ha-tupendij we love not.
Ra-mpendi, you love not.
Ha-wapendi, they love not
Ha-ifai, it is of no use.
The final a of this ha- never
coalesces with the following
letter.
Ha-, a contraction for nika^
Hamwomiy fwvd 1 «w« Vvwv
282
HAB
HAL
The third poraon singular present
negative is distingnished by
the final t .
Hamwoni, he docs not see him.
Saba, little, few, shallow.
Hahabi^ my lord.
JJabarif news, information, message,
story.
Hahari zangu zilizonipataj an ac-
count of what had happened to
me.
Hahushia, plur. mdhabushia, an
Abyssinian. Many Galla women
are called Abyssinians, and the
name is sometimes used for a con-
cubine of whatever race.
Hadaay deceit, cheating.
Hadaa ku-f to cheat.
Eadaika hur^ to be cheated, to be
taken in.
Hadidiy the semicircular ornament
to which Arab women attach the
plaits of their hair.
Hadimu, a servant, slave. See Mu-
hadimu.
Hadithi, a tale, a story, especially
one bearing upon Mohammedan
tradition^
Hadithia ku-, to relate to.
HafifUf light, inbignificant.
Hafithika kt^ = Hifathika ifctt-, to
be preserved.
Hahithawahetha (Ar.), these and
these.
Haibaf a beauty, not beauty gene-
rally, but one good point.
Eai-i sign of third person singular
negative agreeing with nouns
which do not change to form
the plural.
Sign of the third person plural
negative agreeing with nouns
iu mi;
Hat = Hayi, alive.
Haina, it is not, there is not.
Haitasta, not yet.
Haithuru, it does not harm, it is of
no consequence, never mind, it
would be as well.
Hajj the pilgrimage to Meoca.
Haja, a request.
JSana haja^ he is good for no pur-
pose, he has no occasion.
Hajiri ku-, to go to live elsewhere.
Hajirika ^u-. to remain overloug,
delay.
Hakali.
Kumshika hakali, to require a
stranger who goes upon work-
men's work to pay for his in-
trusion, to make him pay his
footing.
Haki'j sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns in ki- or ch-,
Hakiy justice, right, righteousness.
Hakika, true, certain, certainly.
Bakika yako, it is true of thee,
thou certainly.
Hakiki ku-, to make sure, to ascer-
tain, to prove.
Hakiri ku-^ to humble.
Hakirisha ku-, to despise.
Hako, he is not there.
Haku; sign of the third person
negative indefinite.
Hakw, sign of the third person
singular of the negative past,
referring to animate beings.
This form is distinguished from
the preceding by the final letter
of the verb, which is -t in the
indefinite and -a in the past tense.
Hakuna, there is not, it exists not,
no.
Hal wdradi, otto of roses.
HAL
HAP
283
HaJaf hWnihib, perjury.
Halafu, afterwards, presently.
Halalif lawfoL
Halctsa, sailors* wages.
Hali^ state, coDdition, health.
U halt gani ? How are you ?
Wa hali gani ? How are they?
Amekuwa hali ya kwanza, he is
reduced to his former condition,
he is as he used to be.
It is also used as a kind of con-
junction, being, if it be, when
it is, supposing, so it was.
ITali for Ahali, family, connections.
Hali', sign of the third person
singular negative, agreeing with
nouns which make their plural in
ma-,
Halilisha hu-t to make lawful.
Ealili yako^ at your disposal.
Halisi or Hdlisiy exactly, without
defect or variation.
Ealua, a sweetmeat made of ghee,
honey, eggs, arrowroot (?), and
spice.
Haluli,
Chumvi ya haltUi, sulphate of
magnesia.
Ha^m-, sign of the second person
plural negative.
Htima ku', to change houses, to
move.
Hamali, plur. vMikamali, a porter,
a coolie.
Hamami, a public bath. There are
now public baths in Zanzibar.
Hamaya, protection.
Fi hamayat al Ingrez^ under
British protection.
Hamdi, praise.
Hamiy protection.
Hami ku-, to protect.
Hamili ku-, to be pregnant.
Hamira, leaven, made by mixing
flour and water and leaving it to
turn sour.
namisha ku-, to cause to remove, to
cause to change one's place of
residence, to banish.
Sa^mnat there is not inside, no!
Hamo, he is not inside.
Hamn, flve.
Hamsini, flfty.
Hainstashara, fifteen.
Hamu, grief, heaviness.
Hamimmbif Don't you sing?
Hana, he has not.
Hana kit-, to mourn with, to join
in a formal mourning.
Hana kwao, he has no home, a
vagabond.
Hanamu, obliquely.
Hanamu, the cutwater of a dhow.
Handaki, a dry ditch, a trench.
Hangaika ku-, to be excited.
Hangoe, the guttural Arabic h, the
Ma. See Mdaioari.
Hanikiza ku-, to interrupt people,
to talk so loud and long as to
prevent other people from doing
anything.
Hanisi, a man sexually impotent.
Haniti, a catamite, a sodomite.
Ranzua, a kind of dance.
Hao, or Hawo, these or those before
mentioned, referring to animate
beings.
Hapor, sign of the third person
negative, agreeing with mahali,
place or places.
Hapa, here, this place, in this place.
Hapana, there is not, no !
Hapana refers rather to a par-
ticular place, Hdkuna is gene-
ral.
Hapo, here, this or that tl\s!A.
284
HAB
HAT
Tangu hapo, ODce upon a time.
Hapo kale, in old times.
Tokea hapo, ever so long.
Toka hapo I get away I get out of
this!
Hara ku-, to be purged.
Harialia ku-, to act as a drastic
purgative.
Haraka, baste.
Haraka ku-, to make haste.
Harakisha ku-, to hasten.
IJaramia, a pirate, a robber.
Haramu, imlawful, prohibited.
Harara, prickly heat, heat, hot
temper.
Harara, quick-tempered.
Hararii, hot-tempered.
Hari, heat, perspiration.
Kutoka harij to perspire.
Harihika ku-, to be destroyed, to
spoil.
Harihu ku-, to destroy, to spoil.
Kuharibu mimha, to miscarry.
Harijia ku-, to spend money, to lay
out money, to provide (a feast),
&c.
Ilarimisha ku-, to make or declare
unlawful.
Harimu ku- = Harimisha ku-,
Earioe, a cry raised on seeing a
dhow come in bight (M.).
Hariri, silk.
Harufu, Harufi, or Herufu, a letter
of the alphabet, letters, cha-
racters.
Harufu, a scent, a smell of any kind.
Harusi, a wedding; vulgarly, tl.e
bride.
JBwana harusi, the bridegroom.
Bihi harusi, the bride.
Hasai = Maksai, castrated.
Hasara, loss.
Kupata hasara, to lose.
HoBara'kur, to spoil a thing so that
its value is gone.
Hasha, not at all, not by any means,
a very strong negative.
Hasho, a patch in planking, a piece
let in.
Hast ku- or Khasi ku-, to geld, to
castrate.
Hasihu ku-, to count.
Hasida, a kind of porridge.
Hasidi, envy.
Haaira, anger.
Kuwa na hasira, to be angry.
Kutia hasira, to make angry.
Hasira ku-, to injure.
Hasiri ku-, to vex, to do harm
to.
Hasirika ku-, to be injured, to be
grieved.
Hasirisha ku-, to injure.
Hassa, exactly.
Hata. See Hatta.
Hatamu, a bridle.
Hatari, danger, fear.
Hathari, caution, care.
Kuwa na hathari, to beware, to
be on one's guard.
Kufanya hathari, to become care-
ful, to become anxious.
Hdtif, an angel.
Haiiki ku-, to bother, to annoy
(A.).
Hatima= Khaiima, end, conclusion,
at last.
Hatirisha fett-, to venture, to run
the risk.
Hatiya = Khatiya, fault.
Kutia hatiyani, to find fault with.
Mwenyi hatiya nami, who has
done me wrong.
Hatta, until, so far as, to, at length,
when a certain time bad ar-
rived. It is used to introduce
HAT
HEB
285
the time when somethiiig fresh
happened.
Hatta 8%ku mqjat one day.
Satta assuhui, in the morning,
but in the morning.
Hatta haada ya mwezi kwpita, and
when a month had passed.
Hattia, for nothing.
Hattiya = Hatiya,
EatU'y sign of the first person plural
negative.
Eatua, a step, steps.
Eau-y sign of the third person
singular negative agreeing with
nouns in m- or mw-, not denoting
animate beings, or with those in u-.
Eavi-f sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in m- or vy^.
Eawa-y sign of the third person
plural negative.
Hawa^y Eve.
Eawa, these, referring to animate
beings.
Eawa or Eewa^ air.
.Ea/voa or Eawat, longing, lust,
loving.
Usifanye hawa nafsif don't be
partial, don't show favour.
Eawa or Eawara, a catamite, a
paramour.
Eawala, transfer of a debt, bill of
exchange.
Eawezif he is ill. See Weza ku-.
Eavjt, he is not.
Eawili Jcu-, to take upon oneself
what was due from another, to
guarantee a debt, &o.
Eayor, sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
plural nouns in 771a-.
Eaya, these, referring to a plural
substantive in ma-.
Eayoy shame, modesty.
Sana hay a, he is shameless.
Kuona haya, to feel ashamed, to
be bashful.
Kutia haya, to abash, to make
ashamed.
Eayal Work away I Be quick!
Come along I
Eayale, those, those things.
Eayamkiniy it is impossible.
Eayavjani, a man without his
proper senses, an idiot.
Eayi, plur. wahayi (?), alive.
Eayo, these or those before men-
tioned, referring to plural sub-
stantives in ma-.
Eayuko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar
for hako, he is not there.
Eazi; sign of the third person
plural negative agreeing with
nouns which do not change to
form the plural, or with those
which begin in the singular with
t*-.
Eazibu ku- = Eesahu ku-.
Eazina, a treasure.
EazitoMa, not yet.
Eedaya, a choice thing, a tale.
Eejazi, the Eejaz in Arabia.
Eekalu, the temple at Jerusalem, a
great or famous thing.
EekimOf wisdom, cleverness.
Eekimiza ku-, to make a man under-
stand, to put him in possession of
knowledge.
Eemidi ku-f or Eamidi ku-^ to praise.
Eenza, halyards.
Eenzaranif cane-work.
Eeri = Kheiri, happy, fortunate, it
is well.
Ni Jierit I had better, it will be
well for me.
Kim herif good-bye.
286
HEB
HIY
Mtu wa heri, a fartunate 'man.
Heriaf a cry raised on first seeing a
dhow coming. Compare Hariowe.
Herimu = Martha.
Hero, a wooden platter.
Herufu or Sarufu, a letter of the
alphabet.
HesahUf accounts, an account.
Hesahu hu', to count, to reckon.
Heshima^ honour.
Heshimu ku-, to honour.
Heth, menstruation, menses.
Kuwa na heth, to menstruate.
Hetima, [ancestors.
Kusoma hetima, to pray for one's
Hewa or Sawa^ air.
Hezaya, a shame, a thing causing
confusion.
Hi; for Niki', See -Jfet-.
Hiana^ a grudging person, one who
withholds things. Compare
Ghiana.
Hiari, choice.
Hiba, property left after death.
Hidima, service.
Hifathi hu-, to preserve, to keep.
Hifathika ku-, to be preserved.
Hifukuza = Nikifukuza,
Hit, this, referring to singular
nouns which do not change to
form the plural ; these, referring
to plural nouns in mi;
HiHe, that, those.
Hikaya = Hedaya, a wonderful
thing.
Miki, this, referring to singular
nouns in ki- or ch-,
Hikile, that, yonder.
Hilay a device, a stratagem, a deceit.
Mtu wa hila, a crafty man.
Hili, this, referring to singular
nouns which make their plural
in ma-.
Siloy this or that before mentioned,
referring to singular nouns which
make their plural in ma-.
Hima, haste, hastily, quickly.
Himahima ! be quick !
Eimili ku-, to bear, to support.
Bimiza hu-, to hasten.
Hina, henna, a very favourite red
dye, used by women to dye the
palms of their hands and the soles
of their feet, often used to dye
white donkeys, &c., a pale red
brown.
Hini ku-, to refuse to give, to with-
hold.
Hirizi, a written charm worn on the
side.
Hirimu, an equal in age.
Hirimu rnqja, of the same age
Eisa, pardon.
Nipe hiaa yangu, pardon me.
Hitari ku-, to prefer, choose. See
Ikhtiari*
Hitima, the feast which concludes
a formal mourning.
Eitimu ku-, to finish one's learning,
to leave off school, to know one's
trade.
Eitimisha ku-, to finish a scholar, to
bring to the end of his learning of
whatever kind.
Eivi, thus, these, referring to plural
nouns in vp- or vy-.
Eivile, those.
Eivyo, after which manner, these
mentioned before, referring to
plural nouns in vi- or vy-.
Eiyari, choice.
Eiyo, this mentioned before, re-
ferring to singular nouns which
do not change to form the plural ;
these mentioned before, referring
to plural nouns in mi- or in ma-.
HIZ
HUJ
287
Hizif these, referring to plural
nouns which do not change to
form the plural, or which begin
in the singular with u- or w-.
Siku Mzi, some days ago, some
days hence, now.
Hizi ku-f to treat with contumely, to
groan at, to cry out against.
HiziU^ those.
Uizika ku', to be put to the blush.
Hb6e / now go on, be oflT.
Ktoenda feo6e, to go wherever it
may be.
Hohu, grandchild.
Hodari, strong.
Eodil a cry made by way of
inquiry whether any one is within.
No one ought to enter a house
until he has received an answer.
Hogera ku-, to perform a particular
washing customary after cir-
cumcision.
Hogo, plur. mahogo, a very large
root of cassava.
Rohe hdhe, a phrase used to denote
extreme poverty and destitution.
HoTio,
Pilipili Tidho, red pepper.
Mkate vxi hoho, a cake made with
fresh palm-oil.
JJq/a = Huja.
Homa, fever.
H(mgo, a present demanded by a
local chief for liberty to pass
through his country.
Hongua, a Comoro dance.
Horarij clever (?).
Hon, or Khorij a creek, a small arm
of the sea.
Sort, plur. Tndhorif a kind of canoe
with a raised head and stem.
Hu'f a quasi-personal prefix de-
noting a customary action. It
applies to all persons and both
numbers.
Hunijtbu, it is in the habit of
answering me.
Huendaj he, &c., commonly goes.
Hvsema, they say.
Htir = hrU', the negative prefix of
the second person singular.
This form is distinguished from
the preceding by the termina-
tion of the verb.
Huenda, people go.
Huendiy you do not go.
Hua, a dove. They are said to cry,
Mama akafa^ Baha akafa^ nime-
salia mimi, tu^ tu, tu, tu, tu, My
mother is dead, my father is
dead, I am left alone — lone— lone
— lone. Another cry of the same
class of birds is explained as,
Kuku mfupa mtupu, mimi nyama
tele tele tele, A fowl is bare
bones. I am meat plenty, plenty,
plenty.
Huhha, love, affection.
Hubiri, to announce, to give news.
Hvdumia ku-, to serve.
Hvdumu, service.
Hui ku-f to revive, to come to life
again.
Huika ku-, to be brought to life
again, to live again.
HuUha ku-t to revive, bring to life
again, resuscitate.
Huja or hqja, sake, account, con-
cernment, reasoning.
Kina huja nyingi, it is full of
bother, it is troublesome.
Hakina huja, it is all clear, it is
plain sailing.
Hujambo ? Are you well ?
Euji ku-, to inquire into, seek out.
Hujuru ftt*-, to dfi^^T^i.
288
HUK
Htdcoj there, at a distance.
Huko na hiikot hither and thither.
Hukuj here, there, near.
Hvku na hukUf this way and
that
Hvkumu, judgment, authority, law.
Hukumu ku-, to act as judge, to
have supreme authority over.
Hukumia hti-, to judge, to exercise
authority upon.
Hidukitoa Ant, to be created, to be
a creature.
HumuTna, plur. ma-, a man who
knows no religion.
Bundi, a draft, a bill of exchange.
Huo, this or that before mentioned,
referring to singular nouns in
u- or VJ-, or which make their
plural in mi-,
Huru, free, not a slave.
Kutoeka or Kuacha huru, to set
firee from slavery.
Hum, plur. mahuru, a freed man.
Mahuru wa Balyozi, or Baruzi,
slaves freed by the British
consulate.
Huru, diamonds in cards.
"HuruTna, pity.
Hurumia hu-f to pity, to have pity
upon.
Hu88u kii-, to divide into shares, to
put each one's share separate.
Husudu hu-, to do wanton violence,
to grudge at, to envy.
Husumu ku-9 to strive, to contend
with.
Husv/ni, a fort.
Musuru hur, to besiege.
Huthuria ku-, to be present.
Huu, this, referring to nouns in
the singular which make their
plural in mi-, or to singular nouns
beginning with tt- ca lo-.
jETmils, that
Hwfo, this or that before mentioned,
referring to an animate being.
In chasing a man oet aniTm^l^ any
one who sees him cries oat,
Huyo! huyo ! huyo ! Here he is !
Huyu, this, this person, this one,
refemng to an animate being.
Huyule, that
Huzunij grief, heaviness. ^
Htoendo, perhaps.
I is pronounced like ee in feeL
I before a vowel generally be*
comes y. It is in many oases im-
material whether t or y be written,
but where the accent would other-
wise fall upon it, its consonantal
character becomes obvious.
An unaccented t is often inter-
changed with a short u sound.
Thus the word for lead may be pro-
nounced either risasi or rtuasL
N has generally an i sound im-
plied in it It is sometimes ex-
pressed following the n, as in the
prefix ni. The final i of ni- disap-
pears in rapid pronunciation, and in
the first person of the future, as n
cannot coalesce with t, both letters
are often omitted. When n is fol-
lowed by a vowel, or by <2, g, j,
or z, the t sound is lost When n
is followed by other consonants it
either disappears altogether or the
f sound is more or less distinctly
prefixed, so as to make the n a syl-
lable by itself. The t sound is more
distinct in the dialect of Zanzibar
than in more northern Swahili.
' Where t follows the final a of a
IMI
289
prefix (except the negative prefix
kd) it coalesces with a into the
sound of a long e.
i, is or was, governed by a singular
noun of the class which does
not change to form the plural;
are or were, governed by a
plural noun in mi-,
I-y or before a vowel, y-,the personal
prefix used with verbs whose
subject is a singular noun of
the class which does not change
to form the plural, or a plural
in mi-, it or they.
-i-, the prefix representing the ob-
ject of the verb when it is a
singular noun of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, or a plural noun in mi-,
-i-f the reflective prefix in King'ozi
(and in Nyamwezi), self.
Iha lew- (the "kw- is frequently re-
tained in the usual tenses), to
steal, to take surreptitiously.
Ibadaj worship.
Ihia kw-f to rob, to steal from.
Idadi.
Hayana idadi, there is no count-
ing them.
Idili = Adilif right conduct.
Idili ku-i to learn right conduct
Idilisha ku-, to teach right con-
duct
Iftahiy bringer of luck.
Iga kU'i to mock, to imitate (M.
igiza).
Ih: See Hi:
Ihtdhidi ku-, to strive.
IhHaji ku-, to be wanting.
IKtajia A«*-, to want, to be wanting to.
IhHilafu, different. Also a fault,
difference.
IhHimu ku-, to finish learning, to
complete one's education.
Ijara, pay, hire, rent.
Ijaza, a reward.
Ijaza ku-, to grant permission for
worship.
Ikhtiari, choice.
Ikhtiari ku-, to wish.
Ikiza ku-, to lay the beams of a
roof.
Kuku ya kuikiza, a fowl cooked
with eggs.
Iko, there is, it is there.
Ha, a defect, a blemish.
He, that yonder, referring to a
singular noun of the class which
does not change to form its
plural; those yonder, referring
to a plural noun in mi-.
Hi = lUi.
Hiki, cardamoms.
Hioko, which is, or was there.
Iliopandana, the composition of a
word.
Ilizi, a small round thing held
to be a great charm against
lions.
lUa, except, unless, but.
lUakini, but.
lUi, in order that.
Hmu, learning.
Ima — ima, either — or.
Ima ku-, to stand up (King'ozi and
Yaoi),
Njia ya kwima, a straight road.
Ima kvr, to eat up food provided
for other people.
Ametuima, he has eaten our share
as well as his own.
Imani, faith.
Imara, firm.
Imba kw-, to sing.
Jm&tt, mosquito, mo8quitoQ&
290
IMI
ITA
Imisha ku-, to set up, to make to
stand.
Tmma.
Wa imma, to a certainty.
Inaf it has, they have.
Inama ku-y to bow, to stoop, to bend
down, to slope,
Inamisha Jcu-, to make to bend
down, to bow.
Inang'arat it is bright. See ng*aa.
Jnchi, land, country, earth.
Inda.
Kufanya inda, to give trouble.
Inga ku-j to scare away birds.
'ingi, many, mucL It m£kkes jingi
with nouns like kasha, and
nyingi with nouns like nyuniba.
Ingia kur, to enter, to go or come
into.
higilia ku-, to go or come into, for,
or to.
Ingiliza ku-, to cohabit with.
ingine, other, different. It makes
mgine or mioingine with nouns
like mtu and mti ; jingine with
nouns like kasha ; ngine or nyi-
ngine with nouns like nyumha;
and pingine or pangine with
nouns of place.
Wangine — wangine,Qome — others.
Ingiza ku-, to make or allow to enter.
Ini, plur. maini, the liver.
Inika ku-, to hang down, to lay upon
its side. See Jiinika.
Inna, truly.
Inshallah, if Qod will, perhaps. It
is used as a general promise to do
as one is asked to do.
Inta = Nta.
Inua ku-, to lift, to lift up.
Inuka ku-, to be lifted, to become
raised.
Inya, mother (A.).
-inyi — -enyi, having, with. It makes
mwinyi, wenyi, yinyi, zinyi, linyi^
kinyi, vinyi, and penyi,
Imi, plur. mainzi, a fly.
Ipa ku', to want, desire to have.
Euipa roho mbde, to long for
everything one sees, to have
unrestrained desires.
Ipi,
Kupiga ipi, to slap (N.).
Ipif what?
Kama ipi ? how ?
Ipua kw-, to take off the fire.
Iriba, usury.
Iriwa, a vice (the tool).
Isha kw, to finish, to come to an
end. The kw- is retained in
the usual tenses, but sometimes
the %D is dropped, as amekisha
for amektcisha, he has done.
Kwisha is commonly used as an
auxiliary : thus, Amekwisha
kuja, he has come already.
Alipokwisha kuja, when he
had come.
Akaisha, or Akesha, after that,
when he had done this.
Ishara, a sign, signal.
Ishi ku-, to last, to endure, to live.
Isimu or Ismu, name, especially the
name of God.
Ma ismak (Ar.)? What is your
name?
Istara, a curtain.
Istiska, dropsy.
Ita kw-, to call, to call to, to name,
to invite. The kw- is fre-
quently retained.
Kwitwa, to be called, is sometimes
constructed as if it were ku-
toitwa,
Ita ku-, to cast in a mould.
Italassi, satin.
ITH
JAA
291
lihini, sanction.
Kutoa iihini, to sanction.
Jthneen, two.
Jtia ku', to call for some purpose.
Itikn hu-, to answer when called.
Itikia ku-y to reply to, to answer a
person when called to.
Jtikiza ku-^ to assent to.
Ito la guu (A.)> the ankle.
Iva kvr or Wiva ku-, to become ripe,
to become completely cooked, to
get done. The ku- is frequently
retained.
Jim, plur. maivUy ash, ashes (M.).
J loapi f where is it ?
Iza ku', to refuse.
Izara ku-f to tell scandal about, to
make things public about a
person improperly.
J.
/. The correct pronunciation of
this letter, and especially that of
tbe Mombas dialect, is a very pecu-
liar one. The most prominent sound
is that of y, but it is preceded by
another resembling d. The French
di is perhaps the nearest European
representative. The Swahili write
it by the Arabic Jimf which is ex-
actly an English J.
In the more northern dialects and
in the old poetical Swahili the j is
represented by a pure y,
Moya = mqjaf one.
Mayi = maji, water.
A ^ in the dialect of Mombas
very commonly becomes a J in that
of Zanzibar.
Ndia (M.), a road, Njia (Zanz.).
Kutinda (M.), to slaughter ; Ku-
ehinja (Zanz.).
Many words which are properly
spelt with a e are vulgarly pro-
nounced with a J in Zanzibar, as,
Kanjfi, for kanzu,
Ckenja, iot chenza.
This is only carrying to excess the
rule that a 2 in the neighbouring
mainland languages becomes a j
in Swahili.
The Arabs and some Swahili
confuse j with g. Thus the late
ruler of Zanzibar was often spoken
of as Bwana Magidi^ his proper title
being Seyid Mdjid.
J', a prefix applied to substantives
and adjectives in the singular of
the class which make their plural
in ma-f when they begin with a
vowel. Seeji-,
«7a, like.
Ja kii- (the hiA- carries the accent
and is retained in the usual
tenses), to come. The impera-
tive is irregular, Njoo^ come.
Njooni, come ye.
Ja is used to form several tenses.
1. With 'po- added, meaning even
if; wa^apo-kupiga, even if they
beat you,
2. With negative prefixes mean-
ing not yet; ha-ja-ja^ he is not
yet come.
3. With negative prefix and sub-
junctive form. Asi-je-lala, be-
fore he goes to sleep, or that he
may not have already gone to
sleep.
«7aa ku-, to become full, to fill, to
abound with.
Maji yanajaa^ the tide is coming
in.
Mtungi um^aa maji, the jar is
full of water.
3ee Janoalcu-*
292
JAA
JAS
Jaa.
Shika mdjira yajaei, steer north-
wards.
Jaa, a dust heap.
Jabali, plur. majabaliy a rocky hill.
Also see Kanza.
/o&an, absolute ruler, a title of God.
Jadiliana ku-f to argue with.
Jdhay good luck, unexpected good
fortune.
Kilango cha jaha, the gate of
Paradise.
Jahazij a vessel, a ship.
Jahili ku; to dare, not to fear.
Jalada, the cover of a bound book.
Jcdi ku', to give honour to.
Jalia ku'y to bless, to enable, to
grant to.
Muungu akinijalia, God willing.
Jaliwa ku', to be enabled, to have
power, &c., given one.
Jaliza kU', to fill up, used of vessels
which have already something in
them.
Jamaa, family, assembly, gathering,
society, company.
Jamaa ku-y to collect together,
gather.
Jamaat (Hind.), a council of elders.
Jamala, courtesy, good manners,
elegance.
JaTnandat plur. majamandoy a solid
kind of round basket with a lid.
Jamhaf breaking of wind down-
wards.
Jamba ku-, to break wind down-
wards.
Jamhia, plur. maJamMa, a curved
dagger always worn by Muscat
Arabs.
Jamho, plur. mambo (from Xctcafn&a,)
a word (?), a matter, a circum-
stance, a thing, an a&ir.
Akanitenda kiUa jambo la toema,
and he showed me all poesible
kindness.
Jambo for si jarnbo, hu jambo, ha
jambo, &c., I am well, are you
well ? he is well, &c., &c.
Jambo Sana, I am very well, are
you very well ? &c.
Jami ku', to copulate, to have con-
nection with.
Jamil, many, a good collection, the
mass, the company of, the body of.
Jamiisha ku-, to gather.
Jamvi, plur. majamvi, a coarse kind
of matting used to cover floors.
JarMf yesterday.
Mtoakajana, last year.
Janna, paradise.
Janaba, filth, uncleanness.
Janga, punishment.
Jangwa, plur. majangwa, a large
desert.
Jani, plur. majani^ a leaf. Majani
is commonly used for any grass
or herbage.
Janvia = Jambia,
'japo; sign of a tense signifying
even if.
TIjapoJika, even if you arrive.
Jarari, the ropes passing through
the pulley attached to a dhow's
halyards.
Jaribu ku-, to try.
Jarifa, plur. majarifa, a seine or
drag-net made of European cord-
age. See Juya,
JashOt sweat
Kufanya jasho, to sweat.
Jasirisha ku-, to dare.
JoMsi ku-, to explore.
Jasmini or Jasmin, jasmine. The
flowers are sold in the streets of
Zanzibar for their soent
JAS
JIB
293
Jassi, plur. majassi, the ornament
in the lobe of the ear. It is
generally a silver plate about an
inoh and a half across.
Jaiharij take care I
Jatoaj a coarse kind of Indian
earthenware.
Kikombe cha Jawa^ a cnp of coarse
Indian ware.
Jawa hury to be filled with, to be
full of: used of something
which onght not, or could not
be expected to be there.
Maji yamejawa ditdu, the water
is full of insects ; but mtungi
umejaa maji, the jar is full of
water.
Jatodbuj an answer, a condition, a
matter.
Jatoahir (Ar.), jewels.
Jaza hi-y to fill.
Jaziy a common thing, a thing which
is abundant.
Jazi ku', to supply, to maintain.
Jazilia ku-, to reward.
/e/ Hullo! WeUI What now!
-;e ? how ?
JeJm, an ornament worn by women,
hanging under the dliin.
Jekundu, red. See -ekundu,
Jelidi ku-9 to bind books.
Jema, good. See -ema.
Jemadariy plur. majemadarty a com-
manding officer, a general.
Jembambay narrow, thin. See
'embamba,
Jembe, plur. majembe, a hoe.
Jembe la kizungu, a spade.
Jenatza or Jeneza, a bier.
Jenga ku-, to construct, to build.
Jengea kti-, to build for, or on ac-
count of.
JengOy plur. majengo, a building.
Majengo, building materials.
Jenzi kf^j to construct.
Jepa ku- (A.), to steal.
Jepesi, light, not heavy. See -epesi.
Jerdha, a wound.
Jeribu ku- = Jaribu hu-, to try.
Jeriihi ku-y to be wounded.
Jeshi, plur. majeshi, a host, a great
company.
Jetea ku-, to be puffed up, to be
over proud, to rely upon, to
trust in.
Jethamu, a leprosy in which the
fingers and toes drop ofi^ ele-
phantiasis (P).
Jeuli or Jeuri, violence.
Anajetdi, he attacks people wan-
tonly.
Jeupe, white. See -eupe,
Jeusi, black. See eusi,
Ji; a syllable prefixed to substan-
tives which make their plural
in ma-, if they would otherwise
be of one syllable only. This
syllable is sometimes inserted
after a prefix to give the idea
of largeness, or to prevent con-
fusion with some other word. Be-
fore a vowel it becomes j- only.
-ji-, an infix giving a reflective
meaning to the verb.
Kupenda, to love.
Kujipenda, to love oneself.
Kuponya, to save.
Jiponye, save yourself^ look out I
Jia ku-, to come for^ by, to.
Njia uliyqjia, the road you came
by.
Jibini, cheese.
Jibiioa ku, to receive an answer, be
answered.
Jibu ku', to answer, to give an
answer.
294
JIB
JON
Jihwa, plur.mo/i&tooyan exceedingly
large dog.
Jieho, plur. machOf the eye.
Jicho la maji, a spring of water.
Jifu, plur. majifu, ashes.
Jifycii plur. mafya, one of three
stones to support a pot over the
fire. Mafya is the usnal word
in the town, mafiga is commonly
used in the country.
Jigamba ku-, to boast, to praise one-
self.
Jiinika ku>; to lie on the side.
Jiko, plur. meko, a fireplace, one of
the stones to rest a pot on (?).
Jikoniy in the kitchen, among the
ashes.
Jilia ku; to come to a person on
some business.
JUiwa, plur. majilivja, a vice (the
tool).
JimMf a cock.
Jimhi, Allocasia edulis. Both
leaves and root are eaten : (a sort
of Arum).
JimhOf plur. majimho, a place, a part
of the country (Old Swahili).
Jirribo.
Kiwsha najirribOy to wash a new-
bom child with water and
medicine.
Jina, plur. majina, a name.
Jina lako nanif what is your
name?
Jina la kupangwa, a nickname.
Jinamisi, nightmare.
Jingi, much. See 'ingi.
JinginCy other. See -ingine,
Jinij plur. majiniy jina, spirits, genii.
Jino, plur. meno, a tooth, a twist or
strand of rope, or tobacco, &o.
Kamba ya meno matatUf a cord of
three strands.
Jioni, evening.
JipUf plur. majipu, a boiL
Jipotoa kthf to dress oneself up
excessively.
Jipya, new. See -pya,
Jirani, a neighbour, neighbours.
Jisiy quality.
Ji8Uj plur. maJisUf a very large
knife.
Jitenga Xeu-, to get out of the way.
Jiti, plur. majitit a tree trunk.
Jitimai, excessive sorrow.
JitOf plur. mato = Jieho, the eye (M.).
JitUf plur. maiu or majitUf a great
large man, a savage.
Jituza ku; to make oneself mean or
low. See Tuza,
Jivariy purchase (of a dhow hal-
yards).
Jiviy a wild hog.
Jivu = Jifu,
Jiwa ku-t to be visited,
JitDBf plur. mawe, a stone, a piece
of stone. Plur. mxijiwe, of very
large pieces of stone.
Jiioe la ma7i^a,a piece of freestone.
Nyumba ya mawe, a stone house.
Jodari, a kind of fish.
Jogoi = Jogoo.
Jogoo, plur. m^jogoo, a cock.
Johari, a jewel.
Joho, woollen cloth, a long loose
coat worn by the Arabs.
Joka, plur. majoka, a very large
snake.
Joko, a place to bake pots in.
Jokum, charge, responsibility.
JombOf plur. majombo, an exceed-
ingly large vesseL
Jongea ku-, to approach, come near
to, move.
Jongea mwlini, move into the
shade.
JON
JUZ
295
Jongeleza ku-, to bring near to, to
offer.
Jongeza kwy to bring near, move
towards, move.
Jongo, gout.
Jongoey a large kind of fish.
JongoOf a millepede.
Jorjiya, a Georgian, the most valued
and whitest of female slaves.
JororOy soft. See -ororo,
Joshj a voyage, a cruize.
= Cfoshi, Luff!
Jotqjoto.
Kupata jotojoto, to grow warm.
JoyOf plur. majoyay a cocoa-nut
which is filled with a white
sx)ong7 substance instead of the
usual nut and juice. They are
prized for eating.
Jozi, Jeozi, or Jauzi, a pair, a pack
of cards.
Jozi, a walnut.
Jtta, plur. majua^ the sun.
Jua Mtwanii noon.
Jua ku-, to know how, to under-
stand, to know about, to know.
Namjua aliko, I know where he is.
Najua kiungujaf I understand the
language of Zanzibar.
Najua kufua chuma^ I know how
to work in iron.
Juba, a mortice chisel.
Jvhwru ku-y to compel.
Jugfo, ground nuts.
Juhudi, an effort, efforts.
Kufanya juhudiy to exert oneself.
Juju, plur. majujuy a fool.
Juku, risk, a word used by traders.
Jukwariy a scaffold, scaffolding.
Julia ku-, to know about, see to.
Jvlisha ku-y to make to know.
Juma, Friday, a week.
Juma a masiy Saturday.
Juma a pUi, Sunday.
Juma a tatu, Monday.
Juma a 'nnsy Tuesday.
c/uma a tanoy Wednesday.
Juma, small brass nails used for
ornamentation.
Jumaa, an assembly.
Jumba, plur. majumhay a large house.
Jumhe, plur. majumbey a chief, a
head-man, a prince, a sultan.
Jumlay the sum, the total, addition
(in arithmetic).
Jumlisha ku-y to add up, sum up,
put together.
Juniay a kind of matting bag. See
Crunia.
Juray a pair; a length of calico,
about thirty-five yards.
Jusi.
ffaijusiy it is unfitting.
Jut Kdsam (Hind.), perjury.
Juia ku-y to be sorry for, to regret.
JuUy up, the top, on the top.
Yuko juUy he is up-stairs.
Juu yay upon, above, over, on the
top of, against.
Juvisha kfjh, to make to know, to
teach.
Juvya ku'y to make to know.
Juya, plur. majuya, a seine or drag-
net made of cocoa-nut fibre rope.
Juzay obligation, kindness.
Juza ku-y to make to know. '
Juziy the day before yesterday.
Mwakajuziy the year before last.
Juzijuziy a few days ago.
Juzia ku-y to compel, to have power
to compel.
JuzUy necessity.
Jambo lajuzu, a necessary thing.
Juzu ku-y to oblige, to hold bound,
to have under an obligation to do
something*
296 jrz
/%rm. & «e:.i):ii :f ce KcaaL JSaammmmii^ sad he wd io
TltTr A^r iz. ill iHTTr. W-?vh ITS hiZD.
m
:f:n-. trr.zzec re: <ircik.rk3cLT. All SCa^ u cAen eonbaeted ioto fto^
(be •''idtt ^ct&Isc ak iLU£uu £u <»-w to ss, to dwell, to Btoy, ti
xamx. £iv«» tt? be. to stond, to leBMin,
j 6? ec^GLztiie. to Hre in, or at
: £%AU kitihx. to Bt dovn, to le-
Euzzi qnietiT.
K is -TTrrzzzfxd %s is. EzzIisL. K^a, plixr. — ^-^. m pieee of char-
Tic -Vrfcbs JiAv^f «»: i'*. ■"■*. lie ccaL
h-/ :7 I :-'. ii l-.iilf '.:rc.:^r z'r *r. ^« Jlxiau. «•!&. ehuoaal, anben.
Er.^Iii*:: c: a~i :-^. file c^V c? ITjj ms MMfta or JCi&oa ya MOtiki;
M.*^. niidc w'„.-I1t i- file jLt."*:* szi sect
fajjd 7. Tlenr i< &c:iri:c« A>:eiitz. K-za rnkzickA. small mad aalw
the tb.r:as i:<r:»«:: ;he rnejicdi-^ viih one large daw.
rowel &-'i the -^.i/. Terr :.Ari t? Kaj 2d kimwju the palate,
exriair.. but e;<»ST enoTZfh. cc^ uli- K'Uia isr JT-iafeM. the palate,
tdie. Alir. -"^h :Jie c:mcct rionu::- K^jm-^ km-* w firy, » bcaae^ to eook
ciati::: cf thtso two t-'s is an ele- wi-.hfat.
gar.i>f, ii is not neotseary nor veir £\ij%.>.\ pier, ahil-jdii^ an earthen
<»mmo:'.lT obe^rved in s{K&ki=g p?t to cook meat in.
SwBhili. Karn Im-. to choke, to throttle.
Ki is yerr commonlr piv-^nocnced Knr<n la kanrm^ a a?rt of lining roond
cki in Zanzibar, espeoiallj by slaTce the neck and a short way down
of the Xyassa and Yao tribes the fin>nt of a iaani» pnt in to
Kh^ the Arabic hha^ oorais only sncDc:then it.
in words borroweii from the Arabic, Kahari. a wedge,
and subsides iato a simple A so soon Kahi^'U^ narrow,
as the word is thoroughly natn- Kahila* a tribe, a snbdinsion less
ralized. than taifcu
m
Khahari or Hahariy news. Kahili lew, to be before, to be op-
Kheiri or Heri^ well, good, for- ! posite.
innate. | Kabilitha irv-, to put oppoeite, to set
I before.
Ka-^ "ha-, a syllable prefixed to or ' KabttOj utterly, altogether, quite,
inserted in the imperatire and Kahiihi A-u-, to g^Te into the hand,
subjunctive of verbs, with the Kalia, before, antecedently,
force of the conjunction *^ and." Kabla ya, before (especially of
-ha-, the sign of a past tense, used time).
in carrying on a narration ; it : Kabuli, acceptance.
includes the force of the oon- ,' Kabuli, pillaw.
junction " and." j Kaburi, plur. moAa&tfrt (pronoonced
HAD
EAL
297
by many Arabs Gahri), a grave,
a tomb.
Kadamu, a servant, the lowest of
the three chief men usually set
over the slaves on a plantation.
On the Zambezi the man who
stands at the head of the canoe
to look out for shoals is called
Kadamo.
Kadiri or Kadri, measure, modera-
tion, capacity, middling, mode-
rate, about, nearly, moderately.
Kadri gani f how much ?
Kadiri ya, as, whilst.
Kadiri ktir, to estimate.
Kadri = Kadiri,
Kafara, an oflfering to avert evil, a
sacrifice of an animal or thing to
be afterwards buried or thrown
away, a charm made of bread,
sugar-cane, &c., thrown down in
a cross-way. Any one who takes
it is supposed to carry away the
disease, misfortune, &o.
Kafiy plur. makafiy a paddle.
Kafiri, plur. mahafiri^ an infidel, an
idolater, one who is not a Moham-
medan.
Kafuriy camphor.
Kaga ku-, to put up a charm to
protect something.
Kago, plur. ma^o, a charm -to pro-
tect what it is fastened to.
KagiM ku-j to go over and inspect.
Kahaha, plur. makahaba, a prosti-
tute.
Kdhawa, coffee.
Kahini, plur. makdhini, a priest, a
soothsayer.
Kai k\A-y to fall down to, embrace
the knees.
Kaida, regularity.
Ya kmda, regular.
'kaidi, obstinate,
Kaimu, plur. makaimu, a vice-
gerent, a representative.
Kaka, a lemon after It has been
squeezed, the rind of a lemon,
the shell of an egg, &c.
Kaka^ a brother {KihadimUf see
Muhadimu).
Kaka, a disease with swelling of
the hand and opening into sores.
Kakakakaj very many.
Kakamia, hard of heart.
Kakamia ku, to be longsuffering,
slow to be affected.
Kakamuka kvr^ to make an effort,
to strain (as at stool, or in
travail).
Kakawana ku-j to be strong, capable
of great exertion, well-knit and
firm in all the muscles.
Kakiy a very thin kind of biscuit or
cake.
Kalafati ku-y to caulk.
Kalamika ku-, to prevaricate in
giving evidence (?), to cry from
pain caused by medicine (?).
KaUCmka kvr, to be sharp, to have
one's eyes open.
KaUCmkia kxtr, to outdo, to be too
sharp for.
Kalamuj a pen. The pens for
writing Arabic are made of
reed, and the nibs lure cut
obliquely.
Kalamu ya mwanzi, a reed pen.
Kalamuzi, cunning, crafty.
Kalasia, little brass pots.
Kale, old time, formerly.
-a kale, old, of old time.
Zamani za kale, old times.
Hapo kale, once upon a time.
Kalfati or Kalafati, caulking.
'kali, sour, sharp, keon^ «&^^^is
298
E AL
KAN
cross, severe, fierce. It makes
kali with nouns like nyumba,
Jua lidli, a hot sun.
Kalia Jcu-t to remain for.
Ku^mkalia tamu, to remain as he
would wish.
Kalibu, a mould, a furnace.
Kamaj Kamma, Kana^ or Kwamha,
as, as if, like, if, supposing.
Kama ku-, to milk, to squeeze.
Kamamanga, a pomegranate.
Eamali, a game played by chucking
pice into a hole. If only one
goes in they say " Mdliza" and
the player throws a flat stone on
the one that is out.
Kamasif mucus from the nose.
Kufuta kamasif to blow the nose.
Siwezi kamasi, I have a cold in
my head.
Kamata ku-y to lay hold of, take,
seize, clasp.
Kamatana ku-, to grapple, to seize
one another.
Kamatii balls of wheat-flour lea-
vened with tembo.
Kamha^ a crayfiah.
Kamba, rope.
Kamba ulayiti, European or
hempen rope.
Kanibaaf plur. of ukamba^y cord,
string (M.).
Kambaa, a plaited thong or whip
kept by schoolmasters and
overlookers in Zanzibar.
Kamhaliy plur. makamhcdij a oat-
fish living in fresh water.
Kamharau, a forebrace carried to
the weather side to steady the
yard of a dhow.
Kambi, plur. makambi, a circular
encampment, a place whore a
caravan has hutted itself in.
Kambo.
Baha wa kambo, stepfather.
Mama wa kambo, stepmother.
KamCf quite dried up, utterly
barren.
Kami, a bulbous plant with large
head of red flowers.
Kamia ku", to reproach.
Kujikamia, to reproach oneself.
Kamilii perfect, complete.
'kamilifu, perfect, wanting nothing.
Kamilika ku-, to be perfect.
Kamilisha ku-, to make perfect.
Kamua ku-, to press, to press
out.
Kamusi, an Arabic lexicon.
Kamwe (M.), not at all, never.
Kamwi = Kamwe.
Kana, a tiller.
Kana, if, as. See Kama.
Kana ku-, to deny.
Kanda, plur. makanda, a long nar-
row matting bag, broader at the
bottom than at the mouth.
Kanda ku-, to knead dough, to
knead the limbs, to shampoo.
Kandamiza ku-, to press upon.
Kande, food (Mer.).
Kanderinya, a kettle.
Kandika ku-, to plaster.
Kandili, plur. makandili, a lantern.
Kando, side, aside.
Kando ya or Kandokando ya,
beside, along by the side.
Kanga, a guinea fowl.
Kanga, a dry stem after the cocoa-
nuts have been taken ofif.
Kanga ku-.
Kukanga moto, to warm.
Kangaja, a small mandarin orange.
Kania ku-, to deny a person.
Kaniki, dark blue calico.
Kanisa, plur. makanisa, a church.
KAN
EAR
299
Kanisha ku-, to deny, to make to
deny.
Kanji, starch, arrowroot.
Kanjuy plur. makanju, a cashew
apple (M.).
Kanju, vulgarly used for Kanzu,
Kanunty a thing implied, a neces-
sary condition, of necessity.
Kanwa, plur. maTcanway the mouth.
Kanya ku-, to contradict.
Kanyaga ^i^*, to tread, to tread
upon, trample on.
Kanyassa ku-, to scold.
Kami, a treasure.
Kanzu, a long shirt-like garment
worn both by men and women
in Zanzibar. Men's kanztta
are white or of a brown yellow
colour, with ornamental work
in red and white silk round
the neck and down the breast ;
they reach to the heels. Wo-
men's kanzu8 are generally
shorter, and are made of every
variety of stuff, frequently of
satin or brocade, but are always
bound with red.
Parts of a Kanzu (men's) :
Tao la kanzu, bottom hem.
Magongo nene, seams.
Badani, front and back pieces.
Also Kimo.
Tdharizi, side pieces.
Sijafu, pieces turned in at the
wrists, to receive the darizi.
Vikwapa, gores.
Limni, flap under the opening
in front.
Jdbali, red line across the back.
MhaXbori, lining at the back of
the darizi in front.
Kadba, lining of the neck and
shoulders.
Shada, tassel at the neck.
Kitanzi, loop opposite the tassel
in front.
Kazi ya ahingo, the elaborately
worked border round the
neck, including —
Tiki, red sewing over of the
edge of the neck.
Mrera, lines of red round
the neck.
Viboko, small zigzag orna-
ment in the middle of the
neck-border.
Vinara, small spots forming
the outer edge of the
border.
Darizi, lines of silk worked
round the wrists and down
the front.
Mjuzi (Ar. shararaji), orna-
ment at the bottom of the
strip of embroidery in front.
Mkia wa mjuzi, line of silk
running up the front from the
mjuzi,
Vipaji, or viguu, four little
projections on the sides of
the mjazi.
Kanzu ya ziki, worked with white
cotton roimd the neck instead of
red silk.
Kaoleni, one whose words are not
to be trusted, a double-tongued
man.
Kaomwa,' calumba root.
Kapi, plur. makapi, a pulley.
Kapi, plur. makapi, bran, husks.
Kapiana ku- (mikono), to shake
hands.
Kapu, plur. makapu, a large basket
or matting bag.
Kapwai, a kind of rice.
Karajaii kw = KalafaJbL
300
EAR
KAT
Karafu mayiti, camphor.
Karama, a special gift of God, an
answer to a holy man's prayer,
an honour.
Karamu, a feast.
Karani, a secretary, a clerk, a
supercargo.
Karanij tucks.
Kararay the woody flower-sheath of
the cocoa-nut tree.
Karata, playing-cards.
Karatha, a loan of money.
Karataaiy paper.
Kariby near, come near, come in.
Karibia ku-, to approach, to draw
near to.
Kartbiana Tcu-y to be near to one
another.
Karibishaj to make to come near, to
invite in.
Karibu, near, a near relative.
Karibu na or ya, near to, near.
Karimu, liberal, generous.
Karipia hu-, to cry out at, scold.
Karirisha ku-, to recite.
Kasa, a turtle.
Kasarani, sorrow, grief.
Kasasi, retaliation, revenge, ven-
geance.
Kdsha, plur. makasTiaf a chest, a
large box.
Kashifu kvr, to depreciate.
Kashmir, the ace of spades.
KaMa, plur. makasia, an oar.
Kuvuta makoMa, to row.
Ktmba, a gun barrel.
Kasidif intention, purpose.
Kasifa, inquisitiveness.
Kasifu kttr, to be inquisitive.
Kasiki, a large earthen jar for ghee.
Kasimde, the juice of grated cocoa-
nut before water is put to it.
Tut la kaaimele. See Tui,
Tut la kupopoloa, the same after
mixing with water, and strain-
ing again.
Kasiri, towards the end, late.
Kasirika ku-y to become vexed.
Kasirisha ku-, to vex.
Kasiri ku-, to hurt, vex.
Kaekazi, the northerly wind which
blows from December till
March.
Koikazini, in a northerly direc-
tion.
Kasoro, less by.
Kaasa, less by.
Kassa rdbo, three-quarters of a
dollar.
Kassi. See Kiassi,
Kcui, hard, with violence.
Kwenda kassi, to rush along.
Kutia kassi, to tighten.
Kasumha, a preparation of opium.
Kataa ku-, to refuse.
Kata, plur. makata, a ladle made of
a cocoa-nut, only about a third of
the shell being removed. A kcUa
holds from a quarter to half a pint.
Kata, a ring of grass or leaves put
on the head under a water-pot or
other burden.
Kata ku-, to cut, clip, divide.
Kujikata, to cut oneself.
Kukata hananu, to cut obliquely.
Kukata maneno, to settle an affair,
to decide.
Kukata nakshi, to ornament with
carving, to carve.
Kukata tamaa, to despair.
Njia ya kukata, a short cut, the
nearest way.
Kdtaha ku-, to write.
Katakata ku-, to chop up.
Katalia ku-, to deny all credence,
to refuse to be convinced.
KAT
KAZ
301
Katanif flax, thread, string, cotton-
thread.
Kafaza Jcu-, to prohibit, to deter.
Kafhdlika, in like manner.
Kathdvodkatha, many, many more.
Watu hathdwakatha, such and
such people.
Kathij plur. makathi, a judge, a
cadi.
Katiy inside, middle, the court
within a house.
Katia ku-, to cut for.
Kukatiwa, to have cut, or out out
for one.
Ni kiasi changu kama natikcUiwa
mimi, it fits as though I had
been measured for it.
Katika, among, at, from, in, about.
Katika implies nearness at least
at the beginning of the action ;
it has very nearly the same
meaning as the case in -ni.
Katika safa/ri mley during that
journey.
Katika ku-, to come apart, to be cut,
to break, to be decided.
Katikati, in the midst.
Katikati ya, &c., in the midst of,
between.
Katiliy a murderous, bloodthirsty
person, an infidel.
Katinakati, in the middle.
KatUi (A.), little.
Katiza ku-, to put a stop to, to
break off, to interrupt.
Kato, plur. makato, a cutting, a
breaking off.
KatUy a kind of gum chewed with
betel.
Katua ku-j to polish, to brighten.
Kaiuka ku-, to be polished, to be
bright.
Kauka ku-, to get dry, to dry.
Sauti imekaukay I am hoarse.
Kauli, a word.
Kauri, a cowry.
Kausha ku-, to make dry, to dry.
'kavu, dry. It makes kavu with
nouns like nyumba.
Kawa, a conicaF dish-cover" of
plaited straw, often ornamented
with spangles, &c.
Kawa, mildew, spots of mould.
Kufanya kawa, to get mildewed
or mouldy.
Kawa ku-, to be delayed, to tarry,
to be a long while.
Kawadi (a term of reproach), a bad
man.
Kawaida, necessity, custom.
Kavje, a pebble, a small stone (M.).
Kawia ku-, to delay.
Kawilia ku-, to loiter about a busi-
ness.
Kawishxi ku-, to keep, to delay, to
cause to stay.
Kaya, plur. makaya^ a pinna, a kind
of shell-fish.
Kayamha, a sieve, a sort of rattle.
Kaza ku', to fix, to tighten, (of
clothes) to fit tightly, to go
hard at anything.
Kukaza ktoimba, to sing louder.
Kukaza mhiOy to run hard.
Kazana ku-, to fix one another, to
tighten together, to hold together
tightly, to be robust.
Kazi, work, labour, employment,
business.
Ndio kazi yoke, that is what he
always does.
Kazi mbi si mtezo mwema? Is
not poor work (as good as) good
play (mbi for n-toi) ?
Kazika ku-, to become tight^ tA
become ^TL^e^.
302
-KAZ
KHE
'l-nzo^ nipping, pressing tight.
-he, ftrma'.e, f M.inine, the weaker.
K^-e = Ethle (X.).
Keezo, a lathe, a machine for tam-
ing.
Kefule! an exclamation of con-
tempt
Ke/yahffya hu-, to teaze, to put in
low spirits.
KelCj a drill. The carpenters in
Zanzibar always use drills, which
are much better suited to the
native woods than gimlets are.
The iron is called hekee, the wood
in which it is fixed msukano, the
handle in which it turns Jtrti,
and the bow by which it is turned
Vta.
Kt^hee, a kind of silver bracelet
Kelele, plur. maktUle, noise, uproar,
shouting.
Kem (Ar.), How much? How many?
Kemea hu-, to rebuke, to snub, to
scold.
Kenda = Kwenda and Kaenda,
Kenda^ nine.
Ya Jcenda, ninth.
Kendapi i for kwenda teapt, going
where, i.e., where are you going ?
KengCy a large water-lizard with
slender body and long limbs and
talL
Kengea, the blade of a sword, knife,
&c.
Kengele, a belL
Kupiga kengeUy to ring a bell.
Kera hu-, to worry, to nag at
Kerani = Karani.
Kereheta kuy to irritate the throat,
to choke.
Kereza ku-, to saw, to turn, to cut
a tree half through, and lay it
down, so as to make a fence.
Kerimu Xw-, to feast, to be liberal to.
• K» ring'ende, a dragon-fly, the led-
legged partridge.
KerOf trouble, disturbanee, uptotir,
Ke4!hcL, a watch, a vigiL
Kedta ku-, to watch, to lemun
awake, not to sleep.
Keskeza ku-, to make, to watch, to
keep awake.
I Kesho, to-monow.
Kesfio kuiwa or kuchwOt the day
after to-morrow.
Kete, a cowry.
Keti ku', to sit down, stay, liye(M.).
Kliabari, news, information.
KhadacL, fraud.
Kftajifu, light, unimportaot.
Kkainiy a traitor.
KhaJds, the end, there is no more.
Klidlifu km- or Halifu ku-, to resist,
oppose, rebel against
Khalisi ku-, to deliver.
Khami, a chess bishop.
Khamsly five.
Khamsin if fifty.
Khamstaghara, fifteen.
Kharadalij muetard.
KhdriJ ku-y to spend.
Khashifu hi- = Kashi/u &tf-.
Khatari, danger.
Khati, a note, letter, document,
memorandum, writing, hand-
writing.
KhatibUf plur. makliatibu, a secre-
tary, a preacher.
Khatimay end, completion.
Khatimitha ku-, to bring to an end,
complete.
KhcUiya, fault. See Hatiya.
KhazancLy a treasure.
Khema, a tent.
Kheiri = Heri, well, fortunate,
happy, good.
EHI
EIA
303
Mtu wa Tcheiri, a happy man.
Kwa Hhei/riy for good.
Ni kheiri, I had better.
Khini ku-, to betray.
Khitari ktiry to choose.
Khitima nzima, a complete copy of
the Koran. See Juzuu,
Khoflsha Jcu; to frighten.
Khofuy fear, danger.
Kuwa na hhofu, ^ to become
Kuingiwa na khofuy \ afraid.
Kutia hhofuj to frighten.
Khorj, a pad used as a saddle for
donkeys.
Khoshi (?), paint, colour.
Khvbiri ku-y to inf(»m, give news.
£htt8umUf enmity.
Khutvhu ktt-j to preach.
Khuzurungi or Huthurungi, a stuff
of a brown yellow colour, of which
the best men's kanzus are made.
Ki-j a prefix forming a diminutive.
It becomes ch- before a vowel,
and in the plural it becomesvi-
and vy-f or in other dialects zi-
or thi',
Ki' as a prefix also means (es-
pecially if prefixed to proper
names), such a sort ; and when
used alone, words of such a
sort, t.e, such a language.
Mavazi ya kifaume, royal robes.
Viazi vya kizungu, European
potatoes.
Kiardbu, Arabic.
Kiyao, the Yao language.
Ki- or ch; the adjectival and pro-
nominal prefix proper to words
agreeing with substantives of the
above forms.
Ki' or eh-, the personal prefix of
verbs having substantives of the
above form as their subject.
'ki; the objective prefix of verbs
having substantives of the above
form as their object.
ki; the sign of that tense which
expresses a state of things,
being that, which may be trans-
lated by the help of the words,
if, supposing, when, while, or
be treated as a present parti-
ciple in -ing,
Niki- may be contracted into hi-.
Alikuwa akiogolea, he was bath-
ing.
Akija, if he comes, or when he
comes.
The syllable -hi- is inserted in
the past perfect tense to de-
note a continuing action or
state.
Walipo-ki-pendana, when or while
they loved one another.
Kia, plur. via,, a piece of wood, a
kind of latch, a bar.
Kia ku; to step over.
Kiada, slowly, distinctly.
Kialio, plur. vialio, cross pieces
put in a cooking pot to prevent
the meat touching the bottom
and burning.
Kianga, the coming out of the sun
after rain.
Kiapo, plur. viapo, an ordeal, an
oath.
Kiarahu, Arabic.
Ya kiarahu, Arabian.
Kiasi = Kiassi.
Kiass (^ hunduki, a cartrid^re.
Kiassi, measure, moderation.
Kiassi gani f or Kassi gani ? How
much?
Kiatu, plur. matu, a shoe, a sandal.
Viatu vya mti, a sort of tal'
wooden clog woxia. \a.^<^\tfs"o»
304
KIA
KIC
and especially by women. They
are lieKl on by grasping a sort
of button {mtumaki) between
the crresit and aeooud toe.
Kiazi^ plnr. ri'ari. a sweet potato.
Kiazi A-iTrifu, plur. rtari rikuu, a
Tarn.
Kiazi «ena, with white skin.
Kiazi hindorOy witli red skin.
Kilia halulif a knot of mahuii to
light a }ipe with.
Kibaba, a measure, about a pint
basin fidl, a pint basin, about a
pound and a half.
Kibahuli. a kind of into ma.
Kibali hu-, to prosper.
Kibanda^ plur. ribandaj a hut. a
hovel, a shed.
Kibanzi, plur. ri7»ayizi, a splinter, a
very small piece of wood.
Kihao, plur. rib-ro, a shelf, a small
piece of plank. In Tumbatu a
chair is called Jubao.
Kibapara, a pauper, a destitute
person (an insulting epithet).
KibaranffOy a short heavy stick.
Kibaraza, plur. vibaraza^ a small
stone seat.
Kibama, plur. vibarua, a note, a
ticket. Kibarua is now used
in Zanzibar to denote a person
hired by the day, from the
custom of giving such persons a
ticket, to be delivered up when
they are paid.
Kiberiti, sulphur.
Viberitij matches.
Kibeti, a dwarf.
Kuku hibeti, a bantam.
Kihiay plur. vihia, an earthen pot-lid.
Kifjiongo, plur. vihiongoy a person.
bent by age or infirmity.
Kibobtce, plur. vibobtoef a piece of
doth tied zoimd the loins during
hard work.
Kihofm^ plnr. vibofu, a bladder.
KRiogothi, plur. rtbogotki^ a small
skin bag.
Kiboka, plnr. vtboko, a hippo-
potamna. See alao Karunt.
Kibua, a small fish.
KibMeiOj plnr. rOmeia, a box.
Kibula, the keblaj the point to
which men tnm when they piay.
Among the Mohammedans the
kibula is the direction in which
Mecca lies, which is in Zaniihar
nearly north. Hence Irt&iiZa is
sometimes nsed to mesa the
north.
Kibula ku-, to point towards, to be
opposite to.
Kibumba^ plur. tibnmhcij a small
paper box or case of anythin^^
Kiburi, pride.
Kiburipembe, a native bird.
K'chaa. lunacy.
Mtcenyi kichaa, a lunatic
Kichaka^ plur. Hchaka, a thicket, a
heap of wood or sticks.
Kiehalaj plur. riehala^ a bunch.
Kichala cha mzabibu, a bunch of
grapes.
KiehekOf plur. rrc^&o, a laugh, a
giggle.
Kichikichi, plur. richikiehi, the
small nuts contained in the fruit
of the palm-oil tree.
KichilenuL, plur. vichilema, the
heart of the growing part of
the cocoa-nut tree, which is
eaten as a salad, and in various
wavs.
m
Kicho, plur. riVAo, fear, a fear.
Kichocheo, the act of pushing wood
further into the fire, an instru-
KIO
KIF
305
ment for doing it, exciting words
to stir Tip a quarrel.
KichochorOf plur. vichocTioro, a very
narrow passage, such as is gene-
rally left between the houses in
Zanzibar.
Kichwa, plur. vichwa, for Kitwa, the
head.
Kiddka^ plur. viddkaf a recess in
the wall.
Kidaka, plur. vidaka, a cocoa-nut
when just formed.
Kidaka tonge, the uvula.
Kidanga, a very small ffuit, before
it gets any taste.
Kidari, the chest : kidari is used of
both men and animals, kifua of
men only.
Kidau, plur. vidau, a small vessel.
Kidau cha vrino, an inkstand.
KidevUf plur. mdevu^ the chin.
Kidimbvoiy plur. vidimbm, a pool
left on the beach by the falling
tide.
Kidinga popo, the dengue fever.
Kidogo, plur. vidogOy a little, a very
little, a little piece, a morsel, a
crumb.
Kidoko.
Kupiga kidoko, to click with the
tongue.
Kidde, plur. vidole, a finger, a -toe.
Kiddle cha gumba, the thumb.
Kidonda, plur. vidonda, a sore, a
small sore, a wound.
Kidonge, plur. vidongsy a very small
round thing, a lump in flour, a pill.
KidotOf plur. vidoto, a small piece of
cloth tied over a camel's eyes
while turning an oil press.
KielezOj plur. mtUzo, a pattern,
something to make something
else clear.
Kievu (A,) = Kidevu»
Kiendelezo, progress.
Kifa, plur. tifa, the nipple of a gun.
Ki/a uuDongOf the sensitive plant.
Kifa/a, epilepsy, fits.
Kifa/a, plur. vifafa, sparks and
crackling of damp firewood.
Kifani, plur. vifani, the like, a
similar thing.
Kifano, plur. vifano, a likeness.
Kifaranga, plur. vifaranga, a
chick, a very small chicken.
Kifaru, plur. vifaru, a rhinoceros,
a small rhinoceros.
Kifaume, royalty, a royal sort.
Ya kifaumej royal.
Kifiko, plur. vifiko, arrival, point of
arrival, end of journey.
Kifu ku'y to suffice.
Kifu ndugu, the os coccygis, the
bone which the Mohammedans
say never decays.
Kifwi, plur. w/tta, the chest, the
bosom.
Kifufu, plur. vifufu, the shell of the
cocoa-nut (M.).
Kifuko, plur. vifuko^ a little bag, a
pocket, a purse.
Kifuko cha kiUilia fetha., a purse.
Kifumbu^ plur. vi/umhu, a small
round basket or bag for squeezing
scraped cocoa-nut in to get out
the tut.
Kifurnbo, plur. vtfumbo, a very largo
kind of matting bag.
Kifundo cha mguu, the ankle.
Kifundo cha mkono, the wrist.
KifungOf plur. vffungo, anything
which fastens, a button, prison,
imprisonment, a kind of rice.
Ki/ungtia, an unfastener, an opener.
Kifungua kantoa, early food,
breakfast.
306
KIF
KIJ
bj the bri'iegxoom to the kmmgm
of the bride before ihe aJk^wv
him to enter the bnde**
on the oocMion of hu
Tuit to her.
KifunOta, plor. n/vJuXxk, a lid, a
oorer.
Kifmo, plor. n/HO, a stick stuck in
the groand to rip the husk off
ooooa-nats with.
Kifurushi, somethiDg tied up in the
comer of a cloth.
Ki/un, mbfaish, robbiih from old
bnildinga.
•Kt/utf, plor. vi/tiu, a oocoarnnt
shelL
Kigagoj plor. tigiuyL, a acab.
Xigaij plor. rt^ai, a piece of broken
pottery or glass, a potsherd.
Kiganda eha pUi, the two of cards.
Kig€U)gao, the Pemba name for a
chameleon, meaning <diangeable«
Kigego = Kijego.
Kigerenyenza, plor. vigerenyenz<i, a
very small piece of broken pottery
or glass, a splinter.
Kigdegde, plor. vigelegele, a shrill
trilling scream much used as a
rign of joy, especiaUy on the
oocaskm of a birth.
Kigogo, a little block of wood.
Kigogo cha hushoneoy a small
oblong piece of wood used by
shoemakers.
Kigongo, the hump of a humpbacked
person.
Mwenyi kigongo, a humpback.
Kigono, plur. vigono (Yao), a sleep-
ing place.
Kigotho, a bend.
Kigosho cha mkono, an arm that
cannot be straightened.
Kijmmmif plor.
■Mtting bag of the kiad ia lAieh
daies are tarowgkft to Ymmnhmw
Kigumzif the day befiove the SOm a
Kigwe^ jSba, tigmej a plaited eord,
reins, a string of beads^ a piping
on the edze of a dreM^
Elkertkere (dUi aoyoX tnpidatiao,
palpitation (of the heart).
Kikimdi^ the Indian aatt, an ladiaa
language^
Ta kSkiadiy Indian.
Kikoro, sonow ai a hai^ iofjtki,
homesickneflB.
Ktini, kemd, the heart of wood.
Kiimi dim yayt, the yolk oC an
egg.
Kiinimaekot a eonjuvor.
KiUha or KithOj afterwarda, next,
this being ended.
Kijakazij plor. vijakazi^ a dave g^L
Kijamandoj plor. xijamamda, a
small long-diaped box commonly
used to carry betel and aieoa-
nut in.
Kijanaj plur. vijana^ a yonihy a
young man, a oom|dinientRry
epithet, a boy or girl, a son or
daughter.
Kijaluboj plur. vijalvbaf a small
metal box.
Kijambay plur. vijafkba, a small look.
KijarahOj plur. vijaraheij a small
wound.
Kijaraha dia hoowiy sores on the
penis, syphilis.
Kijegoy plur. tdjego, a child which
cuts its upper teeth first. They
am reckoned unlucky, and among
KIJ
EIE
307
the wilder tribes are often killed.
Applied by way of abuse to bad
children.
Kijiboko, plur. vijtboko, a little
hippopotamus.
Kijicho, envy, an envious glance.
KijiguUj plur. vijiguu, a little leg.
KijikOf plur. vijiko, a small spoon,
a spoon.
Kijiti, plur. vijitiy a little tree, a
bush, a shrub, a small pole, a
piece of wood.
Kijito^ plur. vijito, a small stream,
a brook.
Kijito (M.) = Eijieho.
Kijitwa or KijichiDay plur. vijitway
a little head.
Kijiviy thievish.
Kijogoo, plur. vijogoo, a mussel, a
kind of shell-fish.
Kijoli, the slaves belonging to one
master.
Kijomba, Swahili (M.).
Kijongo = Kigongo, a humpback.
Kijukuuy plur. vijukuUj a great-
grandchild.
Kijurnbej plur. vijumbe, a go-
between, a match-maker.
Kijumba, plur. vijumba^ a little
house, a hovel.
Kikaango, plur. vikaango, a small
earthen pot for cooking with oil
or fat.
Kikakaj over-haste.
Kikale, old style, the antique.
Ya kikale, of the ancient kind,
antique, of old times.
Kikcut, plur. vikao, a seat, sitting,
dwelliDg-place.
Kikapu, plur. vikapu, a basket, a
matting bag.
Kikarambaf a very old person (dis-
respectful).
Ktkisa ku-j to understand half of
what is said.
Haiti hit yanikikisa, I know some
of the words, but not all.
Kiko, plur. viko, a tobacco pipe, a
pipe. The native pipes consist
of a vessel half full of water with
two stems, one leading to the
bowl and one to the mouthpiece :
the water vessel is properly the
kiko. Bee hori, digaH, mdUo, and
shilamu,
Kikoa, plur. vikoa.
Kula kikoa, to eat at the expense
of each one in turn.
Ktkofiy the inside of the fingers.
Kikohozif a cough.
Kikoit plur. vikoi, a white loin-
cloth with coloured stripes near
the border.
Kikombe, plur. vikombe, a cup.
Kikomho, a little crooked thing.
Kikomo, plur. vikoTno, end, end of
journey, arrival.
Kikomo cha uso, the brow, es-
pecially if prominent.
Kikondoo, See Kondoo.
Kikongwe, plur. vikongwe, an ex-
tremely old person, a feeble old
woman. {
KikonOy plur. mkono, the prow of a
small native vessel.
, Kikonyoy plur. vikonyo, flower and
firuit stalks, the stalks of cloves.
Kikorombwe, a cry made into the
hand by way of signal, a call.
Kikosi or I7A»«i, the nape of the neck.
KikotOf plur. vikoto (M.), a plaited
thong or whip carried by an
overlooker and used in schools.
Kikoztf plur. vikozi, a detachment,
a band, company, division.
Kikuba, plur. v»/;u&a>a Gonall \t^&V^^•.
308
KIK
KXM
of aromatic leaves, &o., worn in
the dress by women. It is com-
posed of rehaniy sprinkled with
dcUia, and tied up with a strip of
the nikadi,
Kikukuy plur. vihuku, a bracelet, an
arm ring.
Kikuku dha kupandia frasiy a
stirrup.
Kikunazi (?), labia (obscene).
Kikumbo.
Kupiga kikumho, to push aside,
to shove out of the way.
Kikuta, plur. mkuta, a small stone
wall.
Kiktoapa, the perspiration from the
armpit. See also Kanzu.
Kikwi, plur. vikwi, a thousand, ten
thousand.
Ktlango, a narrow entrance.
Kilango cha hahari, straits.
Kilango cha jahay the gate of
Paradise.
Kile, that, yonder.
Kileji, a round flat wheaten cake.
KUeU, plur. vUeUy a peak, a sum-
mit, a pointed top, a pointed
shoot in a tree or plant.
KUema, plur. vilema, a deformed
person.
Si vema kucheka kU&ma, it is
wrong to laugh at one who is
deformed.
Kilemhay plur. vilemha, a turban, a
customary present at the comple-
tion of a job and on many other
occasioDS.
KileTnbwe, a great-grandson.
KiUo, plur. vileo, iutoxication, an
intoxicating thing.
KHeUy plur. viletey metal rowlocks,
crutches.
\ilevu = Kidevu.
KUi/u, plur. viH/u, the cloth-like
envelope of the young oocoa-nut
leaves.
Kilimoy plur. vHima, a hill, a rising
ground, a mound of eax th.
KUirnbiliy the wrist.
Kilimia, the Pleiades (?).
XtZi'mo, cultivation, the crop planted.
KUimo cha nini? what is tlie
crop to be ?
Kilindiy plur. vilindi, the deeps,
deep water.
Ktlinga pcpo (?), rheumatism.
Kilinge cha maneno, cha uganga,
speaking in a dark manner not
generally understood.
KUiOj plur. vilioy a cry, weeping.
Kiliza ku-y to chink money.
Killa or KuUay every.
Killa nendapOy wherever I go, or,
every time I go.
Kiluthuy velvet.
Kimay a monkey.
Kima, price, measure.
Kimajiy damp.
Kimanday an omelette.
Kimanduy the piece of wood put on
behind the sill and lintel of a
door to receive the pivots on
which it turns.
Kimanga, a small kind of grain.
Kimangay of the Arab sort. See
Manga.
Kimango.
Chui kimangoy a full-grown leo-
pard.
Kimashamhay belonging to the
country, a country dialect.
Ya kimashamhay countrified.
KimhaumhaUy a chameleon.
Kimbia ku-, to run away, to flee.
Kimbiza ku-y to make to run away,
to put to flight.
KIM
KIN
309
Kinibizia hu-t to make to run away
from.
Kimerima. See Merima.
Kimeta, a sparkling, a glitter.
Kimetimeti, plur. vimetimeti, a fire-
fly.
Kimia, plur. vimia, a circular cast-
ing-net.
KimiOf the uviria, an enlarged
uvula.
XimOy it is or was inside.
Kimoja, one. See Mqja,
Kimporoto, nonsense.
Kimurimurif plur. vimurimuri, a
fire-fly.
Kimvungay a hurricane.
Kimwa ku-, to be tired, disgusted,
to be cross at having anything to
do.
^AmwondOf plur. vimwondo, a mis-
sile, a shooting star, because they
are said to be thrown by the
angels at the Jins.
Kimya, silence, perfect stillness.
Mtu wa Mmyakimya, a still man.
Kina.
Kina sisi, people like us.
Makasha haya ya Mna AhdallaJiy
these chests belong to Abdal-
lah's people.
Kina, plur. vina, a verse, the final
syllable of the lines, which is the
same throughout the poem.
Kinai ku-, to be content without,
to withhold oneself from desiring,
to be self-satisfied, to revolt at,
to nauseate.
Kinaisha ku-, to revolt, to make
unable to eat any more, to take
away the desire of.
Kinamizi or Kiinamizi, stooping to
one's work.
Kinanda, plur. vinanda, a stringed
instrument, applied to nearly all
European instruments.
Kinara, plur. mnara, a little tower,
a candlestick. See also Kanzu.
Kinaya, self-content, insolence.
Kinayi &«- =2 Kinai ku;
Kinda, plur. makinda, a very young
bird, the young of birds.
Kindana ku-, to object to, to stand
in the way of.
Kinena, the abdomen.
Kinga, plur. vinga, a brand, a half-
burnt piece of firewood.
KingOf a stop, a limit put to tt
thing.
Kinga ku-, to put something to catch
something, to guard oneself, to
ward a blow.
Kukinga mvua, to put something
to catch the rainwater.
Kingaja, plur. vingajaf a bracelet of
beads.
Ktngalingalit on the back (of falling
or lying).
Kingama ku-, to lie across.
Mti umekingama njiani, a tree
lies across the road.
Kingamisha ku-, to block, to stop,
to spoil.
Kinge, too little.
ChakuJa kinge, too little food.
Kingojo, a watch, time or place of
watching.
Kingozi, the old language of Me-
linda, the poetical dialect, diffi-
cult and ill-understood language.
Kingtibwa, the spotted LysBua.
Kinika ku-, to be certain or -ascer-
tained about a person.
Kinjunjuri.
Kukata kinjunjuri, to shave all
the hair except one long tuft.
Kinono, plur. idnono,^ & CMt>^Sk.^. .
310
KIS
KIP
Kim&i, plor. rimoo, a mL g toto De. (
EwAe kinoo, a small jellow kind .
of maDgo. I
Kin^L, plnr. riuu. a wooden mortar
for {Xfnndin? and for cleaning
eom, an oil-mill, a milL |
Kinu cka hwhindihla, a mill for
pressing oiL
Kinu eha moihu a gteam milL
Kinuhi, plnr. rinubi^ a harpw
Ta KintOn, Nubiao.
Kinwa = Kinytea,
Kinwa, plnr. rt'nira, a mouth.
Kinvea mchuzi, the imperial, the
place where the imperial grows.
Kinyaa, filth, dnng.
Kiwfoga, plor. rinyago, a thing to
frighten people, snch as a mock
ghost, Ac., &C.
Kinyegere, a small animal, a sknnk.
Kinyemi, pleasant, good.
Kinyenye/u, a tickling, a tingling.
KinyezC See Kinyaa,
Kinyi, having. Bee -inyL
Kiny&nga, plnr. tinyonga, a chame-
leon.
Kinyozi, plnr. pinyazi, a barber, a
shaver.
Kinyuma = Kinyume*
Kinyume, afterwards.
Kinyume, going back, shifting,
alteration, an enigmatic way of
speaking, in which the last syl-
lable is pnt first See Appendix I.
Kifvynmbdj a kept mistreiss.
Kinyunyc^ plnr. vinyunya, a kind
of cake, a little cake made to try
the quality of the fionr.
Kingtoay plnr. vinywa, a drink, a
beverage.
Kinywajiy plnr. mnywaji, a bare-
rage, a usual beverage.
Khua i«-, to eontndkt, doBj.
Kioga. plnr. rio^o. a iiiiiiiliniiM
Kiokotij piia. riohm^ a leaMil fbr
finding a lost thing aad igJMiiiiig
it to the owner.
KiojOj plnr. noja^ a cuzioBitj.
.KtoiMfa, a tnrtpr.
Kiomda wUuii, the imperial, the
place where the imperial grows
(M.).
Kiongocij phir. rum^od!, a leader, a
guide, a caravan guide.
Kiongux, plur. viomgwe^ a doBkejr
from the mainland; theyanie-
pnted veiy hard to manageu
Kioo, plur. rum, glass, a glaH, a
looking-glass, a piece of glaai^ —
a fish-hook (M.).
Kiopooj a pole or other instmiBent
to get things out of a weD, fte.,
with.
Kioiska mignuj a present made by
the bridegroom to the hmmgm of
the bride on the occasion of bis
first visit
Kiota, plur. Hotay a hen*s nest^ a
laying place, a bird's nest
Kfoto = KiottL
Kiowe.
Kupiga hiouje^ te Boroaoi, eiy for
help.
Kiowetniy a liquid.
Kioztty putridity.
Kipa mkonoy a present made by the
bridegroom to the bride when he
first sees her faca
KipdOy plur. vipaa, a thatched roof,
the long sides of a roof.
KipcM eha mbele, the fhmt slope
of the roof.
Kipaa eha nyumtiy the back b1<^
of the roof.
Kipajcy a kind of mtoma.
KIP
KIR
311
Kipajt, a kind of cosmetic. See
also Kanzu,
KipakUf plur. vipahut a spot or
mark of a dififereut colour.
KipambOy adornment.
KipandCf plur. vipande, a- piece, an
instrument, a ouall rammer for
beating roofs.
Vipande vya hupimia, nautical
instruments.
Kipande kilichonona, a piece of
fat.
Eipanga^ a large biid of prey, a
horse-flj.
Kipangozif a sluggish incurable
sore on a horse or ass.
Kipara, plur. vijpara, a shaved place
on the head.
Kipde, plur. vipele, a pimple.
Kipendiy a darling, a favourite.
Kipenu^ plur. vipenu^ a lean-to, the
side cabins of a ship.
Kipenyo, a small place where some-
thing passes through.
Kipepeo, plur. vipepeo, a fan for
blowing the fire, a butterflj.
Kipeto, plur. vipeto, a packet.
Kipi or Kipia, a cock's spur.
Kipigi, a rainbow (?X
KipUa, a curlew.
KipiHpili.
Nyele za kipiliptli, wooll j hair.
Kipindiy a time, a period of time, an
hour.
Kipindi chote, at every period.
Kipindi cha aththuuri, the hour
of noon.
Kipinda,
Kufa hipindaj to die a natural
death, as cattle, &c.
Kipindupindu, cholera.
Kipingvja, plur. vipingwa^ a bar.
Kipini, plur. vipiTit, a hilt, a haft^
a handle of the same kind as a
knife handle, a stud-shaped orna-
ment worn by women in the nose,
and sometimes in the ears also.
Kipimo, plur. vipimo, a measure.
Kipofu, plur. vipofu, a blind per-
son.
KipolepoUy a butterfly.
Kipooza, paralysis.
Kipukvba, dropped early, cast firait,
etc.
Kipukute, Kipukuse = Kipukvba,
Ndizi kipttktUe, little bananas.
Kipulif plur. vipuli, a dangling
ornament worn by women in the
ear; they are often little silver
crescents, five or six round the
outer circumference of each ear.
Kipunguo, plur. vipunguo^ defect,
deficiency.
Kipupwe, the eold season (June and
July).
Kipwa, plur. vipuoa^ rocks in the sea.
Kiraka, plur. viraka, a patch.
Kiri ku-y to confess, accept, acknow-
ledge, assert.
Kiriba, plur. mrSba, a waternaidn^.
Kirihi kit', to provoke.
Kirikika ku-, to be provoked, to be
offended.
Kirthisha ku-, to make offended, to
aggravate.
Kirimba, a cage for wild animals,
a meat-safe.
Kirimu kw, to feast.
Kirithi hu-, to borrow, specially to
borrow money.
Kirohoto, plur. virohoto, a flea. The
Hathramaut soldiers are nick-
named VirohotOf and their song
as they march is parodied by,
Kirdboto, KirdbotOf Ua motto, tia
moto.
812
KIS
£IS
Kirukanjiay a kind of mouse found
in Zanzibar.
Kirukia, a kind of parasite growing
on fruit trees.
Kiruu, blind rage.
Kisa, plur. visa, a cause, a reason,
a short tale.
Visa vingi, many affairs, a com-
plicated business.
Misa cha koko^ kernel of a stone.
Kisaga, a measure equal to two
Kibabas,
Kisahanif plur. viadhanif a plate, a
small dibh.
Kieanduku, plur. visanduku, a small
chest, a box.
Kisarani, a greedy fellow, a miser.
Kisasi, revenge, retaliation.
KUhada, a tailless kite.
Kishaka, plur. vishaka, a thicket.
Kisheda, a bunch of grapes, a paper
flutteiing in the air like a kite.
Kishenziy of the wild people.
Lugha ya kuhenzi, a ianguage of
the interior.
Kishif a chess-queen.
Kiahigino = Kisigino,
Kishinday a small residue left in a
plcuse or inside something, as
in a water-jar less ihan iialf
full.
Vishinda vingapi umetiai How
many portions (of grain) have
you put (in the mortar, to be
cleaned) ?
Kishindo, noise, shock.
KuhogOy the back of the head and
neck.
Akupaye kishogo si mwenziOf one
who turns his back upon you
is not your friend.
JCishwara, a loop of rope -to haul by
•'^ dragging a vessel into or out
o{ the water, a loop in the side of
a dhow to pass an oar through
for rowing.
Kisi ku-f to guess.
Kukisi tanga, to shift 0¥er a saM
to the opposite side.
Kisiy Keep her away !
KisibaOf plur. visibae, a waistcoat
wilh or without sleeves; they
are very commonly worn in
Zanzibar.
Kisibao cha mikono, a deeved
waistcoat.
Kisibao cha vikapa or vikioapa, a
sleeveless waistcoat.
Kisibu (?), a nickname.
Kisigino or KishiginOy the elbow.
Kisigino cha mguu, the heel.
Kisikiy plur. visiki, a log. Used in
slang language for a prostitute.
Kisiki cha rnvna, a rainbow (M.).
Kisimay plur. visimay a well.
Kisimi (obscene), the clitoris.
Kisitiriy a screen, screen-wall,
parapet.
Kisiwa, plur. visiwa, an island.
Kisiyangu [Tumbatu] = KizingiH.
Kisiwiso,
Kisiwiso cha choo chauma, consti-
pation.
Kishokay plur. vishokay a hatchet, a
small axe.
Kishubakay plur. vishubakay a small
recess, a pigeon-hole.
Kishungiy plur. vishungiy the ends of
the turban cloth, lappets.
Kisma, a part.
Kisomhoy a paste made of beans,
mahogOy &c.
Kisongo, plur. visongoy a piece of
wood to twist cord or rope with.
KisozCy a very small bird with back
blue, and breast yellow.
KIS
KIT
313
Kisuy plur. visUf a knife.
Kisua, a suit of clothes.
Kisugidu, plur. viaugulu, a mound
of earth, an ant-hill.
fisungura, plur. visungura, a little
rabbit or hare (?).
Kisunono, gonorrhoea.
Kisunono cha damu, with passing
blood.
Kisunono cha uzahaj with passing
matter.
Kisunono cha mkqjOy with constant
micturition.
Kisustdi, a whirlwind (?) a boy*s
kite (?).
Kisiisi, plur. vinui, the hip of a
roof. The main roof starts from
the long front and back walls,
and is called the paa f^ small
roofs start from the end walls,
and are carried to the ridge under
and within the paa: these are
the visusi,
KmUo = Kisutu.
KisutUf plur. visutUf a large piece
of printed calico^ often forming
a woman's whole dress, a cover-
Ud.
Kiswa = Kisa. «
Kitabu, plur. vitahu, a book.
Kitagaiifay a small matting bag for
halua, &c.
Kitakizo, plur. vitahizo, the head
and foot-pieces of a bedstead.
Kitako, sitting.
Kukaa kitdkoy to sit down, to re-
main in one locality.
Kitale^ plur. vitdey & cocoa-nut just
beginning to grow.
KiUUi, sailcloth.
Kitalu, a stone fence, a walL
Kitambaa, plur. vitambaa, a small
piece of cloth a rag.
Kitambaa cha kufutia mkonOf a
towel.
Kitambaa c^ameza, a table napkin.
Kitambi cha kileniba, a piece of stuff
for making a turban.
KitambOf a short time.
Kitamiri, a kind of evil spirit.
Kitanay plur. vitana, a small comb.
Kitanda, plur. vitanda, a bedstead,
a couch.
Kitanga, plur. vitanga, a round mat
used to lay out food upon.
Kitanga cha mkono, the palm of
the hand.
Kitanga cha mzanij a scale pan.
Kitanga cha pepo, the name of a
dance.
Kitani, flax, linen, string.
Kitanzif plur. titanzi, a loop, a
button-loop.
Kitaoioa, the kind proper for a
devotee.
Amevaa nguo za kitaowa^ he is
dressed like a devotee.
Kitapo^ plur. vitapo, a shivering, a
shiver.
Kitara^ plur. vitara, a curved swordv
Kitaray an open shed in a village,
where people sit to talk and trans-
act business.
KitatUy a box lock, a lock.
Kitatangif a cheat. Also a very
bright-coloured sea-fish with
spines, a sea-porcupine.
Kitawi, a kind of weed.
Kitam, plur. vitawi, a branch, a
bough, a bunch.
Kite^ feeling sure, certainty, faith.-
fully (?), affection.
Kana kite haye, he has no affec-
tion.
Kupiga kite, to cry or groan ftom
inward pain.
314
KIT
SIT
Kiteflefuj sobbing before or after
crying.
Kitefute, the obeek, the part of the
face over the cheek-bone.
Kiteku, a tosser.
Kitembej a lisp.
Kitemhwi, a thread of flax or flue
grass.
Kitendawilit plur. vitendawiLi, an
enigma. The propounder says
Kitendawili; the rest answer
Tega; he then propounds his
enigma.
KitendOf plur. vitendoy an action.
KUengenya, a small bird spotted
with white, yellow, and red.
Kiteo, plur. viteo, a small sifting
basket.
KitesOy a vase.
KitewBy loss of the use of the legs.
Kitkiri htir, to grow large, in-
crease.
TJmehithiri Tcuzaa, it has borne
more than before.
Kiti, plur. mti, a chair, a seat.
Kiti cha frash a saddle.
Kitimbi, plur. vitimbi, an artifice,
an artful trick.
KiUnda mimba, the last child a
woman will bear;
Kitindi, See Vitindi,
KiUfTiOt plur. vitUhOf fear, a terrify-
ing thing.
Kititi, plur. vititi, a hare, a rabbit,
a little thing (M.).
Kititiy to the full, entirely, alto-
gether, all at once.
Kititi cha hahari, the depths of the
sea.
Kititia, a child's windmill.
Kitiwanga^ chicken-pox. The
natives say an epidemic of hiti-
*jj^nga, always precedes one of
small-pox. Also titiwanga, and
perhaps tete ya Tcwanga.
Kito^ plur. vito, a precious stone.
KitoJca (M.) = Kishohx,
KitomOf plur. vitoma, a small roand
pumpkin.
Kitoma, orchitis.
Kitone, plur. vitone, a drop.
Kitonga, hydrocele (?).
Kitongojiy a village.
Kitongotongo.
Kutezama kitongotongOf to glance
at contemptuously with half-
shut eyes.
Kitoria, a kind of edible fhdt.
Kitoteo (M.) = Kichocheo,
Kitoto, plur. vitotot a little child.
Kitovu, plur. vitovUi the navel.
KitoweOy plur. vitoweo^ a relish, a
something to be eaten with the
Tice or other vegetable food, Biich
as meat, fish, curry, &c.
KitUy plur. vitu, a thing, especially
a tangible thing.
8i hitu, nothing, worthless.
Kitua, plur. vitua, the shade of a
tree, &o.
Kituko, startledness, fright.
Kitukuu, plur. vitukuu, a great
gp'andchild.
KitulizOy plur. vitulizo, a soothing,
quieting thing.
Kitumhuay plur. vitumhua, a sort of
cake or fritter made in Zanzibar.
Kitunda, plur. vitunda, a chess
pawn.
Kitundmy a water-jar [Tumbatu].
Kitunga, plur. vitunga, a small
round basket.
Kitungu (?) a small round earthen
dish.
Kitunguh, plur. vitungule, a hare o*
rabbit (?).
KIT
KIW
315
Kitunguu, plor. vitunguUf an onion.
Kilunguu somu, garlic.
Kitungwaj a small bird like a
sparrow.
KUuo, plur. vUuo, an encampment,
a resting-place, a putting down.
Hana kituo, he is always gadding
about.
EUupay plur. vitupa, a little bottle,
a yiaL
Kitutia,
Bahari ya hittttta, a boiling sea,
deep and rough.
Kitwa, plur. vUwa^ the head.
KUvxingombay a somersault.
KittDoMtioa, topsy-turvy.
KittoanOj plur. vUwana, a slave boy.
Kin, thirst.
KuuHi na kiu, to be thirsty.
Kuona kiuj to feel thirst.
Kiua, plur. viua, an eyelet hole.
Kiuka TcfA-, to step over.
Kiuhia = Kirukia,
KixmM, plur. viuma, a fork.
Kiuma mbuzif a small dark-coloured
lizard.
Kiunibe, plur. vtum5e, a creature,
created thing.
Kiumhizi, a peculiar way of beating
the drum; the people sing the
while, Sheitani ndoo tupigane
firnbo,
Kiunga, plur. viunga, a suburb, the
outskirts of a town.
Kiungani, near the town, in the
suburbs.
KiungOy plur. viungo, a joint, — an
acid thing put into the mchuzi.
Kiungujaj the language of Zanzibar.
Kiungwana, the free or gentlemanly
sort
Ya kiungwana, civilized, cour-
teous, becoming a free man.
Mtoanamke wa Tciungwana, a lady.
-Kiungulia, plur. viungulia, an eruc-
tation, a breaking of wind.
Kiuno, plur. viuno, the loins.
Kiunza, plur. viunza, the plank laid
over the body before the grave
is filled in. (Coffins are never
used.)
Kiuwaji, murderous, deadly.
Kivi, the elbow.
Kivirnba, plur. viviinba, the girth of
a tree, the circumference.
Kivimbif a small swelling.
Kivuko, plur. vivuko, a ford, a ferry,
a crossing-place.
Kivvli, plur. vivtdi, a shadow, a
shade, a ghost.
Kivumhazi, a strong-smelling herb
said to scare mosquitoes: wash-
ing in water in which it has been
steeped is said to be a preventive
of bad dreams.
Kivumbo, lonely (?).
Kivumi, plur. vivumi, a roaring,
bellowing sound.
Kivyao = Kizao.
Kivyazif birth.
Kiwamhaza, plur. viwamhaza, a
mud and siud wall.
Kiwambo, something strained
tightly over a frame, like the
skin of a drum, a weaving frame.
Kiwaida, plur. viwanda, a work-
shop, a yard, a plot of land.
Kiwango, plur. viwango, a number,
position in the world, duties be-
longing to one's position, a man's,
place.
Kiwanja = Kiwanda,
Kiwaoj a great feast [Tumbatu].
Kiwavi, plur. vivfavi, a nettle, a sea-
nettle.
Kitoavu chana (A.), ribs.
S16
KIW
KOH
Kiwey pliir. viwe. ^
Kiwe cha uso, a small kind of
pimple on the face.
Kiwele, an udder.
Kivoembey a pocket-knife.
Kiweo (M.), thigh, lap.
Kiwete, loss of the use of the legs.
Kivn, moon-blindness, a dazzle.
Kufanya hivjiy to dazzle.
Kiici, plur. viwi, a small stick, a
piece of wood, a bar.
Kiioiko.
Kiwiko cha mkono, the wrist.
Kiwiko cha mguu, the ankle.
KiwUiwiUy the human trunk, the
body without the limbs.
Kiyama, the resurrection.
Ktyanibaza, a bulkhead, partition.
Also = Kiwambaza.
KiyamhOf neighbourhood, a village.
Kiza or Gtza, darkness.
Kutia kiza, to darken, to dim.
Kizao, plur. viza^o, a native, one
bom in the place.
Kizazi, plur. vizazi, a generation.
Kizee, diminutive of mzee, gene-
rally used of an old woman.
KizibOy plur. vizibo, a stopper, a
cork.
Kizio, plur. vizio, half of an orange,
cocoa-nut, &c.
Kizimhi, plur. vizimbi, a cage.
Kizinda, a virgin.
Kizinja, plur. vizinga, a large log
half burnt.
Kizinjiti, threshold, the top and
bottom pieces of a door or window
frame, bar of a river.
Kizingo, turnings, curves of a river,
&c., (?) a burial ground.
Kizingo, sharp shore sand used for
building.
Kizivjij plur. vtzivji, deaC
Kizuio = Kizuizi.
Kizuiziy plur. vizuizi, a stop, a thing
which hinders or stays.
Kizuizo, plur. vizuizo, a hindrance.
Kizuka, plur. mzuka, a kind of evil
spirit, a woman who is staying
in perfect secrecy and quiet
during the mourning for her
husband. See Eda,
Kizungu, a European language.
Ya kizunguy European.
Kizunguzungu, giddiness.
Kizuri, beauty, a beauty.
Kizushi, an intruder.
Kizuu, plur. vizuu, a kind of evil
spirit, which kills people at the
order of its master.
Ko, -koy -ko, where, whither, whence.
Ko kote, whithersoever.
Koa, plur. makoa, a snail'.
Koa (plur. of Ukoa), the silver rings
on the scabbard of a sword, &c.,
plates of metal.
Kche, a tortoise.
Koche, plur. makoche, the fruit of a
kind of palm.
Kodi, rent.
Kodolea ku-, to fix the eyes upon,
to stare.
Kofij plur. makofi, the flat of the
hand.
Kupiga kofi, to strike with open
hand, to box the ears.
Kupiga makofi, to clap the hands.
Kqfia, a cap.
Kdfila, a caravan. '
Kofua, emaciated.
Koga = Kuoga,
Kohani, a small red fish like a
mullet.
Koho, a large bird of prey.
Kohoa, ku-, to cough.
Kohozi, expectorated matter.
KOI
KON
317
Koikoi, plar. makoikoi, a sort of
evil spirit.
Koja, a gold ornament for the
neck.
Kojoa hu', to make water.
Koka = Kuoka.
Koka ku-, to set on fire.
Koko, plnr. makokoj kernels, nuts,
stones of frait.
Koko, plnr. mdkoko, brashwood,
thickets, bushes.
Mbwa kokoy a homeless dog that
lives in the thickets and eats
carrion.
Kokomoka ku-, to vomit, to belch
out, blurt out.
Kokota Xctt-, to drag.
Kukokota roho, to breathe hard.
Kokoteza ku-, to do anything slowly
and carefully.
KokotOf plur. makokoto, a small
stone, a small piece of stone.
Kokwa, plur. makokioa, nuts, stones
of fruit.
Kolekole, a kind of fish.
KoUa kvr, to become well flavoured,
to get the right quantity of a
condiment.
KoleOf plur. makoleOy tongs.
Kologa ku-, to stir.
Konui, plur. nuikoma, a kind of fruit.
Kama kii-, to cease, to leave oft, to
end a journey, to arrive at a
destination.
Koma fuije 1 Gome no further I
Komaa ku-, to be full grown.
Komaza ku-, to mock, to make game
of.
Koniba^ a galago.
Komba kit', to scrape out, to clean
out.
Dafu la hukomba, a cocoa-nut in
which the nutty part is but just
forming, which is then reckoned
a delicacy.
Kukomba mtu, to get all his money,
to clean him out.
KomhamoyOj plur. makomhamoyoj
one of the rafters of a thatched
roof.
Konibe, plur. makombe, a large dish.
Kombe la mkono(A.), the shoulder-
blade.
Kombe za ptoani, oysters (?),
cockles (?), sea-shells.
Kombeka ku-, to be cleaned out, to
have had all one's money got from
one.
Kombeo, a sling.
Konibo, plur. makombo, scraps,
pieces left after eating.
K'ombo, a defect, crookedness.
Kvioa Womho, to notice a defect.
Komboa ku-, to ransom, to buy back.
Komboka ku-, to be crooked.
Kombokombo, crooked.
Kombora, a bomb, a mortar.
Kombozi, a ransom.
Kamey plur. makome, a pearl
oyster (?), a mussel (?), a shell.
Komea ku-, to fasten with a native
lock (komeo).
Komeo, a kind of wooden lock.
Komesha few-, to make to cease, to
put a stop to.
Kamwe, plur. makomwe, the seeds of
a large climbing plant abundantly
furnished with recurved thorns ;
they are used to play the game of
boo with.
Konda ku-, to grow thin and lean.
Kondavi, large beads worn by
women, as a belt round the loins.
Konde, a fist.
Kupiga moyo konde, to take her
to reaoLve &nxiVs.
318
KON
KOB
Kondesha hu-, to make to g^w lean.
KondOy war (Merima).
KondoOt a sheep [Lindi].
Kmdoo, sheep.
Yfiafa hikondooy he dies like a
sheep, silently (which is high
praise).
Konga kn-, to grow old and feeble.
Kongoa ku-, to draw out nails, &c.,
to take to pieces.
Kongoea^ Mombas.
Kongqja ku-f to walk with difficulty,
to totter.
Kongolewa ku-^ to be taken to pieces.
Kongomero, throat.
Kongoni = Kunguni,
Kong^ota, a sort of woodpecker,
black and yellow.
Kongioa, a slave-stick.
Kongioe.
Kutoa kongtoe, to lead off the solo
part of a song, in which others
join in the chorus.
"kongwe^ over-old, worn out with
age.
K(ynOy a projecting handle, like that
of a saucepan.
Konokono, a snail.
Konyesha kur = Konyeza ku:
Konyeza ku-, to make a sig^ by
raising the eyebrows.
Konzi, what can be grasped in the
hand, a fist full.
Kupiga konzif to lap with the
laiuckles.
KoOy plur. makoOf a breeding animal
or bird.
Koo la kiikuy a laying hen.
Koo la mhuzij a breeding goat.
Koo, plur. makoo, throat.
Koonde, plur. makoondey cultivated
land, fields, the piece ot a.8hamha
Allotted to a slave for his own use.
Konyoa ku-, to break off the oobs of
Indian corn.
Kopa^ hearts, in cards.
Kopa, plur. makopa^ a piece of dried
muhogoj which has been steeped
and cooked.
Kopa ku-j to get goods on eredit for
the purpose of trading with, to
cheat, to swindle.
Eopey plur. of Dkope, the eyelashes.
Kope, plur. mdkope, the wiok of a
candle.
Kopesa ku-, to wink.
Kopesha ku-y to supply a trader with
goods on credit, to give on tnut.
to lend.
Kopoj plur. mcAopo, a large metal
vessel, a spout.
Kopoa kw-y to drag oat of one's
hand, = Chopoa ku-,
Kora ku-y to seem sweet to^ to be
loved by.
Koradaniy a sheave of a pulley.
Korija, a pucker in sewing. Also, a
Korja, a score. [soore.
Koroana ku-, to steep in water.
Korofiy a bird of ill (unen, a
messenger of bad luck.
Korofisha hur-^ to ruin a man.
K(yroga ku-, to stir, to stir up.
£bfwi)a,plur. mdkoroma, a oocoa>nut
in its last stage but one, when the
nut is formed but has not yet its
full flavour. It has ceased to be
a dafu and is not yet a nazi.
Koroma ku-, to snore.
Korongo, a crane.
Korongo, plur. makorongo, a hole
dibbled for seed.
K<yroro, a crested guinea-fowl.
Koroshoy plur. makorosho, cashew
nuts.
Koru, the waterbuck.
KOS
-KUB
319
Kosa hu-y to err, mistake, miss, go
wrong, do wrong, blunder.
Kosekana ku-, to be missed, not to
be there.
Kosesha ku-, to lead astray.
Kosudia ku-, to purpose, to intend,
= Kusudia.
Kota, plur. makota, the stalks of a
kind of millet which are chewed
Kota, a crook. [like sugar-Ksane.
Kota ku-,
Kukota moto, to warm oneself.
Kotama, a curved knife used in
getting palm wine.
Kote, all. See -ote,
Kotekote, on every side.
Koto,
Kupiga koto (M.), to strike with
the knuckles.
Kovo, plur. makovo, scar.
Ku- or Kuh,
1. The indefinite verbal prefix
answering to tf^ere in English.
Ku-likuwa, there was.
Ku-katanda, and there spread.
2. The sig^ of the infinitive.
Ku-piga, to strike.
Kuj-enda, to go.
The infinitive may be used as a
substantive answering to the
English form in -ing.
Kufa, dying, the act of death.
Kwenda, going.
The ku- of the infinitive is re-
tained by monosyllabic verbs,
and by some others in all
tenses in which the tense
prefix ends in an unaccented
syllable.
3. The prefix proper to adjectives,
pronouns, and verbs agreeing
with infinitives used as sub-
stantives.
Kufa kwetu kwema kutampendeza,
our good deaths will please him.
4. The prefix proper to pronouns
agreeing with substantives in
the locative case (-ni), where
neither the being or going
inside, nor mere nearness, is
meant.
Enenda nywmbani kwangu, go to
my house.
Ziko kwetu, there are in our pos-
session, at our place.
5. In a few words a prefix signi-
fying locality, commonly so used
in other African languages, but
generally represented in Swa-
hili by the case in -ni.
Kuzimu, among the dead, in the
-ku-. [grave.
1. The sign of the negative past
always preceded by some nega-
tive personal prefix.
Sikujua, I did not know.
Hazikufaa, they were of no use.
2. The objective prefix denoting
the second person singular.
Nakupenda, I love thee, or you.
Alikupa, he gave thee, or you.
Sikukyjua^ I did not know you.
3. The objective prefix referring
to infinitives of verbs, or to
Tiuku, there.
Kua ku-, to grow, to become large.
-kuba or -kubwa, great, large.
Kubali ku, to accept, assent to,
acknowledge, approve.
Kuhalika ku-, to be accepted, to be
capable of acceptance.
Kuhalisha ku-, to make to accept.
Kuhba, a vaulted place.
-kuhwa, large, great, elder, chief.
It makes kubwa with nouns like
nyumha.
320
KUO
Kuchoy or Kumeikucha, the dawn.
Usiku kiicha, all night.
Kuchua ku-.
Kamha imejikuchuay the rope has
worn away, chafed, stranded.
Kuftdif a padlock.
Kufuru ku', to become an infidel,
to apostatize.
Kufuru ku-1 to mock, to deride.
KuguniyUiG hartebeestCboselaphus).
Kuke. See -ke,
Mkono wa kuke, the left hand.
Kukenit on the female side.
Kuko, yonder, to yonder.
Kwa ktikoy beyond, on yon side.
ICuku, a hen, a fowl, fowls, poultry.
Kuku na huku, backwards and for-
wards.
'kukuUy old, worn out. It makes
kukuu with nouns like nyumba.
KulabUt a hook to steady work with.
Kule^ there, far off, yonder.
iCtt/ee, yonder, very far off. As tlie
distance indicated increases the
S is more dwelt on, the voice
raised to a higher and higher
falsetto.
Kulekuie, there, just there.
KvUa ku-, to become great for, to
become hard to.
KulikOj where there is or was.
Kulikonif Where there is what
= why ? (M.).
KulikOf is used in the ordinary way
of expressing the comparative.
Mwema kuliko liuyuy good where
this man is, and therefore
better than he. Because if a
quality becomes evident in any-
thing by putting some other
thing beside it, ihe first must
possess the quality in a higher
degree than the other.
KUH
KuUa, often pronounced ^nZZa, every,
each one.
KuJulUj nothing at all.
Nikapatakululu = Sikup<Uaneno.
Kululu, tiger cowries, Oyprasa tigrls.
Kulunguy a sort of antelope.
Kuma, the vagina.
Kuniba ku-, to push against, to take
and sweep off the whole of any-
thing, e,g. to clear water out of a
box, to bale a boat.
Kumbatia ku-, to embrace, to clasp.
Kumbatiana ku-, to embrace (of two
persons).
Kiimffef What? An expression of
surprise used especially when
something turns out otherwise
than was expected, commonly
joined with a negative verb.
Kumhi (Mer.), circumcision.
Anaingia kumhinif he is being
circumcised.
Knnihij plur. makumhi, cocoa-nut
fibre, the husk of the cocoa-nut
and the fibrous mass out of which
the leaves grow. Also, at Mgao,
gum copal.
Kutnhikumbi, ants in their flying
stage.
Kumbisha ku-, to push off upon, to
lay upon some one else.
Kunribuka ku-, to think of, to remem-
ber, to ponder over, to recollect.
Kumbukumbu, a memorial, a men-
tion.
Kumbura, an explosive shell.
Kumbusha ku-, to remind.
Kumhwaya, a kind of drum stand*
ing on feet.
Kumekucha, there is dawn, th<
dawn.
Kumi, plur. makumi, ten.
Kumoja, on one side.
KUM
KUN
321
Kumpuni, plur. makumpuni, a per-
son who has obtained full know-
ledge of his trade.
Kumunta A;u-(Mer.), to shake out
or off.
Kumunto, a sieve of basket-work.
Kumutika ku-, to desire (?).
Kumvif husks and bran of rice.
Kuna, there is,
Kunaye, depending upon him.
Kunani f What is the matter ?
Kuna kwamhaje f What do you
say? [Tumbatu].
Kuna kU', to scratch.
Kunakucha, there is dawning, the
dawning.
Kunaziy a small edible fruit.
Kunda ku- (M.) = Kunja ku-.
Kunda, plur. makunda, a green
vegetable like spinach.
Kundaa ku-y to be short and small
of statnre.
Kundamana ku- = Kunjamana ku-.
Kunde, beans, haricot beans.
Kundi, plur. makundif a crowd, a
herd, many together.
Kundua ku-y to please (?).
-kundufu, giving pleasure.
Nyumha ni kundufu, the house
is commodious.
Muungu ni mkundufuy God is the
giver of all good things.
Kunduka ku-^ to grow larger, to
open.
Moyo umekundukaf he is gratified
(N.).
Kunga ku-, to hem.
Kungat cleverness, clever.
Kazi haifai ilia kwa kunga, it
wants to be done cleverly.
Kungali.
Kungali na mapema hado, while
it is yet early.
Kungu, mist, fog.
Kungu manga, a nutmeg.
Kungunif a bug.
Kunguru, a crow, a bird a little
larger than a rook, black, with
a white patch on the shoulders
and round the neck : it feeds on
carrion.
Kung*uta ku-, to shake o£^ to shake
out.
Kung*uto, plur. makung'uto, a sort
of basket used as a sieve or
strainer.
Kuni, firewood. The singular,
ukuni, means one piece of fire-
wood.
Kunia ku-, to scrape or scratch
with, or for.
Kunia ku-, to raise the eyebrows in
contempt.
Kuniita, telling me to come.
Kunja ku-, to fold, to wrap up, to
furl.
Kukunja uzi, to wind thread.
Kujikunja, to flinch, to shrink.
Kukunja vso or Kukunja vipaji,
^ to frown, to knit the brows.
Kunjana ku-, to fold together, to
dwindle, to wrinkle.
Kunjamana ku-.
Uso unakunjamana, his face is
sad, sour, and frowning.
Kunjia ku-, to fold for, to wrap up
for, to crease.
Kunjika ku-, to become folded or
doubled up, to be creased.
Kunjua ku-, to unfold.
Kukunjua miguu, to stretch one's
legs.
Kunjuka ku-, to become unfolded,
to spread over.
Kunjtdiwa ku-, to be open an.d\»L-
322
KUN
KWA
Kunrathiy don't be offended, excuse
me, pardon me.
Kunu alamUf be it known.
Kunya ku-, to ease oneself. See
Nya.
Kunyata ku-^ to draw together.
Kttjihunyata, to draw oneself to-
gether, to Bhrink.
Kunyua ku- or Kunyula ku-, to
touch secretly (with a scratching
motion) by way of signal or of
calling attention privately, to
make a scratch on the skin.
Knpaa. See Makupaa.
KupCy a tick, a cattle tick.
Kupua ku-y to shake something off
one's dress, out of one*s hand,
&c.
Kura, the lot.
Kupiga kura^ to cast lots.
Kuru, a sphere, a ball.
Kuruhia ku-, to come near to.
Nalikuruhiaf &c., had a good
mind to, &c.
Kurumbizif a small yellow bird,
very inquisitive : they say if he
sees a man and woman talking
together, he cries, ** Mtu anasema
na mume."
Kusa ku, to make to grow.
Kusanya ku-, to collect, gather, as-
semble.
Kusanyana ku-, to gather together.
Kusanyika ku-, to be gathered, to
assemble.
Kushoto, on the left.
Mkono wa kushoto, the left hand.
Kusi, the southerly winds which
blow from May till October.
Kusini, in the direction of the
Kusi, southerly.
Xu6udi, plur. makusudi, purpose,
design.
Kuaudia ku-, to purpose, to iatend.
Kuta, plur. of VkutcL, walls.
Kuta ku-, to meet with, to see, to
find, to come upon.
Kutana ku-, to come together, to
meet, to assemble.
Kutanika ku-, to become BBsembled.
Kutanisha ku-, to bring together, to
assemble.
Kutu, rust.
Kutuka ku-, to be startled, to be
suddenly frightened.
Kutusha ku-, to startle, to alarm
suddenly.
-kuu, great, chief, noble. Kuu refers
more to figurative, kubwa to
physical greatness. It makes
kuu with nouns like nyumba.
Ana makuu, he is vain.
Kuume. See 'ume.
Mkono wa kuume, the right hand.
Kuumeni, on the male side.
Kuvuli.
Mkono wa kuvuli, the right hand.
Kuwa, to bo, to become (?). See
Wa.
Kuwadt, also Kawadi, a procuress
(Mtu anayewatongoaha watu).
Kuwili, twice over, in two ways.
-kuza, large, full grown.
Kvaa ku-, to make bigger.
Kuza, to sell. See Uza.
Kuzi, an earthen water bottle larger
than a guduwia, with a handle
or handles and a narrow neck.
Kuzikani, a funeral.
Kuzimu, in the grave, under the
earth.
Kw-. See Ku-.
Kwa, with, as an Instrument,
through, to a person, to or at
the place where any one lives;
for, on account oL
KWA
KWEh
323
Kwa *ngi (?), generally.
Kway of, after verbs in the infini-
tive used as nouns, and after the
case in -ni,
Kwaa ^tf-, to strike the foot, to
stumble.
Kwajei how?
Kioake, to him, with him, to or at
his or her house; his, her, or
its, after a yerb in the infiaitive
used as a substantive, or the
case in -ni.
KwakOf to thee or with tiiee, to or
at thy place, your, thy, of thee
or you, after verbs in the infini-
tive used as a noun, and after the
case in -ni,
KwaUy a partridge (?).
Kwama ku-, to become jammed, to
stick.
Kwamha, saying (?), if, as if, though,
Ya htoamba, that [that.
Kwamisha ku-, to jam, to make to
stick in a narrow place.
Kwamiia kii-, to imjam, to free, to
clear.
Kwanguy to or at my house, to or
with me, my, of me, after the
infinitives of verbs used as sub-
stantives, and after the case in
-ni,
Kwangua ku-, to scrape up, to eorape
one's shoos, &c.
Kwani for, because, wherefore, for
why.
Kwanua kv-, to split down, to tear
down, to break.
Kwanyuka ku-, to be split down
like the boughs and branches of
a tree, which some one has been
trying to climb by them.
Kwanza, beginning, at first, for-
merly.
Ta kwanzay first, the first.
Ngoja kioanzaj wait a bit.
KujctOf plur. makwao, a stumble, a
stumbling-block.
KwaOi to or with them, at or to
their place ; their, of them, after
verbs in the infinitive used as
nouns, and after the case in -ni,
Kwapa^ plur. mdkwapa, the arm-
pit.
Kwapani, under the armpit. The
people of the African coast
wear their swords by a strap
over the left shoulder only ; the
sword hangs under the armpit,
and is said to be kwapani.
Kwaruza ku-, to scrape along, to slip
with a scrape.
Kwattty or KvhjUo, a hoof.
Kupiga kvmUXy to strike the hoof,
to strike with the hoof.
KwatUj a horseshoe (?).
KwayOy a stumbling-block.
Kwaza ku-, to make to stumble.
Kukwaza meno, to jar the teeth
like grit in food.
Kwea ku-9 to ascend, go up, climb.
Kvoeli, true, the truth.
Ya kwdi, true.
Kwelu = Kweu.
Kwema, good, well, it is well there.
Kweme, the seed of a gourd, very
rich in oil.
Kwenda, to go. See Enda, going.
Kwendttf perhaps.
Kvjenuj with you, to or at your
place, your, of you, after verbs in
the infinitive used as nouns or
after the case in -ni.
Kwenyi, till, since, up to the time of,
from the time of.
Kwepa ku; to start out of the way.
Kuoeta &«-« to raia^
324
KWE
LAD
Kwetu, to or with us, to or at our
place, our, of us, after a verb in
the iuflnitive used as a noun, and
after the case in -ni.
Kweuy clear.
Kvjeupe, white. See •ettpe.
Kuna kweupej grey dawn.
Kweza ku-, to make to go up, to drag
up a boat out of the water.
Kweza ku-, to bid up an article at
an auction.
Kukwezwa, to have things made
dear to one by others bidding
them up.
Kwiba. See Iha ku-, stealing, to
steal.
KtinbaTMy robbing one another.
Kwikwey hiccup.
Kwikwe ya kulia, sobs.
Kwisha, See Jsha kvr, ending, to
end.
jfiiiro, which.
L.
L is pronounced as in English.
L is not diistinguiiihed from r
in African languages of the same
family as Swahili. The distinction
becomes important in Swahili on
accouut of the Arabic words which
have been incorporated into it.
Thus—
Mahali, means a place, but
Mahari a dowry.
Waredi means a rose, but Waledi
a youth. Slaves, however, fre-
quently confound even these.
When r can be used for I, it has a
light smooth sound, as in English.
There is a latent I sound between
every two consecutive vowels in
Swahili and at the beginning of
some verbs, which appears in their
derivatives and in other African
languages : thus the oommon pas-
sive of kufungua is kufungfdiuM.
So far is this disposition to drop
an I carried, that even ktdeta, to
bring, is in old Swahili eta. It is
characteristic of the Merima dialect
to retain these Ts.
L and u are sometimes appa-
rently interchanged.
Mlangot a door, is vulgarly pro-
nounced Mwango.
UfcUme, a kingdom, may be
written Ufaume,
In these cases, however, both
forms are probably contractions
from Mtdango and Ufalume,
L becomes d after n, and is some-
times confounded with d in inexact
pronunciation.
Ndume = Nlume or Nume^ male.
L- or It', the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and verbs governed by
words in the singular, of the
class which make their plural
in ma-.
La, no.
La kit-, to eat, to consume, to wear
away, to take a piece in chess, &c.
Tlie ku-, bears the accent and is
retained in the usual tenses. The
passive of kula is kuUwa.
Laahu ku-, to play, to sport with.
Laana, plur. malaanay a curse.
Laani ku-, to curse, to damn.
La^nisha ku-, to bring a curise upon.
Labeka = Leheka,
Lahuda, perhaps.
Ladu, sweet cakes composed of trea-
cle, pepper, and flour or semsem
seed, made up into balls.
LAG
LET
325
Lagliaif a rascal. Also Ragai,
Laika, plur. malaikaf one of the
hairs of the hand or arm.
Laini, smooth, soft.
Lainisha ku-, to make smooth or
soft.
Laitil Would thatl Oh that I
expressing regret at something
past.
Lake or Lakwe, his, hers, its. See
Laki ku-, to go to meet. [-ake,
Lakini, but, however.
Lakki, a hundred thousand, a lao.
LakOf thy. See ako.
Lata ku-^ to sleep, to lie down.
Nyumba imelaJa inchif the house
is fallen flat on the ground.
Lalama ku-, to confess, to cry for
mercy; used of extorted confes-
sions.
Lalamika ku-, to he made to cry
out, to be quite beaten, to shout,
to scream.
Lalika ku-j to be slept upon.
LcUika ku- = Alika ku-f to inform,
announce to.
Lami, pitch or tar.
Lana kU', to eat one another.
Landa ku't to be equal with.
Langu, my. See -angu.
LaOt their. See -ao.
Laomu ku-, to blame. Also Lau-
Lapa ku; or Bapa ku-, to be ra-
venously hungry.
Launij sort, species, form.
Laitmu ku-, to blame.
Lawa ku-, to come from (Mer.).
Lawana ku-, to blame, to scold.
Laza ku-, to lay down, to lay at its
length.
Kujilaza, to lie down.
Ldzim, of necessity.
Lazima, surety, bail, necessity.
Lazimiaha ku-, to compel.
Lazimu ku-, to be obligatory upon.
-le, his, hers, or its.
Lea ku-, to bring up.
Ameletjoa vema, he is well bred.
Lebeka, the humble manner of re-
plying when called, often short-
ened into Ehhe, or even Bee*
Legea ku-, &c., &o. See Begea ku-,
&c., &o.
Lekea ku-, to be opposite to, to tend
to.
Lekeza ku-, to put opposite to.
Kulekeza hunduki, to level a gun
at.
Lekezana ku-, to agree, come to an
agreement.
Lelam, by auction.
Lelimama, a dance to the music
made by beating buffalo horns.
Lema or Dema, a kind of fish-trap.
Lemaa, disfigurement.
Mwenyi lemaa, disfigured by dis-
ease.
Lefmhvka ku-, to be weak, limp.
Lemea ku-, to oppress, to lie heavy
upon, to overburden.
Lengelenge, plur. malengelenge, a
blister.
Lenu, your. See'-enu.
Lenyi. See -enyi.
Bakuli lenyi mayayi, a basin with
eggs in it.
Leo, to-day.
Leppe, drowsiness, dozes, snatches
of sleep.
Leso, a handkerchief.
Leso ya kufutia kamasi, a pocket-
handkerchief.
Leta ku-, to cause to arrive at the
place where the speaker is, to
bring, to seud^ ifs i^^s^.
326
LET
LIN
Letea Jett-, to bring or send to or for
a person.
KuUtewaf to have brought or sent
to one.
LeiUy our. See -etu,
Levuka ku-j to get sober.
Levya ku-, to intoxicate.
KujUevyaj to make oneself in-
toxicated, to get drunk.
LevycUevya fcu-, to be giddy.
Lewa ku; to become drunk.
Levxdewa ku-^ to swing or sway
about like a drunken man.
Lij it is.
Li- or Z-, the prefix proper to pro-
nouns and verbs governed by a
singular noun of the class which
makes its plural in mor,
-li'f 1. The objective prefix repre-
senting a singular noun of tbe
class which makes its plural in
ma-, governed by the verb to
which it is prefixed.
2. -li-f or 'dli; the sign of that
past tense which denotes an
action complete in past time.
3. -li- sometimes represents the
substantive verb, as in aliyey he
who is ; nikali, and I am ; alt,
he is, or he being.
Lia ku-i to breed (M.).
Lia ku-f to eat for, &c,
Chumba cha ktdia, a room to eat
in.
Mkono wa kuliay right hand, being
the only one ever used to eat
with.
Lia ku-, to cry, to weep, to cry out;
applied to the cries of animals
generally. Also, to give a
sound.
Kulia ngoa, to weep for jealousy.
Inalia wajsi, it sounds hollow.
Ltbcuit clothes.
Licha^ whether it be, though.
LihamUy solder.
Lihani, a cloth of a parUoular
Lijamuj a horse's bit. [pattern.
Lika ku; to be eaten, to become
worn away, to be eatable.
Likita ku-, to dismiss, to give leave
to go, to release.
lAkOf plur. mcUikOj a landing-place.
LUia ku-, to weep for, to cry about.
Lima kti-, to cultivate, to hoe.
Lima, the feast made by the bride-
groom on the first day of the
wedding.
Lima^j plur. malimao, a lemon.
Limaiia hu-, to delay, to loiter (A.).
Limhika ku-, to leave till it is fit, to
wait for fruit till it is ripe, or for
water till it is collected in the
dipping hole, to put aside till it
is fit.
Limbuka ku-, to taste the first of a
new crop.
Liiritmsha ku-, to bring to be tasted.
Limiza kti-, to make to hoe, &c
LtTialokuja, which is coming.
Linda ku-, to guard, to watch, to
keep.
Kuiinda ndege^ to scare birds from
corn, &c.
Lindi, plur. malindif a pit, a deep
place.
Lindo, a watching place.
Linga ku-, to swing the head round
in dancing.
Linga ku-, to make to match, or to
be level.
Lingana ku-, to match, to be level
with or like one another.
Lingana ku-, to call, to invite (A.),
Linganisha ku-, to make to match,
to compare together.
LIN
M
327
Lini i When f
Linyi = Lenyi.
Lipa liU'y to pay (a debt).
JAjpia ku; to pay (a person).
Lipiza ku-f to cause to be paid.
Kujilipiza, to take one*8 due, to
repay oneself.
Kujilipiza kasasi, to avenge one-
self, to take one's revenge.
Lisani, a piece of cloth piit in
behind an opening, a flap to
obviate the e£fect of gaping at the
fastening, a tongue. See Kanzu.
Lisha kti-, to feed.
Lishisha ku-, to cause to be fed, to
cause people to give one food.
Liwa kvTf to be eaten, to be worn
away, to be consumed.
Liway a fragrant wood from Mada-
gascar, which is ground up and
used as a cosmetic, and as an
application to cure prickly heat;
Madagascar sandal wood.
Liwaliy plur. maliwali, for Al Wali,
Liza ka-y to sell to. [a governor.
Liza ku', to make to weep.
Lizana Z;u-, to make one another
weep, to cry together.
'lot thy, your.
Lo, 'lo-f or 'lOf which, representing
a singular noun of the class
which makes its plural in ma,
Lo Zofe, whatsoever.
Hakufanya lo hte, he has done
nothing at all (neno under-
stood).
Loa ku-, to get wet with rain, &o.
Loga ku-y to bewitch, to practise
magic (Mer.;
Lo or Loo I Hullo ! An exclamation
of surprise; the number of 0*8
increases in proportion to the
amount of surprise.
LoUy all. See -ote,
Lo lot^y whatsoever.
Loziy an almond.
Luangay a kind of bird.
Luba, a leech.
Lugha, language.
LulUy a pearl.
Lumha ku-y to make a speech.
Lmribika ku-y to gather little by
little, to pick up small pieces one
by one.
Lumbtoiy a chameleon (?).
Luththay flavour, savour.
Luvay sandal wood (?).
M.
M is pronounced as in English.
M before 6 generally represents
an n. Mb stands sometimes for
n&, as nyumba mhaya, for nyurriba
n-baya ; sometimes it represents nw
or nvy as mbingu for n-tmrigu.
M is frequently either followed
by w or «, or else has a sort of semi-
vowel power, as if preceded by a
half-suppressed u.
The natives of Zanzibar very
rarely say mu ; they change it into
urn or rather *r». Even Mwenyiezi
MuungUy Almighty God, becomes
*Mnyezimngu.
It is important to write 'm, and
not m only, where it represents mu
i{ a.bot w follow, because otherwise
the m might be supposed to coalesce
with them. If any otlier consonants
follow, it is immaterial, for m must
then always stand for mu, and be
capable of being pronounced as a
separate syllable.
Any verb may be turned into a
substantive by ptQfliit^% 'm ^t \c^>n
328
M-
HAA
to mean one who does, &c., followed
Immediately by the object of the
yerb or the thing done. The last
letter is sometimes changed into t
and if ji is added to the substantive
it gets the sense of one who habit-
ually does what the verb signifies.
if-, 'til, Witt-, or mto; sign of the
second person plural prefixed to
verbs.
M-t 'm, mtt, or mw-^ the singular
prefix of those nouns which
make their plural in wO', if they
denote animate beings, or in mt-,
if they do not.
3f-, 'm-, mu; or tnw?-, the prefix
proper for adjectives agreeing
with a singular substantive de-
noting an animate being, or with
any substantive beginning with
Witt-, *m-. mw-j or «-.
-m-, -'m-, or -witc-, the objective
prefix referring to a sinofular
substantive denoting an animate
being.
3f-, Witt-, or mW', the prefix proper to
pronouns governed by the case in
-nt, when it denotes within or in-
side of.
Ma-, the sign of the plural prefixed
to substantives (and to adjec-
tives agreeing with them)
which have either no prefix
in the singular or begin with j-
orji-.
All words intended to denote
something specially great of
its kind make their plural in
7WO-.
Foreign words denoting a person,
or an ofiice, make their plural
in ma-. In the vulgar dialect
of Zanzibar nearly all foreign
words are made plural by pre-
fixing mO'.
Many plural nouns in ma- must be
translated as though they were
singulars, the true singular
being used only to denote some
one exceptionally large or im-
portant instance.
When followed by an t or 0, the a
of ma coalesces with it and
forms a long e sound.
-ma-. See -me-,
Maaddm, while, during the time,
when.
Maadin = Madini.
Maadin ya hinywa, what rises
into the mouth without inter-
nal cause, water-brash.
MaafikanOf bargain, estimate, es-
teem.
MaaganOf contract, agreement,
covenant.
Maagizo^ commission, direction, re-
commendation.
Madkuli^ diet. food.
Maaliim, fixed, recognizable = hilt-
ehotamhulikana,
Maana, meaning, reason, cause,
sake.
Kutia maanani, to remember,
think about.
Maandasi, biscuits, cakes, &c., also
pastry, preserves.
3foandi/co, writing, place for putting
out food, the act of spreadinp^ a
meal, a description, things writ-
ten.
Maandishif things which are writ-
ten, put out, set in order, &c.
MaangukOj ruin, fall, ruins.
Maa*mzi, judgment.
Maarifa, knowledge.
MAA
MAH
329
Maartlfi understood, I understand.
Maasi, rebellion.
Maazcdj while.
Maazimo, a loan.
Mahaya, bad. See haya,
Mahdkia^ the remnant, what is or
was left.
Mdbichiy raw. See -bichi.
Mabitoi, heaps, piles of sticks and
rubbish. See Biwi-.
MahovUy rotten. See -ovu,
Machache, few. See -chache.
Mcichela, a litter, a palanquin.
MachezOf a game, games.
Macho (sing, jicho), eyes.
Yu machoj he is awake.
Macho ya watu wawili, or Maziwa
ya watu wavrilif dragon's blood.
Macho ya jua, the sun-rising*
east.
MachukiOf hatred, abomination, dis-
gust.
Machwa ya jua, the sun-setting,
west.
Madahaf a graceful manner.
Madanganyat deception, trick.
3f a(2araA;a, arrangements, provision.
Madefu, beard.
Madevu, a kind of rice.
Madi/u, the fibrous envelope of the
cocoa-nut leaves.
Madiniy metal, a mine.
Madoadottf spotted.
Madogovi, a kind of drumming, &o. ,
used in exorcisms.
Maficho, concealment.
MafUf death, dead things.
Maji mafu, neap tides.
Mafua, a chest complaint causing
a cough, a cold in the head, a
stoppage in the nose.
MafundishOf instruction, precept,
direction.
Ma/undo, cross-beams in a dhow, to
steady the mast, &c.
Mafunguliay unfastening.
Mafungulia n^ombe, about 8 a.m.
Mafupi, short. See -fupi,
Ma/ushOf steam from a pot of ma-
janif used as a vapour-bath in
fever, &c.
Mafuta, oil, fat.
Mafuta ya uta^ semsem oil.
Mafuta ya mbarikay castor oil.
MafuUf crazy, cracked.
Mafyay Monfia.
Mafya (sing, jifya), the three stones
used to put a pot over the fire
upon.
Magadij rough soda.
Ma^amhay scales of a fish.
Ma^anda, peel, husks.
Magarasa, 8, 9, and 10 in cards
(not used in playing).
Mageuziy changes.
Maghqfiraf remission of sips.
Maghrebbif or Magaribi, or Ma-
ngari&i, sunset, the sunset prayers
of the Mohammedans, the west,
Morocco.
Maghrib ayuk, N.W.
Maghrib ahrab, S.W.
Maghvha, the winding of a stream.
Mago, See Ka^o.
Magongonene, See Kanzu,
Magugu, weeds, undergrowth.
Ma^undalo, an instrument of tor-
ture, in which the victim is sus-
pended, and weights being at-
tached to him, he is jerked up
and down. Used for extracting
evidence.
Mahaba^ love, fondness.
MahaXa or Mdhaliy place, places.
Mahali pa, in place of, instead of.
Mahali pote^ everywhere*
330
MAH
MAE
Mdhana (Ar.), excessiye worry.
Maharazi, a shoemaker's awl.
Mahariy dowry paid by the husband
to the wife's relations.
Mahati, a carpenter's tool used for
marking lines to a measure.
Mahazamu, a shawl worn round the
waist.
Mahindi, Indian com, maize.
Mahiriy clever, quick.
Mdhokai devil, evil spirits, madness.
Maisha, life, continuance.
Maisha na milele^ now and for
ever.
Maiti =. Mayiti, a dead body, a
corpse.
Majdhahay dock for ships.
Majana (?), honeycomb.
Majani, grass. The singular, jani,
means a leaf.
Bangi ya majani, green.
Majani ya pwaniy grass wort,
samphire (?).
Majaribu or Majerihu, trial, tempta-
tion.
Majazo, reward.
Majengo, building materials.
Majeribu = Majarihu.
Majeruhiy wounded.
Maji, water, liquid, juice, sap.
Maji majiy wet.
Kama maji, fluently.
Maji kujaa na kupwa, the tides.
Maji ya pepo, Maji ya haridi,
Maji matamUy fresh water.
Maji mafuy neap-tides
Maji a bahari, blue, sea-water
colour.
Maji a moto, hot water, a large
yellow kind of ant which makes
its nest in trees.
MajibUy an answer.
MajiXiOy coming, or mode of coming.
Majilipay revenge.
Majiray time.
Mdjiray course of a ship.
Majonsiy grief for a loss.
Majoriy an elder.
Majuniy a cake made of opium, fto.,
very intoxicating.
MajutiOy regret, sorrow for some-
thing done.
MajutOy regret, repentance.
Makaay coal, coals, embers. -
MakoAi ya miti, charcoaL
Makalalaoy cockroaches ; applied in
derision to the Malagazy colony
in Zanzibar.
Makaliy fierce. See 'kali.
MakanadUiy places in the stern of
native craft, the quarter galleries
of a dhow.
Makani, dwelling, dwelling-place.
Makao, dwelling, dwelling-place.
Makasiy scissors.
MakatazOy prohibition, objections.
Makatibuy agreement.
MakavUy dry. See -kavu.
Makaziy dwelling.
Makengezay squinting, a squint.
Makiy thickness.
Nguo ya makiy stout cloth.
MakimhiliOy refuge, place to run to.
MakindanOy objections.
Makiniy leisure, quietness.
Makiriy a thumb-cleat in the side of
a dhow.
Makosay fault, faults, mistakes, sins.
Mdkoza (obscene) testicles.
Maksaiy a bullock, castrated.
Makubwa or Makuu, great. See
'kubwa and -%iiu.
MakukuUy old. See 'kukuu,
Makuliy diet.
Maktdyay food [Tumbatu].
Makumbiy cocoa-nut fibre.
MAE
MAN
331
Mahumhi ya popoo, areoa-nut
huBk.
Makumbi ya wmmhay cocoa-fibre
cleaned for mattresses, &o.
Mdkumi, tens.
Makumi mauoili, twenty.
Makupaa, the sheaves at the mast-
iiead of a dhow, through which
the henza leads.
Makusanyikoy place of assembly,
assembly,
Maku6ikdi\ purpose, design, on pur-
pose, designedly.
MakutanOy assemblage.
Makuti, leaves of the cocoa-nut tree.
Makuti ya viungOf leaflets made
up for thatching.
Makuti ya kumba, leaves plaited
for fences.
Makuti ya pande, half leaves
plaited for fences or roofs.
Makwa^ the notching and shaping
at the end of a pole to receive
the wall-plate of a house.
Malaika (plur. of Laika), the hair
on the hands and arms.
Malaikttj an angel, angels. A baby
is often called malaika.
Malaki or Malki, a king.
Malalo, sleeping-place.
Malazi, things to lie upon.
Malazie ^ Maraihie,
MaleUj orchilla weed.
Malelezi, changes of the monsoon,
time of the easterly and westerly
winds.
MalengOf a singer.
Mali, goods, property, riches. Pro-
perly a singular noun making
no change for the plural, but
treated sometimes as a plural in
ma-,
Malidadi, a dandy.
Mdliki ku'y to begin a buUding, a
boat, or a house.
Malimo, master, navigator. In the
canoes on the Zambezi the steers-
man is called maUmo.
Maiimwengu, business, af&irs, mat-
ters of this life.
Malindi, Melinda.
Malio ya kiko, the bubbling sound
of the water when a native pipe is
being smoked.
Maliza ku', to complete, to finish.
Malki or Maiaki, a king.
Malkia, a queen.
Mama, mother.
Mama wa kavniboy stepmother.
Mawha, a crocodile.
Mamha, the scsdes of a fish (M.).
ManfibOf circumstances, a£fairs,
things (plur. of Jambo).
Mamiye (Mer.), his mother.
Mamlaka, power, authority*, domi-
nion.
Mamcja, ones, same.
Mamoja pia, it is all one, I don't
care.
Mana = Mwana,
Manamize, a name for a hermit
crab.
Manane,
Daiku wa manane, the dead of
night.
Manda, a loaf.
Mandasi, a pudding. See Mcuin-
dasi,
Manemane, myrrh.
Maneno, language, message, busi-
ness, matters, things (plur. of
Neno).
Maneno ya fumha, dark sayings.
Maneno ya Kiunguja, &o., the
language of Zanzibar, &o.
Manga, Arabia.
332
MAN
MAB
Mangarihij BunEet. See Maghrebhi,
Mangiy many. See -n^t.
Mangiri or Mankiriy a croBs-piece
at the bows of a dhow for fastening
the tack of the sail.
Mango, a round hard black stone
used to grind with.
Mang'ung*umi secretly, in fearful
expectution.
Mani (obscene), semen.
Mani, a weight, about three rattel.
ManjanOf turmeric.
Eangi a manjano, yellow.
Mankiri. See Mangiri.
Manoleo(Bmg. noleo), the ring where
the blade of a knife issues from
the handle.
Manuka, smell, scent.
ManukatOf scent, good smells.
Manyang*amba, flour balls in a
sweet sauce.
Manyiga, a hornet.
Manyoya, feathers of a bird, hair of
a goat.
Manyunyo, a shower, a sprinkle.
Maomboleza, loud wailing.
Maomviy begging.
Ma4md% taste.
Maondoleo, removing, taking away,
itfaongrezt, conversation, amusement.
MaongOf the back.
Maonjif tasting, trying.
Maoteo, growth from old mtama
stools.
Maotwe, Mayotte.
Mapalilo, hoeing-up time, hoeing
between the crops.
Mapana, broad. See -pana.
MapatanOf agreement, conspiracy.
Mapemttf early.
Miipendano, mutual affection.
Mapendezi, pleasing things, the
being pleased.
Mapendo, affection, esteem.
Mapenzij liking, affection, pleasure,
love, things which are loved.
Mapepetoj a preparation of imma-
ture rice.
MapiganOj a fight, a battle.
Mapiswa, silliness, dotage.
Mapoza, remedy, healing things.
Mapooza, things which do not serve
their purpose, fruit which drops
prematurely.
Maptduluj the wilderness.
Mapumbu, testicles, the scrotum.
Mara, a time, sometimes, at once.
Mara mqja, once, at once.
Mara mbili, twice.
Mara ya pili, the second time.
Mara nyingi, often.
Mara kwa mara, from time to
time.
Mara ngapif how many times,
how often ?
Maradufu, double.
Marahaha, thanks, very well, wel-
come.
Marakaraka, chequered, spotty.
Marasharasha, a sprinkle, sprink-
ling.
Marashi, scents.
Mara^hi mawaridi or ya mzomari,
rose-water.
Marathi, disease, sickness.
Marathie, sociable.
Siiia kihuriy marathie mimi, I am
not above fraternizing.
Marefu, long. Sec -re/w.
Maregeo, return, reference.
Marehemu, that has obtained mercy,
deceased.
Marejeo, return.
Marfua, a desk, book-rest.
Marhaha = Marahaha.
Marhamu, ointment.
MAB
MAT
333
Marigeli, a large pot.
Marijanified coral, imitation coral,
gum copal.
Marijani ya fethcUuka, the true
red coral.
Marikat a person of the same age.
Marikay Merka, a town on the So-
maull coast.
Marikabu = Marikebu = Merikebu,
a ship.
Marindiy the little flap of beads
worn by a string round the Idlos
by native women.
Mariscui, shot, small shot.
Marithawa, abundance, plenty of
space, material, &o.
Marizabu, a spout.
Marra = Mara, time, times.
Maru/ukUf a forbidden thing, pro-
hibited.
Kupiga marufukuy to give public
notice against
Marungu (M.), biliousness.
MasaJuibay the companions of Mo-
hammed.
Masafi, purity.
Masatbu, calamity.
Masakasa (Yao), an encampment.
Masakini, or Maskinif or Metikini,
poor, A poor person.
Masalkheirif good afternoon.
MasamehOf pardon.
MasangOj wire.
MoMnufly a kerchief used for throw-
ing over the shoulders, &c.
MasazOf what is left, remainder.
MasJiairif verses, poetry.
Shairiy one line of verse.
Mashaka, doubts, difficulty.
Mashambaf the country. Plural of
Shambaf a plantation.
MashapOy sediment.
Masharikiy the east, easterly.
Mctshendeay rice which is watery
and imperfectly cooked.
MashindanOy a race.
Mdshindo,
Kwenda Jewa mashindOy to trot.
Mashtakay accusation.
Mashuay a boat, boats, a launch.
Mcushitr or Mctshuhurf remarkable,
notable.
McuhtUumiOy reproaches, revilings.
Mashutumuy reviling.
Mashuziy breaking wind.
FathUi ya punda ni mcuihuxi =
You cannot make a silk purse
out of a sow's ear.
Masia.
Kwenda mctstOy to walk up and
down.
Mdsika, the rainy season, 1.6., March,
April, and May.
Masikaniy a dwelling.
Masikini = Masakini,
Masingizio, slander.
Masiwa, the Comoro Islands and
Madagascar.
Masiziy grime, soot, &c., on the
bottom of cooking pots.
Maskini = Masakini.
MasombOy a girdle of cloth.
Mdsri = Misriy Egypt.
Masnify provisions.
MoMta, giddiness.
Nina masuay I am giddy.
MasiikuOy a whot-stone.
MasuiOy reproaches.
Matay bows and arrows, weapons.
Mata^jabUt wonders, astonishment.
MatakatifUy holiness*
MatakOy the seat.
Matakwoy request, want, desire.
Matambavuy the side, a man's side.
Mata*mkOy pronunciation.
334
HAT
Halamna, fringe.
Malandiko, bedding,
Malanga, large mats, laUi.
KiJiaa malanga, to keepa formal i
nwnrniag, geuenlly for from
flre to teo days. {
Kuondoa matanya, to pat an eod '
to the monraing. |
ifata nga Isa It, wind abeam.
Matar>gaiaaiui,a,eKmd. i
Matata, atiiDgle,en«nibioilinonl.
Kvtia malala, to tangle.
Xalayo, reproaches, leviliDgt.
Maloaii, OTinlnla.
XaliAeo, grang-ont plaesa.
Ihtckeo ya hari, poKI of tl
JOalomoko, a ongtard qiple.
Miilakiijio, filthy aud iasnlting e
little.
Mategemeo, ptopE, ■ prop, npport,
'Maleha :!poi], booty, prlaon^x.
l^alembea, a walb.
MaUngo, the Outriggers of a canoe.
iSaiem, afflictione, adreiBity.
MaUto, qufttrel.
MaOutbaku = Sfalhhah.
Mathabuha, a Tictim, a iacrificc.
MaUiahabi or Malhbdb, sect, per^aa-
Malkara, miecbier, harm.
aiathbah, an altar.
MatheJiebu, manjiors,hablts,en8lomB,
= Xnlhaltabi (?).
Nalilo, lift from the after part of a
jaid to the mMt-hcad of a dhow.
Malindi, half-grown Iiidian corn.
JUafindo, a, slanghter-houBe, a place
for kill log beasts.
MalUi.
Kvienda Jcaa matiti, to trot.
3;«,J?«a, the east -Bind.
I^aUaa aijuk, N.E.
Xathta akrab, 8.E.
itatlai = MaUaa.
M(ito, eyee (M.).
I KntfuaUna.
I MaluMo, sccidi'Dtg, thfaiga which
happen.
"dance, hc^pe.
M'ititiiAa\rl, friah cornl. Cut t
Ijil'jw "hiiih-wuiler mark! it la
nsed for n>of« and where lighbMM
is an objecL
NabaiAo, tlie entrails.
Malupu, bare. See -tftpu.
.lf(r!!ij-uma,stiffi.-ntrdpcit on S door,
the knees in a dhow, rib* of a
.UoirMu, bad and abneire langnage.
jVnturuTnu, accusiition, blame.
3f(iu<i<plur. of Ki), flowers.
Maaiito, qneslions, qaestioning.
Maiia^o, the back, the baokbooe.
Maulliara,-nna!b\a.
Mauii, death.
Mavao, dreea, dressing.
Hatazi, dress, clothes. Floral of
Vati.
Maci, dung, droppings, exctemeot.
Mavi ija cAuimi, Jroaa.
Navilio. Sea Fi'iio.
iiavidio, clothes cast off and given
■v,-Iio is
lUiug he h
MAV
MBI
335
Mavundevunde, broken, scattered
clouds.
Mavumi, hum af voices.
Mavuno, harvest, reaping.
Mavuno ya nyvki^ honeycomb.
Mavuzi (plur. of Vuzi), the hair of
the pubes.
Mawazif clear. See loazi.
Mawe (plur. of Jiwe\ stones, stone.
Ya mawe, of stone.
Mawe ya husa^af a hand-mill.
Mawe, a vulgar ejaculation, rub-
bish I
Mawili, both.
Mavyimhi (plur. of WimM), surf, a
sea.
Mawindo, game, produce of hunt-
ing.
Mayayi. See Tayi,
Mayiti, a dead body.
Mayugwa, a green vegetable cooked
like spinach.
Mazojo, fruit, produce.
Maziho, burial-place.
Maxinga ombo, sleight of hand
(Comoro).
Maaingiwa, a siege.
Mazingombwe, magic, witchcraft.
Mazishi, burial clothes, furniture,
&c.
Maziwa, milk, (plur. of Ziwa)
breasts, lakes.
Maziwa mdbivu, curdled milk.
Maziioa ya watu wawili, dragon's
blood.
Mazoea, custom.
Mazoezo, habits, customs, practice.
MazoJca, evil spirits.
Mazu, a kind of banana.
MazumgWmzOf amusement, conver-
sation.
Mhali, far off, separate.
Mhali Tribali, distinct, different.
PoteUa mbdli! Qo and be hanged I
Turmovlie Tnbali, let us kill him
out of the way.
When used with the applied
forms of verbs, it means that
the person or thing is by that
means got rid of, or put out of
the way.
Mhango, a bird with a parrot-like
beak, a person with projecting
teeth.
Mbano, a circumcising Instrument.
Mbau (plur. of Ubau), planks.
*Mbau, plur. mibaUf planking, tim-
bers.
'Mbaruti, plur. mibaruti, a weed
with yellow flowers and thistle-
like leaves powdered with white.
Mbasua, giddiness.
Mbata, a cocoa-nut which has dried
in the shell so as to rattle, with-
out being spoilt.
Mbati, wall-plate.
Mbavu, ribs, side.
Mbavuni, alongside.
Mbawa, wing feathers. See Vbawa.
Mbayani, clear, manifest.
Mbayuwayu, a swallow (A.).
Mbega, a kind of monkey, black,
with long white hair on the
Mbegu, seed, seeds. [shoulders.
*Mbeja.
*MbeJa wa Jcani, young man of
strength.
Mbele, before, in front, further on.
Mbele ya, before, in front of.
Kuendelea mbele, to go forward.
Mbeleni, in the front. This word
is used in Zanzibar with an
obscene sense.
Mbeyu = Mbegu, seed.
Mbilo, plur. mibibo, a cashew-nut
tree.
336
MBI
MOH
Jir&teH fresh. Bee-hiehi.
Mbigtli, small thorDs, briers.
MhUi, two. See -vjili,
Mbili mhHiy two by two.
MbUivjilif the wrist (?).
Mhingu, plur. of Uvoingu^ the skies,
the heavens, heaven.
Mhio, running, fast.
Kupiga mhio, to run, to gallop.
Mbioniba, mother*8 sister, aunt.
Mhirambi zdkOj be comforted. A
Swahili greeting to one who has
just lost a relative.
Mbisit parched Indian com.
Mbiu, a proclamation, public notice.
MMvUj ripe. See -Mvu and -wivu.
Mhizi.
Kupiga nibizi, to dive.
Mhoga, vegetables, greens.
Mboga mnanaa, a kind of mint.
'Mhoga, plur. mtboga, a pumpkin
plant.
MboleOf manure.
Mbonaf Why? for what reason?
Used especially with negatives.
Mboni ya jicho, the apple of the
Mhono, castor-oil plant (?). [eye.
MhoOf the penis.
MbotOj a climbing plant yielding a
superior kind of oil.
Mhovuy bad, rotten, corrupt See
-ovu and 'hovu,
Mbu = ImbUy a mosquito.
Jf6m', a buffalo's horn, which is
beaten as a musical instrument.
Mbuja, a swell, dandy, gracefully,
Kusema mbuja, to say elegantly.
MhtdUf a crocodile (?).
Mhungu, a hurricane (Kishenzi).
Mhuniy an ostrich.
Mhuyu, plur. mihuyu, a baobab
tree, a calabash tree. They are
generally looked upon as haunted.
Mhwii^ a goat, goats.
Mhuzi ya hukunia fuui, an iron
to scrape coooa-nnt for cooking
with.
MhuHi, a dog, dogs.
Mbioa wa mwUu, a jackal,
jackals.
Mhtoayi, wild, fierce.
Mbtoe, little pebbles, little white
stones larger than ehangarawL
Mbvoehoy a fox.
Mhweu^ eructation, belching.
Mchaj one who fears.
Mcha Mttun^u, a God-fearing man.
Mchafu, filthy.
Mchago, the pillow end of the bed.
MchaJcacho, footsteps (?).
Mchana or Mtana, daylight, day-
time, day.
Mchanga or Mtanga, sand.
Mchaici, plur. toacJunoi, a wizard.
Mrhayij lemon grass.
McJie, plur. Michoy a plant, a slip, a
seedling.
Mc?ie, a kind of wood much used in
Zanzibar.
Mcheheshaji, plur. wachekeshaji, a
merry body, one who is always
laughing.
Mchde, cleaned grain, especially
rice.
Mchdemay watery.
Mcheshiy a merry fellow, a laugher.
Mckezo, plur. michezo^ a game.
Mchezo wake huyu, it is this man's
turn to play.
Mchiy plur. mtchi, or Mti, plur. miti,
the pestle used to pound or to
clean com with. Also a screw
of paper to put groceries in (?).
Mchicha, plur. michicJia, a common
spinach-like plant used as a
vegetable.
MOH
MEE
337
Mchikichi, plur. michikiehi, the
palm-oil tree.
Mchilizii plur, michUizi, the eaves.
MchirOy plur. wctehiro, a mangouste.
MchochorOt passage, an opening be-
tween.
Mchofu = Mehovu.
Mchongoma, plur. michongoma, a
thorny shrub with white flowers
and a small black edible fruit.
MchorochorOf a rapid writer.
Mehovu, plur. wachovu, weary, lan-
guid, easily tired, tiring, tire-
some.
Mchumbciy a sweetheart, one who
seeks or is sought by another
in marriage.
Mke mchumba, widow (?).
Mehumbuluru, a kind of fish.
Mchunga (or Mtwngd), plur. wa-
chungay a herdman, a groom, one
who has the care of animals.
Mchwngaji, a herdsman, shepherd.
Mchuruzh plur. Wachuruzi, one who
keeps a stall, a trader in a very
small way.
Mchuzi, oTMtuzij curry, gravy, soup.
Mchtoa, white ants.
Mda or Muda, a space of time, the
space, &o.
Mda, plur. mida (?), a piece of plank
propped up to support a frame-
work, &c. = 'munda.
Mdago, a kind of weed.
Mdalcmniy cinnamon.
Mdarahani, an Indian stuff.
Mdaioari.
He mdawarif the softer Arabic h,
the he,
Mdeli = Mdila,
MdUa, plur. midUa, a coffee-pot.
MdomOf plur. midomo, the lip.
Mdomo wa ndege, a bird's beak.
Mdudu, plur. toadudu, an insect.
Mdudu, a whitlow.
Mdukuo, a push in the cheek.
Mdumu, a mug.
Me-, see Mar, Many words are pro-
nounced with ma- at Mombas,
and with me- at Zanzibar.
-me-t the sign of the tense which
denotes an action complete at
the moment of speaking, an-
swering to the English tense
with hate. Sometimes it is
used to denote an action com-
plete at the time referred to,
and must then be translated by
had.
This tense may often be used
as a translation of the past
participle.
Yu hayit ao ameleufai Is he
alive or dead ?
Most Swahili verbs denoting a
state liove in their present
tense tijis meaning of entering
that state or becoming, and in
the -me- tense the meaning of
having entered or being in it.
In some cases the -me- tense is
best rendered by another verb.
Anavaa, he is putting on, amevaa,
he wears.
In some dialects the me is pro-
nounced ma,
Mea ku; to grow, to be growable.
MedUn, tortoiseshell.
Mega hu-, to break a piece, or gather
up a lump and put it in one's
mouth, to feed oneself out of the
common dish with one's hand, as
is usual in Zanzibar.
Mekameka ku-, to glitter, to shine.
Meko (plur. of Jiko), a fireplace.
338
MEM
MFU
Memetuka hu- (A.), to sparkle.
Mende, a cockroach, cockroacbeB.
Also a slang term for a rupee.
Mengi or Mangi, many. See -ngi,
Meno (plur. of Jino), teeth.
Menomeno, battlements.
Menya ku-, to shell, to husk, to
Menya ku-, to beat (Kiyao). [peel.
Merikebu, a ship, ships.
Merikebu ya serikalit a ship be-
longing to the government.
Merikebu ya mizinga or manowariy
a man-of-war.
Merikebu ya taja,e^ merchant ship.
Merikebu ya mUingote mitaiu, a
full-rigged ship.
Merikebu ya mUingote miwili na
nu88u, a barque.
Merikebu ya dohaan or ya mosTiiy
a steamship.
Nerima, the mainland of Africa,
especially the coast south of
Zanzibar.
Wamerima, people who live on
the coast south of Zanzibar.
Kimerima, the dialect of Swahili
spoken on the coast south of
Zanzibar.
Merimeta ku-j to glitter, to shine.
Meshmaa, a candle, candles.
Mtsiki or Meski, musk, scent.
Meskiti = Moskitij a mosque.
Metametay to shine, to glitter.
Methili or Methali, like, a parable.
Meza, a table.
Meza ku; to swallow.
Mezawwereh.
Wardka mezawwereh, forgery.
Mfaa, centre piece of a door.
Mfalme, plur. wafalme, a king.
MfanOf plur. mifano, a likeness.
Mfano wa maneno, a proverb, a
parable.
Mfanyi biashara, plur. wafanyt, a
man who does business, a trader,
a merchant.
Mfariji, plur. wafariji, a comforter.
Mfathilij plur. vjafaiMUf one who
does kindnesses.
Mfeleji, a water channeL
Mfilieika, a bankrupt.
Mfinangit plur. wafinangi, a potter.
Mfine$8ty plur. mifinesn, a jack fruit
tree.
Mfu, plur. wafuj a dead person.
Mfua, plur. wafua, a smith, a
worker in metal.
Mfua ehwriMLi a blacksmith.
Mfua fetha, &c., a silversmith, ftc.
Mfuasi, plur. wafuaei, a follower, a
retainer, a hanger-on.
Mfuko, plur. mifukOf a bag, a
pocket.
Mfuma, plur. toa/uma, a weaver.
Mfumbati, plur. mt/umba^ the side-
pieces of a bedstead.
Mfunguo, a name applied to nine of
the Arab months.
Mfunguo wa mosif is the Arab
Shaowal.
Mfunguo wa pili, is the Arab
JVa Kaada.
Mfunguo wa taiu, is the Arab
TNil Hajj,
Mfunguo wa 'nne, is the Arab
Moharram.
Mfunguo wa tano, is the Arab
Safr.
Mfunguo wa sitay is the Arab
Rabia al aowal.
Mfunguo wa sabaf is the Arab
Rabia al akhr.
Mfunguo wa nane, is the Arab
Jemad al <iowal,
Mfunguo wa kenda, is the Arab
Jemad al akhr.
MFU
MIE
339
Mfunguo wa is often bo pro-
nonnced as to sound like
Fungua.
The other three months, Bajahi
Shaabcmy and Bamathanf keep
their Arabic names.
M/uo, plur. mifuoj a stripe.
Karatasi ya mifuOy ruled paper.
Mfupa^ plur. mi/tfpa, a bone.
MfutOf winning five games out of
six at cards.
Mfyozit an abusive person.
Mgala, plur. wagaUit a Ckilla.
Mganda, plur. migandaf a sheaf or
bundle of rice.
Mganga, plur. waganga, a medicine
man, a doctor, a dealer in white
magic.
Mgao, a place near Gape Delgado.
MgavjOy a deal in card-playing.
Mgeni, plur. wageHi, a guest, a
foreigner.
Mghad, a horse's canter.
Kwenda mghad, to canter.
Mgine = MtotTigine, another, other.
MgogorOy an obstacle in a road, a
stumbling-block. In slang, a
nuisance, crush, worry.
Mgoja or Mngqja, plur. vfagqfa, one
who waits, a sentinel.
Mgqja tnlango, a door-keeper, a
porter.
Mgomba^ plur. migoniboy a banax^a
tree.
Mgombuje, bnirs-mouth shell, Cassis
rubra.
Mgomvi, plur. wagomvij a quarrel-
some person, a brawler.
Mgondttj a slave's clout.
Mgongo, plur. migongOf the back,
the backbone.
Nyumba ya mgongo^ a penthouse
roof. •
Mgonjwa or Mgonjuct^ plur. wagon-
jioa, a sick person, an invalid.
Mgoie = Wingote^ a mast.
Mgunda^ cultivated land.
Mgunya^ plur. Wagunyay a native of
the country between Siwe and
the Juba.
MgurtigurUf plur. wagurugurUj a
large kind of burrowing lizard.
MguUf plur. miguu, the leg from the
^ee downward, the foot.
- Kwenda ktoa miguUy to walk.
Mh; See Muh,
MhaXbori. See Kanxu,
MhimUii plur. mihilimiy a girder, a
beam, a bearing post, a prop.
Mhuluy a large tree lizard.
Mhunzi, plur. wahunzi^ a black-
smith.
Mi-y plural prefix of substantives,
and of adjectives agreeing with
them, which begin in the singular
with m-f or *to-, wu-, or mw-, and
do not denote animate beings.
-mi, an objective suffix denoting
the first person singular. This
suffix is poetical, not used in
Zanzibar.
Mia, a hundred.
Miteen, two hundred.
Mialamu, the ends of a piece of
cloth.
Miashiri, pieces lying fore and aft
to receive the stepping of the
Miayo, yawning, a yawn. [mast.
Miba or MOba, thorns.
Mibau, timbers.
Mifuo, bellows.
Mikaha, marriage.
Mikambe,
Kupiga mikambe, in bathing, to
duck down and throw over one
leg, striking th<a ^«1^ -^oSSsvSSu
340
MIL
MJU
Miloj a custom.
Miiamb€L
Kwenda fntZam&o, to go ronnd by
a new road to avoid war or
some other obetaole, to strike
out a new way.
Milele, eternity.
Ta mtZele, etemaL
MHhoiy jins, which having been
merely singed, not killed by the
missiles of the angels, lurk in
by-plaoes to deceive and harm
people.
MaOei = MiVei.
Miliki ku; to reign, to possess^
MUki^ kingdom, possession, pro-
perty.
Milumhet a speech, an over-long
speech.
Mimbat pregnancy.
Kuwa na miikba or Kuchukua
mimba, to be pregnant
Kuharibu mtmbo, to miscarry.
Minibara, the pulpit in a mosque.
Mimi, I, me.
Mimina ku-, to pour, to pour over.
Miminika ku-, to be poured over, to
be spilt, to overflow.
Mingi, many. See -ingi,
Mingine, others. See -ingine*
Mini (Ar.), right.
Mini wa ehemalif right and left.
Minyonoaj a kind of flowering
acacia.
Miongoni tnti^a, in respect of, as to,
on the part of, from among.
Mirdbat muscles. See Mraba.
MiriacMf shot.
MUihitliari, crooked.
MiskOf Russia.
Misrii Egypt
Miteen, two hundred.
MiwMi, a whistling.
Miit^ black. Bee-muL
Miwa (plur. of JftuiX snguMMiies.
JfnooZf, midribs of a palm-leall
Miwami, spectacles.
Miyaa^ leaves for making matsL
Miytj me, it is L
Mizani, balances, steelyaid, scales.
Jfm, roots (M.).
Mizizi, roots, rootlets.
3fjfa na majij one who has oome
over the sea, a foreigner. Also,
a slave.
MJdkeui, plur. wajdkawi^ a woman
slava
Mjanga^ Bembatooka bay in Mada-
gascar.
MjangaOf melancholy, silent sorrow.
Mjanja, plur. wajanja^ a cheat, a
shameless person.
Mjanij a widow.
MJcuiri, plur. wajariri^ a bold ven-
turesome man.
MJassusi, inquisitive.
Mjeledit a whip.
Mjemba, a plough (?).
MJiy plur. mij% a town, a city, a
village, the middle part of a piece
of cloth.
Mjij the uterus.
Mjiari, plur. mijiar% tiller ropes.
MjigwA, plur. mijigwif large long
legs.
MjingQi plur. wajinga^ a raw new
comer, a simpleton; applied es-
pecially to newly arrived slaves,
ignorant, inexperienced.
Mjisikajiri, a kind of lizard.
Mjoliy plur. wajoli, a fellow-servant.
Mjomba^ plur. wajomba^ uncle.
Mjugu,
Mjugu nyassaf ground-nuts.
Mjugu matoe, a hard kind of
I ground-nuti
MJU
MKO
341
MjukuUy plnr. wajukuu^ a cousin, a
grandchild.
Mjuwhat plur. wajumbo^ an uncle.
Mjumbdkdkay a kind of lizard.
Mjumbef plur. wajumbef a mes-
senger.
Mjume^ a weapon-smith.
Mjumu, studded Yrith brass.
Mjusi, plur. toajusif a lizard.
MJusi toa Jcanzu, See 'Kanzu,
MjtMi kafltif a rough kind of
small lizard.
MJtisi salama, a smooth kind of
small lizard.
MJuvi, plur. wajuvif a chattering,
officious person.
Mjuziy plur. toajuzif a person of in-
formation, one who knows.
Mkaa, plur. toaJccui, one who sits.
Mkaa jikonif Mr. Bit-in-^the-
kitchen.
Mkaa, an astringent wood used
in medicine.
Mkabalaj opposite.
Mkcibil, future.
Mkadi, plur. mtkadi, the pandanus
tree; its flowers are valued for
their smell.
Mkaidi, obstinate, wilful. See
'kaidi,
Mkaja, a cloth worn by women,
given as a present at the time of
a wedding.
Mkali, fierce. See -kali,
Mkamilifu, perfect.
Mkamshe, plur. mikanuihe, a kind of
wooden spoon.
Mkandaa, plur. mikandaa, a kind
of mangrove tree full of a red
dye much used for roof beams.
Mkanju, plur. mikanjUf a cashew
tree (M.).
Mkaragazo, a strong tobacco. Also, I
manfully, again and again
(slang).
Mkarakala, a medicinal shrub.
Mkasama (in arithmetic), division.
MkasaH, a handsome tree, whose
wood is useless. Hence the
proverb,
Uzuri toa mkascuif
l/kijpata, maji, baiL
Mkasiri, a tree whose bark is used
to dye fishing-nets black.
Mkataba, a written agreement.
Mkatale, the stocks.
Mkaie, plur. mikaie, a cake, a loaf.
Mikate ya mofu, cakes of mtama
meaL
MikaJte ya kusongOf ya kumimtnaj
&c., cakes of batter, &c.
Mkate wa ttmbakOf a cake of
tobacco.
MkazOy nipping, pressing tight.
Mke, plur. wake, a wife, a female.
Mke aUofiioa na mumeuje,Q, widow.
Mkebe, a pot to burn incense in, a
drinking pot.
Mkeka, plur. mikeka, a fine kind of
mat used to sleep upon.
Mkeo = Mkewo.
Mkereza, plur. wakerezaf a turner.
Mkewe, his wife.
Mkewo, your wife.
Mkia, plur. mikia, a tail.
Mkimbizi, plur. toaJcimbizi, one who
runs away.
MkindUf plur. mikindu, a kind of
palm whose leaves are used to
make fine mats.
Mkizi, a kind of fish.
Mkoha, plur. mikdba, a scrip, a
small bag.
Mkoche, plur. mikoche, a kind of
branching palm with an edible
fruit
342
IIKO
LI
Mkojo, urine.
MkokOf plur. mikoko, a mangroTe
tree.
Mholioto, plur. ntkckoio, the mark
made by a tliiiig being dragged
along.
Wuyma, i>lur. miJcoma, a large tree
bearing an edible fruit
Mkomhozi, plur. vxikanibozi, a
redeemer.
Mhorulo,
Mkondo wa majiy a current.
Mhongojo, plur. mikongcjo, an old
muu's staff for him to lean upon
as he walkB.
Mkonoj plur. mikonot the arm, es-
peciuUy from the elbow to the
fingers ; the hand, a sleeve, a
projecting handle like that of a
saucepan, a measure of nearly
half a yard, a cubit
Ya mJeonOy handy.
Chuo cha mkono, a handbook.
Mkorofiy ill-omened.
Mkubwa, great, the eldest See
-kvhwa.
MJi'uchyo, Magadoza.
Mku/Uf plur. miku/u, a chain, es-
pecially of a light ornamental
kind.
Mkufujiziy plur. icakufunzi, a
tonclior.
Mkuke, plur. mikiiJcef a spear with
a sharp point and triangular
blade.
Mkuku, the keel of a ship.
Mkule, a gar-fish.
Mkulima, ])lur. wakulima, a culti-
vator, a field labourer.
MkuUmaniy plur. wakulimani, an
interpreter.
Mkuhf plur. wwTcmZo, a pottle-shaped
matting bag to strain tui through.
iflniiiuiv^ a kind of nd wood maflli
used in Zanzibar.
BIkmM (MgaaX gum-copal trae.
Mkunga (jiy, midwif 9,
MkungUf plnr. wtOnmgm^ the fruit
stalk of the banana.
Mkungut plur. wulmmgu, a Jdnd of
earthen poL
Mkungu wa Jn^wikia^ a pot lid.
MkungU «m India, a diah.
MJniUf plur. wakmh a great mail, a
chief.
Mkuu wa aMUtari^ a oommanding
officer.
Mkuu wa genzi^ a goida.
Mkuza, large, full grown.
Mkwamlba^ a kind of tiuany shrab.
Mkx€a»i^ plur. vodkwui, a wealthy
person, rich.
Mkvje, plur. vxikwe^ a father or
mother-in-law, a son or daughter-
in-law.
Mkweme, a climbing plant bearing
a gourd with round flat seeda
rich in oil.
Mkwezif a climber, one who goes
up.
Mlafi, plur. walafi, a glutton.
MMay plur. mUala, hyphssne, a
branching palm.
Mlamba, a dark-coloured bird that
eats insects, and drives away
other birds, even the crows.
MlangOy plur. milango, a door, a
gate.
Mlanza, a pole for carrying things.
Mlariba, plur. walaHbOf usurer.
MU, there within.
Mlevif plur. walevi, a drunkard.
Mlezif plur. waleziy a nurse, one
who rears children.
Mlezo, plur. milezOf a buoy.
Mlima, plur. mUima, a mountain.
ML I
MOB
S43
Mlingotey plirr. milingotef a mast.
MHngote wa Tcalmi or galmi, the
email mizen-mast carried by
large dhows.
Mlingote wa maji, the bowsprit.
Mlinzi, plur. walinzi, a guard.
Mlishi, plur. walishi, a feeder, a
shepherd.
MlishOf the month Shaaban.
Mlizamu, a waterspout on a house.
MloUt the comb of a cock.
MlomOf plur. mUomOj a lip. Also,
Mmqja, one, a certain man. See
-7no/a.
'ilfwa, there is within.
Mnada, plur. mina(2a, a sale, an
auction.
Mnadi, an auctioneer, huckster.
Mnadi ku-, to sell by auction.
MnafiM, plur. waruijiki, a hypocrite.
Mnaja, a prophet going to ask a
thing of God.
MnajimUt plur. wanajimu^ an as-
trologer.
Mnajiei, plur. womajiH^ a profane
person, blasphemer.
Mnara, plur. tntTuira, a tower, a
minaret, a beacon.
Mnazi, plur. minazi, a cocoa-nut
tree.
Mnena, one who speaks.
Mnena hvjeli, one who speaks the
truth.
J(f7»«7i6, stout. See -nene.
Mneni, plur. waneni, a speaker, an
eloquent person.
Mngazidja, plur. TTangra^ieZ/o, a
native of Great Comoro.
Mngtoana, plur. wangwana,A gentle-
man, a free and civilized person.
Mnio (?).
Mm, exceedingly, excessively. Mno
always follows the word qualified
by it.
Mnofu, meatiness, fleshiness.
Mnono, fat. See -nono,
Mnunuzif plur. wanimuzi, a buyer,
a purchaser, a customer.
Mnyamavu, plur. wanyamavu, a
silent person, still, quiet.
Mnyang*anyif plur. wanyang*anyit a
robber, one who steals with vio-
lence.
MneyOy a tickling, itching, a creep-
ing sensation.
MnyirtH, plur. minyiriri, the arms
of the cuttle-fish.
Mnyongej plur. wanyonge, an insig-
nificant, mean person.
MnyororOf-plvLT. minyororo, ormnyoo,
plur. minyoo, a chain.
Mnywa, plur. wanywa, a drinker,
one who drinks.
Mo, -mo, or -mo-, the particle de-
noting place inside something
Mumo liumo, there inside, [else.
Moalli, Mohilla.
Mofa, small round cakes of mtama
meal.
Mdhulla, a fixed time, a term. Also
MuhuUa.
Mqja, plur. mamoja, one, same.
Mamoja pia, it is all one.
•mojat one.
Mqja mqja, one by one.
Moja haada wa mqja, alternately.
Mtu mmqja, a certain man.
Jlfo/a wapo, any one.
Mola, Lord. Used of God.
Moma^ a kind of poisonous snake.
Movnbee, Bombay.
Moris, Mauritius.
Kutoka MorU, to score twenty-
nine or more in a game at
cards.
344
MOB
MBA
Ktoenda MoHs, to mark lesB than
twenty-nine in a game at cards.
Mororo, soft. See -ororo.
Moahi, plur. mioshi, smoka.
Mosij one (in oounting).
Ya moei, first.
Moskitiy a mosque, the ace of spades.
Mote, all. See -ote.
MotOf plur. mioto, fire, a fire, heat.
Ya rnpto, hot
Kupata motOy to get hot
Moyo, plur. mioyo or nyoyo^ heart,
mind, will, self.
Ya moyo, willingly, heartily.
Mpagazi, plur. toapagazi, a caravan
porter.
Mpajit plur. toapajit a giver, a
liberal person.
Mpaka, plur. mipaTca, a boundary,
MpaJca mmqja, adjacent [limit.
Mpaka, until, as far as.
Tutacheka mpaka hulia, we shall
laugh till we cry.
Mpamhi, plur. vHipamhi, a person
dressed up with ornaments.
Mpanzi, a sower.
Mpapayi, plur. mipapayi^ a papaw
tree.
JIfparamuzt, plur. miparamuzi, a
sort of tree said to be unclimb-
able.
Mpatanishi, plur. wapatantshi, a
peacemaker, one who brings about
an agreement.
Mpaio, interlaced work, lattice.
Mpeehioat plur. wapeekwa, a person
sent, a missionary, = Mpetehioa.
Mpekuzi, plur. wapehuzij one who
scratches like a hen, an inquisi-
tive person.
MpeUHezi, plur. wapeleUzi, a spy.
'^penziy plur. wapenzi^ a person
who is loved, a favourite.
Mpmu, plur. mipera, a guAva tree.
*Mpia, new. See ^pyo.
Mpiga ramZ^ plnr. isap^groy a for-
tune-teller, one who prognoeti-
oates by diagrams. Formerly
they did so by throwing aand,
whence the name.
MpikOy plur. mipikOf a pole to carry
burdens on.
Kuchukua mpAofiijto oarry on
a pole over the shoulder.
MpingOf ebony.
Mpini, plur. mtjnnt, a haft, a
handle.
Mpira, india-rubber, an india-rub-
ber ball.
Mpishi^ plur. wapUhi, a oook.
Mpofu, plur. wapofu, the eland.
Mpotevu, plur. wapotevu, a wasteful
person.
Mpotoe, plur. wapotoe, perverse,
wilful, good-for-nothing.
Mpumhafu, plur. loapumbafu, a fool.
Mpunga, rice, either growing or
while yet in the husk.
Mpungaii, plur. mipungatiy a kind
of cactus.
Mpuzi, plur. wapuzij a silly chat-
terer.
MpuHiy the sea-beach (M.).
Mpwekey plur. mipweke, a shor
thick stick, a bludgeon.
Mpya, new. See -pyo.
Mrahay plur. mirdba^ muscles.
JlfiftA toa miraha minnef a very
strong man.
Mrahba, square.
Mradi, preferably (?),
Mramma, the rolling of a ship.
Mrashi, plur. mircuhi, a long-necked
bottle, often of silver, used to
sprinkle scent from; a woman's
name.
MBE
MSH
345
Mremo, plur. waremOf a Portuguese.
Also Mrenu,
Mrendha, the thorn-apple plant.
MrenUy plur. TTorent*, a Portuguese.
Mrithif plur. viaritht, an heir, an
inheritor.
Mrubay plur. mtrub<t, a leech.
Mrunguraj people who rob and com-
mifc violence at night.
Mrututu, sulphate of copper, blue-
Msaada, help. [stone.
Msafara, plur. misafara, a caravan.
Maafiri, plur. wasafiri, a traveller,
one on a journey.
Msahafu, plur. misahafUf a koran,
a sacred book.
Msahafu wa Sheitani, a butterfly.
MmhaUf plur. wasdhaii, one who
forgets, a forgetful person.
Msaji, teak.
Media, See Jlfu^a^.
MscUaba^ a cross.
MscUUi, a betrayer of secrets.
Jlfsame^, plur. wasamehe, forgiving.
MsangaOf astonishment.
Msapaia, a kind of dance.
MeasOf sandpaper, a shrub with
leaves like sandpaper.
Msayara, kind, gentle.
MeazOy remainder.
Mselehishctt plur. waselehishay a
peacemaker.
Msemaji, plur. wasemaji, a talker,
an eloquent person.
Msemiy plur. toasemi, a talker, a
speaker.
Mseto, a sort of food, a mixture of
mtama and chooJto.
Msewef plur. misewe, a sort of
Castanet tied to the leg.
Mshabahot similar.
Mshaharaf'pXui. mtsAa^ara, monthly
pay, wages.
Mshakikiy small pieces of meat
cooked on a skewer.
MshcUe or Mshare, plur. mishale, an
arrow.
Msharikct, plur. vjcuhanka, a
partner.
Mshayi = Mchayi.
Msheheri or Mshehirij plur. Washe-
heri, a native of Sheher in
Arabia, many of whom are settled
in Zanzibar. The butchers and
coarse mat makers are almost all
Sheher men.
Mshikij one who holds.
Mshiki ehikio, the steersman.
Mshindani, plur. vmshindaniy ob-
stinate, resisting.
Mshindio, woof.
Mshindo (obscene), coitus.
Mshipa, plur. mishipay a blood-
vessel, a nerve, any disease affect-
ing these, hydrocele.
MshipavUy plur. waahipavu^ obsti-
nate.
Mshipty plur. mishipit a net, a girdle.
Mskoni, plur. washoni, a tailor, a
sempster.
Mshoni viatuy a shoemaker.
MshonOy plur. misTumo, a seam.
Jlfs^tofta, plur. mWhtakOy an accusa-
tion, a charge before a judge.
Mshtdkif a prosecutor.
Ifs^ttZfo, coming down, coming away
from performing one's devo-
tions.
Mshuko tffa magartbi, about a
quarter of an hour after sunset
Mshuko wa aiasiri JcaHrif about
5 P.M.
Mshuko tffa esTia, about an hour
after sunset, or from 7 till
8 p.m.
Mshumaa = Meshmaa.
346
MSI
MTA
Miiboj plar. mitiba, a eakmity, a
grief, mourning.
Mnfuj a flatterer.
M$i/u*mnOt plur. ttasi/u'mno, an
excessive praiser, a flatterer.
M$ijana, a bachelor (?).
Mtimamizij plur. iconmamizi, an
OTerlooker, a steward, the head
man over a plantation, who is
nearly always a free man, often
an Arab.
Msinji, plur. muinji, foundations,
trench for laying fonndations.
Msinzi, plur. misinziy a sort of man-
grove tree.
Msio, a piece of stcHie to rob liwa
on.
Msio, a fated thing, what will de-
stroy or affect a person. See
Mzio,
Mnri, plur. tcasiri, a confidential
person, one trusted with secrets.
Meitani [Pemba] = Barazani,
Msitu, a forest.
Msitu tea mitij a thick wood.
Msomarit plur. muomari, a nail, an
iron nail. See Marashi.
Msondo, a very tall dmm, beaten on
special occasions.
Maonyo, a whistling.
Mstadij plur. wastadi, a skilful
workman, a good hand.
dldahamili or Matahimili, plur. wa-
stahimUiy a piatient, enduring,
long-suffering person.
Mstdkij plur. toastakt, a prosecutor*
Mstamu, a shoe; a piece of wood
fixed to the keel, with a hole to
receive the heel of the mast.
Mstari, plur. mUtari^ a line, a line
ruled.
Kupiga mstariy to draw a line.
MufofeUf a custard apple.
Jfiwain, plur. miamaki, atooihittek;
a little stick of the soaitefoii
tree^ used aa a tooth-bniBh. It
is prepared by chewing the end
imtil it beoomea a mere bmieh of
fibres.
Ifau/S, plor. mui^ a tree bearing a
pod of Bf^ ootton, Eriodendioa
anfractuoeom.
Mtukaitif plur. mmtkam, a rudder.
JIfinfilraiio. See Keke,
MtultihiwOy a peacemaker.
Jfinunort = Maomaru
MaumenOy plur. muumtfiio, a saw.
Msumlnda, the name of Liongo't
sword.
MBundbariy fir tree, deal
ilfaiirtiaibt, plur. miwruaki^ the
wooden button which is grasped
between the toes to bold on the
wooden clogs commonly worn by
women and in the house.
3[iuzo, the handle of a millstone.
Msweni = Msiienif cholera.
Mta or Mtaa, plur. mtto, a district,
a quarter of a town.
The mita of Zanzibar, starting
from the western point and
going round the outside first,
and then into the middle,
are : Shangani, Baghani, Grere-
zani, Forthani, Mita ya pwani,
Kiponda, Mbuyuni, Malindi,
Funguni, Jungiani, Kokoni,
Mkunazini, Kibokoni, Kidu-
tani, Mzambarauni, Eijuka-
kuni, Yuga, Mnazimoja, Mji
mpya, Mtakuja, Jumea, Soke la
Mahogo, Kajifieheui, Mfuuni,
Migomboni, Tiuyani, Sham,
Hurumzi, Kutani, Mwavi. All
these are on the peninsula,
which joins the mainland only
MTA
MTO
347
at Mnazi moja. FuDguni is
on the point where the creek
enters, which almost suriounds
the town. Crossing the creek
by the bridge, there are the
following mita : — Ng'ambo,
Mchangani, Gnlioni, Kwa
Buki, Yikokotoni, Kisimani
kwa kema, Mchinjani, Mwem-
be mjugu, Eikwajuni, Mkadini,
and then Mnazi moja again.
Mtaala = MtcUa.
Mtabari^ oredible.
Mtai, a scratch, a slight superficial
cut.
Kupiga mtai, to scratch.
Mtaimboy plur. mitaimbo, an iron
bar, a crowbar.
Mtajiri, plur. wcUajirij a merchant,
a rich man. More correctly
Tajiri,
Mtakaao, the rustling of new or
clean clothes.
Kupiga mtahaaOy to rustle.
Mtala = Mtaalat practice, study.
Mtali, plur. mitali, bangles,, anklets.
Mtama, millet, Gaffre corn.
Mtama mtindi, half-grown stalks
of mtama.
Mtama tete, fully formed but not
yet ripe.
Mtamba, plur. mttom^o, a young she-
animal which has not yet borne.
MtambOt plur. mitamboy a spring, a
trap with a spring, a machine.
Mtanashaii, a swell, dandy.
Mtandif a loom.
Mtando, the warp in weaving.
Mtan?\ plur. watani, one who belongs
to a kindred tribe or race.
MtaowOy plur. toataowaf a devout
person,
MtaramUf shrewd, wise.
Mtatago, a tree or beam thrown
across a stream.
MtegOj plur. mitego, a trap.
Mtendajiy plur. vxUendajiy an active
person.
Mtende, plur. mitendef a date paluL
Mtepe, plur. mitepe, a kind of dhow
or native craft belonging chiefly
to Lamoo and the coast near it.
MUepe are sharp at the bows
and stem, vrith a head shaped
to imitate a camePs head, orna-
mented with painting and tassels
and little streamers. They carry
one large square mat sail, and
have always a white streamer or
pennant at the mast-head : their
planking is sewn together, and
they are built broad and shallow.
Mtesi, an adversary, a quarrelsome
litigious person.
Mtesteshij comic.
MteuUf plur. wateule, chosen, select.
Mthaminif a surety.
MthtUimu, a cheat, a thief.
Mti, plur. miti, a tree, pole, wood.
Mti kati, a tall post set in the
ground between a prisoner's
legs, so that when his feet are
fettered together he can only
move in a circle round the post.
Mtishamha, a charm of any kind.
Mtif scrofulous and gangrenous
sores.
Mtibat a darling, a term of endear-
ment
Mtii, plur. watiit obedient
Mtima, heart, chest (old Swabili
and Eiyao).
Mtindiy buttermilk.
MtindOj size, form, shape, pattern.
Mtiniy plur. mitiiUy a fig tree.
MtOy plur. mitOy a river, a stream.
348
MTO
MUA
Mio wa Jcono, a biancliing fiier, a
delta.
Mlo, plur. mtto, a pillow, a cushion.
MtobtDe^ a kind of wood of whioli
the best hakoras are made.
Mtofcta, plur. mitofaa, au apple-
like fruit.
3ffoAt\ a swelling of the glands at
the bend of the thigh followed
by fever.
MtomOj firmness, good building.
MtamondojyIuT. mitomondOythe Bar-
ringtonia ; its fruit is exported to
India.
Mtondoj the day after the day after
to-morrow.
Mtondo goo, the day after that.
MtondoOf plur. mitindoOy Callo-
phyllum inophyllum ; oil is made
Arom its seeds.
Mtongozif plur. watongozi, a man
who dresses himself up to allure
women.
Mtoro, plur. watoro, a runaway.
Mtoto, plur. tcatotOt a child. Used
also generally of anytliing
small of its kind, when men-
tioned in connection with
something larger to which it is
attached ; e.g. young shoots,
small boats, &c.
Mtoto wa watu, a child of some-
body, having relations, a woman
of respectable family as dis-
tinguished from one of slave
parentage, a woman therefore
who has somewhere to go if she
leaves her husband, or he her.
Mtoto wa mezOf a drawer of a
table.
Mtovu, without manners, shameless.
MtUt plur. watu, a person, a man,
somebody, anybody.
Hakuna mte, there is nobody.
Mtu ganif of what tribe?
Miu wa aerkaUf a man in govern-
ment employ.
Mttding€i, plnr. miiuUnfftt, the col-
lar bone.
Mtulifm^ plnr. vxUulivu, a quiet
man.
Mtumaini, plnr. watnimainif san-
guine, confident
Mtuniba, plnr. mitumiba, a bale of
cloth made np for a carayaa.
Mtumbuizi, plur. toatwnbuizi^ a spy,
an inquisitive person (A.).
Mtumbujif plur. mUumhtoi, a canoe
hollowed out from the tnmk of
a tree, distinguished from a
galawa by having no outriggers,
and being generally of larger
size.
Mtume, plur. mitume, an apostle, a
prophet. Applied especially to
Mohammed as a translation of
his title. Apostle of Gtod.
Mtumke, plur. watuwdke, a woman,
a wife.
Mtumishi, plur. watumishij a ser-
vant
Mtumvja, plur. watumwa, a slave, a
servant.
MtundUf mischievous, perverse,
troublesome.
Mtungi, plur. mitungif a water-jar.
MtupOj plur. mitupctf euphorbia.
Mtupu, bare. See 'tupu.
MtutUy plur. mitutu (Ar.), a mul-
berry tree.
Mtuzi, curry, gravy (M.). Also
Mchuzi.
MtwangOj plur. mittoangOf a pestle
for poimding and cleaning corn.
Mu-. See M".
Muoj plur. miwaj a sugar-cane.
MUB
HUS
349
MuhatharifUf extravagant.
Muda or Mda, a space of time, term.
Muda wa, the space of.
Mudu ku;
Kujimuduyio gain a little strength
after illness.
MuhadimUf plvLT. wahadimUf a ser«
vant, one of the original inhabi-
tants of Zanzibar. These waJta-
dimu pay two dollars a year for
each household to the Munyi
mJtuUy of which 8eyed Majid now
(1870) takes one; they also work
for him. They all live in vil-
lages in the country, and speak a
language of which there are at
least two dialects, materially
different from the Swahili of the
town.
Muharabu, plur. toaJiardbu, mis-
chievous, destructive.
MuharibivUj plur. waharihivu, a de-
structive person, one who ruins
himself, destroys his own chances.
Muhdrumat a kind of silk handker-
chief, worn instead of a turban.
Muhindiy plur. Wahindi^ a native
of India, esprcially an Indian
Mussulman, of whom there are
two chief sects settled in Zanzi-
bar, the Ehojas and Bohras.
Muhindiy plur. mihindiy the Indian
com plant. Also Mahindi,
Muhogo, cassava, manioc.
Muhtasari, an abridgment, a sum-
mary.
MuhuUa, time, a fixed period.
Muhuri, a seal.
Mujizoy plur. miujiza, a wonderful
thing, a miracle. Also Mvmjiza.
Mult or Mulia, clever, knowing.
Mulika ku', to show a light, to
gleam.
Mulkij a kingdom.
Mumey male. See -ume,
Mumimiy Azrael, the angel of death.
Mumunye, plur. mamumunyey a kind
of gourd resembling a vegetable
marrow. It often grows of such
a shape that its hard rind, when
ripe, can be used for bottles,
ladles, and spoons.
Mumyanif a mummy. Mummy is
still esteemed as a medicament.
Mundoy plur. miundciy a piece of
plank to serve as cap to a post.
See also Mda.
Munduy plur. miundUy a bill, a
small hatchet.
Munyiy a chief, a sheykh. The
Munyi mkuu is esteemed the true
Sultan of the Swahili, at least in
the island of Zanzibar and the
parts adjacent. He is descended
from an ancient Persian familv.
the heiress of which married,
some generations since, an Arab
from Yemen. The title is now
(1874) in abeyance. His chief
residence is at Dunga, near the
centre of the island.
Muomoy plur. miomOy the moustache,
the lip.
MuscUa, plur. miscday an oval mat
used to perform the Mohammedan
devotions upon.
Mmamay pardon.
Musimiy the northerly winds, which
blow in December, January, and
February. The musimi is some-
times reckoned to extend till
June.
Musimo = Mtmrni.
Mustarehey enjoyment.
Mustarifuy with a competency,
neither rich nor poor.
350
MUT
liWA
Mutaahir, credible.
Mutiat obc<lience.
Muuaji\ plur. wauajif a murderer,
a slayer.
Muuguzi^ plur. wavguzi, a nurse,
one who nurses sick people.
Muumifhi, plur. toaumwAt, aonpper.
Muundi wa mguu (A.)) the shin.
MuungUf God, plur. miungu. The
Swahili rarely use Muungu or
*Mungu alone. They almost
always say Mwenyiezi *Mungu.
Maskini ya Muungu, a poor free
person.
MuzimOf a place where offerings are
made to some spirit supposed to
haunt there. Baobab trees are
generally supposed to be haunted
Mvi, grey hairs. [by spirits,
Mciliy the shade of a tree.
Mvinje, Cassiorinus.
Mvinyo, strong wine, spirits, wine.
MviringOj round, roundness.
Mcitay MombflS.
MtfivUf idle. See -vivu.
Mcua, rain, rains.
Mvua ya mwdka, the rain which
falls about August
Mvujey assafoetida.
Mvvkke, vapour, steam.
MvukutOy plur. mivukutOf a lever.
Mwlana, plur. wamtlana, a young
man whose beard is just begin-
ning to grow.
Mvtdey the lesser rains, about
October or November.
MvulinL in the shade.
Mvumtif plur. mivuma, the borassus
palm.
MffumilivUf plur. tcavumtlivu,
patient, long-suffering.
Vtitno, a rubber, six games won by
nie side (in cards).
Mvunda, or Mvumja, plnr. wmmnda^
a breaker, a destzoyer, one who
ruins.
Mvungut the hollow of a tree, a
hollow tree.
Mvungu wa JcitandOf the space
under a bedstead.
Mvuvij plur. foavuvi, a fiahiiwHM^
Mw'. See Jf-.
Mwaj of.
Muaay plur. miiDaa, strips of the
leaf of a tree called mkoma (?),
used to make coarse mats and
baskets.
Mwafa 7cu-f to forgive.
Mioafdkay a conspiracy, an agree-
ment, a bargain.
Mwaga ku-, to pour away, to empty
out, to spill.
Mwagia ^, to pour upon, to empty
out for.
Mwajuifuniy a self flatterer.
Mtodkay plur. miakay a year. The
year commonly used in Zanzi-
bar is the Arab year of twelve
lunar mouths. There is also
the Persian year of 365 days,
beginning with the Nairuz,
called in Swahili the 8iku a
mvcdka. From this day the year
is reckoned in decades, each
decade being called a mvsongo.
The year is called &om the day
of the week on which it com-
mences : Mtoaka juma, Mwdka
alhamisiy &c.
Mwakajana^ last year.
Mwakajuzij the year before last.
Mwdka kwa mtoaka, yearly.
Mioakey his, hers, its. See -ake,
MvuakOf thy. See -ako.
Mwali, See Mwana muxili,
MvHjUi, plur. mitoali, a sort of palm
MWA
HWE
351
i9iih very long and strong leaf
stalks, which are used for doors,
ladders, and otiier purposes.
MwalimUf plur. wacdimu, a teacher.
MwamcUe, treatment, mode of treat-
ing.
Mwamha, plur. ndanriba, a rock.
Mwawba, plur. mianibay the wall
plate in a mud and stud house.
Mwamiui^ plur. waamua, a judge.
MwamiMy husband's brother.
Mwamuzi, plur. waamuzi, a judge.
Mwana, the mistress of the house,
a matron. It is polite in Zanzi-
bar to speak of one's own mother
as mwana.
Mtoana, plur. toaana, a son, a child.
MioanangUf my child.
Mioanao, your child.
Mwanatoe, his or her child.
Mioanetu, our child.
Mwana Adamuy a child of Adam,
i.e,j a human being.
Mtoaria majij a seaman.
Mioana maua, a sprite represented
as a white woman with an ugly
black husband.
Mwana mke, plur. vjoana wake or
waanaakcy a woman.
Mwana mke toa kiungvjana, a lady.
Mwana mume, plur. tmzana waume
or toaanaume, a man.
MvHma mvjaH, a young woman
whose breasts are not yet flat-
tened, one who has not yet left
her father's house.
Mioanamizi, a soldier crab.
Mwandikajif plur. loacmdikaji, a
waiter, a table servant.
Mwandiko, plur. miandikoy a manu-
script, handwriting.
Mwandishi, plur. waandishi, a
writer, a clerk, a secretary.
MwangOy plur. miangaf .light, a
light, a kind of rice.
Mwangaliziy plur. waangalizi, an
overseer, one who overlooks or
looks to.
Mwangaza, plxn, miangazaf a light
hole, the small round holes which
are often left near the ceilings
of rooms in Zanzibar.
MwangOy plur. miangOj a lamp-stand,
a piece of wood about eighteen
inches long, from near the bottom
of which two small pieces project
at right angles, to hold the com-
mon clay lamp of the country.*
The mwango is generally hung
against a wall.
Mwango = Mlango.
*Mwango, plur. mi-wango, a kind of
Mwangu, my. See -angu, [shrub.
Mwangvji, echo.
Mvoaniy seaweed.
'Mwanzit plur. mivjanzi, a bamboo.
Miwamzi ya pua, the nostrils (?).
MwanzOy plur. mianzoy beginning.
MwojOy a worry, bother.
Mwapuza, a simpleton.
Mwashit plur. waashiy a mason.
Mwathiniy one who calls to prayer
at the mosque, a muezzin. Also
MtLelhthin,
Mwavuli, plur. miavuli, an um-
brella.
Mwawaai, the Disposer, a title of
God.
Mwaya ku- = Mwojga ku-^ to pour
away.
*Mweli, plur. waweli, a sick person.
Mwema, good. See -ema,
Mwembambaj thin. See -embambcu
Mwemhe, plur. miembe, a mango tree.
MwendanguUy a great and irre-
352
MWE
MWI
Mwendo, going, gait, journey.
Miccnendo, going on, behaviour.
Mioengey plur. mienge, a bundle of
straw, &e., used to carry a light.
Mwenyeji, plur. wenyeji^ a lioet, a
person who has a home in the
place.
Mwenyeice, plur. wenyewBy the owner,
self, myself, thyself, himself,
&o.
l^Ihau za mwenyetoef some one
else's planks.
Mvcenyif having, possessing. See
-enyi.
Mwenyi ezi Muungu, Almighty
God.
Micenyi chongo, a one-eyed per-
son.
Mwenyi inchif the lord of the
country.
Mwenyi Mrhaa, a lunatic.
Micenyi huhuiiibu, a preacher.
Mwenyi liupooza, a paralytic.
Mwenyi maliy a rich man.
Mwenzanguy plur. wenzangu, my
companion.
Mwenzif pliur. icenziy a companion.
MwerCt a kind of corn or seed like
linseed, growing on a close spike
like a bulrush flower.
MwerevUf plur. werevuj a shrewd
person, a man of the world.
Mwewe, a hawk, a kite, a kind of
fish.
Mweya ku-, to steal.
*Mweza, plur. waweza, able, having
power over.
Mtoeza mwenyewe^ one's own
master.
Mwezi^ the moon.
Mwezit plur. mieziy a month. The
months in Zanzibar begin on
the day on which the moon is
first seen, unless thd old month
has already had thirty days ; if
00, the day which would haye
been the 81st, is the 1st of the
new month.
Mweti mpungufuy a month of less
than thirty days.
Mwezi mwandamu or mwemgamu,
a month of thhrty full days.
Muoezi ngapi f what is the day of
the month ?
Mwezi wa rita, the 6th day of the
month.
Mwiba, plur. trUiba, a thorn.
Micibaji, plur. w^bajij an habitual
thief, a thievish person.
Micigo, a sort of large dove with red
bill, wliite neck, and black body.
It cries Kooo I Then one answers,
'^Mwigo!" KoooI-^'*^NiagfaieI **
Kooo ! — " Kwema nendaho f "
Kooo /—then one may go on. If it
answers not, it is a bad omen.
Mwiico, plur. mitkoj a spoon, a
mason's trowel. Also a measure,
direction, prohibition, especial-
ly of a medical practitioner.
Kwhil'a micihOj to live by rule, to
live abstemiously.
Mwili, plur. miilif the body.
MwimOj plur. miimOj side piece of
a door frame.
*3Twinda, |Jur. wawinda, a hunter.
Mwingajinit a common plant whose
leaves are said, when rubbed in,
to cure the aching of the limbs in
fever ; a decoction of the roots is
said to be useful in dysentery.
Mwingi, much, full.
Mwingi wa maneno, full of
words.
Mwinyi = Mwenyi^ having, with.
See -enyu
MWI
MZO
353
MwishOf pluT. miishOf end, conclu-
sion.
Mtoithi (Patta) = Mwivu
MwitOj calling, summons.
Mwituy forest.
Ya mwituy wild.
Mbuja wa mwiiu^ jeickals.
Mwivi, plur. toevi, a thief.
*MmvUj plur. voawiim^ a jealous
person.
Mwizi (A.) = Mwivi,
Mwogay plur. vjooga, one who fears,
a coward.
Miookosif plur. toaokosit one who
picks up anything.
Miookozij plur. waohozij one who
saves, a saviour.
Mioombaji, plur. uoaomhaji, a beg-
gar.
Mtoomhezi, plur. waorhbezit an inter-
cessor.
Mwomo = Jtfclomo.
MvxmgOy plur. miongo^ a decade of
ten days, used in reckoning the
nautical or Swahili year, from
the 8%ku a mwaha,
Mwongo mvjangajpi, in what de-
cade is it ?
*Mioongo, plur. watoongo, a liar, a
false person.
Simekuwa 'mvjongo f am I not a
Uar?
Mwongofu, plur. toaongofu, a con-
vert, a proselyte.
Mwujizat plur. miujiza, a miracle.
MzaOf plur. wazaa, a parent.
Mzaahitdt a great-grandmother.
3fza&i&ti, plur. mizahibut a vine.
ilfza^a, sport, ridicule, derision.
Kumfanyizia mzaha^ to deride
him.
Mzalia, plur. wazcUia, a native, a
slave bom in the country.
Mzalishay plur. wazalishOf a mid-
wife.
Mzaramu, a pool of water.
Mzazi, plur. wazaziy a parent, fruitful.
iSt mzazi, barren.
3fz6e, plur. loazee, an old person, an
elder.
Mzembe, plur. toazembe, a careless
person.
Mzige, a locust
Mzigo, plur. mizigo, a burden, a
load.
Mzima^ an extinguisher, one who
puts out.
Jlfzima, plur. wazima^ a living or
healthy person.
Jlffu mzima, a grown person.
Mzimu, See Zimwi, Muzimo,
Kuzimu,
Mzinga, plur. mizinga, a hollow
cylinder, a hollowed piece of
wood used as a beehive, a can-
non.
Beale ya mzinga^ a pillar dollar.
Mzingi or Mzinjij plur. mizingi,
foundations, trench for laying in
the foundation. Also Msinji.
MzingiU mwambijiy a puzzle, a
labyrinth.
MzingOy the circumference, brink.
Mzingo wa, around.
MziOf that which would be deleterious
to any one ; each person is said to
have his special mzio — of one it is
cuttle-fish, of another, red fish,
and so on. Also Msio.
Mzishi, plur. wazishi, a burier, one
who will see to one's funeral, a
special friend.
MzOf sixty pishi.
Mzofafa, on tiptoe.
Mzoga, plur. mizogay a dead body, a
carcase.
354
MZO
N
Mzomari, See Marcuhi = Zomari.
Mzungu, plur. mizungut a strange
and startling thing.
MtungUf plur. Wazungu, a Enro-
pean, one who wears European
clothes.
Mzungu toa pUif queen in cards.
Mzungu tea tatu, knave in cards.
Mzungu wa 'nne, king in carils.
Mzunguhoy plur. mizungukOj a wan-
dering about.
Mzushi, a heretic, an innovator.
Mzuzij plur. wazuzi, a tale-bearer,
one who reports maliciously or
untruly the word of others.
Mzuzu, plur. wazuzUf a simpleton.
MztoeOf used to.
2<.
N is pronounced as in English.
An 1 sound is generally connected
with an initial n. It sometimes
precedes more or less distinctly,
and may be written in or *n, making
the n a distinct syllable. Some-
times the n flows into the following
letter, so that the t sound is alto-
gether lost. Very often it follows
it as in the common syllable ni or
ny. It is characteristic of the Zan-
zibar dialect to make the initial i
sound distinct. Thus inchi, a coun-
try, is at Mombas *nti.
Ni is often contracted into *n or
n, and where n would be dropped
ni sometimes is so, as in the first
person of the future tense, nitapenda
or *ntapenda or tapenda.
V cannot be placed before 6, chy
h Pi r, 8, tj V, or w.
"fore 6, to, and perhaps v, it be-
omes m, and to changes into h.
Beftyre k, p, and perbape i; it Is
dropped, and the oonaoiUHit
gets an explosive Bound.
Before Z, r, and perhaps if the n
remains, but the other oooao-
nant becomes a d.
Before €h, J^ m, n, and «^ H is
merely dropped.
N can stand before d, g^ J, p,
and z,
^before Jc is in two oases at least
contracted into h,
Hapenda = Nikapenda,
Eipenda = Nikipmda.
There is a sound in Swahili which
is treated as a simple consonant,
which does not occur in European
languages as an initial sound. It
is very nearly the same with the
final ng in English, in such words
as loving, going, &c. The sounds of
n and g seem both audible, but so
blended that neither of them can be
carried on to the following vowel;
It is here written ng\ to distinguish
it from the common sound ng, in
which the g passes on to the follow-
ing vowel. There is some little
difference in the way in which dif-
ferent persons pronounce it ; it has
sometimes more of a gn sound, and
might be so written it it be under-
stood that the two letters are so
fused together that neither can be
heard as if it stood alone. It has
been sometimes written ^, which is
either a mistake or very misleading.
That the sound really is ng, may be
proved by the fact that such words
as begin with it are treated as words
beginning with n, and that when
other prefixes are applied they are
K-
N-
355
treated ad if the root began with g.
It is not, however, a very common
sound in Swahili.
There is another sonnd com-
pounded of n and. i, which is very
fairly represented by the Spanish ^,
or by ni in such English words as
companion, &c. It is pronounced
perhaps in Swahili with a slightly
broader and more nasal sound. It
is here written ny, to distinguish it
from the common syllable ni, in
which the •' has a vowel sound.
The ny sound in the dialect of
Zanzibar sometimes represents an n
in more northern Swahili, as in
Kttnwa at kdnywa^ to drink.
The change fromi ry io ny has in
many verbs the effect of giving a
causative meaning, as in kupona, to
get welly huponya, to make well, to
save.
N'^ or ni-, the sign of the first per-
son singular of verbs, I.
-n-, or -ni; the objective prefix
proper to denote the first person,
me.
N- (see ny-)»
1. A prefix frequently occurring
in substantives which do not
change to form the plural. If
followed by d, gf, j\ or «, it is
pronounced with them and does
not form a distinct syllable.
Before other consonants it forms
a distinct syllable, and may be
written 'n- or sometimes in-,
2. The plural prefix of substan-
tives which begin in the singular
with «-, followed by a conso-
nant The tt is dropped and n
prefixed before d, g, J, and z.
Before b, and perhaps v, the n
changes into m, before w ihenio
become mb. Before I or r the
ni or nr become nd. Before k,
j9, and t, the n is dropped and
the other consonant gets an ex-
plosive or aspirated sound, and
may be written k% |/, and f ;
before cih, /, m, n, and «, the n is
merely dropped. Where, how-
ever, dropping the u- would
leave the word a monosyllable,
the tf- is retained, and ny pre-
fixed.
N- (see ny-). The prefix proper to
adjectives agreeing with sub-
stantiveaof the class which docs
not change to form its plural
of whichever number, or with
plural substantives which make
their singular in u-. Where the
simple form of the adjective
begins with a vowel, ny- is pre-
fixed, except -ema, good, which
makes njema or ngema. The
changes before a consonant are
the same as those given just
above for the plural nouns in «-.
Nyumba mbaya, not nbaya,
chcLchef not nckache.
ndogo.
fupi, not nfupu
ngevmu
njema,
kubwOf not nktihuja,
mcja, not nmoja,
nanCy not nnane,
pana, not npana.
^rnpyd, not npya or pya.
ndefuj not nrefu,
tatUj not ntatu.
mhiliy not nwUi or npUi.
nfturi.
>»
n
n
»
>»
»
w
f»
>»
9)
II
356
NA
RAK
Na, anr], alao, with ; by, of the agent
of a paiwive, and with, of the
sliarcr in the action of a reci-
procal verb.
Na when joined with a pronoun
commonly forms one word with
it.
Nami, and I, or with me.
Navje, and thou, or with thee.
NaOf nayo, nacho, nalOf and or
with thorn, it, &c., &o., &c.
Na joined with the verb kuioa, to
bo, or with the personal prefix
only, constitutes the verb to
liave. The object is frequently
joined with the na, — ana, or
anazo, anaclio, &c., &c., ho has.
Alioho nacJu)^ which he has.
Alv'iliokuwa nachOf which ho had.
Aiahaclwkuwa imchOf which he
will have.
Atahuwa nacho, he will have it.
The verb kuwa na is used some-
times in the sense of being, as
Talihuwa na mtu, there was a
man.
Jlakuna, there is not.
Kuna, there is.
Zinazo, thc^y are.
-na-f the sign of the present tense
of a continuing action.
Anakwenda, he is going.
Anasema, he is saying.
This tense has sometimes the
effect of a present participle.
Akamwona anakuja, and he saw
him coming.
N.I J. — At Mombas the -na- tense
is used as a past tense. At
Zanzibar it is the most usual
present.
Ka or *Nna = Nina, I have.
JVrttt'ii or Sa^am, yes.
Nabihiiha Iw-, to ezbort
Nabii, a prophet.
Nadi kUf to proclaim, to malEe n
bid fur a thing, to bbU bj ftuotiiiii.
BeeMnadL
Nddira, rare.
Nafakoj com, com used na money.
Mtama, or millet, was formerly
used in Zanzibar as small
change: it was superseded by
the introduction of pice firom
India about the year 1845.
Na/asi, space, room, time, oppor-
tunity.
NafisUha ku-, to give space, to make
space.
Na/si or Nafusi, self, soul, breath.
Nafuu, profitable.
Nahau, spelling, grammar.
Nahma ku, to revenge.
Naliotha ya maji, water-tank.
Nat, a sort of anvil fixed in a forked
piece of wood.
Najisi = Nejjis, profane.
Ndkliotha or Nahoza, captain of a
vessel, master mariner.
Nakili ku-, to copy, to transcribe.
Nakiahi, Naksh, or Nakshi, carving.
Kukata naksh, to carve, to orna-
ment with carving.
Nakishiwa ku, to be carved or in--
laid.
Nakl, a copy.
Nako, and it was there.
Ndkudi, cash, ready money.
Nama ku- = Inama ku-, to bend
down, to bow the head.
Nami, and I, or with me.
Na^mna or Namuna, sort, pattern.
Namua ku- (Mer.), to take out of a
trap, to extricate.
Nana or Nd'ana, mini
Nana, mistress (N.).
NAN
NDI
357
Nanazi, plur. mananazif a pine-
Nane, eight. [apple.
'Uaney eight.
Ya nane, eighth.
Nanga^ an anchor.
Kutia nangat to anchor.
NangonangOy a worm (?).
Nanil Who?
Nanigwanzula, a kind of lizard,
^ao, and they or witli them, and it
or with it.
Naoza = NaJchofkaj a <}aptaiB.
NapOy and there, and here.
Nasa ku-y to catch in a trap.
Nasi ku-y to warn.
NasibUy luck, fortune.
Kwa Tuisihuy by chance, perhaps.
Ndsibu kuy to appoint.
Nastha ktt-y to suggest.
Nasihi ku-y to entreat, to beseech.
NastcLhiha, I see it better, prefer.
Nasury an abscess.
Nata ku'y to be adhesive, to stick.
Nathariy choice.
Nathiriy a look, a glance, a vow.
Kuweka nathiriy to vow.
Kuondoa nathiH, to perform a
vow.
Nathiri ku-y to glance.
Natoay a blemish (?).
Nauliy freight.
Nawa ku-y to wash oneself.
Kunawa mikonoy to wash one's
hands.
NazdVy quarrel.
Naziy a cocoa-nut, a fully ripe nut.
Nazi kavuy copra, cocoa-nuts dried
fit for pressing.
Naziri = Nathiri.
Naziyana ku-y to quarrel.
'NchOy the point, the end, tip, a
strand in cordage.
Nchi. Sec Inchi.
Ndaa (M.), hunger, = Njaa,
Ndamay a calf, the young of a
domestic animal.
Ndaniy within, inside.
Ndani yay inside of.
Kwa ndaniy inner, secret.
Ndani kwa ndaniy secretly.
Ndarobo,
Kusema cha ndarobOy to speak a
secret language.
Ndefu = Ndeouy the beard. Sing.
udevuy one hair of the beard.
Ndefuy long. See -refu,
Ndege, a bird, birds, an omen. To
see a woman with a load is lucky,
and would be called ndege njema.
To see a man by himself carrying
nothing is unlucky, and is ndege
mbaya,
Ndere,
TJnga wa nderCy a magic poison.
Ndewcy a hole pierced in the lobe of
the ear.
Ndeziy a kind of animal.
Ndi-y a prefix used with the short
form of the pronoun to express,
it is this, this is the one, I am
he, you are he, &c.
I, Ndimi,
Thou, Ndiwe,
He or she, Ndiye,
It, NdiOy ndiyOj ndicho, ndiloy
ndipOy ndikoy ndimo.
We, Ndisi.
You, Ndinyi.
They, NdiOy ndiyOy ndivyOy ndizo.
Ndiyo yalioy that is just it, that
is how matters stood.
Ndia (M.) = Njia,
Ndimiy tongues. See Ulimu
NdiOy yes.
Ndiwa (M.) or Njiwa^ a pigeon.
Ndizi^ bananaA^ \\d.\i\».YQ&«
358
NDI
NG'A
Ndizi Bkngdla, a thick sweet
kind of banana.
Ndizi mjengaf a long kind' of
banana used in cooking.
Ndizi msusat a large ridged kind-
of bananai
Ndooi, marriage.
Ndbnyay a lip-ring, worn by the
Nyassa.
Ndoo and Ndooni (M.) = Njoo and
Njooni, come.
Ndoo, a pail, a bucket.
NdbtOi a dreami .
Nidvtiy an ell?phant.
NdugUf a brother or sister, a cousin,
a relation.
Ndiigu "kunyonycb, a foster brother,
NdUiy small-pox. [&c.
Ndulif savage, given to slaying, a
man wholly without patience.
Ndume, male, from -lunte or -ume.
Ndusif a box.
Nebii = Nabiiy a prophet
Neema, grace, favour,
Neemesha ha-, to enrich.
Nefsi = Nafd = NafuHj self.
Negesha ku-, to charge with, to at-
tribute falsely to.
Akamnegesha mwivi, and ke
called him a thief.
NejjiSf or N^isi, or Najisiy profane,
blasphemous.
NeUi, a pipe, a water-pipe.
NembOf tribal marks.
Nena ku-, to speak, to name, to
mention.
Nenana ku-, to talk against one
another, to quarrel.
'tiene, thick, stout, fat, whole, com-
plete, plump, sleek.
Nenea ku-, to talk to, of, at, for, or
against, to blame, to soold, to re-
commend.
Nenepa ku-, to grow fat, cied ei-
pecially of persons.
NenOn plur. maneno, a word, a thing.
Sikufanya nenOj I have done no-
thing.
Nenyekea hthj to be humble, te oon-
descend.
-nenyekevuy humble, oondefloending.
Nepa kU'j to sag, to dip in the
middle as a long rope doeo.
Neupe or Nyeupe^ white. See •eitpe.
Neim or Nyeun, black. See ^eutL
-ngor or -nge-, the prefix of the
present conditional tenaa
fU-nge-kwody I shoald.be.
NgadUy land crabs.
-ngawa, though.
Ng'aa ku- = Ng'ara Aw-, to ahine.
-ngali-j the prefix of the past con-
ditional.
ni-ngalirkataoy I should have re-
fused.
Ngama, the hold of a ship^
Ng^amha, a liawkshead turtle, from
which tortoiscshell is procured.
Ng*ambOy the other side of a liver
or creek.
Ngamia or Ngamiya^ a oameL
Ng*anda^ a handful.
Ngano, a tale, a fablei
NganOy wheat.
Amekula nganoy he has been dis-
graced ; that is, having been
as if in paradise, he has now
to cat the food of ordinary
mortals.
NgaOi a shield or buckler ; they are
circular and very small.
Ngaray the young cob of Indian
oom.
Ng'ara ku-, or Ng*ahiy or Ng^aa, to
shine, to glitter, to be transparent,
to be clear.
NGA
NGir
359-
Ngariba, a oiroumcisor.
iTgariza fcw-, to fix the eyes, to glare.
Jmening*ariza maoho, he glared
at me.
Ngawa, a civet cat (?).
The ngawct^ is a larger animal
than the/»n^o.
Ng'aza ku-, to make to Bhine, or to
be brilliant.
Ngazif a ladder.
Ngaeidjaf Great ComorOi
*A'(7C, a scorpion.
-nge-f sign of the conditional pre-
sent, wonld.
Tdngedumuy they would stilt con-
tinue.
Ngedere, a small black monkey.
Ngema, good. See 'ema.
Ngeu, ruddle used by carpenters to
mark out their work.
-ngi or -ingi, many, much.
Ngiliza. See Ingiliza*
-nginet other, different
Wangine — wangine, some — other.
Ng'oa Zcu-, to pull up, to root up, to
pull out.
Ngoat lust.
Kulia ngoa^ to weep for jealousy.
Kutimia ngoet^ yaJcice, to satisfy
his desires^
Ng*ofUf the roe of a fish.
Ngoja ku-y to WAit, to wait for:
NgcjCj Angoxa.
Ngqjea ku-, to wait upon, to watch^
Ng*oka few-, to be rooted up.
Moyo unaning*okaf I was startled
out of my wits.
NgoUf rope.
Ngoma, a drum, a musical perform-
ance generally.
Ng*ombe or Grnombey an ox, a cow, a
bull, cattle.
N^ombe ndume, a bull.
Ngomet a fort.
Ng*onda ku-^ to cure or dry fish, &c.
Ng^onga.
Ana ng*onga (A.), he is inclined
to vomit.
Ng*(mg*ej the strips- of leaf or fibre
used for sewing matting, and for
tying.
Ng*ong*o, the thick edge of a strip
of matting.
Ngono, the share of her husband's
company which is due to each
wife.
Ngovi = Ngozi, blnm
Ngozii skin, hide, leather.
NguchirOy a mangouste. Also, a
sort of bird = Mchiro.
Ngumi or Nyamgumi, a whale.
Ngumii
Kupiga ngumi^ to strike with the
fist.
Ngumui hard. See -gumu,
NgtiOj calico, cotton cloth, clothes*
Nguo ya meza, a table-cloth.
Ngw) ya maki, stout cloth.
Kutenda rtguo^ to stretch the
threads for weaving.
Nguriy a shoemaker's tool shaped
like a skittle.
Ngttru,& kind of fish;
Nguruma ku-, to roar, to thunder.
Ngurumo, a roar, distant rolling
thunder.
Nguruvu, a kind of jackal with a
bushy tail.
Nguruwe or Nguuioe, a pig, swine.
NgiMttzi, a plug.
Nguue = Nguruwe, a pig.
Nguue, red paint.
Nguva^ a kind of fish.
Nguvuy strength, power, authority.
£wa nguvu, by or with strength,
by foroe, Bttwi^^ ^t»5iK^:^ .
360
NGU
KJI
NguzOy a pillar, pillars.
'ugwana, free, civilized.
Ngtoe, See Ugwe.
Ngwe, an allotment or space for cul-
tivation.
Ngvoena, a crocodile, a seal.
NgvnrOf a large kind of ant.
Nif I am, was, is.
Ni is used to express is or was, for
all persons and both numbers.
Ni (M.), by, with the agent of a
passive verb.
Ni f *N-, or N-j I, the sign of the
first person singular. Before the
'ta- of the future it sometimes
disappears.
-n«- or -W-, the objective prefix de-
noting the first person singular.
-nt, added to substantives, forms a
sort of locative case, signifying
in, at, into, to, from, from out
of, near, by.
1. When followed by pronouns,
&c., beginning with *m or ww,
this case implies within, inside
o^ or the coming or going to
or from the inside of the thing
named.
2. When followed by pronouns,
&c., beginning with p, it signi-
fies nearness to, or situation at,
by, before, near.
3. When followed by pronouns,
&c., in kw, it denotes going or
coming to or from, or at, from,
and in, in a vague sense, or of
things far off.
-wi, added to verbs in the impera-
tive forms the second person
plural. It is sometimes suffixed
to common phrases, as kuaheriniy
good-bye, and twendezetuniy let us
go, and is explained as a short
form for enyi^ or nyie^ you! you
there I
'nij enclitic form for nini, what ?
-f»», enclitic for nyt as an objective
suffix (N.).
Naioaamhianif I tell you.
Nia^ mind, intention, what one has
in one's mind.
Nia kut to have in one's nund, to
think to do.
Nikaaoy which I inhabit.
Nikali, and I am or was.
Nikali nikienda, and I am going.
Nil, blue (for washing).
Nikwata, the little wall lizard.
Nili, I being.
NUi hali ya kuwa^juu yake^ I
being on his back.
Nina, I have.
Nina, mother (N.).
Ninga, a kind of green bird some-
thing like a dove, a woman's
name.
NingHnia ku-, to swing.
NingHniza ku-, to set swinging.
Ninif Whuti
Kwa nini, or Ya ninif why ? what
for?
Ninyi, ye, you.
Ninyi nyote, all of you, all to-
gether.
Nipe, give me. See Pa Jcu-,
Nira, yoke.
Nisha, starch (?).
Njaa, hunger, famine.
^Nje, outside, forth.
^Nje ya, outside of,
Kwa ^nje, outwardly, on the out-
side.
Njema, good, very well. See -ema.
Njia or Ndia, a way, a path, a road,
means.
Njia panda, cross roads.
KJI
KY-
361
NJiri, a kind of animal.
Njiwa, a pigeon, pigeons.
Njiwa mangay tame pigeons.
Njiwa ya mwitu, a wild pigeon.
NjomhOj a fish barred with black and
yellow.
Njoo, come.
Njooni, come ye.
Njozif an apparition, vision.
Njuga^ a dog-bell, a small bell
worn as an ornament.
Njugu, ground nuts.
Njugu nyassa, soft ground-nuts.
Njiigu mawe, hard ground-nuts.
Njumu, inlaid with silver, inlaying
work. See Mjumu,
Njuwa = Njuga.
Nnaokaay where I am living, which
I am inhabiting.
-'n»e, four.
Ya *nne, fourth.
Noa ktty to whet, to sharpen on a
stone.
Noker, a servant.
Ndkoa, the second head man at a
plantation, generally a slave.
Noleo, plur. manoleo, the metal ring
round the haft where a knife is
set into its handle.
Nona &M-, to get fat, applied espe-
cially to animals.
Nong*ona Jcu-, to whisper, to mur-
mur.
Nong*oneza hu-, to whisper to.
Nong*(mezana ku-j to whisper to-
gether.
-nana, fat.
Nonoa ku- (?).
Noondo, or Nondo, a moth.
Nshi (A.), eyebrow.
Nso, the kidneys.
'Nta, wax, bees*-wax.
*Mi = Inchif land, country, earth.
Niiele or Nwele = Nyele^ hair.
Nuia ku-f to have in one's mind, to
intend.
Nuka ku-f to give out a smell, to
stink.
Tumbako ya kunuka, snuff.
NukatOt plur. manukato, a good
smell, a scent.
Nukiza ku-^ to smell out like a dog.
Nukta, a point, a vowel point.
Nuna ku-t to sulk.
Nundu, a hump, a bullock's hump.
NungUf a porcupine.
Nungu [Pemba], a cocoa-nut.
Nung*unika ku-, to murmur, to
grumble.
Nunua ku-, to buy.
Nunulia ku-y to buy for.
Nunuliwa ku-, to have bought
for one.
Nura ku; to say the words of an
oath.
NurUj light.
Nusa ku'y to smell.
Tumbako ya kunusa^ snuff.
Nu88, or Nusu, or Nussu, half.
Nusttru ktt-f to help.
Nwa kU' or Nywa ku-, to drink, to
absorb.
Nweleo, plur. manweleOy pores of
the skin.
Nwewa ku-, to be absorbed, ta be
drunk.
Ny-, a common prefix to substan-
tives which do not change to
form the plural, where the root
begins with a vowel.
Substantives in u- or w- followed
by a vowel make their plural
by substituting ny- for the -u.
Dissyllables in u- make their
plural by merely prefixing ny-.
Ny-f the prefix proper to a.dve«.t.vv'»k^
362
"NT A
TIYB
agreeing with substanliTeB of
either number of the class
wliich do not change to form
their plural, or with the plural
of substantives in u-, when the
root of the adjective begins
with a vowel, except -etna,
good, which makes njema or
ngema»
Nya hit; to fall (of rain) ; the ku-
bears the accent, and is re-
tained in the usual tenses.
Mvua inakunya, the rain is fall-
ing (Zanzibar).
Mvua yanyay rainfalls (M.).
Nyaa, nails of the fingers (N.).
Nyaka ku-, to catch.
Nyakua ku-, to snatch.
NyaloL, sheaths. See Ala,
NyaliOf cross pieces put in the
bottom of a pot to prevent the
meat touching the bottom and
burning.
Nyama, flesh, meat, an animal,
animals, beasts, cattlo.
Nyama mhwayi, savage beasts.
Nyamaa ku-, to continue silent, not
to speak, to acquiesce.
-nyamamL, silent
Nyamaza ku-f to become silent, to
leave off talking, to cease (of
pain).
Nyamgumij a whale.
Nyanana^ gentle. See -anana,
-nyangdlikaf a sort of a.
Kitu kinyangdlika, a sort of a
thing.
Mnyangdlika ganii What sort
of a man is it ?
Nyang'ariya ku-, to rob, to take by
force.
Nyangarij large (spider) shells.
Nyanij an ape, apes.
Nyanya, a small red firoit nged as a
vegetable, &c.
Nyanya ya kizungt^^ a 8ort of
small tomato.
Nyanyaaa ku-^ to profane, oontenm.
Nyara, booty.
NycLsif grass, reeds.
Nyatif a buffalo, buffaloes.
Nyatia ku-, to creep up to, to stalk
(an animal, &o.).
Nyauka ku-, to dry up, to wither,
to shrivel.
NyatoSf his mother (M.).
NyayOy plur. of uayo,
Nyea ku-t to cause to itoh, to itch.
Imeninyeaf I itch.
Nyefua ku-, to devour like a beast
of prey.
Nyegi,
Kuwa na nyegi, to be in heal
Nyekunduj red. See 'Ckundu.
Nyde, or Nuele, or Nwele, the hair,
sing, unyelej one hair.
Nyele za kipilipiUj woolly hair.
Nyde za Hnga^ straiglit hair.
Nyemhamha, thin. See -emibamba,
Nyemelea ku-j to go quietly and
secretly up to a thing in order
to seize it.
Nyemif a great dance.
Nyenya ku-j to talk a person into
telling something.
Nyenyekea ku-, to be humble.
Nyenza, rollers, anything to -make
things move.
Nyepesi, light. See 'cpesi.
Nyesha ku-y to cause to fall.
Kunyesha mvua, to cause it to
rain.
Nyeta ku-, to be teasing, ill-condi-
tioned, never satisfied.
Nyeupe, white. See -eupe,
Nyeusi, blaok. See -eusi.
-NYE
TSfYW
€63
"Tiyevu, damp.
Nyie or Enyie, you there, I say;
used in calling people at a dis-
tance.
Nyikay wilderness, cut grass (A.).
T^yima ^u-, to refuse to, to withhold
from, not to give to.
Nyiminyimif into little bits.
Nyingiy many, much. See -ingi.
Nyingine, other, another. See
-ngine.
Nying'inia hu-, to sway, swing.
Also Ning^inia.
Nyinyi, you.
Nyinyoroy a bulbous plant which
throws up a large head of red
dowers.
Nyoa, plur. manyoa, a feather, =
Nyoya.
Nyoa ku', to shave,
^yot (?), a locust
Nyoka, a snake, a serpent, snakes.
Nyoha %u-, to be straight, to be
stretched out.
Nyonda^ temptation, triaL
Nyondot a moth. Also Noondo,
Nyonga, the hip.
Nyonga ya sarara (A.), the loins.
Nyonga A^-, to twidt, to strangle.
Nyonganyonga hu-, to go from side
to side, to wriggle.
•nyonge, mean, insignificant, vile.
NyongOy bile.
Nyong'onyeya hu-, to be weary,
languid, to get slack and power-
less.
Nyonya %»-, to suck.
Nyonyeaha kw, to suckle.
Nyonyo*
Mafuta ya nyonyo, castor oil (2).
Nyonyoa hu-, to pluck a bird, to
pull out feathers.
Nyonyoha = Nyonyoa,
Nyonyota 1cu-t to make to smart.
NyororOf soft. See -ororo.
Nyosha hu-y to stretch, to straighten,
to extend.
Kujinyosha, to lie down, to take
a nap.
Nyota, a star, stars, point of the
compass.
Nyot€j all, agreeing with ninyi, you.
See -ote.
Nyoya, plur. manyoya^ feather.
Nyoyo, hearts. See Mayo,
Nyua, plur. of tta, a courtyard, en-
closure.
Nyuhi, a bee, bees.
Asali ya nyuki, honey.
Nyukua hu-, to tweak, to pinch
sharply.
Nyuma, at the back, afterwards.
Nyuma ya, behind, after.
Nyumaye, after it, afterwards.
Kurudi nywma, to go back.
Nywmba, a house, houses.
Nyumho, the wildebeest, catobl^pas
gorgon.
NyumhUj a mule, mules.*
Nyundo, a hammer, hammers.
Nyunty a bird, birds (M.).
Nyungo, plur. of Ungo,
Nyungu, a cooking pot.
Nyungunyunguj sores in the leg,
said to be caused by the biting of
worms bearing the same name.
Nyunyiza hu-, to sprinkle, to
sprinkle upon.
Nyunytmtka hu-, to murmur (?).
Nyushi, the eyebrow.
Nywa hit' or Nwa hit-, to drink,
suck up, absorb. The hu- bears
the accent and is retained in the
usual tenses.
Nywea hu-, to get very thin, to
vaste away.
364
N Y W
ONE
Nywesha ftu-, to give to drink.
Nzii plur. manzi, a fly. Also Inti.
Nzige, a locust.
Nzigunzigu, a butterfly.
Nzima, sound. See -ztmo.
NzitOy heavy. See -zito,
Nzuri, fine. See -zuri.
O.
is pronounced a little more like
aiD than is usual in English.
U before o sometimes becomes a
to, but very often disappears, as:
Koga for kuoga, to bathe. This
word and some others in o are
sometimes incorrectly conjugated
as if beginning in ho.
-0 or -0-, sign of the relative, re-
ferring to substantives in the
singular which make their plural
in mi'f or to singular substantives
in «-.
-0, the short form of wao, they or
them.
Oa ku't to marry, used of the bride-
groom. Passive, kuolewa.
Oana hu-j to intermarry, to marry
one another.
Oawa hu-y to become married (of
the man).
Oaza hu-f to marry.
Oga hu-f to bathe, frequently pro-
nounced koga.
Ogofisha ku-y to frighten, make
afmid, to menace, to threaten.
Ogofya kw, to frighten.
Ogoha ku-, to swim, to swim about.
Ogopa ku-y to fear, to be afraid.
Oka ku'y to bake, to cook by fire
only.
Okoa ku-y to save, to take away.
Okoka ku-, to become savedy to
Okota ku', to pick up. [escape.
Olcj woe.
Ole ufanguy toenu, &c., woe nnto
me, unto you, &c.
Oleuoa ku-, to marry or to be mar-
ried, used of the bride.
Oleza ku-y to make like, to follow a
pattern.
Ornha kw, to pray to, to beg ot^ to
beseech.
Ombea ku-, to intercede for, to beg
on behalf of, to pray for.
Omboleza ku-, to waiL
Omo, the head of a ship.
Pepo za omOy head winds (?).
Ona ku-y to see, to perceive, to feeL
Kuona kiuy to feel thirst.
Kujiona, to think oneself to
affect to be.
Naona, I think so*
Onana ku-y to meet.
Onda ku- (M.) = Onja ku-, to taste,
to try.
OndOf plur. maondo (A.), the knee.
Ondoa ku-, to take away.
Ondoka ku-y to go away, to get up,
to arise.
Ondoka mbele yanguy depart from
me.
Kuondoka kaWca ulimwengu huu,
to depart out of this world.
Ondokea kti-, to rise to^ or out of
respect to.
Ondokelea ku-, to arise and depart
from.
OndoUa ku-, to remove, to take
away from.
Kuondolea huzuni, to cheer.
Ondosha ku-y to make to go away,
take away, abolish.
Onea ku-^ to see for to anticipate
for, to bully, to oppress.
ONE
PA
365
Onehana Jeth, to become Tisible, to
appear, to be to be seen.
Ongea ku-, to spend time, to waste
time in talking.
Ongeza hu-, to make greater, add to.
Kuongena urefuy to lengthen.
Ongezeka Tcu-y to increase.
Ongoa leu-^ to oonvert, to lead
aright.
Ongofya Aw-, to deceive by promises.
Ongoha hu-, to be converted, to be
led aright, to be healed.
Ongohewa ku-j to prosper.
Ongonga ku-, to feel nansea.
Ongoza hi-, to drive, to lead.
Ongua ku-, to hatch.
OngvUwa ku-, to be hatched.
Onguza Afti-, to scorch, to scald.
Onja ku-f to taste, try, examine.
Onya ku-, to warn, to make to see.
Onyesha kw, to show.
Opoa ku-, to take ont, to fish up.
Opolea ku-, to fish np with, for, by,
Orfa, or Orofct, or Ghorofot an npper
room,
-ororo, soft, smooth. It makes /ororo,
with nonns like kashct, and
nyororo with noons like nyurnba.
Osha ku-, to wash.
Oiiheka ku-, to have been washed.
Osia, learning of old times.
Ota ku-, to dream (kutota^ Mer.).
Ota kth, to grow.
-oto or o^e, all, every one, the
whole. It varies like the pos-
sessive pronouns.
Menhebu zote, all the ships.
Merikdm yote, the whole ship.
Twende sate, let us go together.
Twende wote, let us both go.
Lo lote, eho chote, &c., whatsoever*
Oka ku-, to lie in wait for*
-ovu or -havu, rotten, bad, corrupt,
wicked. It makes nibovu with
nouns like nyumha,
Ovyo, trash, any sort of thing.
Otoama ku-, to be steeped.
OtoamisTia kw, to steep.
Oza ku-j to rot, to spoil, go bad.
AlaOf to many (of the parents).
P.
P is prononnced as in English.
P, at the beginning of a word, has
frequently an aspirated or rather
an explosive sound, such as Irish-
men sometimes give it. This is
very marked in the name of the
island of Pemba or P'emba. JP*epo,
the plural of upepo, wind, has a
very strong explosive sound given
to the first p, but in upepo both p*B
are smooth, like an ordinary Eng-
lish p. It is probable that this
explosive sound represents a sup-
pressed n.
P followed by a y sound some-
times becomes/: kuogopa, to fear,
kuogofya, to frighten; kuapa, to
swear, kuafya, to make to swear.
Pa- or P-, the prefix proper to ad-
jectives, pronouns, and verbs
of both numbers governed by
mahali, place or places.
The prefix proper to pronouns
following the case in -ni, when
it denotes nearness, at, by, near.
The prefix pa- is often applied to
a verb in the sense of the
English there,
Palina or paltkuwa no, there was.
Hapana, there is noL
366
PA
PAK
It is not quite so indefinite as hih.
Pa kit', to present with, to give to.
The Jeu bean the accent; kupa
cannot be uaed witliout a peraon
as its object, and tlie objeotiye
prefix bears the accent Ali-
htipa, he gave jou; oZfoipa, he
gave him. The pawdve is ktjh
pawa or kupetoa, and moans, to
have given to one, to receive.
PcMf a gazelle, a small kind of
antelope.
PaOf plur. mapaa, a thatched roof.
Nyumha ya mapaa marmet a roof
of four slopes.
PcM hu-t to ascend, to go up.
Paa hu-, to scrape.
Kupaa BamaMf to scrape the
scales off a fish.
Kupaa iandaruHf to clean gum
copal.
Kupaa motOy to take fire and
carry it on a potsherd, ^n.
PaandOj a trumpet.
Paange^ a horsefly, a gadfly.
Paango, plur. mapojango, a cave,
a den.
Paaza hw, to make to rise.
Kupaaza pumzi, to draw in the
breath.
Paaza ku-, to grind coarsely, not to
make fine meal.
Paoha, a twin.
Kuzaliwa pa^eha, to be bom twins.
Paeha ya nje, a child of which
its mother was pregnant while
suckling a previous child.
Padhika ku-^ to put an arrow on
the string, to stick a knife in
one's girdle, &a
Padiri or PadrCy plur. mapadiriy
a padr^, a priest, a clergyman.
Pafu, lungs.
Paga Xr«-, to ttrike hard, to haipoon
a whaleu
Pogoa Jku-% to cazrj on the dioiikl«nb
to possess (of an evil 9jgiiit)»
Awtepoffowa na |MfM» hie is pos-
sessed of an evil spirit
Pagazakfh^to make to bear, ai^Blied
to an evil spirit causing a man to
fall sick.
Pagua kvhf to take ofl^ atrip off (as
boughs and leaves^
PahaU, in the plaocb at the plaee.
Pajdy plur. mapcya, the thigh.
Paje^ red mtama [Pemba].
Paji la two, the fosehead.
Paka, a cat, cats.
Paka kti^; to rob in« to ameer od.
Pakaa hvh = Paka Xnk
Pdkaoha, plur. majpalpodba, a basket
made by plaiting together part
of a cocoa-nut leafl
Pakacha^ plur. mapakat^ people
who prowl about at iu£^ to do
mischief.
Pakana ^n*-, to border npoiu
Pakanya^ rue.
Pakcua kit- (Mer.), to twist rope.
Pakata ku-, to hold a child on the
lap or in front
Pake, his, hers, or its, after makaU,
or the case in -m' signifying
nearness. See -<i^.
Pakia ku-t to load a ship, to be
loaded with, to carry as cargo,
to have on board.
Pakicha ku-.
Kupakicha migun,io cross the legs
in sitting; reckoned improper
in Zanzibar.
Pakilia ku-, to embark for, to put
on board for.
Pakita Xm-, to stow on board ship,
PAK
PAN
367
Pake, thy, your, after mahaliy or
the case in -ni denoting nearness.
See 'oko,
Pakim ku-, to take out of the pot,
to dish, to lade out.
Pakuna ku, to scratch.
PakutokeOy a place to go out at, an
outlet.
Pale, there, that place, of things
not very far off.
PalepdU, just there, at thai very
spot
Pdlia ku-t to hoe.
Kupalia motOy to pick up for, and
take live embers to a person.
Kupaliwa na mate or maji, to
choke with spittle or with
what one is drinking, so as to
send it into (»io's nose, ears,
&c.
Palikuwa no, there was or there
were.
PcUiHa hu'f to hoe up, to draw the
earth up round growing crops, to
hoe between crops.
Paliliza ku-, to cause to be hoed.
Paliza ku-f to lift up the voice.
Palu, plur. mapcdUf little cakes of
sugar, bhang, and opium.
Pamhay cotton.
Paniba ku-, to adorn, to deck out,
furnish.
Kupamba mer€eebUf to dress a
ship.
Ku^mpamba mayiH to put cotton
in ears, mouth, &c of a dead
person before burying him.
Pambaja ku-, to embrace.
Pcmbana ku-, to meet in a narrow
place where two cannot go
abreast; applied to ships it
means, to go alongside, to get
foul of one another.
PambanisTM ku'j to bring together,
to compare.
Pambanua ku-, to distinguish, to
separate, to discriminate.
Pamha/nuHa ku-, to describe by
distinguishiog.
Pambanya ku-, or Pambanyiza ku-,
to overbear by loud talking, fto.
Pambauka or Pamhazuka ku-, to
become light in the morning.
Pamhazua ku-, to speak plainly.
Pamhele, in front.
Parnbo, plur. mapambo, adornment,
dressing.
Pambo la n^um^o, house furniture.
Pamoja, in one place, together.
Pamoja na, together with, with.
Pana, there is or are, was or were.
-pana, broad, wide. It makes pana
with nouns like nyuinha,
Pana ku-, to make mutual gifts.
Panapana, flat, level, even.
Panapo, where there is, are, was or
were.
Panchayat, five head men (Hind.),
governing council.
Panda (M.) = Panja,
Panda, a bifurcation, as where a
road divides into two, where
two streams join, where the
bough of a tree forks.
Njia panda, cross roads, or where
three ways meet; there is a
superstitious custom of empty*
ing rubbish and dirt at such
places.
Panda ku-, to mount, to get up,
ascend, ride, to go on board, to
go ashore (of a ship).
Panda ku-, to set aside.
Panda ku-, to plant, to sow.
Pcmdana ku-f to lie across one
another.
868
PAN
PA6
Pande mbUif on both sides. See
Upande.
Pandisha ku-y to make to go up, to
hoist, to raise.
Panga ku-, to rent, to hire a house.
Panga ku-, to put in a line, to set
in order.
Panga, plur. of upanga.
Pangana ku-, to be in rows.
PanginCf another place, other places.
See -ngine.
Panginepo, elsewhere.
Pangisha ku-, to let a house to.
Pangtsha ku-, to make people sit in
rows or in order.
Pangu, my. See ^angu,
Pangusa ku-, to wipe.
Panja, the forelock.
Mapanja, the receding of the
hair on each side of the fore-
lock.
Panua ku-, to widen, to make
broad.
Panulia ku-, to widen for, to set
wide apart.
Panuka ku-, to become broad, to
widen.
Panya, a rat, rats.
Panyamavu, a quiet place, a calm
spot See -nyamavu.
Paza ku-, to set up, to raise.
Kupanza mtambo wa bunduki, to
cock a gun.
Panzi, a grasshopper, a kind of
fish.
Panzi ya nazi, brown rind of the
cocoa-nut kernel.
Pao, their. See ao,
Pao, clubs (in cards).
P*apa, a shark.
Papa hapa, just here.
Papa ku-, to transude, to allow
transudation.
Papasa kft-, to tonoh geaflj* to
stroke, to feel, to grope.
Papon, ticks, especiallj those found
in native huts.
Papatika ku-, to flatter like a bizd.
Papatua ku-, to shell, to huak.
Papayi, plur. mapapayi^ papawi^ a
common kind of fruit.
Papayuka Aw-, to be delizioasy to
wander.
Papayuza ku-, to make delirioaa.
Papia ku-, to eat all one can get^ to
eat without bounds.
Papua ku; to tear.
Papura ku-, to olaw» to aonitch
deeply.
PapuH, thin oakes flaYovzed with
asafoetida.
Papurika ku; to be lacerated.
Papuriana ku-, to pick holes in one
another's reputation.
Para, a scraping, sliding.
Para, plur. maparOf cakes of sem-
sem.
Parafujo, a screw.
Paraga ku-, to climb a tree.
Pardhara, a large kind of antelope.
Parapara ku-, to paw the ground
like a horse.
Paruga ku-, to be rough and grat-
ing.
Paruza ku-, to grate, to graze, to be
harsh and rough, to strike a
match.
Paruzana ku-, to graze (as of two
boats, &c.).
Pasa ku-, or Pasha ku-, to come to
concern, to become a duty.
Imekupasaje ? What have you
to do with it ?
Imenipasa, I ought.
Pasha ku-, to lend money to, to
give privately or beforehand.
PAS
PEL
369
Kupcuha moto^ to warm op, to
set before the fire.
PasU a clothes-iron.
Kupiga past, to iron.
PasipOf -without, where there is not.
Fusiwe, without there being.
Pastia hu-, to cleave, to split, to
rend.
Pasuka Jeth, to become rent, to
burst, to crack, to be split.
Paaukapasuka ku-t to be split up,
rent to pieces.
Pata, a drawn game at cards -where
each side marks sixty.
Pata ku'j to get, to reach, to suffer,
to find an opportunity, to suc-
ceed in doing, to happen to.
Kupata is often used -with other
verbs where we use may or
might :
Apate kuja, that he may come.
Kisu chapatct, the knife is sharp.
Kisu hdkipati, the knife is blunt.
KUichompatcbj what happened to
him.
Chapataje f What is it worth?
Kupaia hasara, to lose.
Pata huy to make a lattice, as by
weaving sticks or canework.
Patana hu-, to agree, to come to an
agreement.
Pafanisha l6U-,io bring to an agree-
ment.
Patasi, a chisel.
Pathiwa hii; to be bom.
Patif a coloured kind of stuff.
PcUia hu'f to get for.
Paiialaf a great cheat, a thorough
rognie.
Patikana ku-, to be procurable, to
be got.
Pattliza hu; to visit upon, to re-
member against.
PaiOf plur. mapato, what is got,
gettings, income, proceeds.
Patta, a hinge.
Patwa ku'f to be eclipsed.
Properly, to be got, referring to
the superstition that a huge
finake has seized the moon or
sun.
Pau (plur. of JJpau), the purlins
of a roof, the small sticks tied
horizontally to fasten the thatch
to. Also, rafters (?).
Payo, plur. mapayo, one who can-
not keep a secret.
Payuka ku-^ to blab, to talk without
thinking.
Payuza ku-, to make over-talkative.
Tembo limempayuzay the palm
-wine has made his tongue go.
Pazia, plur. mapajsia, a curtain.
Pea^ a rhinoceros.
Pea kti-t to sweep (M.).
Pea ku-, to grow to full size, to get
its growth, to become such that
there is nothing more to do, to
reach its limit.
Pekecha ku-y to bore a hole, to get
fire by twirling a stick, to trouble
people by tales and tale-bearing.
Peketeka ku-, to scorn, to have no
fear about one.
Pekee, onliness.
Wa pekee, only.
Peke yanguy Ac, by myself, I alone.
Peke is never used in Zanzibar
without a possessive pronoun
folio-wing it, and signifies that
the person or thing is alone, or
that it is the only one.
PekeyetUf by ourselves, or we
alone.
Pekua ku'i to scratch like a hen.
Pele, plur. ofupeU^A^DASN*^
870
PBL
PUT
Pdeka %ti-, to cause to anriye at a
place distant from the person
speaking, to send, to take, to con-
duct.
FeUHua Jtu-, to send, take, or conduct
to a person.
Pddeza Icu-^ to spy out, to look
curiously into.
P'embe, horn, comer, ivory.
Pembe ya nyoha, a small white
horn, esteemed to he a great
medicine.
Kuwa na pemhe p&mbef to have
corners, to he angular, to he all
comers.
Pembeni, in the comer.
Pemibe za mwaka, the four seasons,
points of the world.
Pdffi&ea, a swing.
Penibeleza ^, to heseech.
Pembeza Itu-^ to rock, to lull*
Penda Jcu-, to like, to love, to wish,
to approve, to choose, to prefer.
Pendekeza hu-, to make pleasing.
Kujipendekezat to ingratiate one-
self with, to flatter.
Pendelea hu-j to favour.
PendeleOf plur. mapendeleOf a favour.
Pendeleza kth, to make another love
one.
Pendeza ku-f to please, to become
pleasing.
Pendezewa ku-j to be pleased, to he
glad.
Pendo, love.
Pendo la mdlit the love of riches.
Pengi, many places. See -ingu
PengOj a notch, a place where a
triangular hit is broken out.
Ana pejigot he has lost a front
tooth.
Penu, your. See -enu.
Penya ku-, to penetrate.
Penyeiha Im-, to pieiroe, to pat
through, to cause to penetiate.
Penyt, having (of plaoeX whero Is
or was.
Penyi mievMfo, where the date tree
Pepa ku-, to stagger. [wes.
Pepea ku-, to fan.
PepeOf plur. mapepeot ft &nt & mew
propeller.
Peperuka ku^, to be blown away.
Peperusha ku-^ to blow away^
Pepesa ku-, to wink.
Pepesuka Am-, to totter,
Pepeta ku-, to sift, to toss in a flat
basket, so as to separate the ohaff
and the grain.
Pepetua 2n^, to force open.
Pepo, a spirit, a sprite, an evil
spirit
Pepo mbaya, an evil spirit.
Peponit paradise, in paradise.
Pepo (plur. of upepo), much wind.
Pepo za ekamchelOf a whirlfdnd;
Maji ya pepo, fresh water.
PeptM kik-, to sift apart the whole
from the broken grains.
Pera, plur. mapera, a guava.
Pesck, plur. pesa or mape»a, pice, the
Anglo-Indian quarter anna, the
only small coin in Zanzibar:
sometimes a dollar is worth 140,
sometimes only 112.
Pesa ku' (M.) = Pepesa kw,
Peta ku-, to bend round, to make
into a ring.
Peta ku- = Pepeta ku'.
Petana kth, to bend round, to be
bent in a circle.
Pete, plur. j7e^ or mapete, a ring.
Pete ya masikio, an earring.
Petemana ku-, to be bent round.
Peto, plur. mapeto, a bundle, a thing
carried, a large matting bag.
PET
PIG
371
Petu, our. See -etu,
'pevu, fall grown.
Peoua ku-, to make Ml grown.
KnjipevuOf to think oneself a
' man.
Pewka hu', to become full grown,
to reach its full siae.
Pewa Icu-f to get &om some one, to
be presented with, to receive.
Pezi, plur. mapezi, a fin.
'pi subjoined to the personal sign
nu^es the interrogatiye which ?
Bee Apt,
Nitawezapi 1 How can I P
'pia or -pya, new.
Pta, all, the whole, entirely.
Pia yote, completely, utterly.
Pia, a top, a humming-top.
Piga Tcthf to strike, to beat, to flap.
Kupiga na indhi, to strike on the
ground.
Kupiga is used of many actions in
which the idea of striking does
not always seem to be implied.
Kupiga homba, to pump.
1^ hundi^ haeUiaj &c., to
fire a gun, a pistol, &o.
M ehapa, to print.
^ falaJeiy to prognosticate
by the stars.
„ /undo, to tie a knot.
f, JceUle, to shout
„ hengde, to ring a bell.
i» hiUmbay to wind a cloth
round the head so as to
make a turban.
ff Jeioioe, to scream.
hofif to box the ears, to
slap.
hwra, to cast lots.
maJcofly to clap the hands.
magate, to kneeL
nibinda, to whistle.
n
99
•9
>»
n
Kupiga mbio, to run, to gallop.
mbiei, to dive.
miaOy misono, or miuntif
to make a whistling
noise.
M milcambey in bathing, to
duck under water and
fling over one leg.
Kupiga mizinga ya §alaamu, to
fire a salute.
mstoHt to rule a line.
mtakcuo, to rustle like
new clothes,
mimfte, to smoke meat,
nyiayoj to gape. [&c
pasi, to iron.
pembe, to gore.
pigoy to strike a blow.
puat to snort.
ramlif to prognosticate
by diagrams.
randa, to plane.
<e^ to kick.
umemet to lighten, to
flash.
uwindoy to draw the ends
of the loin cloth be-
tween the legs and
tuck them in.
„ yowe^ to cry for help.
« Komarij hinandaf &o., to
play upon the flageo-
let, guitar, &0.
Pigaiia hth, to fight.
Kupigana Jewa mbavUf to wrestle.
Piganisba ftw-, to make to fight, to
set on.
Piganishana ku-^ to set on to fight
together.
Pigilia ku-, to beat as the stone
roofs are beaten. Small wooden
rammers are used, and a great
number of people are engaged for
M
>»
n
372
PIG
POP
about three days, with miuio and
soDgs ; the object of this beating
is to prevent the roof cracking as
it dries, and to oonsolidate it
while moist
Figiza hur, to make to beat.
Kupigiza tanga^ to go so close to
the wind that the sail flaps.
TigOy plur. mapigo, a blow.
Pika ku', to cook.
Pikia ku-y to cook for.
Kupikiwa, to have cooked for one.
PUao, pillaw, an Indian dish.
P'ili, a large kind of snake.
Pibif two (in counting).
Ya piliy the second.
Ya pUi yake, the next.
Yule wa pili, the other.
Mara ya pili, a second time, again.
Philipili hohOf red pepper.
Pilipili manga, common pepper.
Pima^ plur. mapima, a fathom.
Pima ku-y to measure, to weigh.
Kupim>a tno//, to sound.
'Pinda ku-y to bend.
Kupinda na mguu, talipes.
Pindana hu-, to bend together.
Pindiy plur. mapindi, a twisting, a
wriggle, cramp.
Pindi, if, when (?), although.
Pindo, plur. maptndo, the longer
edge of a cloth, selvedge.
Pindua kti-y to turn over, to upset.
Kupindua kwa damalinif to wear
ship.
Kupindua kwa goshiniy to tack.
Pinduka ku-y to be turned over, to
be upset.
Pinga ku-, to hinder, to block the
way, to lay a wager.
Kupinga chomho kwa shikio, to
turn a dhow on one side by
means of the rudder.
Pingamiti^ a meddler, one who in."
terferes to spoil a bargain, or to
give trouble.
Pingia hut-y to fSsurteii a door, fte., by
means of a bar.
PingUi.
PingUi ya mtu^ the ^deoe of a
8ugar>iOane which lies between
two knots.
Pingoy plur. mapingo, a bar.
Pinguy fetters, oonsisting generally
of two rings and a bar.
Piniy plur. mapiniy a haft, a hilt.
PipOy plur. mapipa, a barrel, tub,
cask, pipe.
Pipyoy new. See -pya,
Pirikana iku-, to be strong and well
knit.
Pisha %u-, to make to pass, espe-
cially without intending to do so,
let pass, make way for.
Pishana ku-y to pass while going
opposite ways.
Pishiy a weight of about 6 lbs. = 4
vibaha,
PishOf cautery, marks of cantery.
Pisiy parched maize.
Pisi = Fisi.
Piswa ku-y to become silly, to dote.
Pita ku, to pass, surpass, excel,
Pitisha ku-y to make to pass, to
pass.
Poy -poy or -jpo-, a particle signifying
where, or when, while, as, if.
Po potcy everywhere, wherever.
Poa ku-y to become cool, to become
PodOy a quiver. [well.
PofUy plur. mapofu, scum, bubble,
froth.
Pofua ku-y to spoil the eyes, to make
blind.
Pofuka ku-y to have the eyes spoilt,
to become blind.
POG
POT
373
PogOj on one side.
Ktoenda pogo, to go onesidedly,
not straight.
Pointa, the wrist-stitching of a
coat.
Poka ku-t to take suddenly and
violently, to rob.
Kupohwa, to be robbed.
Pokea ku-f to receive, to take from
some one else.
Pokelea ku-, to receive for or on
account of another.
Pokezana ku-, to go on with by
turns.
Pokezanya ku-, to shift a burden or
work from one to another as each
gets tired.
Pokonya kur^ to snatch away, to
extort.
PoUf a little, slightly.
Amengua pole, he is not very well.
Polepote, gently, moderately,quietly.
Pombe, native beer.
PoniboOt a porpoise.
Pomoka ku-, to fall in, to cave in.
See Bomoka,
Pomosha ku-, to cause to fall in.
Pona kU', to get well, to become
safe.
Ponda ku-9 to pound, to beat up, to
crush.
Pondeka ku-, to be crushed.
Pandekana kvr, to crush and bruise
one another, as mtama stalks do
after much rain and wind.
P(mOi a kind of fish said to be
nearly always asleep.
Ana usingizi kama pono, he is
never awake,
Ponoa ku-f to strip off.
P&nya kth, to make well, to cure,
to save.
Jiponye ! liook out I
Ponyesha Jiu-, to cause to be made
well, to cure.
Ponyoka ku-, to slip off, slip out of
one's hands.
Ponza ku-, to put in danger.
Poopoo, a bullet, a musket ball.
Pooza, plur. mapooza, a thing which
never comes to perfection.
Pooza ku-, to become useless, to
wither and drop.
Mwenyi kupooza, a paralytic.
Poozesha ku-f to paralyze.
Popo, a bat.
Popoo, the areca nut, commonly
chewed with betel-leaf, lime, and
tobacco.
Popotoa ku-, to wring, twist, strain,
distort.
Popotoka ku-, to be distorted.
Pora, a young cockerel not yet old
enough to crow.
Poroa ku; to cool, to get thin or
. watery.
Poromoka ku-, to slip down a steep
place. Also Boromoka,
Posa ku-, to ask in marriage.
PosTia ku-, to give rations to.
Posho, rations.
Po8o, a demand in marriage.
Posoro, an interpreter, a middle-
man.
Pole, all, of time or place. See
-ote.
Potea ku-, to become lost, to get lost,
to perish, to become lost to.
Kisu kimenipotea, I have lost my
knife.
Potelea ku-, to perish.
Potelea rnbali, go and be hanged.
Poteza ku-, to cause to be lost, to
cause to perish.
Potoa ku-, to go crooked, to turn
aside. See Jtpofoa.
374
-POT
PVS
-potoe, obstinate, good for nothing.
Fotoka ku't to become crooked, to
be turned and twisted.
Povu, scum, skimmingB) bubble,
froth.
Povuka ku' = Pofuka hi-j to be-
come blind.
Poza hu-f to cure, to cool by lading
up and pouring back again.
Pua^ the nose, the apex of an arch.
Mtoanzi wa ptui, the division
between the nostrils, the nos-
tril.
Pua, steel.
Pua hu', to shell beans, peas, &o.
Pugi, a very small kind of dove.
Pujua ku-,
KuJipujiM, to cast off all shame.
Pukusa ku'y to rub the grains off a
cob of Indian com, to make to
fall off, to shake fruit from a tree,
to throw coins among a crowd,
&c
Puktde.
Ptikute ya wali^ rice so cooked
that the grains are dry and
separate.
Pukutika ku-, to shed, to drop like
leaves in autumn.
PuLika ku-f to hear, to attend to
(A.).
Pultkana ku-, to hear one another.
Puliza ku-, to puff or blow with the
mouth. Also, to let go an anchor,
to let down a bucket into a well.
Pidiki, a spangle, spangles.
Pululu, plur. mapululu, wilderness,
waste country.
Puluni or Pululunit in the wilder-
ness.
Puma ku-, to throb.
Pumha, plur. mapumha, a clod, a
lump.
Puwibaa hu^, to be duggiih about.
Pumhazika hu^ to become a fboL
Pumho or pumbu, the wzotani.
Mapumbu, or hoko Ma punnbm, or
mayayi ya pumbo, teatiolea.
Pumu, an asthma, the longa*
Pumua ku-, to breathe.
Pumuzi, breath.
Kupaaza pumwd^ to draw in tibe
breath, to inspire.
Kwihuska pwmuzi^io bieathe out,
to expire.
Pumti = PwMuL
Pumzika ku-, to rest, to breath one-
self.
Pumzikio, plur. mapftmtMoi, »xeat-
ing-place.
Puna ku', to peel, scrape, Bozape oAl
Punda, a donkey, donkeys.
Punda milia, a zebra.
Punde, a little more.
Mrefu punde, a little longer.
Punga (sing. UpungaX the flowes
and very first stage of the ooooa-
nut.
Punga ku-, to swing, to sway, to
wave. Swaying the arms in
walking is thought to give
elegance to a woman's carriage.
Kupunga pepo, to expel an evil
spirit by music,, dancing, Aao.
Kukunga upepo, to be fieinned bj
the wind, to beat the air.
Pungia ku-, to wave to, to beckon
to.
Kupungia nguo, to wave a doth
up and down by way of beckon-
ing to some one to come.
P'ungu, a kind of fish,^ a large bird
of prey.
Pungua ku-, to diminish, waste,
wear away.
Punguani, a defect (M.)^
PIJN^
BAH
37&
Punguka ht^-t to become smaller, to
fall short.
Pnnguza ku-, to diminish, to make
less, to lessen.
Kupvaigtiea tanga^ to reef a sail.
Funja Jcu-j to swindle, to sell a
little for the price of a large
quantity.
Punjey grains of com.
Puo, nonsense.
Pupar eagerness, excessive rapidity.
Ktda hwa pupa, to eat so vora-
cionsly that one's companions
get little or none.
Puputika ku-, to fall in a shower.
Pura kti-f to beat out com*
Puruka ku-, to fly off.
Purukuaha ku-,
Kujipurukusha, to refuse to
attend to, to make light of a
Puta ku-y to beat [matter.
Putika ku-f to be well beaten.
Putugaiiy a fowl [Pemba].
Puwo, nonsense.
Puza ku-y to talk nonsense, to
chatter.
Puzia kvr, to breathe, to blow with
the mouth.
Puzika ku'f to talk nonsense, to be
detained gossiping.
Pwa ktj^, to ebb, to become dry.
Pwaga kvr = Kupwaya,
Pwai ku-9 to be loose, to waggle
about. See Ptoaya.
Pwan% the shore, on the beach,
near the shore.
Pvoaya ku-, to give a final cleaning
to rice by repounding it.
Pwaya kvr, to be loose (of clothes).
Pwayika ku- to be quite clear of
husks, dirt, and dust.
Pwaza ku-9 to cook muhogo out up
into nu^ pieces.
Pwea ku', to be dry.
Sauti imenipwectj I am hoarse.
Pwekeet only, alone (A.).
Pweleka ku-, to be dried up, to be
left high and dry.
Pfjoewa kt^f to become or be left
dry.
Kupwewa na sauiiy to become
hoarse.
Pweza, a cuttle-fish.
-pyct, new, fresh. It makes^'mpya
with nouns like nyumba^; j^pyth
with nouns like kasha ; and|?tpya».
with nouns of place.
B.
B is pronounced as in English.
The Arabic R is much stronger
and more grating than the English^
more so perhaps than even the
Scotch and Irish r. In Arabic words
it is correct to give the r this strong
sound, but in Swahili mouths it
is generally smoothed down to-
wards that indeterminate African
sound which is frequently written
as an Z. The Swahili, however,
often prefer to write and pronounce
it as a smooth. English r. (See L.)
Radi, a crack of thunder, crashing
thunder, thunder near at hand.
Radu = Radi,
Raff, the wall at the back of a re-
cess.
Rafikiy plur. rafiki or marafikiy a.
friend.
Raka, peace, joy, ea8e,.pleasaro.
Rahani, a pledge, a m(aigage»
^oftrn = RaJchisi,
Rahman, a chart, a map»
376
BAI
BIB
Bai leu-, to put moraeU of food into
a pencil's month m a mark of
honour or affection.
Bajabu, the seventh month of the
Arab year. It is esteemed a
sacred month beoanse Moham-
med's journey to Jerusalem is
said to have taken place on the
27th of it
Jtakhuiy or Jtahiti, cheap.
Bdkhintha Icu^ to make cheap, to
undervalue.
BaMtidta kii-, to put together, to
set up and put in order.
Bakibyueo, the composition of a
word.
Ramathanij the month of fasting.
BanUxi, plur. maramhcL, a piece of
Madagascar grass olotlu
BandHi ku; to lick.
Batnha^ a chisel-shaped knife used
by shoemakers.
BanUiy sand (Ar.).
Kupiga ranUi, to divine by dia-
grams.
Bammu, sadness.
Bandti, a plane.
Kupiga randa, to plane.
Banda Au-, to dance for joy.
Bangi, colour, paint.
Barua hu-, to rend, to tear.
Ba8 U mali, chief possession.
Bashia ku-^ to sprinkle.
Basiy head, cape.
Bdtabay wet
Bdtely or raili, a weight of about a
pound.
Bathi, satisfied, content, gracious,
approving, approval, blessing.
Kuwa rathi, to be satisfied, to be
content with.
NitBte rathi, forgive me, exonse
me.
JEimraflU; d(m*t be olEgmaea,
Baikiana Jw-, to consent, tuMOtiL
BatQm Jm-, to ananga.
BaOi = Bdtel
Bauti iw-, to trim a aaU.
BajfiOf a subject, subjectoL
Bayiat al Ingra^ British nilgefsCiL
Be or Beij the ace in caida.
Bea or BeaU, a dollar.
BedU ya (hdkalm, an Ameiiean
gold 20-dQllar piece.
Beale Franaa or ya K^ramta^ a
French 5-&anc piece.
BeaLe ya ShamasFeQia fs Bkam,
Uack dollars,
-re/tt, long. It makes mdefu with
nouns like nyvmba.
Begea kn- =■ Bejea ku^
Begea ku- or Legea ku^ to be loose,
slack, relaxed, feeble.
Begesha ku- or Begeza ku-^ to looeen,
to relax.
Behani = Bahani.
Kuvoeka rehani, to pawn.
Behema, mercy.
Behemu kit-, to have mercy npea.
Bet = Be,
Bejea ku-, to go back, return, refer.
Bejeza ku-, to make to go back, to
repay.
Bekahisha ku-, to put on the top oL
Bekebu ku-, to ride.
•remOt Portuguese.
Bihani, a scented herb, sweet basil.
„ ya kipata, with notched
leaves.
„ ya kiajjemi, with long
straight leaves.
Binga Tcu- = Kulinga, to sway to
the tune of a song (only the chief
men may do this).
Bisasi, lead. Also LisaM.
Bisasi ya hunduki, a bullet.
BIS
6
377
Bisimu hu-, to make a first bid
when anything is offered for sale.
Jtithi ku-f to inherit (-th- as in thing).
Bithia ku- (-th- as in this), to be
contented with, to acqniesce in.
Bithika ku-, to satisfy, to content.
Bizay a door chain.
Biziki, necessaries, all that a man
has need of.
Bdbo, a quarter, a quarter of a
dollar.
Bdbo IngrezOf an English sove-
reign.
Bobota, a packet or parcel of goods.
Boda, sheave of a pulley.
Bofya.
Kwpiga rofya^ to fillip.
BdhOy soul, spirit, breath, life.
JRoAo, greediness, the throat.
Buhani, a pilot, a guide.
Budi ku-i to return, to go back, to
correct, to keep in order.
Budiana kvr^ to object to.
Budika ku-, to be made to return, to
be kept in order, to be capable of
being kept in order.
Buduha kvhy to make to return, to
give back, to send back.
Budufya ku-, to double.
Bufuf, the shelf in a recess.
Euhusa = Buksa, leave.
Buhusa ku- = Bukhtuu %u-, to give
Buka hu-, to fly, to leap. [leave.
Bukaruka ku-, to hop.
BuJcia ku-, to fly or leap with, &c.
Buksoj or Buhum, or Bukhusa, leave,
permission, liberty.
Kupa ruksa, to give leave, to set
at liberty, to dismiss.
Biiksa, you can go.
Btikhu8U feu- or Buhusu ku-, to give
leave, to permit, to allow, to dis-
Bukhuthu ku-, to run.
Bukwa ku-,
Kurukwa na akili, to lose one's
senses, to be stunned.
Bungu, a club, a mace.
Bupia, a rupee.
Bupta =i Bohota, a bale.
Busasi = Bisasi, lead.
Busha ku-, to make to fly, to throw
up or ofE^ to throw a rider, to
splash about.
Bvshia ku-, to throw upon, to splash.
BusTiioay a bribe.
Buttiba, dampness.
Butubika ku-, to be damp.
Butvbisha ku-, to make damp.
Buwam, a pattern from which any-
thing is to be made.
Buzuku ku-, to supply with needful
things, especially of God provid-
ing for His creatures.
S.
8 is pronounced as in several, or
like the 88 in German.
8h is pronounced as in English,
or like sch in German.
8 and sh are distinct in Arabic
and are generally distinguished in
good Swahili. There are, however,
many words in which they are used
indifferently, and in common talk
the 8h seems to be rather the more
common. Many natives seem un-
conscious of any difference between
them.
8 is used for the Arabic tha by
persons who cannot pronounce (h.
In the Pemba dialect eh is often
used for ch.
I Mcuhunqfjoa s ISfuSMKMspsfk.
378
8AA.
«AK
iSoo, hour, cloclc, watch.
Saa ngapif what o'clock if it?
According to Arah reckoning
the day begins at saniet. Mid-
night is umUcu ioa ya rita ; four
AJf. ma a humi; six a-X. 9aa
a thentuikara ; noon, taa a aiU.
Saal Yonl laayl Tonnowl
NJoo aaa I Come along, do 1
Saa ku-, to remain over, to be left
Saala, plnr. fiuuoaZa, a question.
Saanda, a shroud, a winding-sheet.
Saba, or SalMOj seven.
Ya sabOi seventh.
Sabaa, a stay (in a dhow)L
Sababu, causes reason.
Kwa aababu ya» beGanse of, be-
cause.
Sabaimi, seventy, = SabwinL
SabaUuihartLt seventeen.
Sabuni, soap.
Sabuni ^u-, to bid, to be in treaty,
to buy.
Saburi, patience.
Saburi ku-, to wait.
Sdbwinif seventy.
Sadalea, an offering, an alms, an act
of charity, anything done for the
love of G^od.
Sadiki hi-, to believe.
Safari, a journey, a voyage, used for
•* time "or "turn."
SafaH Mi, this time.
Sqff, serene.
Saft, pure, dean.
Safl ku', to dean.
Safldi ku-, to dear up, to make
smooth and neat.
Saflhi, rudeness
Saflka kat-f to be purified.
Saflna (Ar.), a vessel.
Saflri ku- to travel, to set out on a
journey, sail, start
SaJlriMha hm^ to ttrnkb to tond^to
see any one ofll
Safitka &»-, to make pan or
Ai/a, arow, lowi^ a lineu
Safu wa kaidm, vegilar
Safura, bilionsneM, gall,
plaint in whidi people
eating earth.
Saga kw, to grind.
Kutagwa na goH^ to be ram
by a cart
Sagai, a spear, a javeUm
Sagia ku-, to grind with er ftr.
Mawe ya htuagia, nril laUm ei ^ a
mill, a handmill. Two kxiaa
stones are often used, the vpper
one is called aiiPBiig^ end the
lower mama,
Sahani, a dish.
Sahari, checked stuff fbr tmlMma.
Sahau ku- or Sahao Xw-, tofbrget^ to
make a mistake.
Sahauliwa Xn»-, to be for gotten.
Sahib, til.
Sahibn, a friend.
SaMi,
Kvtia sdhUi, to sign.
Sahihi, correct, right
Sahihi kw, to be correct^ to be
right.
Sahihisha kur, to correct.
Saili Xeii-, to ask, to question.
SaiHa ku-, to ask on behalf of.
Saka ku-f to hunt
SaJcafu, a ckunammed floor, a floor
or roof of stone, covered with
a mixture of lime and sand, and
beaten for about three days with
small wooden rammers.
Sakama ku-, to become janmied, to
Sakani, a rudder. [stick fiast
Saki ku-, to come close to, to touch,
to come home.
« A K
:SEL
S79
Sahifu ku-f to make a tSmnammed
floor or roof.
iSaZa, prayer, the prescribed Moham-
medan form of deYotion includ-
ing the proper gestures.
Salaama = Salama,
Salaam, or Salaamu, or Salamuy
compliments, safety, peace.
Kupiga mizinga ya aalamUf to
fire a salute.
Salahisha hu-, or Selehisha, or Bidu-
hisha, to make to be at peace.
SalaJa, the meat near the backbone,
the imderout of meat.
SalamOt safe, safety.
Soli ktht to use the regular Moham-
medan devotions, to say one's
prayers.
Salia ku', to be left, to remain.
SalimM Jbtt-, to salute.
SaUmia ku-, to salute, to send oom-
plim^ts to.
SaUti hu't to betray secrets.
SaltidOf a sweetmeat made of safiron,
sugar, and starch.
Sama kti-j to choke, to be choked.
Samadi, manure.
Samalcij a fish, fish.
Samaniy tools, instruments, ma-
chine.
Samawati, the heavens.
Samatm, blue, sky ocdour.
Sambuaa, a little pasty.
Samehe ku-j to forgive, to pass over.
Samiri ku-t to load a gun.
Sa'mli, ghee, clarified butter.
Sana, yeTjy much. It is used to
intensify any action.
8ema sana, speak loud.
VfUa MmOf pull hard.
Sananuiki, senna.
Sanamu, an image, a likeness, a
statue, a picture, an idol.
Sandale, sandal wood.
Sandartm, gum copal, gum amini.
Sanduku, a chest, a box.
Saniki ku-, to make excuse.
8apa ku-, to tout for customers.
Sarafu, a small coin.
Sarifa or Sarfy exchange, rate of
exchange.
Sarifa gani ya ndji tesai What
is the current rate of exchange ?
Sarifu ku-, to use words well and
correctly.
Sdrufy grammar.
Sarufu, a small gold plate with a
devout inscription, worn on the
forehead as an on^ment.
Saio^ now.
Sasa hwiy directly, at once.
Sataranji, chess.
Sauti, voice, sound, noise.
Sawa, equal, right, just.
Kitu kuichokuka sawa naye^ some-
thing unworthy of him.
Sawanisha ku-, to make alike,
equal, even, &c
Sawasawa, like, alike, even, all the
same, level, smooth, equal.
Sawawa, peas (Yao.).
Sawazisha ku"^ to make equal or
alike.
-sayara, gentle, quiet, long-suffering.
Sayidia ku-, to help.
Sayili ku- = Saili ku-,
Saza ku-, to leave over, to make
to remain.
Sazia ku-, to leave for.
Sebahu = SaJbabu, cause, reason.
Sebtda or Sebule, reception room,
parlour.
Sefluti, a poultice.
Sehemu, part, share, dividend.
Sekeneko, syphilis.
Selaha, a weapon.
380
BEL
8HA
Kupa ielaha, to arm.
8elehi$fui ku- = Suluhuha, to make
to be at peace, to mediate be-
tweexL
Selimu ku- or SUUm hu-, to capita-
late.
8ema kt^-, to say, to talk, to speak.
Sema Mina, speak out.
Semadari, a bedstead, specially of
the Indian pattern.
Semhusey much less.
Semea ku-, to say about
KuterMa puani, to talk through
the nose.
Semeji = ShemegL
SenOy a kind of rice.
Sengenya ku-. to make secret signs of
contempt about some one who is
Senturiy a musical box. [present.
SercL, a rampart.
Serkali or Serikali^ the court, the
government.
Miu tM tierikali, a man in go-
yerament employ.
SermciUif a carpenter.
Seruji^ an Arab saddle.
Sesemiy blackwood.
Seta ku-y to crush.
Sttascia ku-^ to crush up, to break
into fragments.
Seti, the seven in cards.
Setirika^ &0. See Stirika, &a
Settini, sixty.
SeUiri, an iron (?).
Settiri ku-, or Setiri, or Sitiri, to
cover, to conceal, to hide, to atoue
for.
Seuze, much less, much more. Also
Semhust.
Seyedia, lordly, belonging to the
Seyod.
Seyidina (Ar.), our lord,' your ma-
jobty.
iSsso, an adze.
£^iaabaniy the eighth moiifth of Obm
Arab year.
Shaba, copper, braaa.
ShabahOfainL
Kutwaa shabaka, to taka aim.
Sh4jbaha, like.
Nyama $habaka mbiMy an animal
like a dog:
SiaJbbu, alum.
iS^odii^ a snare.
Shadda, a tasseL See Kouamm
Shah, a chess king.
Shaha, the heart of the ooooa-mifc
tree.
Shahada, the Mohammedan lymfta
sion of faith. Also Uahakadtu
SJiahamu, fat.
Shahawa (obscene), semen.
ShaJiidi, plur. nuuhahidi, a witnesii
a martyr.
Shaibu (Ar.), an old person.
Shaibu lajuzi, exceedingly old.
Shairi, a line of poetry.
plur. mashairi, verses, a poem.
Sheika, a bush.
Shako, plur. mashaka, a doubt
Shake,
Kuingia na %hake ya kulia, to sob.
Shalt, a shawl.
SJiam, Syria, Damascus.
Fetha ya Sham, German dollars.
Shamba, plur. tncuihamba, a planta-
tion, a farm, a piece of land in
the country.
Shambtdia ku-, to attack.
Shamua ku-, to sneeze. Also 8hw
mtuh
Shanga, a town near Melinda, long
Shanga, [since ruined.
Mtoana shanga, a northerly wind,
not so strong or persistent as
the regular ka$kazi.
SHA
SHI
881
Shangaa hu- or Sangaa Tcu-, to be
astonished, to stand and stare, to
stop short.
Shangaza hihf to astound, to as-
tonish.
ShangazttplTa.masJiangazi, a,n annt.
Shangilia ku-y to make rejoicings
for, to go to meet with music and
shouting, to be glad about.
Shangwiy triumph, shouting and
joy, an ornament of gold worn by
women between the shoulders.
81iani,A startling, unexpected event.
Shanuuj plur. mashanuu, a comb, a
large coarse wooden comb.
SharhUf a moustache.
Shari, evil, the opposite of Heri.
Sharia = Sheria.
Sharihi htt-^ to share, to be partners
in.
Sharikia Jtu-, to share with, to be in
partnership with.
Shankiana hu-, to be partners, to
share together.
Sharti, or Sharvii, or ShwrvUy or
8hut% a contract, of obligation,
of necessity, must. Also, the
downhaul of a dhow-sail, a
truss.
Kufanya shartif to bind oneself.
SkatorumOf shawl for the waist.
Shaukoy love, exceeding fondness,
strong desire, will.
Shawr% plur. mashauri, advice,
counsel, plan.
Kufanya shauri, to consult to-
gether.
Kupa ahaurif to advise.
Shatoi = Tawi.
Shawiahi hu-, to persuade, to coax
over.
Shayiriy barley.
Shehena, cargo.
Sheitani, Satan, the devil, a devil,
excessively clever.
8hda^ a black veil.
Sheldbela, as it stands, in a lot, with
all defects.
Shelde ku-, to run a seam.
Shelley plur. mashelle, a shell.
SJiema (Ar.), bees-wax.
Shemdli (Ar.), the left, the north
(because to the left of a person
looking east) ; the Persian Gulf,
Arabs (because to the north of
Muscat) ; mist (because it comes
on in the Persian Gulf with a
northerly wind).
Shernbea, a kind of curved knife.
Shemegit a brother or sister-in-
law.
Sfiena (Ar.), orchilla weed.
Sherioj law.
8her<Zj glue.
Shetaniy plur. mashetani = Skeitani.
Shetri, the poop of a dhow.
Shiba ku; to have had enoughr to
eat, to be full, to be satisfied.
ShiMH or Shibriy a span.
Shibisha ku-, to fill with food, to
satisfy with food.
Shidda, diflSculty, distress.
Shika ku-, to lay hold of, to hold
fast, to keep, to determine.
Kushika njia, to take one's way,
to set out.
Shika lako, mind your own busi-
ness.
Shika ras tTe, steer for that point.
Shikamana ku-, to cleave together.
Shikana ku-, to clasp, to grapple, to
stick together.
Shikio, a rudder, a thing to lay hold
of. See Sikio,
Shikiza ku-, to prop up.
ShiUmUy the fit«iii Y'b^vcL^ \ft ^^^
382
SHI
SHU
mouthpieoe In a native pipe.
See Kiko,
Shimo, plur. mcuihimo, a pity an ez-
eavation, a large hole.
Shina^ plur. mdshinaj a stump, a
trunk, a main root.
Shinda hu-, to overcome, to conquer,
to stay, to continue at.
Maji ya^inda, it is half full of
water.
Amekwenda skindaj he is gone
out for the day.
Akashinda hazi, and he went on
at his work.
Shindana JcUf to dispute, strive
with, race.
Shindania ku-^ to bet, to oppose, to
object to.
ShindauOf pint, mashindanot a race.
See Sindano,
Shindika ku-^ or Sindika^ to shut, to
put to, to press in a mill.
Ktuihindika ma/uta ya naxi, to
grind cocoa-nuts into oil.
Shindikia ku-y to show any one out,
to escort a person on his way.
See Sindikiza.
Shindilia ku- to press, to load a gun.
Shindo, a shock.
Shingari, a consort, a dhow sailing
in company with another.
Shingari ku-j to sail in company (of
dhows).
Shingo, plur. mashingo, the neck.
Shinikizo or Sinikizo, a press.
Shirazif Shiraz, ft-om Shiraz. Per-
sian work is generally called
shirazi.
Shishwa ku-f to be weaned.
Shitumu ku-f to insult. See Shu-
tumu.
Shogaj a friend ; used only by wo-
mbn in speaking of or to one an-
other. In Zantibur thej nxelj
employ any other word. At
Lamoo shoga means a oatsmlte.
Shogij panniers, a large matting bag
with the opening aoion the
middle, so as to form two bags
when laid across a dankefn baek.
8hoi = Shogi,
Shoka, plur. fRotJbdba, an axe.
Shoka 2a bopo, an adse.
Shdka la tiss, an axe (Mer.^
Shoka la pwOf an adae (Mer.).
Shola, an eaf ofoom, a head of
8hona hih, to seW. CS>mb.
Shonea kth, to mend for, to sow lor,
with, &c.
Shonuka hvh^ to beoome unsown. .
Shote.
Ewmda tihotBi to go witk a roah.
Shoto,
Wa kushoio, left.
Ana ehotoy he is left-handed.
Shfaki ku-f to prosecute^ to charge,
to accuse.
Shtua ku; to startle, to tidkla Bee
Stiuiha.
Shtuka ku-, to be startled, to start
Skua ku-f to launch. Fftos. kuthu-
Utoa.
Shvbay the elders of a town.
Shubdkaj plnr. mashibahaf a leoess
in a wall.
ShudUy what is left when the oQ has
been ground out of Miiuem seed.
Shughidi, business, affairs^ ooonpa-
tion, engagement.
Shughulika ku-f to be oooapled, to
be worried.
Shughulisha ^u-, to oeoop j, to dis-
trict attention, to intermpt
Shuhuda^ testimony.
Shuhudia ku-, to bear witness aboat,
for, or against.
SHU
-SIP
383
Shuhudu hu-y to bear witness.
ShuhtUi,
Shuhuti ya hutoUa chanty a small
piece of wood used by shoe-
makers in cntting strips of
coloured leather.
Shujaa, plur. mashujcMj a hero, a
brave man.
Shuka, a sheet
Shvka hu-y to descend, go down,
oome down, be let down, to land
from a ship.
ShukCj the flower of Indian com.
Shukrani, gratitude.
Shuku ku-, to suspect.
ShukurUf thanks.
Shukuru ku-, to thank. This word
is very rarely used in Zanzibar,
except in relation to God; and
kfuhukwru Muungu means almost
always, to take comfort, to leave
off mourning, or to become re-
signed.
ShtUiwa ku-y to be launched.
Shumua ku-, to sneeze.
Shumvij salt [Pemba]. See Chumvi.
Shunga ku-y to drive away, to scare.
Shungiy a crest, long hair (?).
Shungi mbiliy a way of dressing
the hair in two masses.
Shupatuy plur. mashupatuy a narrow
strip of matting. The broader are
sewn together to make floor mats,
the narrower are interlaced to
make the native couch or bed-
stead.
ShupazOy spades (in cards).
ShurOy saltpetre.
ShuruH = Shartiy of necessity.
Skurutiza ku-y to compel, to force.
Aluihurutizioa ndaniy he was
pushed in.
Shusha ku-y to let down, to make to
descend, to land goods from a
ship.
Kushusha pu*fnziy to breathe out,
an expiration.
ShuH or Shuuti = Shartiy of neces-
ShtUumiioa ku-y to be reviled, [sity.
ShtUumu ku-y to revile.
ShufoU or Shioari, a csdm.
Si, not
8i vema, not welL
8i uza, sell not
Si, is or are not
Mimi si sidtani, I am not a sultan ;
or, Am I not a sultan ?
Si yeye, it is not he or him.
Si'y the opposite of ndi-y expressing.
This is not it Is not this it ?
Simiy Sisisiy
Sitocy Sinyiy
Stye, SiOy sivyo, tiyo,
Sio, siyOy Hlo, Sizo, simo.
SichOy Hpo, sikoy
8i-y sign of the first person negative.
Sikubaliy I do not consent
Sikukvbaliy 1 did not consent.
Sitakubali, 1 shall not consent
In the present tense the final
letter of verbs in -a becomes -t .
Sioniy I do not see.
-«i- inserted between the personal
prefix and the verb, is the sign
Of the negative imperative or
subjunctive, the final letter of
verbs in -a becoming an -e.
Nisione, that I may not see, let
me not see, or without my
seeing,
-m-, sign of the negative in ex-
pressing relation.
AnOy he who is or was not, or
who will not be. Also Atiye.
' Hpo-y sign of the tense expressing
notbei<ng.
ns-i
SI A
Aripoona, h« Dot »ini\ntf. If he '
iloct nnt ten, tliouf^li ho iIocb
not Bco, witliout bin teeing.
when >i(: tce» not.
^'ia to-, to give a wnlPtii-c. to pro-
nnnniM as with BOthnrity, to de-
nlare.
Fin/a. a large rtddish brnwD ant.
that Iravcl* in gn-at nam tiers
anil bit'rii flem-lj.
Slagi, cream, butter.
•film til-, to get, to lucrGi^. fiee
'^i/a, praise, cliaractcl, ctiaractci-
mfarn, a kind nt rice
A'l/u tu-, to praim. I'mb. frunfli™.
Knjiri/u, to magnify onoscl/, to
boast.
Kwi/ft'mno, to overpraise, to
flatter.
Si/vk (n term of reproach), a me-i-
lilesome foul.
Bi/wTU, a cypher, a flgnrc nf noaght.
SigUia tu-, tntach (in necdltwork).
Sihi feu-, to entreat.
Sija/ii, the cuff, the hem. Ece
S'yamto, lemweJl. The invariable |
answer to ftu jambol how are
you?
8i jamho pande, I am a liltia
better.
Sikamo or ftlomoo, for Ntuhika
mgiai, (he aalntalion of a alave
fiikia ht-, to bear, to obey, to undei-
SSdlia fen-., to listen to, to attend to.
Sikiliana hu^ to be heard, to be
audibly
fiaaita ku-, to lUfen, to liaten to.
SilcHiuuia Icu', to bar one ■aiiftn
SOiio or Skikio, plni. ■■«■!> ife
Siltilika feu-, to be mctj.
Siltiiikia feu-, to be Mnj Ifar, to ^itr.
fiikiliko, plur. auMOaOok VRVv;
(■rJcf.
fiikiluha feu-, to make aonj'.
SVcaa feu-, to make to h—r, Madcr-
•Uod, Ac
:5A^ana feu-, to be mntokllj imttl-
ligiblc. to make oneanotliprhr^
A'iftu, a day of twtntj-foor bov^
fioni EUD.4' t to sunset, dsra.
£i7,'u J>-uu. ft grt-Qt dB7, ft fcMt.
Tlie two great fcaat* an the
threo daji at the end of the
Bamalhan, when erery ooe
Nj^il.i J pr< rcrilii.and tbree din
after the tenth of Thaiutjj'ta
il/titigiw tea tafu, when ereiT
cne oiitjht to slaugbtn aome
animal, and fi>a5t the poor,
Eilm a mtcaka <B©e Micomgo,
K!'ju,rJ). l\,<iy<ilrm, abont th«
23rd of August, the beginning
of the Swaliili nud nauli^nl
year. The old onstom ia ti>r
every one, but eapecially ike
women, to baihe in tbo sea
In Ibe night or momiDE : then
they -cook a great taesa of graia
an.l pnlse. -whitli ia eaten about
noon by all nbo like to come.
The Area are all eitingnished
and lighted n^ain Ijy rubbing
two pieces of wood together.
K'Tiiitrlv 1111 iaquiij was mudo
as to any murder or Tioleoco
oommitted oa this day, and old
qnarrela need regularly to be
fought oat upon it
8iku lotr, always.
SIL
S IT
385
Silihi ku-, to improve, to reform.
Silihisha ku-, to make to improve,
to reform.
Silimu kvry to become a Moham-
medan.
Simama ku-^ to stand up, to come
to a stand, to stop, to be erect,
to stand in, to cost
Simamia hu-, to stand by, to over-
look workmen, to cost to.
Simamisha ku-j to make to stand.
Simanga ku-, to crow over, boast
against.
Simanzi, grief, heaviness.
Simbaj a lion, lions.
Sirnba uranga, a well-known man-
grove swamp at the mouth of
the Lufiji.
Simhali, a kind of wood brought
from near Cape Delgado.
SimCt a short straight sword used
on the mainland.
Simika ku-y to be erect, to be set
up, to stand (often used in an
obscene sense).
Simikia ku-.
Kusimikia mlangOy to set up and
build in a door.
Siniikisha ku-, to set up.
Similla, Similley SimUeniy probably
for Bismillah, the common cry
in Zanzibar, meaning, make
way, out of the way.
Similla punda, make way for a
donkey.
SimiUa ubau, make way for a
plank.
Simo, I am not in it, am not con-
cerned, have nothing to do with
it.
Simo,
Simo Mi H njema, this event is
not good.
Imeingia simo mpya, something
new has turned up.
Simu, the electric telegraph.
Sindano, a needle (or shindano).
Sindano, a kind of rice.
Sindi, a long-tailed weasel.
Sindikia ku-, to crush.
Sindikiza ku-, to accompany part of
the way.
Sindua ku-, to open, to set open.
Singa, hair of an animal.
Nyele za singa, straight hair,
European hair.
Singa ku-, to scent, to put scent.
Singizia ku-, to slander, to spread
false reports about.
Sini, China.
Sini, no matter.
Sinia, plur. masinia, a circular tray
used to carry and set out food
upon, generally of copper tinned.
Sinikiza ku-, to press.
Sinzia ku-, to doze, to nod, to flicker.
-sipo-, sign of the tense signifying
the case of the thing mentioned
not being.
8iri, secrecy.
Mambo ya siri, secret affairs,
secrets.
Kwa siri, secretly.
Sisi, we, us. Sometimes pronounced
swiswi, suisui, or sistoi,
Sisi sole, all of us.
Sisi wote, both of us.
Sisimia ku-, to sigh (?).
Sisimizi, ants (?).
Sisi*'iza ku- (M.), to charge strictly,
to charge to keep secret.
80x1, six.
Ya sita, sixth.
8Ha ku-, to halt, to go lame (A.), to
hide.
SitahOy the di^k.
386
SIT
8TA
Sita^Aara, sixteen.
Sitatri im-. to floarielL
A'yofiM ipV iwKtitattij whicli dftiiee
is going best?
Sitattiiha &«-, to make to fionriih.
Sitiy irhutle (of » steamer or
Sitii, my ladr, Isdj. [engine).
Sfttinoy our ladr. Applied bj the
Arabs to St. 3Iarr.
Sirinuya, different.
Sittfo, it is not thus. See Si-.
Siteuj an ivoTT horn only used on
great occaeions.
Siweziy I am not well. See Weza hu-.
Siyo, that is not it, no. Se« Si-.
Siyu or Siuj Siwi, the chief town
of the district near Lamoo, the
chief seat of old Swahili learning.
SodtL, lunacy.
SodOt a woman's napkin.
&)/(?, wool.
Su^t Svgiy Soiy = Shogi.
Sogea ku-j to approach affectionately,
to oome near ta
Sogeza Jcu-, to lift to the lips and
kiss, to bring near to.
Sogezea ku-, to put ready for, to
bring for use.
Soko, plor. mcmko^ a market, a
bazaar.
Kicenda tohoni, to go marketing.
Sokota Icur^ to twist, to plait, to spin.
Soma ku'j to read, to perform de-
votions.
Sonuif plur. moMoma^ a kind of dance.
Nf/mUUi ku-f Ui work oneself along
mi ono*H hands and seat without
using the legs.
SfjvfusHha ku'f to teach to read, to
lead devotions.
SomOf plur. masamOf something read,
used as a title of friendship, a
namesake.
fioMU ftii-y to iiMk ont
Somdo, swelled (?) gbndiL
Somga &»-, to strans^ to
to stir together.
Son^anason^iia Iw-, to pres a^niiiit
one another like abeep in a flock
SomgM Iw-, to posh thnragli, to
shoulder yoor way Hmmgii a
Somjoa im-^ to wring. [enwd.
Sonffa ku- = Kufffomifii,
Sommeka km-, to be hurt or aehe, «»
as to writhe with pain.
Sommaika Im-, to make to wiitiie
with pain.
&ifa,all: agreeing withsisi, W6 or
us. aee-oU,
I Tu $oU, we are together.
I Twnkde mxU, let us go together.
- Soza ku't to beadi a boat or ipenel.
I Stafi or Safi, pure, clean.
Staajabu ku-, to wonder much, to be
greatly astonished.
Siaamami kur, to have confidaiice,
to rest trustfully.
I SUihabu ku-, to be pleased, to prefer*
Stahamili or Stahimiliy patiently.
Stahi ku-, to honour, to have respect
for.
Stdhiba Xn»- (?), to prefer. See
Stahahu,
Stdhiki ku', to resemble^ to be of
one sort with.
Stahili kwj to deserve, to be worthy
of, to be proper, to be right and
fitting.
Astahili, serves him right.
Siahimili ku-, to bear, to endure,
tolerate.
Stakdbathif earnest, fastening penny.
StarhbuUy Constantinople.
Starehe ku-, to sit still, to be at rest,
to remain quiet.
STE
BUM
887
Stareke I Don't distuib yourself 1
don't get up I
Sterehisha Aju-, to give rest to, to
refresh. Also StarehUha.
Stirika ku-y to be covered, to be oon-
cealed.
StiMha ku-f to startlo, to sprain, to
put out of joint
Svhana, small pieces of meat roasted
on two parallel sticks.
Subana, a thimble.
Subiri, patience.
Subiri, aloes.
Subiri ku-, to wait.
8uhu ku', to cast in a mould.
Stibu kur ot 8ibu ku-, to happen to.
Suhui, morning.
SubulkTieiri, good morning.
Suhuri^ patience.
Suhutu ku' = Thuhutu ku^,
Suduku ku-f to ascertain, to know
the truth.
Suff, wool.
Suffix a devotee, a hermit.
Suffuf, a great variety or number.
Svji, woollen.
Sufuria, copper.
Sufuria, plur. su/uria or mamfuria,
a metal pot.
Sufurta ya chtwtay an iron pot.
Sugu, a mark, a callous place. Also,
obstinate, insensate.
Sugua kU; to rub, to scrub, to
brush, to scour.
Suheli, south.
8uiy an irrepressible, unconquer-
able man.
Sujudia kthy to prostrate oneself to,
to adore.
Sujudu ku; to prostrate oneself, to
bow down.
8uka kth, to plait, to clean.
Sukarif sugar.
Sukari guru, half-made sugar.
Sukasuka ku, to shake, to agitate.
Stike, plur. mcuuke (or ahuke), an
ear of com, a head of mtama, &e,
Sukua hU', to slacken, to loose.
Stikuma ku-, to push, to urge.
SuJcumiy a steersman, quarter-
master.
Sukumiza Xni-, to put upon another
person, to say it is his business,
to throw off from oneself, to push
away in anger, to throw (a thing)
at a person who wants it. Also,
to avert (by sacrifice, &c.).
Sukutua ku-, to rinse out the mouth,
to wash one's mouth.
Stdibi ku-, to crucify.
SulibWha ku-, to crucify.
Stdihi ku-, to become, to be fitting
for.
Sulika ku-, to turn about, become
giddy.
Sulimu ku-, to salute.
SuUcmi, plur. mamltam, a sultan,
a chief man. Sultam at Zanzi-
bar does not mean a king ; it is
used of the head men of a vil-
lage.
SuUdn Rum, the Saltan of Turkey.
Suliibika ku-, to be strong.
Sulubu, strength, firmness.
SuluhisJia ku-, to bring to accord,
to make peace between.
Suluhu, concord.
Sululu, a curlew.
Swmha ku-, to sway away, to twist
and turn oneself.
Sumhua ku-, to worry, to annoy, to
give trouble.
Sumhuana ku-, to worry one an-
other.
Swnbuka ku-, to be put to trouble,
to be YisxttBA^ \a\)& vKcitrj^A^
388
BUM
SumbuUa Xfu-, to speak sharply to.
Sumbusha ku-, to vex, harass,
trouble, worry, annoy.
Sumu, poison.
Sumughj gum-arabio.
Sungura, a rabbit (?), a hare (?).
Sunni, advisable, recommended, a
tradition, what is advisable or
reoommendcd, but not compul-
Sunaibarij deal wood. [sory.
Sunza hu-, to search for anything
with a lighled brand at night.
8upaa hU't to be very hard or dry.
Supana = Supaa.
Surck, a likeness, a resemblance, a
chapter of the Koran.
Suria, plur. nuMurto, a concubine,
a female slave.
Suriyama, born of a concubine.
SururUf an insect that lives in
cocoa-nut trees.
Surwalif trousers. See SoruaZi,
8u8y liquorice.
Su8o, a kind of hanging shelf, a
hammock.
Susupaa = Supaa.
SiUa hu-y to reproach, to charge a
man with slander, to slander, to
seek out a man and ask whether
he has said such and such things.
8u*udif or Suudi r^ema, salvation,
felicity.
Suza ku-f to stir up. Also, to
rinse.
Suzia ku-9 to turn with (?).
8wafi = 8afi.
8u!alif a question.
T.
T is pronounced as in English.
There are two fa in Arabic, one
much thicker than the English tj
but only very oazefnl tpeaken dis-
tinguish them in SwahilL
T at the beginning of * word has
sometimes an exploave xmndy m in
raJko, dirt It is probable that this
represents a suppressed ii.
There is a slight differenoe in
sound between the f 8 of tatu, three,
and totio, five, the formor being the
smoother, but natives do not seem
conscious of the difference.
T in northern Swahili frequently
becomes ch in the dialect of Zanzi-
bar.
KtUekOy to laugh (H.) lauskAa
(Zanz.). ButilniteXMi, to plunder,
or to draw water, does not
change.
Kutinda, to slaughter (M.) Am-
cJiinJa (Zanz.).
There is no sound similar to that
of the English th in the original
language of Zanzibar. It oocure in
some dialects of Swahili in place of
V or e. There are however in
Arabic four (7**8. 1. Tha, pro-
nounced like the English th in
thing. 2. Thalf pronounced like
the English th in this. 3 and 4.
Tliad and Tha* or Dthau, which
are scarcely distinguished by the
Arabs themselves, and have a very
thick variety of the thai sound.
Practically the two English Wb are
quite sufficient, and the ear soon
catches the right method of employ-
ing them.
The Indians and many Africans
pronounce all these as z. Some
Swahili confuse the various th*B with
z, and employ the thai sound for
words properly wiitten with a x, as
wathiri for icaziri, a vizir.
-TA-
TAG
389
•tu', the sign of the future tense. ■
When the relative or the par-
ticles denoting time and place
are inserted in the future, the
prefix regularly becomes -taka-.
It is possible however to retain
'ta- to express a more definite
sense.
Atakuja, he will come.
Atakayekujaj who will come.
Atakapokujay when he shall
come.
Atdpokuja, when he come,
or, if he shall come.
In the first person singular the
nt-, which is the sign of the
person, is often dropped.
Takuja = Nitakuja, 1 shall
come.
Ta- at the beginning of Arabic
verbs is the mark of the fourth
or fifth conjugations or derived
forms.
Taa, a lamp, especially the small
open earthen lamps made in Zan-
zibar.
Taa^ a large kind of fiat fish.
Tattf beneath one's feet.
TacMka ku-^ to be troubled.
Taahtsha ku-, to trouble, to annoy.
Taahu, trouble.
Taadabu ku-y to learn manners.
TaajaJtmha ku'y to make to wonder,
to astonish.
Taajabu ku-, to wonder, to be as-
tonished. See Staajcibu,
Taajazi ku-^ to tire*
Ta*ali ku-, to study.
TaandUy a centipede.
Taataa ku-, to throw oneself about.
Tdbcikti, lining.
TabakelOf a snuff-box.
Taba"^ «r nigtol j(Ar.),
Tahdasam %tf-, to smile.
Tahia, constitution, temper, temper-
ament, climate.
Tdbibia ku-y to doctor.
TahibUf a physician.
Tdbiki ku-, to line, to close to or
upon, to cling to as a fast friend.
Tabikiza, to make to cling.
Tdbiri ku-, to foretell, to prophesy.
Taburudu ku-, to refresh.
Tadariki ku-, to accept the respon-
sibility of, to guarantee the result
of.
Tadi, violence, hurry.
Kwenda kwa tadi, to rush, to go
tumultuously.
Tadi ku-, to fight with.
Tafakari ku-y to consider, ponder,
think.
Tafdthal or Tafathali, please, I beg
of you.
Taftti kU', to seek out matters
secretly, to be over-inquisitive.
Tafsiri ku-, to explain, to interpret.
Tafsiri, interpretation.
Ta/siria ku-, to explain to, to inter-
pret to.
Tafu (M.) = Chafu, cheek.
Tafu, gastrocnemic muscles.
Tafu ya mkono, the biceps muscle.
Tafuna ku-, to chew, to nibble.
Ta/uta ku-, to look for, seek, search
for.
Tafutatafuta ku-, to search all
about.
Tafutia kU' or Taftia, to seek out
for some one, to look for.
Tagaa ku-, to straddle, to walk
with one's legs far apart.
Tage, plu*. matage, boW legs, crook-
edness.
Taghafali ku^, to be off one's guards
to iot^Qi^ \o \a5Kft Ti^iNaafc*
390
TAG
TAH
Taghaiari ku-y to be changed.
Tcufhi %«-, to rebel.
Taguaj branches, main branches.
Tahajifu, gently, in good time,
light, thin.
Nguo tahaflfu, thin calico.
Tahamaka Hsu-, to look up to lee
what is going on.
Tdharaki Jcu-, to be tronbled, to
be thrown into confoaion.
Tdharakisha ku-, to pnt into a state
of anxiety, to excite, stimulata
Taharizi, See Kanzu.
Taharuhi kii-, to be troubled, to be
anxious, to be thrown into oon-
fusion. Also, Taharaki.
Tdhasta ku-y to go on board a ship
with a view to sailing.
Tahathari ku-y to beware, to be on
one's guard.
Tahalharisha ku-y to warn.
Tahayari ku-y to become ashamed.
Tahayarisha ku-, to shame, to make
ashamed.
Tahidi ku-,
KvjitaMdi, to exert oneself, to
try hard.
TaMri ku-y to circumcise.
TahsUay farewell, leave-taking.
Taiy a large bird of prey, a vulture.
Taiftty plur. mataifoy a tribe, a
nation.
Tajay hire.
Taja ku-y to name.
Tajiy a crown.
Tajiriy plur. mattyiri, a merchant,
a rich man, a capitalist, a prin-
'taka-. See -to-. [oipal.
Takay dirt.
Takatak€iy rubbish, sundries, small
articles.
Taka ku-, to want, to wish for, to
ask for.
Kmidka tkauri^ to leek adTioe.
TakdbaU ku-, to Moepi; used of
God's hearing grayer.
Takabathi ku-y to oaary on tnAght
TdkahatkUka ftift-, to pay teight
for.
Takdddam hu-y to bt in advaiioe of,
to get before.
TakcUika ku-y to bt yetj £unt or
tired.
Tiikarimuy gift, largess.
Takcua ku-y to dean, to make clean
and clear.
Takasika ktb-, to beoome cleansed.
Takata ku-y to beoome dean and
dear.
Uwingu wnetakata^ the aky is
clear.
'takati/u, holy, cleansed.
Takhari ku-y to stay.
Taki = Chicha,
Takia, plur. matakioy a large
cushion.
Takoy plur. maiakOy the bnttock.
Tak%iriy a crime.
Takura ku-y to scratch, to dig with
claws or fingers.
Talakay divorce.
Taldseim or Tdlasimu, plur. matala-
simuy a talisman, a charm, a
figure divided into squares and
marked with magio words and
symbols.
Tali ku- or Ta'ali ku-, to study.
Talik = Tarik,
Taliza ku-y to smooth off, to smooth
up, plaster, &c.
Tama, out and out, final.
Tama ku- (M.) = Mama ku-y to re-
move.
Tama ku-, to sit, crouch (Tao.).
Tama,
Kushika tajna, to lean the head
TAM
TAN
391
on the hand, reckoned unlucky
in Zanzibar.
Tamaaf longing, avarice, greedi-
ness.
Kukata tamaa, to despair.
Tamdlaki hu-, to be master of.
KujitamdUihi mwenyewe, to be
one's own master.
Tamani ku-, to long for, to lust
after.
Tamaniha Tcu-, to be liked, to be an
object of liking.
Tamha few-, to swagger.
Tambaa ku-, to creep, to crawl.
Tambi, vermicelli.
TamhOt a tall man.
Tamboa, testicles.
Tamhua ku-, to recognize.
Tambfdia ku-, to understand.
Tambultkana fct*-, to be recogniz-
able.
TambulUha ku-, to make to recog-
nize, to explain.
Tainbuiu betel leaf chewed with
areca nut, lime and tobacco.
Tambuza ^cu-, to put a new point or
edge, to weld on fresh iron or
steel.
Tamisha kii- (M.) = HamWha ku-,
Td'mka ku-, to pronounce.
TamUf sweetness, flavour, taste.
-tamu, sweet, pleasant. It makes
tamu with nouns like nyumba,
TamvJca ku- = Ta*fnka ku-.
Tamvua, ends or comers of turban
doth, &c.
Tana ku-^ to divide, to slit, to comb,
to part.
Tanatana ^u-, to divide up into
little bits.
Tana, a bunchlet of bananas, fto.
Bananas and plantains grow
spirally in a large bunch, not con-
tinuously, but in little groups:
each group is a tana,
Tanahahi ku-, to make up one's
mind, to know what to do.
Tanafud ku-, to draw breath.
Tanda ku-, to spread, to be spread
out, to be overcast, to put ropes
to a native bedstead.
Kujitanda, to stretch oneself
across.
Tandama ku- (?), to surround.
Tartdawaa ku-, to recline, to loll at
one's ease.
Tandaza ku-, to make flat.
Tandika ku-, to spread, to lay out,
to saddle.
Tandu, long slashes made on their
faces by Makuas and others.
Tandua ku-, to unsaddle, to take off
harness.
Tanga, plur. matanga' oi majitanga^
a sail. The sails of mit&pe and
madau are made of matting.
Tanga mbtli, the seasons of
changeable winds.
Matanga kati, wind abeeim.
Kvkaa matanga, to sit at home
in sign of mourning, to mourn.
Tangos ku-, to come to be known.
Tangamana ku-, to adjoin.
Tangamvka ku-, to be cheerful.
Tangamueha ku-, to cheer up.
Tanganya, &o. (M.) = Changanya,
&c., to mix, to shuffle cards.
Tangatanga ku-, to go backwards
and forwards, to wave.
Tangatmzi, ginger.
Tangaza ku-, to spread news, to cir-
culate intelligence.
Tange, the trees and rubbish cleared
off a new plantation.
TangUha ku-, to make evident.
Tango, i^Voix. maitvn^o^ ^ wsi^ ^^^
.-592
TAN
TAS
gourd eaten raw, resembling in
taste a cucumber.
TangUj since, fronL
Tangu linif Since when? How
long ago ?
Tangua ku-, to annul, to abolish, to
separate, untwist, unplait, with-
draw a promise, &c.
Kutangua ndoa^ to annul a mar-
riage, to divorce.
Tanguka /eu-, to be annulled.
Tanguhana ku', to separate.
Tangulia ku', to precede, to go be-
fore, to go first.
Nimetangulia kukuambiaf I told
you beforehand.
Tangalifu. advanced.
Tanif Othman.
Tani.
Kwa tani, backward, on his back.
Tano or Tanu, five.
Ya tano, fifth.
"tanOf five.
Tantanbelwa, a great bother, a
worry.
Tanua ku^ to expand, to spread out,
to fend off a boat.
Tanuka ku-, to lie on one's back and
spread oneself out, to sprawl.
Tanuru or Tanuu, a clamp for burn-
ing lime, an oven.
Tanzif plur. nuitanziy a noose.
Tanzia, news of a death.
Too, plur. mataOy an arch, an
arched opening, a bay.
Tapa ku-f to shiver.
Kujitapaj to magnify oneself, to
make a great man of oneself.
Tapatapa ku'j to jump about like a
fish when taken out of the water,
to shiver, to tremble.
Tapanya ku-, to scatter, to throw
about.
Tapanyatapanya ku-^ to dissipate.
to waste.
Tapika ku-, to vomit.
Tapisha ku-, to make to Yomit.
Tapitho, plur. nuUapUihOy an emetic.
Tapo, plur. matapOy a detachment,
a division, a part of an army
larger than kikozi.
Tmrabey side piece of a window,
door of planks.
Tara/Uj on the part of.
Tarafu yoke, on his part
Taraja k\k-y to hope.
Tarathia fcu-, to persuade in a
friendly way.
Taratibii, carefully, gently, orderly.
Taratibu, orderliness, an order or
form.
Taraza, an edging, a narrow silken
border usually woven on to tur-
ban and loin-cloths in Zanzibar.
Tarazake, business on a small scale.
Tarazaki kur, to trade in a small
way.
Tariky a date, year, fto., the clew-
line or bunt-line of a dhow-saiL
Kitabu cka tarik, a chronicle.
Tarimho = MtainibOf an iron bar.
Tarizi ku-, to weave on an edg^g.
Tartibu = Taratibu.
Tasa, a brass basin.
TVua, a game of touch.
Tasa, a barren animal.
Tasaioari ku-, to do with certainty,
to be fully able.
Hatasawariy it is certain that he
does not do it.
Ta^hi, Mohammedan beads.
Ta^fida, good manners.
Tashtinshi, doubt
Tanhilij quickness, quickly.
Taslimu, ready cash.
Tassa = Tasa.
TAT
TEK
398
Tata, See Matata.
Kwenda tatatatay to toddle.
Tataga ku-, to go above or over, to
cross a stream on a tree.
Tatana hu-y to be in a tangle, to be
puzzled.
Tatanisha hu-, to tangle, to puzzle.
Tatanya hu-, to unravel, disen-
tangle, solve a riddle.
Tatazana hu-f to be tangled.
Taihbiriy a merchant.
Tatia ku-y to \vind, to tangle, to
complicate.
Tatiza ku-, to wind.
-tatUj three.
Ya tatUf third.
Tatua ku; to tear.
Tatttka ku-, to be torn.
Taumka kut" = Ta*mka ku-,
Taunif plague, cholera.
Tausiy peacock.
Tavu (A.), the cheek.
Tawa, plur. matawa, a frying-pan.
Tawa, plur. tawa, a louse.
Tavoa ku-t to live secluded (Yao.), to
tie.
Tawafa, a candle, candles.
Tawakali /^u-, to trust in God and
take courage.
Tawakdioakatha, many.
Tawala kit-, to govern, to rule.
Tatoanya ku-, to scatter.
Tawanyika ku-, to become scattered.
Tawashiy a eunuch.
Tawasaufy temperance.
Tawaza kw-, to make to rule.
Tawaza ku-, to wash the feet, to
perform the ablutions.
Tauoif plur. matawi^ a branch, a
bough, a bunch, an ear of millet.
Taya, jaw, jawbone.
Taya ku-, to reproach.
Tayarif ready.
Tayif obedient
TayOj plur. matayOy a reproach, re-
viling.
Tazama ku-, to look.
Tazamia ku-, to look out for.
Taztoi, forgery.
Teende la mguu, Barbadoes leg,
elephantiasis (?).
Tefua ku; to reason, to search, to
throw about.
Tega ku-, to set a trap or snare, to
snare. See Kitendamli.
Tegea ku-, to be lame.
Tegemea ku-, to lean upon, to be
propped up.
Tegemeza ku-, to support.
Tego, a virulent kind of syphilis
supposed to be the effect of a
charm.
Tegu, plur. mategu, a tape-worm.
Tegua ku-, to take a pot off the fire,
to remove a spell.
Teka ku- (M.) = Ckeka ku-,
Teka ku-, to plunder, to take as
spoil, to draw water.
Kuteka *mji, to plunder a town.
Kuteka ng'omhe, to carry off an ox.
Kuteka maji, to draw water from
a well.
Teke, plur. mateke, a kick.
Kupiga teke, to kick.
Tekelea ku-, to prove true, to come to.
TekeUza ku-, to perform a promise,
restore a pledge.
Tekenya ku-, to tickle in the ribs.
Teketea ku-, to be consumed, to be
burnt away.
Teketeke, the soft, something soft.
Teketeza ku-, to consume, to cause
to be burnt down.
Tekewa ku-, to become bewildered.
Tekeza ku-, to run ashore, to come
to an end, to d\&.
394
TEK
TBT
Tekna hu'^ to priie up, to toOi to
throw up out of a noie.
Tele, plenty, abundantly, abandant.
Tele, gold lace or bznid.
Telea hu-, to oome down, descend,
land from.
TeWca ku-y to put a pot on the fire.
Tdemua htt-, to pull down, to cause
to slip down.
Telemuka ku- or TeUrnka ku-, to
go down a steep place, to go
quickly down in spite of one's
self, to slither down.
Telemuko, the bed of a river.
Teleza ku-, to slip.
Tema ku-y to slash as with a sword.
Tema ku-,
Kutema mate, to spit.
Tembe, a hen full grown but which
has not yet laid.
Temhea ku-, to walk about, to take
a walk.
Moyo wangu umetemhea, my
thoughts are wandering.
Tenibelea ku-, to walk about.
Tenibeza ku-, to offer for sale by
auction, to liawk about.
TemhOf palm wine, wina
Tembo, an elephant.
Te*mka = Ta'mka,
Temsi, filigree work.
Tena, afterwards, again, further.
Tenda ku-, to do, to apply oneself to,
to act.
Kutenda zema or vema, to behave
well.
Tenda kani, a pole across a dhow to
fasten the sheet to.
Tendawala, a kind of bird.
Tende, a date, dates.
Tenda Jialwa or halua, Arabs
from the Persian Gulf, who
steal slaves by tempting them ,
into their houaei with datw
andBweetitnfll
Tmdea JSm-, to do to^ to behave to^
to treat.
Tende^lUf plor. matemdegu, fhe kgi
of a bedstead.
Tendeka ku-, to be done, to be
doable.
Tenga, a Bun-fisli.
Tenga ku-, to separate, to remove.
KujUengcLj to get oat of the way.
Tengea ku-, to be readj and ia
order.
Duka limetengea, the shop is all
ready and open.
Tengeka ku-, to be pat on one side.
Tengelea and Tengdeza = Tengeneta
and Tengenea,
Tengenea ku-, to be comfortable, to
be as it should be.
Tengeneza ku-, to finish off, to pul
to rights, to touch up.
Tengezeka ku-, to be established,
made right.
Tengua ku-, to put aside.
Tepukua kum, to cut away young
shoots.
Tepukuzi, plur. Maiepukuzi, shoots
from the root of a tree.
Terema ku-, to be at ease.
Tesa ku-, to afflict.
KtUeswa, to suffer, to be afflicted.
Teso, plur. mateso, afflictions, adver-
sities.
Teta ku-, to oppose, to strive against,
to be adverse to, to go to law
with, to mention disparagingly.
Tetea ku-, to cackle like a hen.
Tetea ku- (M.) = Chechea ku-, to
walk lame.
Tete ya kwanga, rubeola.
Tetema ku-, to tremble, to quiver.
Tetemea = Chechemea,
TET
THU
395
Tetemeka hu-, to tremble, to shake,
to shiyer, to quake (as the earth),
to chatter (of the teeth).
Teterif a small kind of dove.
Teteza hu-, to rattle. Also, to lead
a sick person by the hand.
Tetta hu; to choose, select, pick
out = Chiigua leu-.
Teuka ku-^ to dislocate, to sprain.
'teuUf choice, chosen.
Tezama and Tezamia = Tazama and
Tazamia.
Text, a fibrous tumour, goitre.
Thabihu, an offering, a sacrifice.
Thdbitj plur. mathdbit, firm, brave,
Thdhabuy gold. [steadfast.
Thahirij evident, plain.
Thdhiri ku-, to make plain, to
express.
ThaifUf weak, infirm, bad.
Thalatha, three. Also Thelatha, &c.
ThalaihatashcMrci, thirteen.
Tkalathiniy thirty.
Thalimu, a fraudulent person, a
swindler.
Thalimu ku-, to wrong, to defraud.
Thalilif very low, very poor.
Thamana (th in this), a surety.
Thamani (th in thing), a price.
Ta ihamardf of price, valuable.
Thambif sin.
ThdmiUf surety.
Thamini ku, to become surety.
Thamiri, conscience, thought.
Thani ku-, to think, to suppose.
Thania ku-, to think of a person, to
suppose him, to suspect.
TharaUf scorn.
Tharau ku-, to scorn.
Thdruha, (Ar. a stroke), a storm,
(in arithmetic) multiplication.
Thdrvha mqja^ at one stroke,
suddenly.
Thathu, a kind of jay brought down
from IJnyanyembe.
Thaioahfij a reward ; especially re-
wards from God.
Thdatha, &o. See ThdUMa, &o.
Thelimu ku-^ to oppress.
Thelth, a donkey's canter.
Theluth, a third.
Themaninif eighty.
Themaninif a linen fabric.
Themantcuharaf eighteen.
Themanya, eight.
Themuni, an eighth.
Thenasharaf twelve.
Theneen^ two.
Thihakay ridicule, derision.
Thihaki A;tt-,.to ridicule, to make
game of.
Thihirisha ku-, to make clear, to
declare.
Thii ku-y to be in distress.
Thiiki ku-, to be put to straits.
Thili ku-, to abase.
Thiraa, a measure of about half a
yard, from the point of the
elbow to the tips of the fingers.
Thiraa kande, from the point of
the elbow to the knuckles of
the clenched fist.
Thoqfika ku-, to be made weak, to
become weak.
Thoofisha ku', to weaken, to make
weak.
ThoumUy garlic
Thtibutisha ku-, to give courage to,
to make certain, to convince, to
prove.
Thubutu hu-, to dare, to have
courage for, to be i»'oved.
Sithubutu, I dare not.
Thuku ku-, to taste.
Thukuru ku-, to invoke.
ThvUi, distress, mLaoKy.
396
THU
TIT
Thulumu, wrong.
Thulumu hu-f to do wrong, to per-
secute.
TItulurUf a kind of sandpiper.
Ttiuluth, & t\i\id, AlaoThtluth,
Thumu ku; to slander.
Tliurea^ a chandelier.
77mru Zru-, to harm.
HaithurUy no harm, it does not
matter.
Tia liU't to put, to put into.
Kutia nanga, to anchor.
Kutia chuoni, to put to school.
Tiara, a boy's kite.
Tiba, a term of endearment.
Tibil-a ku-, to be cured.
Tibu ku-j to cure.
Tibu, a kind of scent.
Tibua ku-f to stir up and knock
about.
Tifua ku-, to cause to rise like dust
or a mist.
Tifuka ku-, to rise in a cloud.
Tit fett-, to obey.
Tiisha ku-, to make to obey, to
subdue.
Tika ku-, or ttrnlca, to put a burden
on a man's head for him.
Tiki, just like, exactly as.
Tikia ku'y to reply. Sec Itikia.
Tikisa ku-, to shake.
Tikiti, plur. matikiti, a sort of water
melon.
Tikitika ku-, to be shaken.
Tikitiki, utterly and entirely, to the
last mite. Also, (M.) into little
bits.
Tikiza ku-, to have patience with.
Tilia ku-, to put to, for, &c.
Tilifika ku-, to waste, to grow less.
Tilifisha ku-, to diminish, to make
to dwindle away.
Tilifu ku-, to ruin, to waste.
TOaia Xw-, lo dam.
TiffMuiy a 8tone hong by a line^ufled
as a plnmmet by maaons.
Timbiy bracelets
Tiwhfua In»-, to begin to ahow itael^
like the sun in rising.
Timia Aw-, to be oomplete.
Timilia Acu-, to become complete.
-timilif tt, complete, perlect.
Timiliza hu-, to make complete.
Timiza ku-, to complete, to make
perfect
Time, a woman's name.
Timvi, an ill-omened child.
Tinda ku- (M.) = Chinja hn-, to
cut, to cut the throat, to slaughter.
Tindika ku- (A.), to fall short
Tindikta ku-, to cease to.
Imenitindikia, I am oat of it» I
have no more.
Tindikiana ku-, to be separated, to
be severed, as friends or relations
at a distance from one another.
Tinge,B. game consisting in imitating
all the motions of a leader.
Tint, a fig, figs.
Tini (M.) = Chini, down.
Tipitipi, a brown bird, a mocking
bird.
Tipua ku-, to scoop out, to dig out,
to dip out.
Tiririka ku-, to glide, to trickle.
TtVa = Tissia, nine.
Tisaini, ninety.
Tisatashara, nineteen.
Tisha ku-, to frighten, alarm, make
afraid.
Tissia, nine.
Tita ku; to tie up together.
Tita, plur. maiita, a faggot, a bundle
of firewood.
Titi, the nipple.
Tiiia ku-, to shake, to sink in.
TIT
TOM
397
Also (?) of the sea, when deep
and rough, to boiL
Titika hu-, to carry a bundle of
sticks, &c.
Titima hu-, to roar and roll like
thunder.
Titiwanga, chicken-pox. See Kiti-
wanga.
Tiwo (?), paralysis.
4o^ a suffix, denoting goodness or
propriety, rarely used in Zan-
zibar.
Kuweha, to put ;
Kuioekato, lo put properly.
Manuka, smells ;
Manukata, scents.
Toa ku-, to put out, to take away,
give, expel, to deliver, to except,
to choose out.
Kutoa memo, to grin, to show the
teeth, to snarl.
Toazij plur. matoazi, cymbals.
Tohaf repentance.
Tohoa kit-, to break through, to
break a hole in a wall.
Tobwe, a simpleton, ignoramus.
Tofa^ plur. matofa^i, a fruit shaped
like a codling with rosy-coloured
streaks, = To7nond(h See Mto-
mondo.
Tofali, plur, matofalij a bri(^.
Tofauti, difference, dispute.
Nimemgia tofauti kwa kuwa wee
umeniibia fetha yangu, I have
a quarrel with you for stealing
my money.
Tofu>a ku-f to hurt or put out an
eye.
Tofuka ku', to have an eye hurt or
put out
Toga kit-, to pierce the ears.
Togvoa, unfermented beer.
Tohara, oircumcisioik
Tohara ku-, to purify by ablutions,
to perform the Mohammedan
ablutions.
Tot, a kind of wild goat.
Toja hur, to slash, cut gashes, as a
means of bleeding, &c.
Tojo, a cut made for ornament, &c.
Toka or Tokea, from, since.
Toka ku-y to go or come out or away
from, to be acquitted, to go
free.
Kutoka damu, to bleed.
Kutoka hari, to sweat.
Tokana ku-, to go forth from one
another, to divorce, to be set free.
Tokea, from, since. See Toka.
Tokea hapo, in old time, from old
time.
Tokea ku-, to come out to, or from,
to appear.
Tokeza ku-, to ooze out, to project.
Tokomea few-, to get out of one's
Tokoniy the pelvis. [sight.
Tokono (A.), the hips.
Tokora ku-, to pick one's teeth.
Tokosa ku-, to boil, to cook by
boiling.
Tokoseka ku-, to be well boiled, to
be done.
Tokota ku', to become boiled, to be
cooked by boiling.
Tolea ku; to put out for, ta offer to.
Kutolewa, to have put out for
one, or to be put out, to be
dismissed.
Toma, orchitis, hydrocele.
Tomasa ^M-,to poke with the fingers,
to feel, used of examining a
living creature, as JBonyesha, of
inanimate objects.
Tomba ku-, to Lave sexual connec-
tion with.
TomhOy a quail.
398
TOM
Tomea ku- (M.) = ChotMa In-.
TomM hu-f to point by plastering
over and putting 8mall Btones in
to make the work firm.
Tomesha ku-, to set on (a dog, &o.>
Tomo, dru68 of iron, &o.
Tomise = Tomo.
TomondOy a hippopotamoa.
Totnando, plur. malomondo = To/aa,
Tona ku-, to drop.
Tona ku-,
Kutona hina, to lay and bind on
a pLister of henna until the
part is dyed red.
Kutona godoro, to sew through a
mattress here and there to oon-
fine the stuffing.
Tondooj a small brown nut con-
taining oil.
Tonesha ku-y to strike against, to
touch a sore place, to make a sore
run.
Tone, plur. matone, a drop.
Toneza ku-, to cause to drop.
Tonga ku- (M.) = Chcnga ku-, to
cut.
Tongea ku- = Chongea,
Tongonnibay a small bird black
with white neck ; it makes a
great noise in flying.
Tongoza ku-, to seduce.
Tope, mud, plur. matope, much mud.
Topea ku-, to sink in mire, to be
stogged.
Topetope, a custard apple.
Topeza ku-, to be too heavy for one.
Topoa ku-, to take out, to brettk a
spell, to clear for cultivation.
Tora, plur. matora, a small spear.
Torati, the law of Moses, the Pen-
tateuch.
Toroka ku, to run away from a
muster, from home, &a
TUA
Tmro^ha Iw^ to abdnefc^ to ludiin it
ran away.
Tom ku-^ to caoM to sink^ todiown
Kutosa macho, to spoil fhe eyei.
To$a, plv. wuMioMt tiuii just be-
ginning to ripen, all bat lipe.
Totha ku-, to suflSoe, to be enos^
for, to cause to come cmt.
To$hea ku-, to be astoniahed, to be
staggered.
TosheUta hur^ to snfBoa.
Tonhewa ku-, to be astonialied.
Tola ku; to sink.
Totea kur (M.) = Ckoehsa Im-.
Toteza macho ku-, to spoil the ajes.
Totoma ku-, to be lost, to wander.
Totora^ to pick one's teeth. Also^
Tokora.
Tooya = Chonya,
Towea ku-, to eat as a relisih or
kitoweo,
Toioeka ku-, to yaniah. At Lomoo
this word is usihI for to cUsw
Tovoelea ku-, to eat by moothfulsL
Toweslui ku-, to ruin, to pat out of
the way.
Toujeza ku-, to pour gravy, in^ over
the rice.
Tozi, plur. matozi (M.), a teez.
Trufu, trump (in cards).
Tut only, nothing but ibis, only
just. The -u of tu is very short ;
it always follows the word or
phrase which it qualifies.
Tu, we are or were.
Tu or Tw; the sign of the first
person plural, voe,
'tu- or -tw; the objective prefix de-
noting the first person plural, im.
Tua ku-, to put down, to put down
loads, to rest, to halt, to encamp,
to set (of the sun).
Jua likitua, at sunset
TUA
TITM
399
Tua TeU; to grind by pvfihing a
stone backwards and forwards.
Tuama Icu-^ to settle, to dear itaelfl
Tuana hu-, to settle.
Tubia ku-9 to repent et
Tuhu ku; to repent.
Tufanuy a storm, a tempest.
2V/e,aball.
Tuhumu ku', to accuse of, to lay to
his charge, to suspect.
Tui (M.) = Ckui, a leopard.
Tui, the oily jidce squeezed out of
^he scraped cocoa-nut.
Tuiliza ku-, to prolong.
Tuja ku- (M.) = Chuja ku-, to strain.
Tvkcbf posts of » verandah or long
eaves.
Tukana X;«-, to use bad language
to, to abuse, to address with in-
sulting or indecent expressions.
Tukano, plur. matukanOy bad words,
insulting or filthy language.
Tukiakiir^ &c.(M.) = Chukiak%k;&(i,
Tukia ku-y to happen.
Tukioy plus, matukioy a thing which
happens, an aecident.
Tukiza ku-, to project.
Tuktta kth, &e. (M.) = Chukua
-tukufu, glorious, great. Iku-, &c.
Tukuka ku-, to become exalted, to
grow great.
Tfikusa ku-, to move, to shake.
Tukuta kur, to move about restlessly,
to shake nervously.
Tttkutiza ku- (obscene).
Ttikuza ku-y to exalt, to make great.
TuUa ku-f to become quiet, to settle
down, to amend from a riotous
life.
Tuiia, don't make a noise.
Ttdia ku-y to grind with. See Tua.
Jivoe la kutulia, a stone to grind
with.
Tulika ku-f to beserene attd tvanqufl.
Tulilia Am-, to settle down for or in
regard to.
Tamekutulilia f have you under-
stood me?
TamenituUUa, I have.
TuUHana ku-, to oome to an agree-
ment.
Tuliza ku-, to calm, to stiU.
Tidizia ku-, to catm for,
Kutulizia roho, to calm, to console.
Tuma ku-, to employ, to- send about
some business.
Tuma ku- (M.) = Chmna hu-, to
Tumaa ku-, to hope. [profit.
Tumai ku- = Tttmaa,
Roho yatumai, I hope.
Tumaini ku-, to be confident, to
hope.
Tumadnisha ku-, io make confident,
to make to hope.
Tumania ku-, to hope in, confide in.
Tumba, a long rice*ba^.
Tumbako, tobacco.
Kuvuta tumbako, to smoke.
Tumbako ya kunuka or kunusa^
Tumbasi, an abscess. [snufil
Tumbili, a small kind of light-
coloured monkey.
Tumbo, plur. matumho, gut, belly,
viscera, womb.
Tumbo la kuenenda, diarrhoea.
Tumbo la kuharadamu, dysentery.
Tumbua ku-, ta disembowel, cut
open, pick a hole in, open (an
abscess).
Tumbuiza kih, to soothe, to sing to,
to sing by turns.
Tumbuka ku-, to burst, to be bursty
&o. See Tunibua,
Tumbukia ku-, to fall into.
Am^etumbukia, kisimani, he hoA
got va\fy ^ «ictv^.
400
TUM
TUT
Tumbukiza hu-, to throw into, to
cause to fall into, to get a person
into a Bcrape.
Tumbulia hu^,
Kutumhulia mcuiho, to stare at.
TumbuUj a staple.
Tumbuza hu-, to disembowel, to
penetrate, to get through.
TumCy a messenger.
Tumia hu-, to employ, to spend, to
use.
Tumika hu-, to be employed, to
serve.
Tumikia ku-y to be employed by, to
serve, to obey.
Tumu, taste, tasting.
TumUj the month Eamathau.
Tuna ku; &c. (M.) = Chuna ku, &o.
Tuna ku-y to swell, to get cross.
Tunda, plur. matunda^ a fruit.
Tundama ku-, to gather, to settle at
the bottom.
Tundika kwt to hang up, to be
suspended.
Tunduy plur. tundu or matundu, a
hole, a cage, a nest.
Tundu ya pua^ a nostril.
Tunduaa Ku-, to stand stockstill in
wonder at, &c.
Tunga, a round open basket.
Tunga ku-f to suppurate.
Tunga ku-j to put together in order,
to string beads, to make verses.
Tungama ku-^ to clot, to congeaL
Tungamana ku-, to be steady.
Tungia ku-, to thread a needle.
Tungua ku-f to let down, to pull
down, to hook down.
Tunguka ku-, to be pulled or let
down.
Tungika ku-^ to depend upon, to
hang from.
Tungu (M.) = Chungu, ants.
Tungttfa^ a oomnum ireed, a ap&im
of Bolanom.
TunguUa Int- (M.) k OhunguUa hh,
to peep.
Tunika hu- (IL), to lose fhe akfi^io
be flayed.
Tunu, a xarity, a oihoioe gifl| a
present.
Tunvka hu^ to lo?e exoeaaivaly, to
long for.
Tunukia huj to make a present toi
Tunza, plur. matufUM^ oare.
Tunza hu-, to take oare of| to look
after, to make gifts to«
Tupa, a file.
Tupa, plur. matupa 01L\ a bottle.
Tupa hu-, to throw, to throw away.
Kutupa nathariy as maehOf to oast
a glance, to oast the eyes.
Kutupa mkonOyio break off&ieiid-
shlp.
Tupia ku-, to throw at, to pelt with.
2'upiza ku-, to pass its proper mea-
sure or time.
-tupu, bare, empty. It makes tupu
with nouns like nyumba. See
Utupu.
Tupua ku-, to root out, to pull up.
Turuhani, tare, allowance for pack-
age, &c., in weighing.
Turuma, See Maturuma.
Turupuka ku-, to slip out of one'b
hand.
Tushiih, ascriptions of praise, a
rosary, the beads used by Mo-
Iiammedans in praying. Sea
Tasbih.
Tusha ku-y to lower, to make mean
or low.
Tushif plur. matushi, abuse, bad
language. See Matusu.
Tusmra, a picture.
Tuta, plur. matutaf a heap^ of earth,.
TUT
tJ
401
II raised bed for planting sweet
potatoes.
Tutu I Leave it alone 1 Don't touch 1
Used to little children.
Tutuha Aft*-, or Tutu*fnka or Tutu-
sikay to rise in little swellings, to
come o«t in a rash.
Tutuma ku-, to make a noise of
bubbling, to boil up.
Tutumua ku-,
Kujitutumuaf to gather oneself
up for en effor4;.
Tuza ku; or Tuuza kur^ to weep (of
a wound).
Kutnza damn (M.), to run down
with blood, to bleed exces-
sively.
Tuza ku- = Tunza kU'»
Kujituzaj to make oneself mean
or low.
Tuzanya ku-^ to come to an agree-
ment (A.).
Twa kuQl.) = Chioa kth.
Ttocui ku-j to take.
JBlutwaa nyara, to take as spoH.
Twalia ku'^ to take from.
Twaliwa ku-y to be deprived of, to
have had taken from one. Used
also in the sense of, to be taken.
Twana ku- or Tuana ku-, to settle.
Twana ku- = Twazana,
Twanga ku-^ to clean com from the
husk by pounding it in a wooden
-mortar.
Twangia ku-t to clean com for,
with, etc.
Tioazana ftu-, to resemble in face,
to be like.
Tweka ku-, to hoist, io raise, to
^ke up.
Tweeha ku-, to go by night to see
any one.
Tteeta ku-^ to pant, io strive for
breath.
Tvjeza ku-, to despise, to hold in
contempt.
Tvngat & giraffe, a eamelopard.
Twika A:ii-,'to put a load on a man's
head. Also TVca,
U.
17 is pronounced like oo in food.
TT before a vowel takes a conso-
nantal sound, and may be writteil
w. This change is not so marked
before a u as before the other vowels.
Sometimes both u's keep their vowel
sound. TJ before o is frequently
dropped:
Meyo = Muoyo,
The syllable mu- is seldom so
pronounced in Zanzibar; it becomes
mw- or *m, or a simple m.
L and u are sometimes appa-
rently interchanged, as,
Ufalme or Ufaume, a kingdom.
Mlango ot MwangOy a door.
Nouns in «- or w- generally lose
their u- in A,he plural, most of them
substituting n- or ny- for it, but
dissyllable nouns keep the u- and
prefix ny'. See N,
The insertion of a -u- before the
final -a of a verb reverses its mean-
ing.
Knfunga, to fasten.
Kufunguay ix) unfasten.
There is a suppressed I between
the u and the a (as always in
Swahili between two consecutive
vowels), which appears in the ap-
plied forms.
KufunguUa, to unfasten for.
The paA«i<9^ ^ \Jsi'^ ^^-^^Vswas^
402
VOB
of vex bs in '•mi la uwd alto m the
passive of the simple form.
Ku/ungMliiea^io be nnfaiiteDed, or
to have unfastened for one.
Kwia, to kill, is irzegnlar, and
makes its passive by adding -too,
huuauHij to be killed.
U (Ar.), and.
Uy thou art, it is, of nouns in «•,
and of those which make their
plural in mi-.
U' or w-t the sign of tbe seeond
person singular.
U' or 10-, the personal prefix of the
third person singular denoting a
Bubatantive in tf-, <» one which
makes its plural in mi-.
-tt-, or -to-, the objective |»efiz de-
noting a substantive in u-, or one
that makes its plural in mi-.
17- as a substantive prefix is used
to form abstract nouns, and also
to form the names of countriea,
as,
Unyika, the Kyika country ;
Ugala, the Galla country ;
DzungUf the country of Eu-
ropeans.
Ua Teu-f to kilL
Passive, huimtoaj to be killed.
Ua, plur. mauaf a flower.
Uaf plur. nyiM, a yard, an enclosure,
a fence.
Ua wa mabua, an enclosure fenced
with miama stalks.
Ua tea makuti, an enclosure fenced
with plaited cocoa-nut leaves.
Uanda, a court, a yard.
Uanda = Wanda.
Uanja = Uanda,
Uapo, plur. npapo, an oath.
Uauoa hU'^ to be killed.
Ua^ ptar. flpay^ ihm nte of fiia
foot, a footprint
Vbabwa^ P^ft aoft ftod Ar chil-
dren.
Ubaju or Ubmmt, pliy.wi— ^»riik
Jftetmi^, in or ftt ite aidsb
Ubani, inoenae^ galhamiaL
UhmiUi, nnllity.
Ubau, plur. «&««» a phu^
Ubavca, plur. miawo, a wisg ftathuT
Uhaxazu
Kufanya fAatuuii^ to make a bar-
gain.
Ubdeho, a cloth worn bj woaea^ a
eostomary pr e s o mfc to- ika bride's
mother on the oooaaifln of a
wedding.
Uhuhi, a joke.
Uhtufu, the inside of tbo mlabaah
fruit
Uchafu or Uckavu, fllthlnowi
Uchagaa = Utagaa.
Uchala, a raised stage to pot oon
&c. upon.
Uchawi, witehcraft, blaok magie.
Kufanya iicAatoi, to praetiaa
witchcraft
Uchi, nakedness.
UchipukOf plur. chipukoj a dioot, a
blade of grass.
UchocihorOf a passage, opening be-
tween.
UcihovUf tediousnesa.
Uchu, a longing.
Uchukuti, the leafstalk of the ooooa-
nut leaf.
Uchukuzi, carriage, cost of carry-
ing.
UchuktJDi, a kind of rice.
UchunU = Utumi,
Uchungu, bitterness, pain, poison.
Uchungu, bitter. See -chungu.
Dawa uchungu, bitter medioiiiB.
UDA
UKA
408
UcMa, babbling, telling fieorets.
UdevUi plur. ndevu, one hair of the
beard.
UdogOf smallness, youth.
Udongo, day, a kind of earth used
to mix with the lime and sand in
making mortar.
Ufa ku-j to become cracked.
Ufa, plur. nyvf4t, a craok.
Kutia Ufa, to oradc.
Ufagio, plur. fa^io, a brush, a Iwroom,
a bundle of the leaves of a palm
used to sweep with.
Vfahamttf memt)ry.
Ufajiri = Alfajiri,
Ufalmeor C[/ai*wie,kingdoffl, royalty.
Ufidiwa, a ransom.
Ufisadi, vice.
Ufiski, Tice.
UfitOt plur. fitOf a thin stick, sticks
snch as those which are used a«
laths to tie the iMkkuti thatch to.
Ufizi^ plur. fizi, the gums.
Ufu, death, the state of being dead.
Ufufvlio or Ufufvo, resurrection,
reyival.
Uftikara, destitution.
Ufukvoe, absolute destitutioo.
Ufmvin, valley, bottom.
Ufungcb, stone bench^ = Kibaraza,
Ufungu, relatives.
Ufunguo, plur. funguo, a key.
Ufiio, sandy b€och.
Ufuta, semsenk
Ufuthuli, ofQciousness.
Uga, an open space in a town where
a house has been pulled down, or
where a dance could be held.
Ugali, porridge.
Uganga, white magic, medicine.
Ughaibii, the little packet of ^etel
leaf, areca nut, lime, and tobacco
made up for chewing.
Ugo, endosm^e, dose.
Ugomvi, a quarrel, quarrdsomeitess.
Ugonjwa, sickness, a sickness.
Ugrani, a general collection of debts.
Ugua hvr, to fall sick, to groan.
Ugvmu, hardness, difScuity.
Uguza ku', to nurse, to take oare of
Ugwe, string. {a siok person.
Uharaibut mischief.
Uharara, warmth.
UharibivUf destruction, destraotive-
ness.
UMagi, want, thing wanting.
Uhuru, freedom.
UimbOj-plm. nyimbo,& song, a ballad.
Uirari (in arithmetic), proportion,
division of profits. €ee Worari,
Uizi, theft, thieving.
Ujahili, boldness.
Ujalifu, fulness.
Ujana, youth.
Ujari, tiller-ropea.'
Ujenzi, building.
Uji, grueL
Ujima, help of neighbours, assist-
ance in work.
Ujinga, rawness, dulness, ignorance.
Ujia, coming.
Ujira, hire, reward.
Ujumbe, chiefship, headship.
UJuvi, knowingness, officiousness,
pretended knowledge.
Ujusi, defilement, whatever is re-
moved by ablutions.
Uhmngo, plur. Imango, an earthen
pot for cooking with oil or fat.
Uhafu,
Ukafu wa maji^ a bubble on
water.
Uhali, fierceness, sharpness.
Kufanya ukali, to scold.
Ukambaa, plur. kambaa (M.), cord
line.
404
UKA
VKV
Ukamili/u, perfeotnefls, perfeotioD.
UkandGj a strap.
27^00, stay, stopping.
Ukarimu, goDeroBity, liberality.
Ukatea^ delay.
TJkayOy a long pieoe of blue calico,
often ornamented with spangles,
worn by slaves and poor women
in Zanzibar over their heads:
it had two long ends, reaching
nearly to the ground.
UkeleUy plur. heleUy a cry, a noise.
Akapigiwa ukelde^ and a cry was
made at him.
TJhemij a call (Mer.).
Nipigie ukemiy give me a calL
XTkengele, a sort of knife made in
Zanzibar.
UhetOt depth.
Ukingo, the brink, a screen, an en-
closure made with cloths.
Ukiriy plur. kiri, a strip of fine
matting about an inch broad, out
of which mikeka are made.
UkivjOy desolation, solitude where
people once were.
XJko or HukOy there.
Ukoat plur. k^oa, a plate of metal,
one of the rings on the scabbard
of a sword, &c.
Ukoga, the tartar and dirt on the
teeth.
Ukohozif phthisis.
Ukoka, grass cut for fodder.
Ukoko, the rice on the top of the
pot, which is often dry and
scorched through the custom of
pouring away the water when the
rice is done and heaping live
embers on tiie lid of the pot.
Ukoko (A.), a cough.
Ukologefuj decay.
Vkoma, leprosy.
rifcomte, a wmpery a onrred knifb
for hollowing oat mortan, fto.
TJhowholewti^ a ransom.
Uk&mbozi or Ukomiboo^ a ranaom
Ukonde (10a tenda\ a (date) •tone.
Ukongwe^ oldness, extreme old aga
UkonyezOy plur. honyeto^ a sigii made
by lifting the eyebrow.
Ukoo, nastinees, tmoleaimeai (?)l
Ukoo, ancestry, pedigree^ iiuDily
origin and oonneotions.
Ukope, plur. hope, a hair from the
eyelash.
Ukosiy the nape of the necACi
Uknbali, acceptance.
UkubujcLi greatness, big^ees.
Ukucha, plur. kucha, a nail, a elaw,
a hoof.
Ukuftf plur. hufij a handfdl, what
will lie upon the hand.
Ukumbi, an apartment at the en-
trance, a hall, a porch. The
ukumhi is within a stone house
and outside a mud houae.
Ukumbuka, recollection.
UkumhuskOf memorial, a reminder.
Vkumbuu, plur. kumbuu, a girdle
made of a narrow cloth, a turban
cloth twisted tightly into a sort
of rope such as the turbana of
the Hindis are made of.
TIkundufUf pleasingness, oommo-
diousness, liberality.
UkungUf mould, mouldiness.
Kufanya ukunguy to get mouldy.
UkungUf the first light of dawn.
Ukuni, plur. kurUt ft piece of fire-
wood.
TJkurasa, plur. kurasa, a leaf of a
book, a sheet of paper.
TJkvtay plur. kuta^ a stone wall.
Ukuti, plur. kuHy a leaflet of the
cocoa-nut tree.
tiKtr
ttm:k
405
Ttkuu, greatness, size.
Ukwaju, a tamarind.
rrA:t«a8e/u,necessit7,Iiavingnothing.
Ukwcuii, wealfh, riches.
UkwdtOj plnr. kwatOf a hoof.
XllalOf a tree or trees cut down so
as to fall across a river and make
a bridge oyer it.
Vlajij gluttony.
ZJlanibiyamhij a very young dafa.
Ulanisij a foul-mouthed person.
Ulaya t)r Wilaya, home; applied
especially to the home -of Euro-
peans, Europe.
VJayiti, European, inferior calico.
Kamha ulayiti, hempen rope.
Ule, that, yonder.
Ulediy a dhow boy, a cabin boy.
UlegevUj relaxation, the state of
being slack.
Ulia ku-f to kill for, with, &o.
Tumidie mbalif let us kill him
out of the way.
Ulili, a couch or bedstead {KianZ'
want),
UlimbOf birdlime, gum, resin.
Ulimbwende, dandyism.
TJlimiy plur. ndimi, the tongue, a
tenon, the heel of a mast.
ZFlimwengUj the world, the universe,
a man^s own world or circle of
duties and pleasures.
Kuwako ulimwenguniy to be alive.
TllingOt a raised «platform "to scare
Ulioy which is. [birds from.
JJlitima, the last three cards of the
pack.
TJliza ku'y to ask, to inquire of a
person.
Kumuliza hali, to ask how he
-does.
Siwezi kuulizwa uvoongo^l cannot
tell a lie*
TJlizia ku'f to make inquiries on
behalf of.
TJUmgOy falsehood. See Uwongo,
Umat plur. nyuma, a spit, a large
fork, an awl.
Umaioa kuokeanyama^ a gridiron.
Uma ku'j to bite, to sting, to hurt»
to give pain to, to ache.
Umciheli, ingenuity.
Umdlidadii dandyism.
Umande, dew, morning air, mist,
the west wind.
TJmasikiniy poverty.
Umati, a multitude, people.
Umati laay Christians.
Umati Musa, Jews.
Umati Muhammady Mohammedans.
Urnba ku-, to create, to shape.
Umba kU'f to bale out a boat. For
Kumiba.
Umhaumba ku-y to sway about like
a drunken man.
UnibOy plur. manimhoy form, outward
likeness, appearance, character,
species.
Najiona umbo la kuwa kiziwiy I
feel getting deaf.
UmbUy plur. maumbuy a sister.
Umbua ku-y to allege a defect, to
depreciate.
Umbwa, or better Mbuoay a dog.
'Ume (or -Zttwe), male, strong. It
makes ndume with nouns like
nyumba.
Mkono wa kuumey the right hand.
Umsmcy lightning.
Umia ku-y to give pain to.
Umika ku; to cup.
UmiOy the oesophagus.
UmitOy heaviness, feeling heavy.
Umiza ku-, to hurt.
Umka ku'y to swell, to rise when
leavened.
406
UMK
VPA
Umku (?) kur, to call.
Umo or Uumo, there iiuido.
Umoja, oneueta.
Umri, age.
Umri ttake apatajef How old
is he?
Umua ku; to take honey from the
hive.
I7na, you have, thon hast
Una nwif What is the matter
with you ?
Unazozilaka, which you are asking
for.
Unda ku-, to build ships or boats.
UndUy the comb of a cock.
Unenct stouinest), thickness.
Unenyekeo^ hnmilityy abasement^
reverence.
Unga, flour, powder.
Unga wa ndere, a magic poison.
Unga ku-t to unite, to splice, to join.
Ungama, a place near Meliuda,
swallowed up by the sea.
Ungama ku-, to acknowledge, to
confess of one's own accord.
Ungamana kvr, to bring together,
connect.
UngamOy a yellow dye used for
dyeing matting.
Ungana livr^ to unite, to join together.
Unge^f the sign of the second person
sing, conditional.
UngedumUf you would continue.
Ungekwjca, you would be.
Ungi, much, plenty.
UngOf the hymen (?).
Kuvunja ungOj to be deflowered,
to begin to menstruate.
UngOt plur. maungoj a round flat
basket used in sifting.
JJngua A;u-, to be scorched or scalded.
Uuguja, Zanzibar.
Ungulia ku-, to scorch or scald.
Unquxa km-^ to flocnoh or aotldy to
b«ni.
TJmgMMwiLt the state of beiii^ a fSree
and oiviliied man, civilisation.
-ttn^iMiNa, oiviliied, aa cvppoaed to
-fftenxt; free^ at oppoaed t»
AumwcL
KiungwanOf of a e&riliaed kind.
UnwiU, or Unwdd^ ot Um^eU, plw.
ayele, a hair.
Untfogo. See KiMyaga.
Kuchexea unyago^ to teaoh vo-
manhood.
Unyasi, reed, grass.
UnyayOf plur. nyayo^iJliB aole of tlM
fuot, a fbotprinl
Unyele. See UnueU,
Unyende,
Kupiga unyende, to «j wiUi a
feeble thin voice.
TJnyikay the Nyika ooantry.
Unyoa, plur. nyo(i, a feather.
TJnyofu, straightness, apzightnoM.
Unyogovu, idleness.
UnyongBf vileness, meanness.
Unyungu,
Kupiga unyungu, to strot about,
to show oneself off.
TJnymhiy plur. nyuthi, a haiz foom
the eyebrow.
Z7o, plur. mnuo, a sheath.
TJoga or Woga^ fear.
Z7oz7tf, rottenness, badness, oorzup-
tion, malice, evil.
TJoziy marriage.
Upaa, baldness.
Upaa wa kitioa, crown of the
head, baldness.
TTpaja^ plur. paja, the thigh.
Upaji, liberality.
Upambat plur. pavtiiha, a bill, a small
hatohet.
Upana, width, breadth.
UPA
WBA
407
Upande, plur. pande^ a side, part.
Wpemde wa Mvita, neac er about
Mombas.
Ujpande wa ohiniy^ie under aide,
the lee eidei
Wpande wa juu, the iq>per side,
the weather side.
Upande wa goekini;, the sidle wh^re
the tack of the sail is fastened,
the weather side.
dpanga, a ooek's comb.
Upanga, pitir. panga\ a sword.
Upaatga wafelegifA kmg straight
two-edged swcard earzied by the
Arabs.
Upanga wa tmant, a siaort sword
with a kind of cross hilt.
Kuweha upanga, to set up a
sword on its edge^
Upao, plur. pao, one of the smaiH
sticks used as laths to tie the
thatch to.
Upapi, the outer beading of a door
frame*
Upataji, value.
Upato, a round plate of copper
beaten as a musical instrument.
Upawa, plur. peuoaif a flat ladle made
out of a cocoa-nut shell, used
for serving out curry, gravy, &o.
An upawa differs from a kcUa in
being very much flatter and
shallower: more than two-
thirds of the shell are cat away
to make an upaioa ; scarcely a
quarter is cut off in making a
Jcata,
Upehecho, the piece of wood used
to make fire by rubbing.
Upekelevti, destruction, harm, quar-
relling.
Upele, plur. pele, a large pimple.
:PtiU, the itch.
Upemho, cnrved end, hook, a stick
to hook down fruit with.
Upendaji, tiie habit of liking.
UpenddvyOy as you please.
UpendehOj favour.
Upenzi, love, affeetion, liking.
Upeo, plur. peo <M.), a sweeping
brush.
Upeo, the extremest point vis6bfo,
the extreme limit, something
which cannot be surpassed.
UpepeOj plur. pepeo, a fan;
UpepOf plur. pepot a wind, cokt
See Pepo, The plural is used to
denote much wind.
UpeH, quickly, lightly.
Upia = Upyay newness.
Upindi, plur. pindi, a bow.
Upindi wa mvua, the rainbow.
UpindOy a fold, a hem.
UpOj a water-dipper for a boat er
dhow.
Upofuj blindness.
JTpogo, a squint.
Upogoupogo, zigzag;
UpoiUy gentleness, meeknesSii
Upondo, plur. pondoy a pole used to
propel canoes and small vessels.
Upongoe, plur. pongoe, the leaf stem
of a palm tree.
UpootOj paralysis.
Upote, string, bowstring.
Upotevui waste, destructiyeness,
wastefulness.
UpunibafUj folly.
Upunga, plur. punga, a flower or
embryo nut of the cocoa-nut tree.
Upungu/Uj defect, defectivenesfc
Upupu, oow-itoh.
Upuzi, nonsense, chatter, silly talk.
Upwehe, singleness, independenoe^
Upya, newness.
Urathi, contentment.
408
UBB
UTS
Ure/tt, length.
UrembOf omameDi, applied espe-
cially to the black lines painted
on their faces by the women of
Zanzibar by way of ornament.
Urithif inheritance.
Urango = Uwongo.
Uroiha, inyoioe.
UrUf diamonds (in cards).
Usafif shavings and chips.
TJbcJio^ matter, pus.
Usemiy talk, conversation.
Uthadi, plur. nytuhadi, verses.
Ushahidi, or Ushuhuda, testimony.
UBhamhiliOf haste, suddenly.
Uahangaj plur. shangOf a bead.
Usharikaj partnership, sharing.
Ushaufu, deceit.
I78^era^t, dissipation. Also^s^att.
Ushij a string-course.
Ushujaa^ heroism, great oonrage.
Vshukura, thanks.
Uskungu^ a vegetable poison, used
to poison arrows.
JjBhupafu, perversity, crookedness.
UshurUt tax, duty, customs.
Usia ku-, to leave directions or
orders, by will, &c. See Wasia.
Usikizij hearing, attention, under-
standing.
Usiku, night. The plur. nku is used
to denote days of 24 hours. Four
vsihole nights must be rendered
nku fine utfiku kucha. Four days
and nights, siku nne mchana na
usiku.
TJeimangay mockery.
Usimemef firmness.
Usinga, plur. singaj a (straight, not
woolly) hair. See Singa,
Unngizif plur. singizif sleep. See
Zingizi.
Uairif delay.
Uthoa, on the Ugh
Uto, plnr. nputa, fiioe, oonntenuMa
Utmbuij for Aaaubui^ in themomiiic^
the morning.
Usu&i, a sandfly, a midge.
Usufi, silk cotton ftaai tha ans/l
tree.
UtuktuUf plnr. mtkami^ a ruddat,
UtuUam, snltanship.
Ummba, see MaJaumbL
Uta, plur. nyuta or maiaf a tov^
Uta. [bow and anowi.^
Mafuta ya uto, semaem cSL
UUuLy a ndsed stage to pnft flora,
&c. on.
Utabibuy medical BcJepoa, being a
doctor.
UtagaOf a branch of airaiii
Utaji, a veiL
Utajiri, wealth.
Utakcuiho, what yon wish.
Utakatifu, holiness, purity.
Utako (Mer.), keel of a dhow.
Utambaa, plur. tambcui, a bandage,
a rag.
Utarribi, plur. tamhi, a lamp-widt, a
piece of stuff for a turban.
Utanibo {toa sufuria, &c.), a swing-
ing handle like that of a pail.
Utamvuat end or comer of atnrban,
of a cloth, &o.
Utandu (A.) = Ukoko,
Utanduf hymen.
Utaniy a kindred race, the belonging
to a kindred tribe, familiarity.
UfanzUj plur. ianzUf a branch.
Utashiy desire.
Utaai, tonguetiedness.
Utawi.
Kupiga utav>i, to drink grog to-
gether.
Ute,
Ute wa yayi, the white of an egg.
UTB
VVTA
409
Utelezif slipperiness.
Utemhe, the chewed refuse of betel
leaf, &o.
Utenzif a poem, especially a reli-
gious poem.
UteOy plur. tea (M.}» a sifting bas-
ket.
Utepe, plur. tepej a tapej a baud, a
fillet:, a stripe.
Utepetefu, languor.
Utesiy strife.
Uthabitij bravery,, firmness^
UthaifUf weakness, infirmity.
Vthanif weight.
Uthi hu'f to harass, trouble.
Uthia, bother, noise, uproar.
Uthia ku-, to harass.
Uthibajh cheat, deceit, stratagem.
Uthika ku-, to be harassed.
Uthilifut calamity, great trouble.
Uthuru kvrj to excuse.
Uti wa maungo, the backbone.
Utiko^ the xoof-iidge of a thatched
house-.
Utiririj a proyokiog trick.
Uto/u, dull, without amusement.
Utofu, thinness, weakness^
Utoko, mucus from the yagina.
Uto.
TJto vja nyama, fat cooked^ out of
meat, dripping.
Utonwoj thick white sap.
Utondvjif small dhows trading: about
Zanzibar, eoasters.
Utosif the top of the head,
Utoto, childhood,
Utufu, fatigue.
Utukufu, greatness, exaltation,
glory.
UtuUf wretchedness, weakness, un-
fitness.
UtulivUf quietness, patience.
Utumhavu, thickness, swelling,
rising.
Uitunhnizo, a soothing thing, verses
sung during a dance;
Utume, sending people about.
XJtumii use,^ usage.
Utumo, business, place of business.
Utumway slavery, employment, en-
gagement.
Kutia utumwani, to enslave.
Utungu (M.) = Uchungu,
Utungu, is used in the dialect of
Zanzibar only for the pains of
childbirth, XJtwngu wa uzazi.
Utupaj a species of euphorbia used
as a fish poison.
UtupUf naked (vulgar).
Mtu utupu, a naked mam
Mtu mtupu, a mere mant
Uuaji, murderousness.
Uudi, aloes wood.
Uuza ku. See Uza A;tf-.
Uvi, a door [Tumbatu];
Uvivut idleness, sloth.
Uvuguvugu, lukewannness.
Maji yanct uvttguvugUf the water
is lukewarm.
Uvuli, shade.
Uvumba, incense, galbanum.
Uvundo, a smell of corruptioui
Uvtirujika, tendency to crumble, a
being spoilt and decayed.
Uvurungu, hoUowness.
Jiwe la uvurungu, a hollow stone.
Uvyaziy birth.
Uwanda^ a plain.
Utoanga, arrowroot.
Uwanga, a sweet dish made of
wheat, flour, sugar, and ghee.
XJwanja, a courtyard, an enclosure.
TJvKLshi, masonry.
Uwati, a vesicular eruption on the
skin.
110
uwx
VAIi
Uwanri, the vizirsbip.
Uweli, sickness, disease,
Uweli wa imtngoy rheamatifflM.
Uwezo, power, ability.
Uioindck*
Kupiga uwinda^ to pass tiie ends
of the loin-cloth between the
legs and tuck them in, as ia
done loosely by the Banyans,
and tightly by men at work.
Uwingu, plur. rnbiTigu^ heayen, sky.
The plural is the form, more com-
monly used.
Uvfimi, jealoui^.
UwongOy falsehood.
MuTienoye yamehuwa uwongo, he
has becoBie a teller of lies.
UyaJuapOy if you know them.
Uyoga, a mushroom.
Uyuzi, ingenuity.
Uyuzi hu-j to ascertain.
TJza hu-y to ask, to ask questions.
TJza hu- or Za ku-, to selL
The u in kimza, or rather huza,
to sell, is very short and insig-
nificant : it is possibly only a
partial retention of the hu-,
which bears the accent and is
retained entire in the usual
tenses. The u- in hiiiiza, to
ask, is much more im])ortant,
as is shown clearly in the ap-
plied forms.
KwdizOf to ask of a person ;
pres. perf. ameulizcu
KtUizttf to sell to a person;
pres. perf. ameliza.
Uzanya hu-, to be ordinarily sold,
to be for sale.
Uzazij birth.
Uzee, old age.
Uzenibe, indifference, apathy, slow-
ness.
Vzi, plur. nytud, thread, Btrlog, a
stoipe.
Uziki, poverty.
Usshna, health, hdaridneas, eon^lete-
ness, life.
Uzingizi. Bee Zin^zi AnS: Uaingiei
UzinguOf disenchantment, aer from
the power of the evil eye.
Uzini or Uzinzi, adultery, fonooa-
tion.
Uzio, plur. nyuziOf a hedge made in
the sea to catch fish.
Uzulia livrj to depose.
JJzulu ku-f to depose, to lemore from
an office.
KujiwstHuy to resign, to give up a
place or office, to abdicate.
TJzwriy beauty, fineness, ornament
Kufanya uzuri^ to adorn oneself.
TJzmM, raising from the bottom, as
in fishing for pearls.
Uzuzu^ rawness, greenness (of a
simpleton).
V.
Fis pronounced as in English.
F, /, and h, are sometimes a little
difficult to distinguish accurat^y in
the dialect of Zanzibar. This is
probably owing to the want of a «
in Arabic
V and vy change in some dialeets
into Z'j in others into <^.
Mwivif a thief, becomes mwiei at
Lamoo, and mmtJU at Patta.
Vaa ku-y to put on, to dress in.
The past tenses are used in the
sense of, to wear.
AmevcM, he wears.
Alivaat he wore.
Valia &tt-.
VAO
VIT
411
Wihipi wa huvailia ngtta, a girdle
to gird up one's clothes with.
VctOf pliir. mavaoj dress.
Varanga, interrupting and bother-
ing talk.
Vazij plur. mavazi, a dress, a gar-
ment.
Vemaj well, very well.
Vem^ or Vyema, good. See -ema,
Vi" or Vtf'j the plural prefix of sub-
stantives (and of adjectives and
pronouns agreeing with them)
which make their singular in hi-
or ch-,
Vi' or Vy-y sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs governed
by nouns in vi- or vy-,
Vi' or Vy- prefixed to adjectives
often gives them oai adverbial
sense.
•m-, the objective prefix represent-
ing nouns in vi- or vy-.
Via ku-y to stop short of perfection,
te b& stunted in ita growth, to
remaiu only half cooked for want
of fire, &C.,, &e.
Viaa ku- = Vyaa hu-,
Viatu (plural of KicUu), shoes, san-
dals.
Viatu vya Kiztingu, European
shoes.
Viatu vya ngozi, leather sandals.
Viatu vya mti, wooden clogs.
Viazi (plur. of Kiazi)^ sweet poti^
toes.
Viazi vya Kizwngu, potatoes.
Viazi vikuuy yams.
Viberiti (plus, of Kiberiti), matches,
lucifers.
Vidani, coUars of gold, fte.
Viembe or Vyembe, arrows.
Vifaay necessaries, useful things.
Figtoe, braid, reins.
Vijineno, little words, prattle.
Vika hu^ to clothe, te dress.
ViUy those yonder.
Vilevile, just those things, like
things, in like manner.
Vih'a ku-j to stop and stagnate, as
the blood does in a bruise.
VUix), a stagnation, a stoppage.
MavUio ya damu, Inraises, effnsioil
of blood.
Vvmba ku-, to swell, to thatch.
VimMtiha ku-, to overfeed a person.
Vimbiwa ku-, to be overstuffed, to
overeat oneself.
Vimo, all of one size.
Vinga vya moto, firebrands, nng.
Kinga cha moto,
Vingi, many. See 'dngi,
Vingine, others. See -ngine*
Vinjari ku-y to cruise about, to go
looking out for sometbiBg, to
watch.
Vinyavinya ku-, to press and crush
food for children and nek people.
VinyL See Mwenyi,
Vinyu = Mvinyo.
Vioga hu- (M.), to tread.
Viombo = Vyontho.
Viote or Vyote, all. See -ote.
Vipande vya kupirrday nautical in-
struments, sextants, &c.
Vipde (plur. of Kipde), small
pimples, a rash.
Vipele vya hararay prickly heat.
Viringa kth, to become round.
Imeviringa, it is round.
Viringana ku-y to become spherical.
Visha ku-y to give clothes to.
Vita, war,
Vitanga vya mizanif scales^ seale-
pans.
Vitindi vya ehahOy brass wire.
Viiwa vitwcL^ topsy-turvy.
41:2
viv
VUK
Vtvia huh, to Bmoulder.
Vivi him, common, just there, just
BO, anyhow.
-vivu, idle, dnll, slow.
Kisu ni kivivu, the knife is bluit
(A.).
Vivyo, thus, in the way mentioned.
Vivyohivyo, in like manner.
Viwimbi (plur. of Kiwimhi), wftYe-
lets, a ripple.
Viza ku-y to stunt,^ to prevent its
attaining perfection, to interrupt,
to stop or hiuder in work.
Vizia ku-y to watch, to spoil one's
work for one,, to hinder one from
working.
Vizuri, fine, finely. Bee -zuri.
Vua ku'f to take ofif clothes.
Vua ku-y to say^ to deliver, to take
across.
Vua ku'f to fish, to catch fish.
Vuata ku- or Vwata kur, to press with
the teeth, to hold in the mouth.
Vuaza ku-, to wound by striking or
running into unawares, to cut.
Vugaza ku-, to put to (a door).
Vugo, a horn played upon by beat-
Vuja ku-, to leak,, to let water, [ing.
Vujia ktt-, to ooze out
Vuka ku-, to cross, to go ever, to
pass a river, to be saved.
Vuke, steam, vapour, sweat.
Vukiska ku-, to take across, to ferry
over.
Vukiza ku-, to cause te fume, to
give ofif vapour.
Vukuta ku-, to blow bellows.
VuJcuto, sweat
VuU,
J>udu wle, an insect living in
wood, a carpenter bee (?).
Vvlif shade.
Mkono toa kuvuli, the right hand.
Vfdia htjhf to oatoh fish foj^ or
with.
Vuma ku-, to blow as the wind, to
buzz like a bee.
Vuma ku-, to lose (in card-playing).
Vumbi, plur. mavumbif dust, flue^
muddlness in water.
Vunibika ku-, to put in under some-
thing, to stick into the embers, to
cover with a heap of leaves, &o»
Vumhikia ku-, to put seeds or plants
in the ground before rain, to get
them into the ground.
Vumbilia ku-,
Kuvumhilia vitat to get into a
quarrel.
Vumbu, plur. mavumbUf lumps in
fiour, &c
Vumbua ku-, to find after a search,
to discover.
Vumi, a noise as of blowing or
bellowing, often made with a
drum.
Vumilia ku-, to endure, to tolerate,
to bear.
Vumisha ku-, to win (in card-play-
ing).
Vuna ku-, to seap»
Vuna ku-,
Kujivund, ta swell up, ta b«
pufifed up.
Vunda, &c. = Vunja, &o.
Vunda ku-, to rot.
-vungu, hollow.
Vunja ku-, to break, to ruin, to
spoil, to change a piece of
money,
Kuvunja jungo, to have a final
feast, as before Bamathan.
Vunja jungo or chungu, a mantis
(Mantis religiosa), so called from
the superstition that a person
touching it will break the next
VUN
-\VA-
413
piece of crockery or glass ho
handles.
Vunjia ku-y to break for, with, &c.
Vunjika hu-, to become broken.
Vwruga feu-, to stir.
Vurujika hu-, to break np into frag-
ments, crumble.
Vurumisha ku-, to throw a stone, &c.
Vusha ku-, to put across, to ferry
over, to put into the right way.
Futa fell-, to draw, to pull. -
Kuvuta maji, to bale out water.
Kuvuta makasia^ to row.
Kuvuta tuvnbakoy to smoke to-
bacco.
Vuvia ku-f to blow.
Vuvumka ku-, to grow up quickly.
Vuzif plur. mavuzif a hair of the
pubes. Also, (A.) hair in gene-
ral.
Vy- = Yir.
Vyay of.
Vyaa ku-, to bear children, or fruit.
Pass, vyaioa or vyaliwa,
Vyake or Vyakwe, his, her, its.
VyakOy thy.
Vyakula 0?to. of Chakula), things
to eat, victuals, meals, provisions.
Vyaliwa kvry to be born.
VyangUy my, of me. See -angu,
Fyoo, their, of them. See -ao.
Vyetu, our, of us. See -etu.
Vyenu, your, of you. See -enu.
'vyo or -ryo-, as.
Upe/ndavyOy as you please.
Unipendavyo, as you love me, for
my sake.
Alivyoagiza, as he directed. See
ginsi.
Vyo, -vyo, -vyo-, which. See -o.
Vyo vyote, whatsoever.
Vytmbo (plur. of Chombo\ vessels,
household utensils, baggage.
W.
W is pronounced as in English.
W is commonly in Swahili a con-
sonantal u, and in many words w
or u may be written indifferently.
There are other cases, as in the
passive termination -tra, where the
sound can only be expressed by an
English w,
W' = 17-, which see.
TT-, the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by substan-
tives either singular or plural
which denote animate beings.
TFa, of. See -a.
Wa ninif why.
Eamisi wa Tani, Tani*s Hamisi,
t.e. Hamisi, the son of TanL
Wa or Uj the Arabic and.
Wa I an Arabic exclamation.
Wa-y the plural prefix of substan-
tives in m-, 'w-, or mw- which
denote animate beings.
Wa-, the plural prefix of adjectives
and pronouns agreeing with sub-
stantives which denote animate
beings.
TFa-, the prefix marking the third
person plural of verbs governed
by nouns denoting animate be-
ings.
Where the tense prefix begins
with an -a- that of the personal
prefix coalesces with it, so that
there is no difference between
the second person singular and
the third plural.
-wa- the objective plural prefix
referring to substantives which
414
WA
WAL
Wa kit; to be, to become (?) : the
ku' bears the accent and is re-
tained in the usual cases.
The present tense of the substan-
tive verb is generally repre-
sented by ni or by the personal
prefix standing alone.
The present tense with the rela-
tive is represented by the syl-
lable -K-. Aliye, he who is.
The present perfect amekuioa, &o.
has the sense of, to have be-
come. Was IB represented by
the past perfect tense altkuwoj
&c.
' Kuwa na, to have.
Simekuwa mvxmgo f should I
not be a liar ?
Waa ku-, to shine much, like the
sun or the moon.
Waa, plur. mat^aa, a spot, a blotch,
a stain.
Wahba, cholera.
Wdboondeif the people living in the
low country between the sea and
the Shambala mountains.
Wadit son of. .
Wadi Mohammedf Mohammed's
son.
Wadi ku-, to complete a term.
Watu wa " London " wamewadiy
the (H.M.S.) " London's" com-
missiori has expired.
Wadia ku-^ to be fully come, to be
quite time for anything.
Wadinasi for Walad ennas, bom
of people, that is, of decent
family.
Wadui, enmity, hostility.
Wafikana ku-, to conspire together.
Wajiki ku-f to suit, to be suitable
to.
fTa^a hu- (Mer.J, to kill.
W(igunya, the Swahili living north
of Siwi.
Wahadi, plur. wyahadi Q\ for
Ahadi, a promise.
Wdhidf one.
Wai ku-j to be in time.
Wainua, verily.
Wdjibf rightness, it ought.
Wajihi ku-, to visit, to see fiEiee to
face.
Wajihiana kth-, to meet face to fB/oe,
to see one another.
Waka ku-f to blaze, to burn up, to
bum.
Wakati, time, season.
Wakati huu, now.
Wake or Wakwe, his, her, or its.
Wdkf, [See -dke.
Kufanya wakf, to dedicate, to set
apart for holy uses.
Wakia, the weight of a silver dollar,
about an ounce.
Wakifu ku-, to cost.
Wakijia ku-, to cost to.
Wakili, an agent, a representative.
Wako, thy.
Wakti = Wakati,
Wakti gani nyef at what time
am I to come ?
Wdla, nor, and not.
Wala — loala — y neither — ^nor — ^.
Where or would be used in
English after a negative wala is
used in Swahili.
Walai or Wallaye, the most com-
mon Swahili oath.
Walakini, but, and however.
Wala^, not even.
Wale, those yonder.
Wali, cooked grain, especially rice.
Wall wa mioikuu, what is left
from some meal ovemight to be
eaten in the morning.
W AL
Wall, a govemoT.
Liwdti for AI WaU, the goremar,
i* more ooummnl; nsed in Ztm-
Walio. BeeJ^yoIio.
Walio, they who are.
WaliimBengu, the people of this
WqXU, a 8am t.
Wama K»i-, to Ue on the toco.
WatOm ftu-, to laee in the lopea
ipoD tlie frame of a kitanda, to
Wnp.
WimilAto, attadhment
Wana, they have,
UnmaMi, tliey have not.
ITanda ftw-, to get ver; fkt and
Wawda, plojT. (^ondo, a flnger, a
fioger'B-bteadth.
JTanjo fcu. (Mer.), to count, to
IFiinsa, ODS who ages witchcraft
agaiuatanolher.
Wanija, artovnoiil. Also Uanga.
Wanga or Wangaa, a cliff.
TTana/jie, others, other ptople.
Wrnigitta — wmgiTu—, too
Wangu, my. See -angn.
ITanguo fcu-, to ecoop np,
Wangioa, a desart, a t>sis waste
^angioma or IToiingtMno, gen
liee and civilized men.
Watga wa manga, antimon j.
Wano, plnr. mamma, the Biiaft of
an arrow or harpoon.
Wao, they!
Woo, their. See -oo.
Wapil which people?
IPapif orajrf* where?
WAT
415
Commonly joined with the per-
Banal sign of the Doaa.
Fu tni]»i or Yufto loajii * where ia
[he]?
Zj uopf or Ziko v>api t where are
[they]?
WapUia ka-, to be ladec with soent,
LigLly perfiuned.
Wapo, a gift
Waradi, or Waredi, or Wartdi, a
WaroAo, plur. nyaraka, a letter.
IFbno, a flle-ver ilhow-buililcr, a
clever man at any busineaa.
ITtHT, a yard (meaBure).
Waia, plur, iiijasa, MUiill Bticka to
fill up between larger onea in a
wall or roof.
Wata kv-, to contradict.
Waeha ku-, to light, to set Are t&
Kuvxuha molo, to light up a fire.
\ViiahtiTati, grcnt diBBipatJOD, licen-
tious neBS.
Waihenti, wild people, tmciTilized
Wiiii, rebellion. Also Uaii,
Wusia, sentonco, will, declared
opinion. Also Wmia,
fyatia Aw-, to bequeath, lo make a
will.
Waaili ka-, to arriTe, to come ckue
to, to reach.
Wanli, receipt, credit side of «c-
ooQDt, t.e. the left-Land column.
Wa$Sia ku-, to reach a person, ea-
pecially of letters.
Watilieha ka-, to cause to reach.
Watio, who are not.
Waiio = Watia and ITDrio.
Wa$tani, middling, in the middle.
Wanoiu, doubt
WalhahiilM ku-, to solve.
Waam, narrow.
1. it
416
WAT
-WIL
WcUia ku; to Bit upon eggs.
Watu, fenugreek.
fVatu (plur. of Mtu\ people.
-a watUf other people's.
Wavu^ plar. nyamt^ a net to oatch
gazelles, &c.
WafjDilif two, two persons.
Wote wawili, both.
Waya, an earthen dish to bake
cakes on.
Wayawaya ku-, to sway like a bongh
loaded with fmit, to swagger, to
be bent down and burdened.
Wayo, plnr. nyayo, sole of the foot,
footprint Also Uayo.
Waza hth-, to think, consider, reflect.
Wazao, progeny , offspring, posterity.
•^joazi, open, dear, manifest. It
makes wazi with nouns like
nyumha,
Kitvoa Iciwazij bareheaded.
Panalia wazij it sounds hollow.
Waziwazij manifest.
fVazimu.
Ana wazimu, he is mad.
Wazirij plur. mawaziri^ a vizier, a
secretary of state, a chief officer.
WazOf plar. maioazo, thoughts.
-we, his, hers, its, for wake,
-toe, thee, for weioe,
Wea ku; to become the property of.
Weka ku; to place, to lay, to put
away, to keep, to delay.
Nyumba hainiweki, I have no rest
in the house, I cannot remain
in the house.
Wekea ku-, to put away for.
Kuwekea amana, to entrust to.
Kuwekea wdkf, to dedicate.
Weko,
Kutia toekOj to weld.
Wekua ku-, to break up, to remove.
WelekOf a cloth worn by women.
Wdi, sickness.
Weli wa macho, ophthalmia.
Welti, saintly, a saint.
Wema, goodness.
Wembe, plnr. nyenibe (?), a razor.
Wenga ku-, to cause to break out
into sores.
Wengij many. See -ingi.
Wengo, the spleen.
WenUf your. See -enu.
Wenzangu, my companions = Wa-
enzi wangu.
Weremij cunning, shrewdness.
WeUj a place cleared for planting.
Weupe, whiteness, clearness, light
Weupe, white. See --eupe,
Wevi or Wezi, thieves. See Mwivi,
WewCf thou, thee.
Weweseka ku-, to talk and murmur
in one's sleep. Also WewetekcL
Weye, you ! it is you.
Weza ku-, to be able, to be a match
for, to have power over, to be
equal to.
SiwezU I cannot, or, I am sick.
Nalikuwa siwezi, I was ill.
Sikuweza, I was not able.
Ame?MiJDezi, he has fallen sick.
-weza. See mweza.
Wezekana ku-, to be possible.
Wezesha ku-, to enable.
'wi, bad (old Swahili and Nyam-
Wia ku', to be to. [wezi).
Niwie raihi, don't be offended
with me.
2. to have in one's debt.
Kumioa, to be indebted.
Wibo, Ibo.
Wifi, husband's sister.
Wika ku-f to crow like a cock.
Wilaya = TTlaya, home, Europe
-toiliy two. It makes mhili with
nouns like nyumba.
WIM
YAK
417
Wimbi, pliir. matoimhij a wave.
Mdwimbi, surf.
Winibi, a very small kind of grain.
Winda ku- or Wiiiga Znt-, to chase,
to hnnt.
Wingi = Ungi, plenty, a great
quantity, much.
Wingu, plur. matoingUf a cloud.
TTtTio, ink.
Wishioa, chafl^ the husks of rice, the
flour sifted off along with the
husks.
Witiru, odd, not even.
Wittoa (= Kvoitwaf), the being
called.
Wiva ku- = Iva hth,
'WivUf jealous.
»wivu = -&tvtt, ripe.
WiuHi ku-, to owe, to be indebted
to.
Wiza,
Mayayi mawizaj eggs with
chickens formed in them, bard
set.
TTo, -«?o, -tw)-, which, who, whom.
Wo vjote, whatsoever, whosoever.
-KX), thy, = Wako,
Wogofyat plur. nyogofyHj a threat.
TTo^fortf, deliverance, salvation.
Wongo, falsehood. Also Uwongo.
Wonyesho, showing, display.
Worarij rateable division, sharing.
Ar. Worttf to cast pebbles.
Wosia, injunction, sentence, charge,
wise saying. Also Wasia,
Wote, all, both.
Twende toote, let us both ga
Wote toamlif both.
Wovisi, cool,
Woweka ku-, to soak.
Y.
Y is pronounced as in English.
Y is in Swahili a consonantal t,
and it is often indifferent whether it
be written i or y. The use of y
is however important to distinguish
such words as fttmia, a cast-net,
and kimyOf silence.
The insertion of a ^ sound before
the final -a of a verb has in many
cases the effect of giving it a causa-
tive meaning. See P.
Kupona, to get welL
KuponyOy to cure.
Kuogopa, to fear.
Kuogofya^ to frighten
Y-, the prefix proper to possessive
pronouns governed by singular
substantives of the class which
does not change to form the
plural, by plural substantives in
mi; or by plural substantives in
Fa, of. See -a. [ma-.
Ya kitovUf in the naveL
Ya ktoamha, that.
Yaninif Why?
Ya-9 sign of the third person plural
prefixed to verbs governed by a
plural substantive in ma-.
-ya-, objective prefix denoting
plural nouns in ma-.
Yaa ku-, to sow seeds.
YdbiSf or Yabuiy dry, solid.
Yai = Yayi,
Yaika kut-, to melt.
Yake or Yakwe^ his, hers, its. See
-ake,
Yakiniy certainly, certainty, it is
certain.
Yakinia ku-^ to determine, to set
one's mind upon.
418
YAK
a^-
Ydkinisha ku-^ te make oertaiiL
Ycbko, thy, your. See -aJco.
Yakowapiy wheie aie they ?
Ydkutif emerald (?).
YaUt those yonder.
Yaliomo, which are withioi
Yarribo = Jambo^
Yamini, an oath,
Yamkinif possibly, possibility.
Kwa yarrikinif possibly.
Yamkini ku- (?), to be possible.
HaiyamMni, it is- not possible.
Yamuff deer.
Yange, See -n^e-.
Y<tngedumu, they would remain.
Yangu, my, of me. See -angu.
Yani — Ya ninif for what? why?
Yao, their, of them. See -€k>.
Yost, a yellow powder brought from
India, and used as a cosmetic
Yatima, an orphan.
YavuyavUj lights, lungt.
Yaya, a nurse, an ayah.
Yayi, plur. mayayij an egg.
Yayi ya pumbuj testicles.
Y9l = Jel Hullol Weill What
now?
Ye, -ye, or -ye-, sign of the relative,
referring to animate beings,
who, which, whom.
Ye yote, whosoever.
Yeekwayee, common-place people.
-ye, his, hers, or its, = Yake,
Yee or Yeye, he or she, him or her.
Yeiy a chDd's good-bye, " ta-ta."
Yemkini = Yamkini,
Yenu, your, of you. See -ent*.
Yenyif having. See -enyi.
YetUj our, of us. See -etu.
Yeyuka ku-, to melt, to deliquesce.
Yeyusha ku-, to cause to melt, to
melt.
Yinyi = Yenyi.
•yo, thy, =s Yako.
Yo, -yoy -yo-, sign of the relative,
which.
Yd yote, whatsoever.
Yoe = Yowe,
Yonga ku-, to sway.
Yote, all. See -ote.
Kwa yote, altogether, wholly.
You>e, a cry for help.
Kupiga yowe, to cry for help.
Ftf, he or she is.
Yu; sign of the third person sin-
gular, referriDg to an animate
being. It is used chiefly before
monosyllabic verbs and in the
Mombas dialect.
Yuaja, he comes.
Yuko, yumo, &a, he Is there,
within, &o.
Yule, yonder person, that person.
Yuma ku-, to sway in the wind.
Yuna, he has.
Yungiyungi, the blue water-lily.
Yuza kU'f to declare, to make clear.
Z.
Z is pronounced as in zany, the
German t* Zin some dialects takes
the place of i> or vy.in that of Zan-
zibar.
Z is used by people who cannot
pronounce th, for the Arabic tkai,
ihod, and dtJia. See T.
Z- or zi; the sign of the third person
plural prefixed to verbs which
are governed by plural substan-
tives of the class which does not
change to form the plural, or of
that which makes its singular
in tf-.
Z-, the profix proper to pronouns
Z A
ZID
419
governed by plural nouns of the
class which does not change to
form the plural, or of that which
makes its singular in u,
Za, of. See -a.
Za k«-, 8ee Uza hu-, to sell.
Zaa hth, to bear, to breed, to beget,
to bear fruit.
ZdbaM, civet
Zcibibu, plur. mazahibu (?), grapes,
raisins.
Zahidi hu-, to take civet from the
ngawct,
Zabuni Jcti-, to buy.
Zahuri, the psalter, a psalmv
Zafarani or Zafrani, saffron, a wo-
man's name.
Zagaa "hvry to shine, to glisten.
Zaidi or Zayidi, more.
Zdka, tithes.
Zdke or Zdkwe, his, hers, its. See
-dke.
Zakot thy, your. See -dko,
Zahvla (A.) = Vyakulaj victuals.
Zalia ku-, to bear to.
Zalisha ku-, to beget, cause to bear.
Zaliwa ku-f to be bom.
Zama few-, to sink, to dive,
Zamanif times, long ago.
Zamani za kale, old times, long
ago, anciently.
Zamani za Shanga, when Shanga
flourished.
Zamani hizit nowadays,
Zamani zetu, our times.
Zamharau, a kind of fruit, in ap-
pearance not unlike a large dam-
son.
ZamisTia A;tc-, to make to sink.
Zamuj a turn, turns.
Kwa zamu, by turns.
Zangefuri, cinnabar.
ZangUf my, of me. Pee -awf/w.
Zani, adnltery.
ZaOf plur. maza^, fruit, produce.
Zoo, their. See -oo.
ZarambOy a spirit distilled from palm
wine.
Zarif a precious kind of stuff, gold
thread, gold brocade.
Zatiti kn-, to set in order, arrange,
prepare for.
Zawa ku-, to be bom.
Zaioadit a present, a keepsake, a
rarity.
Zawaridi, a Java sparrow.
Zayidi, more.
Zazi (?), afterbirth.
-ee, his, her, or its, = Zake.
-zee, old, aged.
Zehakh, mercury.
Zege, a dome.
ZelahiOi a kind of sweetmeat con-
taining syrup.
Zengea ku-, to seek for.
ZenUf your. See •enu,
Zenyi, See -enyt.
ZetUf our, of us. See -etu,
ZezBj a sort of lute with three
strings.
Zl' = IB".
-«t-, the objective prefix denoting a
plural substantive either <^ that
class which does not change to
form the plural or of that which
makes its singular in u-.
Ziha ktt-i to fill up a hole in a wall,
&0., to plug up, to stop.
Zibana A;«-, to be stopped up, to stop
itself up.
Ziho, plur. mazibo, a plug, a stopper.
Zibua ku; to unstop, to bore
through.
Zidi ku-, to increase, to do more
than before.
Kuzidi kujua, to know more.
420
ZID
ZUA
ZiduJia hur^ to make greater, to
add to.
ZifuHj a cipher, a figure of nought.
Zika ku-y to bury, to inter.
ZikerezwazOj turnery, turned goods.
See Kereza,
Ziki,
Kanzu yd ziki, worked with
white cotton round the neck
instead of silk. See Kanzu.
Zikika ku-, to be impoverished.
Zikvdy plur. vikwi (N.), a thousand.
Zile, those yonder.
'zima, sound, whole, healthy, com-
plete.
Zima ku', to extinguish, to put out.
Kuzima rohOj to faint.
Zimia ku-, to put out.
Zimika ku-, to go out, to be extin-
guished.
. Zimiliza ku-, to rub out.
Zimu, See Wazimu, *MzimUf Ku-
gimUf Zimwi,
Ztmuaku; to cool hot water by
adding cold to it.
Zimwiy plur. mazimwi, an ogre,
a ghoul, an evil being which
devours men, &o.
Nazi ina zimwi, i.e. the cocoa-nut
has grown without anything
inside the shell.
Zina ku-y to commit adultery. See
Zini.
Zindika ku-, to hold an opening
ceremony in, to open for use.
Zindiko, an opening ceremony.
Zinduka ku-, to wake up suddenly
from a doze with a nod and a
start.
Zindukana ku-, to wake up sud-
denly.
Zinga ku-, to commit adultery (?).
Z/nr/a 7cu', to roll up.
Zingiziy sleep, great sleep. Also
Usingizi,
Zingizi la ku^mkomesha mzazi, a
sleep which is supposed to put
an end to all further child-
bearing.
Zingulia ku-, to relieve from the
evil eye.
Zini ku-, to commit adultery or for-
nication.
Zira ku-, to hate (M.).
Ziriki (M.) = Biziki.
-zito, heavy, difficult, severe, sad,
clumsy, thick.
Asali nzito, thick syrup.
Zituo,
Sana zituo, he never rests.
Ziwa, plur. maziwa, a lake, a pond,
the breasts.
Zizi, plur. mazizi, a cow-yard, a
cattle-fold, a stable, palisading.
Zizi hizi, just these, common.
Zizima ku-, to become very calm,
very still, or very cold.
Zizimia ku-, to sink to the bottom.
Zo, 'Zo, -zo-f sign of the relative,
which.
Zo zote, whatsoever.
-zo, thy, = Zako.
Zoa ku-, to gather into little heaps,
to sweep together.
Zoea ku-, to become accustomed, to
become used to.
Zoeza ku-, to accustom to, to make
used to.
Eujizoeza, to practise.
Zomari, a kind of clarionet, a pipe.
Zomea ku-, to groan at.
Zongazonga ku; to wind.
Zote, all. See -ote,
Zua ku-, to pierce, to bore through,
to innovate, to invent.
Nimemzua^ I have mucked him
ZUI
zuz
421
dry, I have got all the infonna- ]
tion I can from him.
Zuia htt-, to hold in, to restrain, to
hinder.
Kuzuia pumzi, to stifle.
ZuUia hih, to hold for, to keep oflf,
to hold in its place.
Zulta hti-, to emerge, to rise.
Ztdi, perjury.
Zvlia, a carpet.
ZiHia Icu; to invent to, to make a
false excuse to, to say falsely that
one has such and such a message.
Zulisha ku'f to make crazy, to
flurry.
Zulu hi-, to be crazy.
Zumaridt an emerald.
Zumhili, consolation.
ZnmJbua hu-, to find.
Kuzumbuta paa (A.), to take olT
thatch.
Zumbukana hUf to be to be found.
Zumgu*mza hu-f to amuse, converse
with.
Kujizumgu*mza, to converse, to
amuse oneself.
Zunguka ku-, to go roimd, to sur-
round, to wind round, to revolve,
to wander.
Zungukazunguha ku-,io stroll about.
Zungusha ktb-, to make to go round,
to turn.
Zuri ku-f to lie, to sWear falsely.
'zurij fine, beautiful, handsome.
Zuru kth, to visit.
Kwenda kuzuru, to go to visit.
Kuzuru kaburi^ to visit a grave.
Zurungi = HtUhwrungi, the brown
material of which kanzus are
made.
Zuzua ku; to puzzle a stranger, or
a greenhorn.
Zuzuka ku-y to be puzzled or be-
wildered, not to know what to do.
APPENDICES.
( 425 )
Appendix I.
Specimen of Kinyume, as written out by Johari, a native of the
Bwahill coast a little south of Zanzibar. The Swahili is in the Merima
dialect.
Swahili.
KiNYUMB,
English.
Ng^omhe
Mheng'o
An ox.
Mbuzi
Zimbu
A goat.
Punda
Ndapu
A donkey.
Nijamiya
Tangami
A cameL
Nyumha
Mhanyu
A house.
Mkeka
Kamke
A sleeping mat.
Kitanda
Ndakita
A bedstead.
Mlango
Ngomla
A door.
Mijengo
Ngomije
Buildings (?).
Udongo
Ngoudo
Red earth.
Ngazi
Zinga
A ladder.
Daraja
Jadara
A staircase.
Maneno
Nomane
Words.
Ban
Siha
That will do.
Mwanamuke
Kemwanamu
A woman.
Uzingizi
Ziuzingi
Sleep.
Samaki
KUama
Fish.
Kweli
Likwe
Truth.
Nazima
Manazi
I lend.
Sikupi
Pisiku
I will not give you.
Ntakupa
Pantaku
I will give you.
Ntakunyima
Mantakunyi
I shall withhold from
Macho
Choma
Eyes.
Mguru
Rumgu
A leg.
Rungu
Nguru
A club.
Nakuomha
MbanaMio
I pray you.
126
APPENDIX I.
SWAHILI.
KlMYUMB.
Englibh.
Njara inaniuma
Banja mainaniu
I ache with hunger.
Vidole
Levido
Fingers.
Shingo
Ngoshi
The neck.
Si ktodi
Lisikwe
It is not true.
Fundi
Ndifu
A master workman.
Sivyo
Vyosi
Not thus.
KarcUasi
Sikarata
Paper.
KaJamu
Mukala
A pen.
Wino
Nowi
Ink.
Pakura
Rapaku
Dish up.
Twende zetu
Tutwendeze
Let us be off.
Senendi
Ndisene
I am not going.
Chakula
Lachaku
Food.
Utdkwenda
Ndautakwe
You will go.
Mchanga
Ngamcha
Sand.
Samawati (Ar.)
Tisamawa
Heaven.
Aruthi (Ar.)
Thiaru
Earth.
Mutu
Tumu
Man.
Mungwana
Namungwa
A free man.
Mtumwa
Mwamtu
A slave.
Sitdki
Kisita
I dislike it.
Meza
Zame
A table.
Bweta
Tdfym
A box.
Sanduku
Kusandu
A chest.
Kitdbu
Bukita
A book.
Meahafu
Fumsaha
A Koran.
C 427 )
Appendix IT.
■0«
Specimens of Swahili correspondence in prose and verse, containing:
— 1. Two Swahili letters, the one on giving, the other on receiving a
small present. The forms of address, &o., are those used in all letters,
whatever their subject may be. 2. Two specimens of verses sent as
letters, the first to excuse breaking an appointment, the second sent
from Pemba by a Mombas man to his friends at home, who upbraided
him for not returning. This form of writing is a very favourite one.
Ilia jendb il moh^ rafiki yangu, bwana wangu, bwana mkubwa,
D. S., salamu sana, ama baada ya salamu, naJikuwa siwezi siku
nyingi, lakini sasa sijambo kidogo, ama baadahu, nimekuletea kitoweo
kidogo tafdthali upokee, nao k'uku saba'a, wa salamu, wa katabahu
rafiki yako H. bin A.
To the honourable the beloved, my friend, my master, the great sir,
D. S., many compliments, but after compliments, I was unwell for many
days, but now I am a little recovered, and after this, I have sent you a
little kiUyuoeo [i.e. something to be eaten with the rice or grain, which
forms the bulk of all meals], and I beg your acceptance, they are seven
fowls and compliments, and he who wrote this is H. son cf A,
Ilia jen&b, il moh^, 11 akram, in nasih, D. S., il Mwingrezi, insha*
Allah salaam aleik wa rdhmet Allah wa barakitahu; wa baada,
nakuarifu hall zangu njema wa thama, nawe kath^lik ya afia, wa
zayidi amana yako ulioniletea imefika kwangu, ahsanta, Mwenyiezi
Muungu atakujazi kheiri ukae ukitukumbuka, nasi nyoyo zeta zinaku-
428 APPENDIX IL
kumbuka sana, tunapenda uje 'nti ya Ung^ja, wewe na bibi, naye aje
tumwangalie, naye aje atazame 'ntiya Unguja, nasi kulla siku tuMlala
tukia'mka tonakuombea Muungu uje 'nti ya Unguja, tuonane kwa
afia na nguvu, nasi twapenda macho yetu yakuone wewe assubui na
jioni, na uslpokuja wewe, usitusahau kwa nyaraka allah allah.
Nisalimie bibi mke wako salamu sana. Nasi tunakutamani, kama
tungalikuwa ndege tungaliruka tukija tukaonane nawe mara moja
tukiisha tukarudi. Nyumbani kwangu mke wangu salamu sana. M.
bin A. akusalimu sana, wa katabahu M. wadi S. 26 mwezi wa mfunguo
kenda.
To the honourable, the beloved, the noble, the sincere D. S., the
Englishman, please God, peace be with you and the mercy of God and
His blessing ; and afterwards, I inform you that my health is good, and
may you be the same as to health, and further, your pledge which you
sent me has reached me, I thank you. Almighty God will satisfy you
with good that you may contioue to remember us, and as for us, our
hearts think much of you ; we wish you to come to the land of Zanzibar,
you and the mistress, and let her come that we may behold her, and
let her come that she may look upon the land of Zanzibar ; and we
every day when we sleep and when we wake pray for you to God that
you come to the land of Zanzibar, that we may meet in health and
strength, and we, we wish that our eyes should see you morning and
evening, and if you come not yourself, forget us not by letters, we
adjure you. Salute for me the mistress your wife with many compli-
ments. And we are longing for you, and if we had been birds we
would have come flying to see you once and then return. At home my
wife sends many compliments. M. son of A. salutes you much, and
he who wrote this is M. the son of S. 26 of the month Jemad al
akhr.
11.
Kala es sha'iri The Verse says.
Bisala enda kwa hima Go, message, quickly
Kwa Edward Istira To Edward Steere,
Umpe yangu salama Give him health,
Famwe na kumkhubira, Together with telling him,
Siwezi yangu jisima I am ill in my body,
Ningekwenda tesira I would have gone readily
Kumtazama padira To see the Padre,
Pamwe na Edward Stira. TogeWiei ^Uk Edward Steere.
APPENDIX 11. 429
Pamwe na Edward Stira. Together with Edward Steere.
nimu ya Injili The doctrine of the Gospel—
Yaaijua hahara He knows how its news
Pia yote kufasili. To explain,— all of it.
Ni muhebhi akhyara He is a choice friend,
Kwetu sisi afthali. Especially in our house ;
Edi ni mtu wa kweli. He is a man of truth.
Babbi, nipe tesira. O Lord, give me prosperity.
Hatukiati kisiwa kwa uvambume na upembe
Tukaifuasa hawa kulewalewa na ombe
Ni mpunga na mazlwa na kulla siku ni ngombe
Twalalia kwa jivumbe, lipangine kwa ribani.
We shall not leave the island for tale-bearing and plotting,
And follow the fancy to be tossed on the sea.
Here are rice, and milk, and every day an ox ;
We sleep among perfumes, and strings of sweet basil.
SwahUi letters aro always written with a string of Arabic compli-
ments at the beginning, and Arabic words are freely introduced
throughout. In letter-writing huarifu is used for to inform^ and
huwasilia (not hufikia) for to redchf as in the phrase your letter has
reached me — war oka wako vmeniwasilia, Swahili verses are written in
an obsolete dialect full of Arabic words and foreign words generally,
called Kingozi. It has not yet been studied by any European. Among
its more remarkable peculiarities is the use of a present perfect made
by a change in the termination of the Verb, similar to those in use in
the Tao and in other languages of the Interior. Thus a poet may
write mbwene for nimeona, and nikomile for nimekoma. Some speci-
mens of this dialect will be found in the poetry at the end of the
" Swahili Tales."
2 F
( 431 )
Appendix III.
Paut of a Swahili tale with the prefixes marked and explained. It
is printed first as in the main it would be written by a native ; next
the compound forms are marked by hyphens and explained ; and last
comes an English translation.
Yule kijana akafuta upanga wake, akanena, mimi nitaingia humo I.
The tale, of which this is a part, is called the Hadithi ya Waridh II.
na Ureda, na Jindi, na Sinebar, The portion of it here printed begins
with a verb in the ha tense, because it is carrying on a narration
already conmienced. The first words of the story are — Aliondokea mtu
tajiri. After this first verb in the li tense the rest are formed with ha,
unless they are constructed with a relative or particle of time or place,
which cannot be joined with ha but only with li.
Yule, that; demonstrative (p. 115) referring to a singular sub-
stantive of the first class, hijana being regarded as the name of a
person. Kijana, a young man or woman, here a man. A-ha-futa,
and he drew ; a-, sign of third person sing., appropriate to a noun
of the first class or to any word denoting a living being; -ha-,
sign of the narrative past tense; 'futa, draw. U-panga, a sword;
a sing, substantive of the sixth cla^s. W-ake, his; possessive
pronoun, third person sing.; vj-, prefix proper to a pronoun agree-
ing with a sing, substantive of the sixth class. A-kornena, and
he said ; a- and -fco-, as before ; -nenaf speak or say out. Mimij L Ni-
ta-ingia, I will go in ; m-, sign of the first person sing. ; -to-, sign of the
future tense ; -irigia, go into, enter. Humo, in here ; a demonstrative
The youth drew his sword, and said, ** I will go into this pit, wbatVifix lli*
lis *!
432 APPENDIX UI.
L shimoni, nikafe ao nikapone. Akaingia, akamwona mtoto amefdDg^wa«
naye mwanamume. Akamwambia, nifungue nikupe khabari ya
humo shimonL AkamfuDgua, akaona vichwa vingi yya wato. Aka-
II. proper to the -ni case, when it denotes being, &c., within. ShinuMii,
into the pit ; sTiimo-j a singular noun of the fifth class ; -ni, sign of
the locative case. Ni-ka-fet and let me die ; nu, sign of first person
sing. ; 'Tea- and (p. 141) ; -/e, subjunctive form of fa, die. Ao, or, ^i-
ha-pone, and let me live ; ni- and -ka-, as before ; -pone, subjunctive
form of pona, be saved. A'ha-4ngia, and he went in ; third sing.,
narrative past of ingia, go in. A-ha-mto-ona, and saw him ; o-Xmi-, and
he did; -mtc-j objective prefix proper to a substantive ^f the first class
(mtoto) ; 'Ona, see. M-toto, child ; sing, substantive of the first class.
Arme-fungwa,, bound ; a-, sign of third person sing., governed by a
substantive of the first class (mtoto) ; -me-, sign of the present perfect,
which is here used as a sort of past participle : 'fungwa, passive of
funga, bind. Na-ye, and he (p. 103). Mw-ancHn-ume, a male ; mw-
sing, prefix of a noun of the first class ; m- (for mu-)t prefix agreeing
with a substantive of the first class; -ume, male; the whole word,
mwanamume^ is used for a man, or any human being of the male sex.
A-ka-mw-ambia, and he said to him ; a-ka-, third sing, narrative past ;
•mw; subjective prefix denoting a person (kijana) ; -aoMa, say to: Ni-
fungue, unbind me ; ni-, objective prefix, first person ; -/untrue, impera-
tive sing, of fungua, imbind. Ni-ku-pe, that I may give yon ; ni-,
subjective prefix first person ; -ku-, objective prefix, second person ; -pe,
subjunctive of pa, give to. Khdbfri, news ; sing, substantive of the
third clasSk. Y-a, of; y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of
the third class (kliahari). Humo, here in ; a demonstrative agreeing
with the -ni case when denoting within, Shimo-ni, in the pit ; -ni, sign
of the locative case. A-ka-m-fungua, and he loosed him ; a-, ka-, third
sing, narrative past ; -w-, objective prefix referring to a substantive of
the first class (mtoto) ; -fungua, unbind. A-ka-ona, and he saw, third
sing., narrative past. Vi-chwa, heads or skulls ; vi-, sign of a plural
substantive of the fourth class ; vichwa is in more elegant Swahili vitwa.
V-ingi, many ; v- or m-, adjectival plural prefix, marking agreement
with a plural substantive of the fourth class (vichwa); -ingi or -ngi,
many. Vy-a, of; vy-, marking the agreement with a plural noun of
III. I die or live." And he went in and saw a boy, and he'was bound. And
[the hoy'] said, " Unbind me, that I may tell you about what there is in
this pit. " And he unbound him, and saw many hmnan skulls. Aud he
APPENDIX III. 433
mwuliza, habari gani hii? Akamwambia, mna nyoka humo, kazi I.
yake kula watu, na mimi angalinila, lakini amenifanya mtoto wake,
xniaka mingi nimetoka kwetu. Akamwuliza, sasa yuko wapi nyoka ?
the fourth class (vichwd). Wa-tu, people ; war, plural prefix first class. IL
A-ha-mvf-vliza, and he asked him ; a-, ha-, third sing, narratiye past ;
•mw-t objective prefix referring to a person (mtoto) ; -uUzaf ask or ask
of. Habari or hhaharty news, sing, substantive third class. Gani,
what sort ? Hit, this ; demonstrative denoting a sing, substantive of
the third class (habari). A-ha-mw-ambia, and he said to him; this
word is of constant occurrence, it means that one person told or said to
-another ; "there -is no mark of sex or means of distiDguishing which
person of several mentioned before was the speaker, these points must
be gathered from the context. M-na, there is inside ; m-na is part of
-the verb Tcuwa na, to be with or to have, used as it often is to denote
mere being (p. 158) ; it answers to the English there is; there may be
represented by hu-,pa-, or m- ; the last is used where the place suggested
is within something, it refers here to shimoni, in the pit. Ny-oka, a
snake, a sing, substantive in the form of the third class, denoting an
animate being. Humo, there within, referring to shimoni. Kazi, work
Gt employment, sing, substantive, third class* Y-ake, his ; y-, prefix
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third class ; -dke, possessive
pronoun, third person sing. Ku-Ui, to eat; ku-, sign of the infinitive ;
4a, eat. Wa4u, people; wa-, plural prefix first class. Na, and.
Mimi, I or me. A-ngali-ni-la, he would have eaten me ; a-, third sing.,
agreeing with the name of an animal (nyoka) ; -ngali-, sign of the
past conditional tense; -ni-, objective prefix referring to the first
person ; -la, eat ; the tense prefix -ngali- cannot bear any accent, the
word is therefore pronounced dngfoZtnfZa. Lakini, hut. A-me-ni-fanya,
he has made me ; a-, xeferring to nyoka ; -me-, sign of present perfect ;
ni-, objective prefix, first person; -fanya, make. M-toto, child; to-,
fiing. prefix, first class. Wake, his; to-, prefix agreeing with sing,
substantive of the first class (mtoto), Mi-aka, years ; plural substan-
tive of the second class (sing, mwaka) ; mi-, plural prefix. M-ingi,
many ; m- or mi-, prefix, denoting agreement with a plural substantive
of the second class (miaka), Ni-me-toka, I have left ; ni-, first person
subjective; -me-» present perfect; -toka,, go out of. Ew-etu, home;
asked, « What is this ? " And he said, *< There is a snake in it, that eats III.
men, and would have eaten me, but that it took me for its own son. It
is many years since I left home." And he asked, *' Where is the «Qak<;k
434 APPENDIX III
l» Akamwambia, twende, nikakuonye mahala amelala. Akamwambia,
twende. Walipofika, yule kijana akamkata kichwa kimoja, akatoa cha
pili, akamkata, liatta vikatimu saba. Wakarndi, wakaenda zao.
IT. ^v>'9 prefix agreeiDg with a substantive (perhaps nyumbd) in the case
in -ni ; -etu (our). A-kci-^nvMdizaf and he asked him ; a-, third sing.
(kijana); -ka-y narrative past; -mw-j third sing, objective (mtoto);
'Ulizay ask. Sam, now. Yu-ho, he is; yu-, sign of third person
sing., referring to a substantive of the second class (nyoka); -Aco,
denoting existence in space (p. 154). Wapi, where ? Ny-okct, snake ;
sing, substantive. A-ka-mw-anibia^ and he said to him. {See above.)
Tw-endCi let us go; tw-9 sign of the first person plural; -ende,
subjunctive of encUi, go. Ni-ka-kthonye, and let me show you ; nt-,
sign of first person sing. ; 'ka-y and (p. 211); -ku-, objective second
person sing. ; -onye, subjunctive of onya, show. MahaJoy the place,
the place where. A-me^lalay he is asleep; a-, third sing, animate
(nyoka) ; -me-y present perfect ; -lalay lie down to sleep, to go to sleep.
A-ka-mw-ambia, (See above.) Tvj-ende, let us go; tw-y&nt person
plur. ; -ende, subjunctive of enda, go. Wa-li-po-fikay when they
arrived ; toa-y sign of third person plural agreeing with substantives
denoting persons (kijana and mtoto) ; -li- or -aZt-, sign of the past
perfect, or of past time generally when joined with a particle of
relation ; -po-, sign of time when ; -fika, arrive. FuZe, that ; demon-
strative denoting a person (kijana), Ki-jana^ youth ; sing, substantive
fourth class, but denoting a person, and therefore joined as here
with pronouns and verbs in forms proper to the first class. A-ka^
m-kata^ he cut him ; a-, third sing, of a person (kijana) ; -A;a-, narra-
tive past ; -m-y objective prefix, referring to the name of an animal
(nyoka) (see p. 112); -kata^ cut or cut off. Ki-chwOy head, sing, sub-
stantive fourth class. Ki-moja, one ; ki-y prefix denoting agreenaent
with a sing, substantive of the fourth class (kichwa or kitioa); -mojay
one. A'ka-toay and he put forth ; a-, third sing., referring to] a sub-
stantive denoting an animal (nyoka) ; -ka-y narrative past ; -tea, put
forth. Cha piliy a second (p. 92) ; ch-, referring to a sing, substantive
of the fourth class (kichwa), A-ka-m-katay and he cut him. (See above,)
Hattay until. Vi-ka-timUy they were complete ; vi-y third plural refer-
Ill, now ? " He said, ** Let us go and let me show you where it is sleeping."
He said, " Let us go." When they got there the youth cut off one of its
beads ; it put forth a second, and be cut it off, until he had out off
seven. And they returned, and ^ent oil tkeii way.
APPENDIX III. 435
Akamwambia sasa twende zetu kwetu, lakiui tukifika kwetu I.
wenende wewe kwanza kwa baba yangu, ukamwambie kana mtoto
wako nikikiiletea utanipa nini ? Akikwambia, nitakupa mali yaDga
ring to nouns of the fonrtb class, here to vkhwa^ heads, plural of kichwa ; II.
-ka-y narrative past; -timu, be complete. Saha, seven. Wa-horrucU,
and they returned; wa-, third plural referring to persons (hijmta
and mtotd) ; -ka-, narrative past ; -rudiy return. Wa-ka-enda z-ao, and
they went away ; too-, third plural (kijaria and mtoto) ; -kct-, narrative
past ; -enda, go ; z-cu), their (ways) ; z-, a prefix denoting agreement
with a plural noun of the third or sixth, or in the dialect of Lamoo
of the fourth class ; -oo, their. Possibly z<io agrees with njiay ways.
iSee p. 112.)
A-ka-mvj-ambiaj and he said to him. SasOf now. Ttu-ende z-etu.
let us go away ; tw-, sign of first person plural ; -endej subjunctive of
enda, go ; z-, sign of agreement with a plural noun of the third or the
sixth class ; -etUy our. (See above,) Kw-etut home ; kw-^ sign of agree-
ment with the case in -ni-; -etu, our. Lakini, but. Tu-ki-fika^ when
we arrive ; tu-^ sign of the first person plural ; -%»'-, sign of the partici-
pial tense (p. 136) ; -fika^ arrive. BSjo-etu^ home. W-enende^ go ; w-,
sign of the second person singular ; -eviende, subjunctive of enenda, go,
or go on. Wewe, thou. Kwanza, first ; originally the infinitive of the
verb anza, begin; kwanza, to begin, beginniDg, and therefore first.
Kwa, to a person, or to his house. Baba, father. T-angu, my ; y-,
sign of an agreement with a singular noun of the third class, used here
colloquially with one denoting a person (haha) ; -angu, my (p. 109). U-
ka-mw-ambie, and say to him ; u-, sign of the second person singular ;
-ka-, and ; -mu)', objective sign referring to a noim denoting a person
(baha) ; -anibie, subjunctive of ambia, tell. Kana^ if. M-toto, child.
W-ako, thy ; w-, sign of agreement with a singular substantive of the
first class (mtoto). Ni-ki-ku-letea, if I bring to you ; m-, sign of the
first person singular; -ki-, sign of the participial tense (p. 136);
-ku-, objective prefix referring to the second pei'son singular; 'Utea,
bring jto. U'ta-ni-pa, you will give me ; «-, sign of second person sing. ;
-ta-, sign of the future tense ; -nt-, objective prefix referring to the
first person singular; -pa, give to. Nini, what? A-kt-kw-anibia, ii
he tells you; a-, sign of the third person singular referring to a
And [the boy] said, " Now let us go to my home ; but when we are HI.
getting near to it do you go first to my father and say to him, * If I bring
your son to you, what will you give me ? * If he says to you, * I will give
436 APPENDIX UL
L niura kws mum, nnkolMli, mwamMe nalalai kolia jmko idijo uldvaa
njaoaoi mwaka Ateknpa kofia jft tfaaliabay milmhtlij da akope
n. peraoD Q)dh(£) ; -Je^-, sign of the partieipuJ tense ; -&w-, objeetiTe ptefix
lefening to the aeooiid penon aingiilar; -omfrto, aaj to. JVtMD-Jbi-fMi,
I will giro joo ; m-, sign of the Hzst penon smg. ; -la-, sign of the
fatme tense; -&»-, objective prefix re fe r rin g to tiie aeoond peiaon
singnlar; -^NiygiTeto. JfoZt, poBsesBions; treated sooietimes as a noon
of the third class, sometimes as a ploral noon <tf the fiflfa elass.
Y-angUf my ; |f-, sign of an agreement with a singnlar noon of the
third or with a plmal noon of the fifth class. Nuttm^ half. Kwoj
by. NussUj half. U-nrkubaU, do not accept ; •-, sign of second person
singnlar; -w-, sign of negative sabjunctiye (p. 147); 4ai6alt, snb-
jnoctive of kubali, accept. Mw-ambiej tell him; ams-, objective
prefix referring to a person QxEba); -ambiej imperatiTe of ombia,
tell ; mto- is known to be the objectiTO third person, and not the
subjective second ploral, by the form of the word ambia; being an
applied form it most have thb object expressed. N-n-taka, I want ; it-,
sign of the first person singnlar ; -a-, sign- of the present tense ; -foJSro,
want. KoficLj cap ; sing. substan'tiTe of the third class. Y-ako, thy ;
y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class.
U-li-yo, which yon, or which yon are, or were ; «-, sign of the second
person sing. : -{»•, nsed for the substantive verb ; -yo, relative sig^
referring to a singular substantiTC of the third class (kofid). U-ki-
vaOf putting on ; u-, sign of the second person singular ; -JU-, sign of
the participial tense ; -ma, put on. U-jand-ni, in youth ; u-f sign of a
sing, substantive of the sixth class ; -nt-, sign of the locative case.
Muhoko, thy; mw-, sign of agreement ¥rith a substantive in the
locative case with the meaning of in. A-iarkthpOj he will give you ;
a-j sign of third person sing, of a person ; -to-, sign of the future ; -/ni-,
objective prefix rererring to the second person sing.; -pa, give to.
Kofioj cap ; sing, substantive of the third class. F-o, of; y-, sign of
Agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class. Thahabuj
gold ; substantive of the third class. U-n-huboH, do not accept ; «-,
sign of the second person sing. ; -si-, sign of the negative subjunctive ;
'kubali, subjunctive of kubali, accept. Ela, except. A-ku-pe, let him
give you ; a-, sign of the third person sing., referring to a person ;
I. you half of all I have,' do not accept that, but say, * I want the cap which
you used to wear in your youth.' He will give you a cap of gold ; do
not accept it, unless he give you a cap quite worn out, take that. And
APPENDIX ITT. 437
Icofia mbovn kabisa, hiyo pokea. Na mama jangn mwamibie nataka I.
taa uliyo uMwasha ujanani mwako. Atakupa taa nyingi za thahabu,
Tisikubali, ela akupe taa mbovumbovu ya ohuma, hiyo pokea.
-Jfctt-, objective prefix, referring to the second person sing. ; -pe, sub- 11.
juncfive of pa, give to. Kofia, sing, substantive third class. M-hovu,
rotten ; tn-, being n- converted into w- by standing before -6 (p. 85),
sign of an agreement with a sing. sul)stantive of the third class (jkojia),
Kabisa, utterly. SiyOj this one; demonstrative denoting a thing
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third
class (kofia). Pokea, receive: imperative sing, of pokea, receive.
No, and. Mama, mother : sing, substantive in the form of the third
class denoting a person. T-angu, my ; y-, sign of an agreement with
a «ing. substantive of the third class, here used colloquially. Mw-avribie,
tell her ; mw-, objective prefix referring to a person ; -amMe, imperative
sing, of ambia, tell. N-a-taka, I want ; n-, sign of first person sing. ;
•a-, sign of present tense ; -taka, want Taa, sing, substantive third
class. TJ-U-yo, which you, which you were or are ; -u, sign of the
second person sing. : -?t-, used for the substantive verb (p. 151) ; -yo,
relative particle referring to a sing, substantive of the third class
(too). U-ki-washa, lighting ; «-, sign of second person sing. ; -ki-,
sign of the participial tense ; -washa, light. U-jand-ni, in youth ; u»,
sign of a sing, substantive of the sixth class ; -ni, sign of the locative
case. Mw-ake, thy ; mw-, sign of agreement with a substantive in the
locative case with the meaning in, A-ta- kii-pa, she will give you ;
a-, sign of third person sing., referring to a person ; -to-, sign of the
future tense ; -kw, objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ;
.pa, give to. Taa, lamps ; plural substantive of the third class (shown
to be plural by the context). Ny-ingi, many ; ny-, sign of agreement
with a plural substantive of the third class ijxm), Z-a, of^ z-, sign of
agreement with a plural noun of the third class. Thahabu, gold.
TJ-si-kvhaU, do not accept ; second person sing, negative subjunctive of
kubali. Ela, except. A-ku-pe, let her give you; a-, sign of third
person sing., referring to mama; -Tcu-, objective prefix referring to
second person sing. ; -pe, subjunctive of pa, give to. Taa, sing,
substantive third class. M-hovu-m-hovu, all spoilt ; m- (for n- before
-b), sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (taa) ;
lay to my mother, * I want the lamp you used to bum in your youth.' m.
She will give you many lamps of gold ; do not accept them, unless she
give you an old worn iron lamp, take that.*'
488 APPENDIX in.
I. Wakaenda lao batta walipofika kariba ya mji, ynle kijana aka-
mwambia, mimi 'takaa bapa, na wewe enende mjini kwetu, ukafanye
sburuti na baba yangu kamma biyo niliokwambia. Akaenenda.
Alipofika akaona mjini watu bawaneni, wana msiba mkuu, akauliza,
II. the adjective is doubled to sbow tborongbness. Y-a, of; y-, sign of
agreement witb a sing, substantive of tbe third class. Ch-uma, iron ;
a sing, substantive of tbe fourth class ; it is used in the singular of iron
as a metal, and in both sing, and plur. with the meaning of a piece or
pieces of iron. Hiyo, this one ; demonstrative referring to something
mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing, substantive of the third
class (too), Pokea, receive ; imperative sing, of pokea.
Wa-ka-enda z-ao^ and they went their way. (See above), Hatta, until.
Worli'po-fikd, when they arrived. {See above), Karibu ya, near to-
M-jif town ; m-, sign of a sing, substantive of the second class. Yulcy
that. {See above). Ki-jana, youth. {See above), A-ka-mw-ambiaf said to
him. {See above), Mimi, I. 'Ta-kaa, will stay; to-, sign of the future,
the prefix of the first person sing, being elided before it ; the sign of no
other person can be so elided. Hapa, here. Na, and. Wewe, thou.
Enende, imperative sing, of enenda, go, go on. M-ji-ni, to the town ;
tn-, sign of a sing, substantive second class ; -ni, sign of the locative
case. Kw-etu, our ; Jdo-, sign of an agreement with a substantive in the
locative case. U-ka-fanye, and make ; u-, sign of second person sing. ;
'ka-, and ; -fanye, subjunctive of fanya, make. Shuruti, a covenant ;
sing, substantive third claes. Na, with. Baba, father. Y-angu,
my. {See above, and p. 112). Kamma, as. HiyOj that ; demonstrative
referring to something mentioned before, and agreeing with a sing,
substantive of the tbird class {shuruti), Ni-li-o-kw-avnbia, which I
told you ; ni-, sign of tbe first person sing. ; -li-, sign of the past tense
which must be used with a relative ; -o- (for yo), relative particle
referring to shuruti (p. 117) ; -kw-, objective prefix referring to the
second person sing. Aka-enenda, and be went on, A-li-po-fika, when
he arrived. A-ka-orha, be saw. M-ji-ni, in the town; m-, sign of a
sing, substantive of the second class ; -ni, sign of the locative case.
Wa-tu, people ; wa-, sign of a plural noun of the first class. Hawa^
neni, they speak not ; haioa-, sign of the third person plural negative
III, And they went on till they arrived near the town, when the boy said,
" I will stay here, and you go on into the town, to our house, and make
tbe agreement witb my fatlier as I told you." And he went on and
arrived in the city, where he sa^ the people not talking [but] in great
APPENDIX HI. 439
msiba bini ira nini ? Wakamwambia, mtoto wa Saltan! amepote sikii I.
nyingi Akauliza, nymnba ya BuLtani ni ipi, nipelekeni. Wakampe-
leka watu. Alipofika akamwuliza baba yake, una nini ? Akamwa-
mbia, mtoto wangu amepotea. Akamwambia, nUdkuletea olanipa
agreeing with a plural noun of the first class (watu) ; -neni^ negative II.
present form of nena^ speak. Wa-na, they have ; third person plur.
present of kutoa no, to have, governed by watu. M-sibctf grief ; m-y
sign of a sing, noun of the second class. M-kuUf great; m-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the second class {msiba).
A-ka-uLizOy and he asked. M-siba, grief. Huu, this ; demonstratlYe
agreeing with a sing, substantive of the second class (msihd), W-a,
of; w-y sign of agremeent with a sing, substantive of the second class
(m$ibd), Nini, what? Wa-ka-mio-ambia, and they said to him.
M'toto, the child. W-a, of; to-, sign of agreement with a sing, sub-
stantive of the first class (mtoto). SvUaniy the sultan ; a sing, sub-
stantive of the fifth class, but when viewed as denoting a person
constructed with adjectives and pronouns as of the first. A-me-poteck,
is lost; third sing, present perfect of kupotea, to become lost; he has
become lost, i.e., he is lost. Sihuy days; plural substantive of the
third class. Ny-ingi, many; ny-, sign of agreement with a plural
substantive of the third class (siku). A-ka-idiza, and he asked.
Ny-umba, house; wy-, sign of substantive of the third class. Y-a, of;
y-, sign of agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class
{nyuvp^y. Sultanij sultan. Ni, is (p. 152). Lpi, which? »-, sign
of reference to a sing, substantive of the third class {nyumhd). Ni-
pelekeni, take me; ni-, objective prefix referring to the first person
sing. ; pelekeni, plural imperative of peleka, take. Worka-m-peleka,
and they took him. Wa-tu, people. A-li-po-fika, when he arrived.
A-ka-mw-uliza, he asked him ; observe here and elsewhere the use of
the ka tense to carry on the narration, even where there would be no
connective employed in English. Bdba, father. Y-ake, his. {See
above). U-na nini, what is the matter with you ? u-na, second person
sing, of the present tense of kii-wa na, to have ; nini i what ? A-ka-
mw-ambia, and he said to him. M-toto, child. W-angu, my. A-me-
mourning, and he asked, '* What is this mourning for ? " They told him, III.
<* The Sultan's son has been a long time lost.'' He asked, '* Which is the
Sultan's house? Take me there." And the people took him there. 'Vfrhen
he reached it he asked the boy's father, ** What troubles you ? " He said,
«< My son is lost.*' And he said to him, ^ If I bring him to you what will
440 APPENDIX IlL
I. nini ? Akamwambia, nitakapa mali yangpi nnssn kwa nnssii. Aka-
mwambia, marababa. Akaenda akamtwaa, s^ja naye. Alipomwona
babaye na mamaye, ikawa furaba kabwa mjinL Wakapenda sana
yule kijana kama mtoto wao.
Hatta alipotaka kwenda zake, jrale kijana akamwambia, ene^de
kamwage baba na mama, mwambie akiipe kofia na mama akupe taa.
II. potetty is lost. (See p. 132.) ii-A^-mte-am&ta, and he said to him. Nirhi'
hu'letea, if I bring to you. (See above). U-ta-ni-pa, you will give me.
(See ahove). Nini, what? A-ha-miD'ambia, and he said to him. Np-
ta-hu-pay I will give you. Mali, goods. (See above), T-angu, my. (See
above.) Nussu, half. Kioa, by. Nussu, half. A-ka-mw-ambia, and he
said to him. Marababa, very good. A-ha-^nda, and he went. A-^-
m-tuoaa, and took him. A-ha-ja, and came. Na-ye^ with him. A-U'
po-mvo-ona, when he saw him. Baba-ye, his father ; -ye, enclitic form
of the possessive pronoun proper to the third person; y-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class, used here with
one denoting a person (p. 111). Na, and. Mama-ye, his mother ; -ye,
(See above), I-ka-wa, it was ; i-, sign of agreement with a sing, sub-
stantive of the third class (furdha). Furaha, joy ; sing, substantive
third class. Kubwa, great ; agreeing with furaha-; as n-, which would
be the regular sign of agreement with a sing. substantiTe of the third
class, cannot stand before k, it is omitted altogether (p. 85). M-ji-
ni, in the town ; m-, sign of sing, substantive second class ; -nt, sign
of the locative case. Wa-ka-penda, and they (the father and mother)
loved. Sana, much. Yule, that. Ki-jana, youth. Kama, like.
M'toto, child. W-ao, their.
Hatta, at last. A-li-po-taka, when he wanted. Kw-enda z-ake, to go
away. (See above and p. 112). Tule, that Ki-jana, youth. A-ka-muj-
ambia, he said to him. Enende, go ; sing, imperative of enenda, go.
Ka-mw-age, and ^ke leave of him ; kor, and ; -mw-, objective prefix
referring to a person ; if mio had been the subjective second plur. the
ka would have followed it ; m-ka-age = and do ye take leave ; -age,
III. yo^ ^^^ ™® ^ ** ^® ^^> ** ^ ^^^^ Siv® yo^ ^^^^ o^ *11 ^ have." He said,
'* I am content." And he went and took the boy and brought him.
When his father and mother saw him, there was great joy throughout
-the V>wn. And they loved that youth as though he had been their
own son.
When at last he wished to go away, the boy said to him, " Gk> and
take leave of my father and mother; tell him tc give you the oap.and
APPENDIX III. 441
Alotenda, akawaambia, wakampa kofia nyingi, akakataa akamwambia, I.
nataka hiyo mbovu, wakampa, na mamaye akampa taa. Akawauliza,
kofia hii luaana yake nlni ? Wakamwambia, mtu akivaa, haonekani
na mtu. Akavaa asionekane akafarahi sana. Akauliza, taa hii
maana yake nini? Wakamwambia, ukiwasha hatta hapa watatoka
imperative sing, of aga^ take leave of. Baha^ father. Na^ and. II.
MamoL, mother. Mtc-ambie, tell him ; mw-, objective prefix referring
to a person ; •amhie, imperative sing, of ambiat tell. A-ku-pe^ that he
may give you. Kofiaf cap. Na, and. Mama, mother. A-ku-pe, that
she may give you. Taa, lamp. A'ka-enda, and he went. A-ka-wa-
ambia, and he told them (the father and mother). Wa-ka-m-pa, and
they gave him. Kofia, caps. Ny-ingi, many. A-ka-kataa, and he
fefnsed. A-ka-mvj-ambia, and he said to him. N-a-taka^ I want.
Hiyo, this one. {See ahove.) M-hovu, rotten. {See dbovey Wa-ka-m-pa,
and they gave him. Na, and. Mama-yef his mother. (See ahave^
under hahaye). A-ka-m-pa, she gave him. Taa, lamp. A-ka-wa-uliza,
and he asked them. Kofia, cap. Hii, this ; demonstrative referring
to a sing, substantive of the third class (kofia), Maana, meaning,
purpose; sing, substantive third class. Y-dke, its; y-, sign of
agreement with a sing, substantive of the third class (maxina), Nini,
what ? Wa-ka-mw-ambia, and they said to him. M-tu^ person, any
one (p* 16) ; m-, «ign of sing, substantive of first class. A-ki-vaa, if
he puts om Hja-onekant, he is not to be seen ; ha-, negative prefix of
the third person sing, referring to a pexson ; onekani, negative pxesent
form of onekana. Na, by. M-tu, any one (p. 16), A-kc^-vaa^ and he
put on. A-ei-onekane, that he might not be seen : a-, prefix of third
person sing, referring to a person (kijana); -si', sign of negative
subjunctive j -onekane, subjunctive form of onekana. A-ka-furahij and
he rejoiced. Sana, much. A-ka-uliza, and he asked. jToa, lamp.
Hii, this. Maana, purpose. Y-ake, its. Nini, what? Wa-ka-mw-
ambia, and they told him. U-ki-washa, if you light. Hatta, as far as.
Hapa, here. Wa-ta-toka, they will come out ; wa-, sign of third person
my mother to give you the lamp." He went and told them, and they III.
gave him many caps, but he refused and said, *< I want that worn-out
one ; " and they gave it to him, and the boy's mother gave him the
lamp. Then he asked, " What is the object of this cap ? " And they told
him, ** When a man puts it on, no one can see him." He put it on so as
to become invisible, and was very glad. " And he asked, What is the
object of this lamp ? " And they told him, ** If you light it as far as this,
442 APPENDIX UL
L wata wawili wakntiHe fhahaba Bjnunbaiii mwalBO xuSka kooha, na
ukiwasha hatta hapa watatoka wata -wawili wakopige kwa Tigo-
Dgo nsikn kneha. Akanena, maiahaba. Akafmahi aana^ akaenda
zaka.
II. plor* referring to a plural substantive of the first class (waiu). Wa-^
people. Wa-wUi, two ; too-, sign of agreement with a plor. substantive
of ihe first class (toaiu). Warku-tilie, that they may put for yon ; too-,
sign of third person plor. referring to a plor. substantive of the first
class (tocUu) ; -ku-, objective prefix referring to the second person sing. ;
•4tlie, subjunctive form of tdia, put for. Thakcttm, gold. Ntf-umbd-m,
in house; ny-, sign of substantive of the third dass; -ni, sign of
locative case. Mw-akOy thy ; mto-, sign of agreement with a noun in
the locative case denoting within. Unku, night. Ku-i^ta, dawning or
sun-rising ; used after usiku, it means all night until the morning
comes. Na, and. U-ki-wa$ha, i| you light. Sdtta, as far as. Hapa,
here. Wa^ta-toka, they will come out. Wd-tu, people. Wor^unli, two.
Wa-ha-pige, that they may beat you ; -pige, subjunctive form of piga.
Ktoa, with. Vi-gongo, cudgels: vi-, sign of a plural substantive of
the fourth class ; ki-gongo is a diminutive (p. 19) of gongo, a stafi*.
Uiiku, night. Ku-cha, till morning. A-ka^^Mna, and he said.
Marahaba, thank you. A-ka-furahi, and he rejoiced. Sana, much.
A'korenda z-^ike, and he went away.
III. two men will come out and bring you gold into your house all night
long ; but if you light it as far as this, two men will come out and beat
you with cudgels all night long.*' And he thanked them, and rejoiced
very much, and went his way.
( 443 )
Appendix IV.
USEFUL AND IDIOMATIC PHRASES.
The first fifty-four were collected towards a book of oonversations,
which was begun with the help of our lamented friend, Mrs. G. E.
Drayton; the rest, which are arranged in alphabetical order, were
noted from time to time, either as likely to be useful in conversation,
or as illustrating some special rule or idiom.
1. How many fowls have you there ?
UncLO Vuhu ngapi f
2. What do you want for them ?
KictH gani unakuza (At how much do you sell) ?
3. Have you any eggs ?
Unayo mayayi f
4. I will not give more than a pice apiece for the eggs.
Nitakupa pesa moja tu Tcununua yayi, sitaioa zayidi (I will
give you one pice only to buy an ^g, I will not give more).
5. I don*t understand you, say it again.
8ema mara ya pili, sihusikia,
6. Let me hear it again.
Sema mara ya pilij nipate kusikia (Say it a second time,
that I may get to understand).
7. Fetch me a basin for the eggs.
Letee haktili nitie mayayi.
8. Bring the basin with the eggs in it.
Letee bakuli lenyi mayayi,
9. I don't want any to-day, come to-morrow*
Leo sitakiy njoo kesho,
10. Are lemons cheap now ?
Malimao rahiH aasa 1
444 APPENDIX IV.
11. I won't buy them, they are too dear.
Sitaki hununwi^ ni ghali,
12. What do you want?
Waiaka nini f
13. I don't know what you want.
Sijui uUtdkalo.
14. Where do you come from ?
Watoka wapi i
15. Don't wait ; I will send an answer immediately.
Enenda zakOy using&Je, majibu yaidkuja 9a»a him (Go your
way ; do not wait for an answer, it will come immediately).
16. Is your master at home ?
Bwana yupo ?
17. Master is not at home ; he is gone out.
Bwana hako (or hayuho) nyumhani ; ametoha.
18. Where are you going ?
Unakwenda wapi f
19. I have lost my way.
Nimepoteaj njia sijui (I am lost ; the way I don't know)^
20. Will you guide me to the English mission ?
Nataka unionyeshe mosketini Jngreza f
21. Can you understand English ?
Wewe unajua maneno ya Kiingreza t
22. I cannot speak Swahili [of Zanzibar].
Syui kusema Kiunguja,
23. Did the water boil ?
Maji yameche^mka i
24. Does the water boil?
Maji yanache^mka f
25. These plates are not clean.
Sahani hizi zina takct.
26. Wipe them carefully.
Futa vema kwa kiiambaa,
27. Sweep this room well.
Fagia vema katika chumba liikL
28. Dust the furniture.
Pangusa vumbi katika vyombo.
29. You have cracked that cup.
Umekitia ufa kikonribe kile.
80. Throw it away.
Katupa,
31, Fetch me the vinegar, the pepper, and the salt
Niletee sikit na pilipili, na cKumm.
/
APPENDIX IK 445-*
> o2. Don't make so much noise.
Usifanye uthia.
/ 33. Put a treah wick in my lamp.
Tia Tcatika taa yangu utamhi.
^34. Fold up the table-cloth smoothly.
' Kunja vema hitamhaa cha meza, usikimtnje (Fold well the
cloth of the table ; spoil it not).
35. When you have swept the room put on clean clothes,
Kamma umekwisha hufagia, vaa ngxAO tafi.
30. Take this to Miss T.
ChuhtJM, updeke kwa hibi T,
87. You have put all these books upside down ; turn them.
Umepindua vyuo hivi vyote, uviweke upande mgine..
38. Leave that alone !
Acha !
89. Gome here, I want to speak to you.
Njoo hapa, 'nna maneno nitaliwamhia (I have words I will
say to you).
40. Get ready to go for a walk.
Fanya tayari upate kwenda kutemhea,
41. Are you ready ?
Umekuwa tayari?
42. Which way shall you like to go ?
Njia gani utakao kupita ?
43. How far is it to your shamba ?
KadH gani mhdli ya skamba lako hatta kufika (How much
famess of your shamba till getting there) ?
44. Not very far ; perhaps an hour's walk.
Si mbali aana, labuda ikipata saa mqja.
45. Shall you walk, or ride your donkey, or sail ?
Utakioenda kwa miguu, ao utapanda punda, ao utakwenda
kwa mashua 9
46. We will go round the town and home by the bridge.
Tutazunguka kattka mj% Jidlafu turudie darajani (Then let
us return by the bridge).
47. Bring me some hot water after breakfast.
NUetee maji ya moto, nikiisha kula.
48. Half a bucket full.
N%t88 ya ndoo,
49. Turn the mattress over every morniDg;.
Geuza kiUa siku godoro, chinijuu.
50. Turn it top to bottom.
Upande huu uweke upande wa pili.
446 AFPENDIX IV.
^1. I am very glftd to see yon.
JJmependa moyo loangu Icukutazama.
52. What ship is that ?
Marikehu gani Mi i
&d. Has she cast aDchor yet ?
Imetia nanga i
■54. No, she will come nearer the shore.
Bado, iiidkt^a kcurtbu ya pwani.
4)5. A good man does not desert his friends when they fall into
difficulties.
Mtu mwema Tiawaachi rafiki zake wakipaiika na thidda.
56. Are you idle ?
Ati mvitu i
57. At what time shall I come ?
Wakti gani nije ;
58. Did he stay long ?
Alikaa tana i
59. No, he went away directly.
Hiia, alikwenda zaJce mara.
(60. Does he drink wine ?
JSunywa divai f
<61. He does not. .
JSanyvji, \
62. Does this boat leak ?
Mashua Mi yavuja ?
63. Do not draw water from the well, the owner forbids it
Usiteke maji kisimani, mwenyewe agombeza.
64. Don*t jerk this rope ; if you do it will break. -
Kamha Mi usiikutue, ukikutua UakaJbika.
65. Eat as much as you like.
KuUl hadri utakavyo.
66. Find me a large hen.
Kanitaftia koo la k^uku, '
67. Follow this road.
Fiiata [or andama'] njia Mi,
68. I want you to follow me.
Nataka unifuate [or uniandame],
69. Give it only to me and not to them.
Nipe mimi tu, usiwape wale.
70. Go and see if the people have collected.
Ka^angalia watu toamekutana.
71. Go and stop that talking.
Enenda kakomesha maneno haija.
APPENDIX IV. 447
^ 72. Stop this outcry.
Makdde haya yakome (Let these cries cease).
73. Gk) away, whoever you are.
Enda zako, hadri vtakaokuwa,
74. Guard yourself^ I am going to hit you.
Kinga, takupiga,
75. Has he a large box ?
Anahoihaf
76. He has.
Analo huha.
77. Have you a pipe at home ?
Kiko hwako hiko ?
78. He built a bridge across the river.
Alijenga h<m(h haUkati ya mio.
79. He built a mosque by the river, and endowed it with a shamba
near ours.
Alijenga moskiti rufambOf dkatoekea wakf skaniba Jcaribu
shamba letu,
80. He described Mombas as it was in early times, as it is now, and
as it will be a hundred years hence.
Aliandika Mvita Uivyokuvoa kvoanza, ilivyo sasa, na itaka*
vyokuwa huta midka mia,
81. He does not believe me though I saw it
Hanisadiki ningawa nimeiona,
82. He had the toothache.
AUkuwa najino likimwumcL.
■83. He has been abroad many years.
Alikuuja safarini miaJca mingi,
84. He has presence of mind.
Moyo wake uwapo.
85. His mind is absent. Hajpo ati,
■86. He is a troublesome fellow to deal with.
Ana ta>ahu kuingiana naye,
87. He is absorbed in his own thoughts ; even if you speak to him he
takes no notice.
Yu katUta fikara zaJtwe; ujaponena naye hawepo.
88. He is here.
Yupo kapa,
i59. He is not here.
Hapo kapa,
90. He is yonder.
Yuko kule,
1 ^'L
448 APFENDIX IV.
01. He 10 not there.
Haho TiuU,
. 92. He u DOi yet dressed.
najavaa.
93. He left us about ten dnjs ago.
AlUwaeha Jeadri ya (or /.»xma) ttZru Zrumt.
91. He ought to be beaten.
AUttaji hupigwa.
95. He pretends to be satisfied, but do not tmst him.
Ajifanya huwa rathi, usimicamini.
9C. He rose np from his chair.
Miondoha hitini Tivcahe.
97. He runs as fast as he can.
Anakteenda mbio kama awezavyo.
98. He says he will walk on the water !
AH aiakwenda mtoni hvca mignut
99. He that hateth suretyship is sure.
Mtu.asiyekvhdli Jcuihamini ni haW;a amani.
100. He that is not against us is with us.
Mtu agiyekuwa juu yetu, hassi yee pamoja nasi.
101. He that is Dot with us is against us.
Atiyekuvca pamoja nasif hassi huyu juu yetu.
102. He tried to make himself agreeable, and he snccecdoJ.
Alijipendeheza ndipo dkapendeza.
103. Ho was changed from a man into a horse.
Alibadiliwa mtu huwafrasi.
104. Ho was more energetic than his father.
Huyu alikuwa akiweza zayidi ya baha yaJce.
105. His non-appearance is unaccountable.
Kutowelcana kwake haitambuliJcani.
lOG. His self-coucoit is no good to him.
Majivuno yoke hayamfai neno.
107. How are your household (i.e. your wife, daughters, d:c.) ?
U hali gani nyumbani kicako.
108. How far is it across the island ?
Kupataje mbali wake hapa hatta pwani ya pili ?
109. A fast walkerwould take fromsunrise to the middle of the afternoon.
Akiondoka mtu assuhui hatta alasiriy alio Jiodari kicenda^
kufika.
110. How long has ho been ill ?
Tangu lini hawezi ?
111. How long ago was his illness?
I'angu lint alikuKa haioezi ?
APPENDIX IV. 449
112. How pleasant !
Imependeza.
113. How glad you must have been to hear that you were to go home.
Furaha ipi mwdliposikia mwende zenu kwenu,
114. I am amusing myself with a book.
Najizumgumza na ohuo,
115. I am here. Nipo hapa.
IIG. I am never without pimples.
Vipele havinitoha kahUa,
117. I am sleepy.
Ninao tisingizi.
lis. I cannot hold in this horse.
Siwezi kuzuiafrasi huyu»
119. I cannot see so far as you can.
Sioni nibalif kama voaonavyo wetoe,
120. I don't like his way of tying it.
Sipendi ginsi afungavyo. .
121. I don't see what you show me.
Sioni ulionyalo,
122. I don't see it, though he does.
Siioni angawa aona.
123. Take care, though you don't see it.
Kaangcdiaj ujapo hukionu
124. I feel myself at home.
Hujiona niko kwetu,
125. Make yourself at home.
Usifanye haya^ hapa kama kicako (Feel no modesty, here is
like your home).
12G. I gave him good advice, though he would not take it.
Nimemwonya Ulahini hakiwnyeka,
127. I had almost left off expecting you.
Nalikaribia kukata tamaa ya kukuona,
128. I had lost my way, and I came out close to your shamba.
Nalipotea njia nikatokea sharnbani ktoalco,
129. I have asked him again and again, but he will not tell me.
Nimemwuliza mara kwa mara lakini JMnambii.
130. I have gained a hundred dollars.
Nalipata fayida reaX$ mia,
131. 1 have made you my mark, if you step over it, look out (a common
defiance).
Nimekupigia mfuo wangu kiuka warigah'e.
132. I know where he is. •
Namjua mahali alipo.
450 APPENDIX IV.
133. I pray God not to visit it upon me.
Naoniba Mwenyiezi Muungu annipalUvse.
134. I saw the flash of the gun, but did not hear the repcnrt^
Nimeona nwoangOf JakM Hkudkia mziuga ktdta.
135. t shall go by sea as far as I ean.
Nitakwenda ktoa haJiari, haUa UakajponifikUha.
136. I shall go for a walk to stretch my legs.
Nitaktoenda tenibea hukunjua migwL
137. I thought myself a king.
Nalikuwa nikivoaza nimekwwa Sultani.
138. I will shut the door that he may not go out
Nitafunga mlango asipctte kupUa,
139. If he strikes you, hit him again.
Ahikupiga, naice mpiga tena,
140. If you had been here he would not have been beateOi.
Kama ungalikutjoapo hapa, hangalipigvsa,
141. It depends upon his coming.
Kuna atakapoktya.
142. It is bad weather.
Kumekaa vibaya,
Eakicendeki.
Hatokeki.
143. It is being hawked about by a salesman.
Kinatembezwa kwa dalali.
144. It is not there, though you say it is.
Hdkipo^ ungawa wasema kipo.
145. It is time for us to go.
Imekuwa wakati wa mi kwenda zetu.
146. It is quite time for us to go.
Imewadia wakati wetu wa kwenda zeiu.
147. It was a secret, but it oozed out.
Yalikuwa Jtahari ya siri, ikatokeza^
148. Let him go.
Mwacheni enende.
140. Moslems are forbidden wine.
Wa^limu wameepushwa divai
150. Much self-exaltation ruins a man's position in the world.
Majivuno yakiwa mengi ya'mvunjia mtu cheo.
151. Nothing I do pleases him.
Killa nafanyalo halimpendezi (everything which I do
pleases him not).
152. Whatever I do he finds fault with me.
At'lia nafanyalo hunitia lihatxijani.
APPENDIX IV. 451
153. Put the water on the fire.
Kateleka maji.
154. Sit down.
Kaa Tcitaho,
155. Don't get up.
Starehe,
156. The baobabs are now coming into leaf!
8iku hizi mihuyu inachantM majanL
157. The fields are flourishing.
Koonde imesitawu
158. The music is first-rate.
Ngoma inafana.
159. The news has spread.
Khoibari zimeenea,
160. Spread the news.
Zieneza khahari.
161. The people who went to Bardera are come back.
Watu toaliohwenda Baradera^ wameht^a zao^
162. The room wants darkening.
Chumba chataka kutiwa giza.
163. The top of this mountain is inaccessible.
Juu ya mlima huu Tiaupandihi.
164. They [the trees] are almost all dead.
Kama Jcwamha Uiokufa yoie.
165. They are badly stowed.
MapaJcizo yao mahaya.
166. They cut the boat adrift.
WdkaJcata harnba ya mashim ikachuliuliica na maji.
167. They like giving and receiving presents.
JSupendelea hupana vitu.
168. They shut themselves up in the fort.
Wakajizuia gerezani,
169. They told me what he had done.
Walinambia alivyofanya,
170. They were fighting, and I passed by and separated them.
Walikuwa wakipiganay hapita mimi nikawaamtia.
171. This chest must-be taken care of.
Kasha hili la kviunzvaa,
172. This has been worn.
Nguo Mi imevaliwa,
173. This tree is not so tall as that.
Mti huu si mrefu kama ule.
452 APPENDIX IV.
17 1. Upon your oath I
Vtaapa !
175. Wash me these clothea.
I7C. The clothea hare been Miasbed.
Nguo iimeoeheka.
177. I h.iTeivaahecl myself.
Nimenmcika.
178. Wash me ! Noihe !
179. We attaokad them and they fell into confusion.
Taalivjathambulla, teakafaiaika.
180. We like his company.
Kikao ehake ehaaa (his sitting is gooO).
181. What do joa earn by the month ?
Upaft^e liiila mwezi 1
182. What is become of him ?
isa. What is this news abont Ali ?
Babari gatii titzUikiazo za Ali 1
184. What are you talking abont 7
Maneno gani mnenayo f
Miildatlia gu-ni^
Mnejumi'i
185. What will you forry me orer for?
XJlanisiisha kica kiatigani
186. When 1 have Been Mohammeii, I will give yon ai
l/i!iiishamiN>aaMohamadi,niiaJaipajairal
187. "Wherein the knife IbriW yon nithyeaterfay?
KiJ;o wapi humnaliehohiona nachojanaf
188 Whero is the paint
Mahali gani panapouma 1
189. Wboie isyoTir pain?
Waitma mapi t
190. Who is in there?
JIf no nani 1
191. You cannot teach him anyhow.
Kadri u'm/uniavyo hajai.
192. Wo do not know whether he will not loarn, or wl
Malajui ya Tttcamia liataki kuji/uaia ai
huji/unza.
183, Vou have made this thread too tight
IMhua watutia hatsi mno.
APPENDIX IV. 45 J
194. You ought to love him very much.
Wastahili kumpenda sana.
195. Kuamha na husengenya. To talk of a person behind his back, and
secretly to make contemptuous signs about him when
present. This phrase is often used as a test of a stranger's
knowledge of Swahili ; what it describes is counted as a
special sin.
196. To ask a man his name.
Oh ! Bafiki yangu nanibie jina lako (Oh ! my friend, tell
me your name). Wajua, hwana wee, tumeonana mimi
nawe,jina lako nimelisahaUf Usfdihal nambie jina lako
(You know, sir, you and I have met [before], but I have
forgotten your name, please to tell me your name).
When you have heard it, say — Inshalldh, sitalisdhau iena
(Please God, I shall not forget it again).
197. A polite question and answer at leave-taking.
Unayo Jiqja iena ? (Have you any further desire ?)
Haja yangu ya kuiehi wewe sana nafuraha (My desire is
that you may live long and happily).
( 455 )
Appendix V.
ON MONEY, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES IN ZANZIBAK.
t
The following account is based on scattered notices in the late Bishop
Steere's collections, and on some tables famished to the Bev. P. L.
Jones-Bateman by a well-informed servant of the Mission ii>
Zanzibar.
1. Money,
The only copper coin in common nse in Zanzibar is the Anglo-
Indian quarter-anna, or pice, in Swahili 'peta^ plor. peso or mapesa ;
but the robopesay or quarter-pice (of which, however, three are equal to
one pice), is also current.
The silver coins current are the Anglo-Indian rupee and, less com-
monly, the Austrian dollar. The eight-anna (half-rupee), four-anna
(quarter-rupee), and two-anna pieces are also met with.
The relative values of these coins and their equivalent in English
money fluctuate considerably. For practical purposes, it is sufficient
to remember that an English sovereign may be generally exchanged
for 12 rupees, English bank-notes, cheques, drafts, &o., being subject
to a small discount ; that an Austrian dollar is reckoned as equal to 2
rupees and 8 pice, and that a rupee is worth usually from 60 to 64
pice. It follows that, though accounts are . usually kept in dollars-
and oents, and 5 dollars reckoned as equal to one pound English, it is
more exact to consider —
8.
d.
1 dollar
= 3
7
In larger sums,
1 rupee = 1
1 pice =
the scale of legal tender is
47 dollars = 100 :
94 „ = 200
8
to reckon —
rupees
and so on.
141
f»
= 300
91
456 APPENDIX V.
On the mainland, dollars and pice are taken freely on the coast and
main lines of traffic, and rupees are met with ; but elsewhere, silver
dollars only, and such objects of barter as calico, brass- wire, beads, &c.
2. Measures of Length.
There is no exact standard or relationship of measunis of length.
Those in common use are merely taken from parts of the human body,
viz. : —
Wanda, plur. nyanda, a finger's breadth.
Shibiri, a span, the distance between the tips of the outstretched
thumb and little finger.
Mdnta, a slightly shorter span, from the tip of the thumb to that
of the fore-finger.
Tliiraa or Mhono, a cubit, the distance from the finger-tips to the
elbow joint. Of this again, there are two varieties : —
Thlraa Tiamili^ or fuU/jubit, as just described, and —
Thiraa kondsy or fist cubit, from the elbow-joint to tho
knuckles.
Wari, or yard, is one half of the —
Pimay a man's height, or the distance he can stretch with his
arms, a fathom. A doti is a measure of similar length.
The uayo, or length of the foot, Arab khatiia, is also used occa-
sionally, and the English foot, futi, regularly by Indian carpenters and
in other trades. Approximately, the relations of these measures may
be tabulated thus : —
1 wanda = 1 inch.
8 or 10 nyanda = 1 shibiri kamili = 1 quarter-yard.
2 shibiri — 1 thirau or mkono = 1 cubit or half-yard.
2 thiraa = 1 wari = 1 yard
2 wart = 1 pima =^ 1 fathom.
Distance is loosely estimated by the average length of an hour's walk-
ing. Dunga, which lies almost exactly halfway across the island of
Zanzibar, at a distance of perhaps twelve miles, is described as a walk
of four hours, saa *nne; and Kokotoni, at the north end of the island,
distant perhaps twenty miles from Zanzibar, as a walk of at least
six hours, saa sita. On the mainland, a day's march is a common but
vague measure of perhaps twenty miles.
3. Measures of Weight.
For gold, silver, silk, scent, and other costly articles, the unit is the
?ra7cw, or u'ei^'ht of an Austrian silver dollar, almost exactly an ounce.
'I'^nr the iiaine3 of fractional parts o? (vt\\ wmV, ^ci^*'Ha.\id.bQok^" p. 93 ;
APPENDIX V. 457
but the weight of a pice is often used as a convenient though inexact
measure of small quantities.
For heavy articles, the usual unit is a rdtd, or rattli, equal to IC
icali'ia, and corresponding to one pound.
16 wakia = 1 rdtel.
3 rdtel = 1 mani.
6 rdtel = 1 pishi.
6 pishi = 1 frastla, about 35 lbs. avoirdupois,
10 frasila = 1 mzo. 4
Hence, 64: frasila or 6f mizo may be regarded as. = 1 ton.
4. Measures of Capacity.
No fixed liquid measure is used by the poorer classes. Shopkeepers
sell their oil, treacle, &c., by tin-ladlefuls (kihombe), or by the bottle
(chupa)f or by the tin, i.e. the tins in which American oil is imported
to Zanzibar (tanahiy tinif also debe).
Com (nafaka) or dry measure is, of bourse, of great importance in a
country where grain is the staple of food and chief article of commerce.
The smallest unit is the —
Kibaha, a measure of perhaps a pint.
Kibdba cha tele, if the measure is heaped up — the usual pro^
ceeding.
Kibdba cha mfutOj if cut off flat.
2 mbaha (vya tele) = 1 hisaga.
2 visaga = 1 pishi, about half a gallon.
The pishi connects the measures of capacity and weight, and fo»
some of the common dry commodities, such as chirdko and hundi, the
pishi may be regarded as equivalent either in capacity to 4 vibaba, or
in weight to 6 rattli.
Grain is sold wholesale by the handa, or sack of grass-mattiug,^or (if
from India) by the gunia, a wide sack. The gunia often weighs about
168 lbs. The Jcanda varies, both with the kind of grain and the place
from which it is imported. For instance, while at Kwale, Mgao, and
Mvita, towns on the Swahili coast, the Jcanda of rice at times contains
10, 11, or 12 pishi, and the Jcanda of Indian com 10 pishi, at Pangani,
Tanga, and Mtang'ata the Jcanda of rice will contain 15, IG,. or 17
pishi, and the Jcanda of Indian corn 13 or 13^ pishi.
Various other terms are in use for different commodities, e.g. poles
are sold by the Jcorja, or score ; stone for building by the b(yma, a heap
which may weigh 4 cwt. to 5 cwt. ; lime by the tanuu (clamp) or JciJcapo;
calico by the jura, 35 yards ; and various other things by the " mzigo **
or load.
458
APPENDIX V.
5. Points of ike Compau,
North
Jaa.
N. by E.
Faiagadi MatlaL
N.N.£.
NaahMatlaL
N^. by N/
Nagr MatlaL
N.E.
Luagr MatlaL
N.E. by E.
Dayaba MaitlaL
E.N.E. .
Semak MatlaL
E.byN.
SeriaMatlai.
East
MatlaL
E. by 8.
8oBa MatlaL
E.SiEu V
Tin MatlaL
8.E. by E.
Lakadiri Matlai.
R.E.
Lakaiaba Matlai.
8.E. by S.
Hamareni Matlai.
S.S.E. «
8eheU MatlaL
8.by£.
Soaoobari Matlai.
Sonth
Katnbn.
S. by W.
Sonooban MagaribL
8.8. W.
8eheli MagaribL
S.W. by 8.
Hamareni MagaribL
S.W.
Lakarabu MagaribL
S.W. by W.
Lakadiri MagaribL
AV.S.W.
Tiri MagaribL
W. by 8.
Sosa MaganbL
West
MagaribL
W. by N.
Seria Maganbi.
W.N.W.
Semak MagaribL
N.W.byW.^
Dayabu MaganbL
N.W.
Luagr MagaribL
N.W. by N.
Nagr MagaribL
N.N.W.
Nash Magaribi.
N. by W.
Faragadi MagaribL
yMJSTED LY V.J1.LIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BECCLES.
CXa
■I
s
/■
CECIL H. GREEN LIBRARY
STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
STANFORD, CALIFORNIA 94305-6004
1650) 723-1493
grncirc@sulmall.5tanford.edu
(^11 baaks are subiect to recoil.
■#■ DATE DUE
JUN2 7^
>